ALDELINE LAB SOLUTIONS
ALDELINE LAB SOLUTIONS
www.aldeline.com
2014 Catalogue
Aldeline Ltd
Quality Products & First Class Service
2014 Catalogue
SALES@ALDELINE.COM
TEL: +44(0)1132772678, SALES HOTLINE: 07775707192
sales@aldeline.com
BIOLOGICAL INSTRUMENTS
HAND MICROTOME 20010
It is very useful for elementary Biology class students for cutting their sections for microscopic examination of various organisms. Can be fixed
with table clamp.
HAND MICROTOME 20013
For section cutting. Brass top plate 6.3cm diameter. With centered hole 2.3cm diameter. Overall length 7.5cm. The milled head at the base
when revolved records 20 microns per click.
RAZOR 20016
High quality steel, flat one side, the other being hollow ground.
ROCKING MICROTOME 20020
Ideal for student use and routine work for cutting paraffin embedded specimens of comparatively soft tissues. It cuts long ribbons of sections
from specimens not exceeding 20mm diameter and using wood blocks, sections of specimens up to 18×25mm can be cut. The thickness of the
sections may be varied between 2 and 24 microns. Supplied with simple object holder, knife and honing stone.
ROTARY MICROTOME 20024
For Medical Institutions, Biology & Research Laboratories etc. gives very good results for cutting thin sections. It is mounted on a heavy cast
iron base to ensure rigidity, stability and the housing gives maximum protection to the mechanism against dust and paraffin waste etc. The
driving handle can be locked at any position. Can cut sections 1μ to 25μ by means of a knurled knob provided in front of the instrument.
Supplied with honing plate, three object holders and oil-can in a wooden protective case.
ROTARY MICROTOME SIMILAR TO AO SPENCER 20027
A heavy base with hinged cover for protecting the interior mechanism, and knife holder. With every complete revolution of the drive wheel,
the feed panel engaged the teeth of ratchet wheel which advances the object holder through cone and inclined plane mechanism, tissue
sections can be cut down to even 1μ. A safety device automatically disengages the feed mechanism. Feed indicator is in front and feed setting
is at back of Microtome which sets 1μ to 50μ. A razor 120mm made from heat treated steel and tested for micro structure is supplied with
instrument. It also has a tilting razor angle system adjustable up to 30° on a reference scale.
DISSECTING SET, SIMPLE 20031
Biological dissecting instruments set consisting of 7 instruments housed in velvet lined plastic pouch bag. The set contains the following
instruments:
2 Scissors
2 Forceps
1 Needle pointed
1 BP handle with blade
1 Needle, plastic handle.
DISSECTING SET 20033
Biological dissecting instruments set consisting of 14 instruments, all made of stainless steel. The set contains the following instruments:
2 Scissors
2 Forceps
4 Needles
1 Scalpel
1 BP handle with blade
1 Dropper Plastic
1 Magnifying glass
1 Chain and hook
1 Blow pipe
FORCEPS, POINTED ENDS 20037
Stainless steel.
Length 110mm
Length 130mm
FORCEPS, BLUNT ENDS 20039
Stainless steel.
Length 110mm
Length 130mm
FORCEPS, CURVED 20042
Stainless steel, fine pointed curved ends. Length 110mm.
FORCEPS, TOOTHED TIPS 20045
Stainless steel, sharp meshing teeth on the tips. Length 130mm.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
FORCEPS, EXTRA LONG 20048
Stainless steel, length 300mm.
FORCEPS, ARTERY 20053
Stainless steel, mosquito, screw joint, straight, length 130mm.
FORCEPS, ENTOMOLOGICAL 20056
Stainless steel, mosquito, screw joint, straight, length 130mm.
SCALPELS 20059
Stainless steel, handle length 110mm.
Blade length 38mm
Blade length 45mm
Blade length 50mm
SCALPEL HANDLES, STAINLESS STEEL 20063
Strong stainless steel handles slotted to accept blades.
No. 3, length 95mm
No. 4, length 100mm
SCALPEL HANDLES, PLASTIC 20066
Polystyrene, autoclavable handles slotted to accept blades.
No. 3, length 125mm
No. 4, length 135mm
SCALPEL BLADES 20070
Sterilized, surgical quality steel blades for use with above handles. Supplied in metal foil packing.
Blade No.
10
10A
11
12
15
20
21
22
23
24
25
DISSECTING SCISSOR, STRAIGHT 20073
Very fine points for delicate work, closed shanks, stainless steel. Overall length 100mm.
DISSECTING SCISSOR, BLUNT ENDS 20075
Stainless steel, closed shanks. Overall length 125mm.
DISSECTING SCISSOR, CURVED 20077
Fine points, open shanks, stainless steel. Overall length 110mm.
NEEDLE, HANDLE (Hardwood Handle) 20081
Steel pointed needle, mounted in 100mm hardwood handle.
NEEDLE, HANDLE (Plastic Handle) 20082
Steel pointed needle, mounted in 100mm plastic handle.
NEEDLES, STEEL HANDLE 20084
Stainless steel throughout. Handle length 95mm. Needle length 35mm.
Straight
Bent
SEEKERS, STEEL HANDLE 20086
All stainless steel, blunt end needle, length 95mm. Overall length 130mm.
Straight
Bent
SECTION LIFTER 20089
Stainless steel. Overall length 150mm with 50mm bent-up blade.
DISSECTING PIN 20093
Stout steel spike, length 55mm, with large wood handle for ease of insertion into dissecting board.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
DISSECTING BOARDS 20095
Selected soft wood in one piece. Pin can be easily pressed with the help of hand only. The frame edge 17mm deep with linseed oil protection.
Size: 450x300mm
Size: 550x400mm
DISSECTING DISHES, ALUMINIUM 20099
Made from aluminium sheet. Rectangular, with flanged edges. Sizes
(bottom - length : 250 × width : 200 × depth : 60mm)
(bottom - length : 300 × width : 250 × depth : 75mm)
DISSECTION TRAY WITH WAX 20102
Made of GI sheet, duly painted, size 250 × 300mm fitted with corners for holding wax. Supplied complete with wax.
DISSECTION TRAY WITHOUT WAX 20104
Made of GI sheet, duly painted, size 250 × 300mm fitted with corners for holding wax.
SPHYGMOMANOMETER 20108
For measurement of systolic and diastolic blood pressure of human beings in metabolic rate. Mercury type manometer, manually operated
instrument, includes inflatable cuff-arm with Velcro, inflating rubber-bulb bellow with non-return air valve having captive air bleed screw, all
connected through flexible rubber tubing. Comes in a metal box.
RESPIROMETER, SIMPLIFIED 20110
This is a simplified form of Ganong's respirometer, with an inverted 'U' tube in place of the respiration chamber. Length 460mm, U-tube
diameter 20mm, pipette 1ml × 0.01ml.
RESPIRATION APPARATUS 20113
For inhaled and exhaled air tests. Comprises two 150×19mm borosilicate test tubes each with stopper and two lengths, one short, and one
long, of 5mm glass tubing, connected by PVC tubing and plastic T.
TRANSPIRATION APPARATUS 20115
To measure the quantity of water given off by a plant. Consists of a glass vessel 250 × 50mm (height × diameter), with a side tube graduated 0
to 15cm × 1mm.
POTOMETER 20117
To measure transpiration, without breakage. Only one glass component (the capillary tube) and is mounted on a strong backing plate. It
consists of a capillary tube with millimetre scale connected via a three way tap to a syringe. The cut shoot is connected to the third outlet. It
can also be used to measure humidity by connecting a porous pot to the third outlet. Dimensions overall 155 × 165 × 60mm (width × height ×
length). Capillary tube 120 × 1mm ( length × bore).
THODAY'S POTOMETER 20120
Comprises a horizontal glass tube with one end vertical to take a plant shoot and the other end connected by rubber tubing to narrow bore
glass tube with a scale. A vertical limb on the tube is connected to a thistle funnel by rubber tubing fitted with a spring clip. Mounted on a
wooden stand to which the plant shoot can be attached for support.
FARMER POTOMETER 20123
Comprises a narrow bore bent glass tube clipped to a scale 0 to 30cm × 1mm and fitted by a rubber stopper in a wide mouth bottle. The
stopper is also fitted with a dropping funnel and has a hole to take the stem of a plant.
GANONG'S POTOMETER 20129
Comprises a graduated, narrow bore, horizontal glass measuring tube with a vessel for a plant shoot at one end and having a vertical limb with
a stopcock and a funnel fitted by a ground glass joint. Mounted on a wooden stand. For Demonstration, of transpiration rates and rates of
water absorption by a cut shoot under various external conditions. A plant shoot is sealed into a stopper which fits the end tube, and the
whole apparatus is filled with water, the open end of the capillary tube, which is graduated in millimetres, dipping into a beaker of water. The
position of the air bubble may easily be adjusted by opening the glass stopcock to admit water from the central reservoir. The whole apparatus
is mounted on a varnished wooden base by spring clips. Comprises a graduate, narrow bore, horizontal glass measuring tubes with a vessel for
plant shot at one end and having a vertical limb with a Teflon stopcock and a funnel fitted by a ground glass joint. Height to top of reservoir
170mm, Diameter of reservoir 20mm Length, overall 320mm, Base 320×80mm(L × W), Capillary bore 1mm.
WITH GLASS STOP-COCK
WITH PTFE KEY STOP-COCK
DARWIN POTOMETER 20135
Comprises glass tube with upper end of straight limb closed with rubber stopper, lower end of limb with bored rubber stopper to take length
of capillary tubing.
PHOTOSYNTHESIS APPARATUS 20138
For measuring and analyzing gas evolved by the plants such as Elodea. Comprise two syringes connected to a collecting tube through a 3-way
tap. This arrangement enables the gas to be drawn along the capillary tube by one syringe and collected into the second syringe for analysis.
The apparatus is mounted on a back-board about 240×100mm, capillary bore 1mm.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
OSMOSIS APPARATUS 20141
This apparatus is designed exploring the phenomena of osmosis and concept of osmotic pressure at elementary levels. Comprises a semipermeable membrane sealing the open mouth of thistle funnel having an indicator tube, which can be positioned in a reservoir. Supplied
complete with dropping pipette.
J TUBE, SCREW FITTING 20144
Glass J-tube formed from 1mm bore thick walled capillary tube, with a brass screw and collar at the end of the longer limb. Used for sampling
small quantities of gas held over water (e.g., in photosynthesis or respiration experiments). A bubble of gas is introduced into the short limb.
This is then lowered into reagent solution and the bubble moved back and forth so that reagent diffuses through the end water seal. The
change in length of the bubble indicates the amount of gas taken up by the reagent. Use potassium hydroxide for CO or alkaline pyrogallol for
Oxygen. Dimension: long limb - 250mm and short limb - 100mm.
AUXANOMETER, ROTATING DRUM TYPE 20147
For recoding the growth of a plant. Plain white paper fastened on the drum with a pencil attached with a thread to the growing tip of the
plant, giving magnifications of 5×, 7× and 10× and is mounted on a pillar. The adjustment of pencil pressure is done by a spring. Base size 700 ×
200mm (length × width). Operates at 220-240V AC, 50Hz. Supplied complete with three core mains cable.
CLINOSTAT, MECHANICAL 20150
Takes one revolution every 15 minutes for 24 hours in vertical or horizontal position. The plant is sown in the pot, with clock movement on
heavy metal base. With ON / OFF mechanism.
CLINOSTAT, ELECTRICAL 20153
For demonstrations of heliotropism and geotropism. Germinating seedlings are pinned to the cork table which is rotated by an electric motor
at 5 revolutions per hour 220-240V, 50-60Hz, 5W. The motor is spindle mounted and may be clamped by a thumbscrew so that the plane of
the table can be set at any angle. Slow rotation in the vertical or horizontal planes cancel out the effect of gravity and directional light. An
acrylic cover is provided for the cork table to shield the seedlings from draughts. Diameter of cork disc is about 100mm.
BOTTLE, CANADA BALSAM 20156
With drop-on cap and glass. Capacity 30ml
GERMINATING DISH 20159
Made of G.I. sheet or rigid plastic with perforated base.
200x150x50m
200×250×50mm
250×300×50mm
COMBINATION DARK GERMINATION CHAMBER 20165
For experiments in phototropism with seedlings. Three-chambered case of wood with to accept a variety of shutters. The right-hand chamber
has windows in the top and back end, when used with a clear front window, acts as a control chamber. Supplied with opaque shutter, a slot
shutter to admit light from one direction only, the clear windows for the control chamber, one orange and one blue filter to show the effect of
excluding various parts of the spectrum. Complete with three glass containers for seedlings. Dimensions overall 180 × 530 × 180mm approx.
(height × width × depth).
LEAF CLASP 20168
Brass chrome plated.
LEAF CUTTER AREA 20172
Made from steel, capable of cutting very thin material fitted with brass pipe having holes.
ARC INDICATOR 20176
Made from steel, capable of cutting very thin material fitted with brass pipe having holes.
PRUNING SECATEURS 20180
Major: For a clean accurate cut secateurs for the professionals. Easily adjustable blade tension. Upper blade easily replaceable. PVC coated soft
cushion grip. Size 225mm.
PRUNING SECATEURS - Fine Cut 20184
For accurate cut. High carbon steel blade, with rust resistant coating and easy to clean. Soft touch grip of easy hold and fit to hand. Size
200mm.
PRUNING SECATEURS - Super Cut 20187
For clean and accurate cut secateurs. Ergonomically designed handles for a firm, comfortable and less tiring hold. Practical thumb operated
safety lock. Easily replaceable blade with rust resistant coating. Size 175mm.
WEEDING TROWEL AND TRANSPLANTER 20189
For planting and transplanting. Made of high quality steel. Wooden or plastic handle.
WEEDING TROWEL AND TRANSPLANTER 20191
For planting and transplanting. Made of high quality steel. Wooden or plastic handle.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
WEEDING FORK 20194
For planting and marking. Made of high quality steel. Wooden or plastic handle. Model No. FWF- 102W
HAND CULTIVATOR 20198
For loosening and aerating the soil without damaging roots. Made of high grade steel. Wooden or plastic handle. Model No. FCH-305W
HAND WEEDER 20202
For rooting out weeds. Wooden or plastic handle. Model No. FW-900
BONSAI SET 20205
Four pieces. Set containing following items – Bonsai Cutter, Small Trowel, Big Trowel Rake.
BONSAI SET 20209
Three pieces. Bonsai set containing following items Small Trowel, Big Trowel and Rake.
BONSAI CUTTER 20213
High carbon steel blade. Comfortable handle grip with lock.
TROWELS AND RAKE 20216
Trowels and rake made from high quality steel with hard wood handle.
PRUNING KNIFE 20221
For tea and coffee garden. High carbon steel knife blade with rust resistant coating. Hard wood finished handle.
PRUNING KNIFE 20223
For tea and coffee garden. High carbon steel knife blade with rust resistant coating. Hard wood finished handle.
PRUNING KNIFE 20225
For tea and coffee garden. High carbon steel knife blade with rust resistant coating. Hard wood finished handle.
BUDDING and GRAFTING KNIFE 20228
For plants budding and grafting. Stainless steel hardened. All corrosion resistance fitting. Nylon comfortable grip.
With two knifes and one brass budder
With one knife and one budder
MUSHROOM KNIFE 20233
For mushroom cutting and sorting out. Stainless steel rust free blade. Comfortable nylon plastic grip.
SPADE 20235
A sturdy spade for the garden or sand pit. Made of high grade steel. Supplied with handle. Size 150mm × 185mm.
GARDEN TOOL SET 20237
Set of 12 instruments in a fine leather case includes the following Hedge Shear, Pruning Secateurs Shearing, Pruning Secateurs Cut, Pruning
Saw, Weeding Trowel Big and Small Weeding Fork, Weeder, Cultivator, Budding Knife, Khurpa medium and small.
BOTANY MODEL
PLANT CELL 21850
Provides clear inside view of the nucleus, chloroplasts, cell wall, and vacuoles of a plant cell, as well as allows exploring the relationship of a
cell to its adjacent cells. This simplified model, enlarged 3,000x, is perfect for introducing students to the basic parts of any plant cell. The onepiece model is mounted on a baseboard with numbered Key Card.
TYPICAL PLANT CELL 21853
Give students a three dimensions view of a plant cell. Included are the nuclear membrane, cell wall, chromosomes, endoplasmic reticulum,
chloroplast, large central vacuole mitochondria, ribosomes. The complete model is on a base with numbered Key Card.
TYPICAL PLANT CELL 21856
A highly magnified representation of a typical and generalized plant cell, showing ultra-microscopic details. The structures are shown in section
and in relief. The model is mounted on a base.
TYPICAL PLANT CELL 21859
This model shows three dimensional view of a plant cell. It includes the nuclear membrane, cell wall, chromosomes, endoplasmic reticulum,
chloroplast, large central vacuole, mitochondria, ribosomes. The complete model is mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
TYPICAL PLANT CELL 21862
Enlarged approximately 4000 times, this realistic model offers a three dimensional view as seen through on electron microscope. Color coded
for easy identification. A portion of the wall is removed to show the plasma membrane, vacuoles , plastids , mitochondria, and nucleus.
Mounted on a base with numbered key card.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
PLANT CELL DIVISION, MITOSIS 21865
These models are highly detailed using bright vivid colours, so that they can be clearly seen from a distance by the entire class. A set of 10
models showing all the stages of karyokinesis and cytokinesis from metabolic cells of the formation from one cell to two cells. Mounted on a
board with numbered Key Card.
PLANT CELL DIVISION, MITOSIS 21868
Similar to Cat No. 21865, but simpler and economical version, smaller in size.
PLANT CELL DIVISION, MEIOSIS 21871
A newly designed model according to recent concept of chromosome changes from the resting nucleus to the formation of four daughter cells.
Complete mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
PLANT CELL DIVISION, MEIOSIS 21874
Similar to Cat No. 21871, but simpler and economical version, smaller in size.
CHLOROPLAST 21877
For showing the detailed structure of food factory of plants, i.e., where the photosynthesis takes place. Designed after the latest electron
microscopy interpretation of the chloroplast, the 3-dimensional structure is depicted in longitudinal and cross section to show the interior
details of the chloroplast comprehensively enlarged about 60,000X; with one quarter of the model is cut away to reveal the inner detail in
three levels, which can be taken apart. This two part three-dimensional model of a chloroplast allows easy disassembly and removal of the
thylacoids and linking stoma to reveal the interior structure where photosynthesis occurs.
The complete model is mounted on a stand with numbered Key Card.
FUNGI 21880
Vegetative and reproductive structures of Mucor clearly displayed. The Large Model separates into three parts, showing the mycelium, with
fruiting bodies displaying both sexual and asexual reproduction. All Parts are enlarged about 250x. The three-piece model is mounted on a
base that also features explanatory notes and comes with a study guide identifying twelve structures.
FERTILIZATION OF THE ANGIOSPERMS 21883
Polygonum-type, enlarged 300 times. Longitudinal section showing nodes with germinating pollen spores and embryo sac, stamen with pollen
in sagittal section. Showing in detail, the microscopic structure on a base with explanatory notes and numbered Key Card.
SPIROGYRA LH 21886
Showing the complete circle of Spirogyra Life History. Showing all stages as well. Mounted on board.
HERBACEOUS DICOT STEM SECTION 21889
This substantially enlarged model of plant vasculature structure of an herbaceous dicot stem section with all the details highlighted in vivid
colors, makes it easier to study this model and understand the structure and function of a plant stem. The single, open, collateral, vascular
bundle of an herbaceous dicot is shown longitudinally and cross sectioned, clearly showing the elements of the xylem and phloem. The model
is mounted on a baseboard with numbered Key Card.
ANATOMY OF DICOT STEM, TS AND LS COMBINED 21892
Showing all details, the cambium ring is formed but no secondary growth has yet taken place. Very useful and instructive model for the study
of epidermis, lentice, cork layer, cork cambium, cortical parenchyma, medullary rays, phloem and internal cambium, xylem etc. Mounted on
base with numbered Key Card.
ANATOMY OF DICOT STEM,TS AND LS COMBINED 21895
Showing Transverse, radial and tangential sections and other important structures.
DICOT STEM TS 21898
Showing various tissues vascular bundles in transverse section of the dicot stem (sunflower). Mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
HERBACEOUS DICOT STEM 21901
Showing cellular structure both in cross and longitudinal section, mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
DICOTYLEDONOUS PLANT STALK 21904
This model shows a cross section of the tissue structure of a garden bean's dicotyledonous stem (Phaseolus vulgaris), magnified about 250
times. With numbered Key Card.
HERBACEOUS MONOCOT STEM SECTION 21907
This colourful model shows the section of monocot stem of corn and clearly illustrates monocot vascular structure. It is magnified about 550x,
with the peripheral cross section of Zea mays details the xylem and phloem, tracheids, parenchyma, pith, and epidermis. This model is
mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
MONOCOT STEM, CORN 21910
Ideal for demonstrating the general monocot. Each cell and tissue type is shown from several aspects with numbered Key Card.
MONOCOT STEM, MAIZE, TS 21913
Showing various tissues vascular bundles in transverse section of monocot stem of maize, mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
MONOCOT STEM ANATOMY, TS AND LS COMBINED 21916
This model shows various tissues and scattered bundles in transverse and longitudinal section in maize. The large pitted vessels, spiral and
annular vessels are shown very clearly, mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
MONOCOT STEM ANATOMY, TS AND LS COMBINED 21919
Showing section and all vascular bundles details, mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
DICOT ROOT, TS 21922
Showing all internal details as in the transverse section of root, mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
DICOT ROOT TIP 21925
This three part colour model shows structure in cross and longitudinal section, It includes a mature region, a region of maturation and growth
and the root tip with root cap. A three dimensional model, mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
MONOCOT ROOT, TS 21928
The model depicts monocot root in transverse section showing complete internal details of root. Mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
ROOT MODEL 21931
Enlarged about 300 times, showing in longitudinal and transverse section, crown of removable. Dissectible in two part. Mounted on base with
numbered Key Card.
ROOT TIP ANATOMY 21934
Showing LS and TS of a root tip with root cap maturation region and root hairs etc. A three dimensional model, mounted on stand with
numbered Key Card.
DICOT LEAF, TS 21937
Showing internal structure on board with numbered Key Card.
DICOT LEAF, VS 21940
Showing details of typical mesophytic leaf. Mounted on plastic base with numbered Key Card.
MONOCOT LEAF, TS 21943
Showing internal structure on board with numbered Key Card.
MONOCOT LEAF, VS 21946
Showing internal structure of typical monocot leaf mounted on plastic base with numbered Key Card.
DECIDUOUS LEAF SECTION 21949
Allows the study of Hellebore leaf in great detail. This comprehensive model of Ranunculus leaf, enlarged about 700x, shows the
microstructure in detail, including a vein, palisade, and parenchyma cells. The cells are sectioned to show the chloroplasts, and the lower
surface of the leaf shows the stomata. The model comes mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
LEAF BIFICIAL, TS 21952
Showing internal structure on board with numbered Key Card.
LEAF MODEL 21955
A portion of leaf attached to the stem is greatly enlarged to show both structures in cross section with exceptional detail. Mounted on base
with numbered Key Card.
DICOT FLOWER 21958
Dissect Flower to Study Angiosperm Reproduction. Each of the eight parts of the flower model, enlarged 10x, represents one of the unique
structural components, such as the sepals, petals, stamens, and pistil. Fertilization is shown, with pollen grains on the stigma; one pollen tube
is shown penetrating the micropyle. The anthers are sectioned, and the ovary is dissected to show the female gametophyte. The model also
depicts the scenario for double fertilization. The eight-piece model is mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
TYPICAL FLOWER 21961
Beautifully designed large sized, showing all parts, detachable, mounted on stand with numbered Key Card.
FLOWER (PRUNUS) 21964
9 times enlarged model showing all detachable parts. One part of the cup-shaped receptacle with one sepal, two petals and one group of
stamens is removable, exposing the middle ovary not grown together with the receptacle, which is typical for the prunoideae. Separates into 3
parts on stand with numbered Key Card.
TYPICAL FLOWER, LS 21967
Using a longitudinal section, this colorful plaque provides a detailed introduction to the structure and reproduction of a flowering plant.
Structures depicted include the petal, stem, pistil, and stamen. Another is dissected to reveal pollen. Pistil provides a view of the ovary, ovules,
and a pollen tube. Double fertilization process is illustrated.
COMPARATIVE GERMINATION MODEL 21970
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Combines three different types of plants on one model. Compare monocot, dicot, and gymnosperm germination with this one high-quality,
exceptionally detailed model. The monocot type is represented by a rye shoot enlarged 10x. The dicot by a two-leaf bean shoot enlarged 5X,
and the gymnosperm by a star-shaped fir leaflet enlarged 20x. Students can study root development, the methods by which the different
plants sprout, and the structure of each type of seedling because each component of the model is removable for closer examination. The
eight-piece model is mounted on a base and comes with a study guide identifying nine structures.
GEOLOGY MODELS
VOLCANO 22300
Cut away Section shows Flow of Magma. A truly realistic representation, the hand painted resin model features a vertical section for students
to view the path that magma takes on its upward course through the volcano. It is securely mounted on a base.
UNDERGROUND DEPOSITS 22305
The model (Size 45x42cm) reproduces on the four sides, the geological sections of some mineral deposits and particularly two oil-fields, two
salt-mines and a coal seam. On one section and in the upper part you can observe the system of oil-wells and the tunnels bored by man to
carry ores to the surface.
FAULTS, FRACTURES AND DISLOCATIONS 22310
Presents cross section of five different structural features. This colorfully painted, molded resin model is actually better than any real-world
formations, showing five different structures associated with fault planes and fractures which are practically impossible to find all together in
the field.
HORIZONTAL STRATA 22315
Shows realistic illustration of lateral stream erosion and weathering. Underlying layers are shown in cross section with numbered Key Card.
TECTONICS 22320
This model shows schematically the complicated phenomena, which modified the earth surface. Mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
THE EARTH'S LAYER MODEL 22325
The model is showing the layers inside the Earth. It is in seven detachable parts which indicate the interior of the Earth. The different colours
are used to show the various earth layers. When we take off the upper part i.e., Earth's crust, inner core is clearly visible along with all the
layers in a single view. All the layers are detachable one by one to find the periphery of each layer. Supplied on support stand.
HUMAN ANATOMY MODELS
HUMAN TORSO, SEXLESS MALE & FEMALE 20651
Model of natural size dissectible into 10 parts, without sterno abdominal wall but with ribs, sternum, clavicle with their attachments. Thoracic
and abdominal organs detachable individually like lungs, heart, stomach, liver, intestine etc., for detailed study. Half of the skull cap is
removable to show brain and its structure, which can be taken out, sectioned head and neck are showing internal organs of that region.
Male/Female reproductive organs can be easily taken out dissectible into 2 parts. (Male or Female can be supplied as per customer's
requirement). Natural size with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN TORSO 20653
A Very useful and beautiful model of natural size dissectible into 12 parts, without sterno abdominal wall but with ribs, sternum, clavicle with
their attachments. Thoracic and abdominal organs detachable individually like lungs, heart, stomach, liver, intestine etc., for detailed study.
Half of the skull cap is removable to show brain and its structure, which can be taken out, sectioned head and neck are showing internal organs
of that region. Sexless model with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN TORSO WITH INTERCHANGEABLE SEX ORGANS (MALE & FEMALE) 20656
Same as per Cat No. 20651, but dissectible into 12 parts. Male/Female reproductive organs can be easily taken out dissectible into 2 parts.
(Male or Female can be supplied as per customer's requirement). Natural size with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN TORSO WITH HEAD 20659
Youth model, about 520mm in height. The brain is fixed in the skull but the skull cap is removed to show the internal structure. Lungs, liver,
stomach, intestine etc., can also be removed to show the internal structure. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN TORSO WITH INTERCHANGEABLE SEX ORGANS 20662
Without ribs cage. The back depicts the complete vertebral column, spinal cord and its meninges and nerves. Part of neck and back are open to
show vertebral column. Mounted on base with numbered key card.
HUMAN TORSO WITH MUSCLES AND OPEN BACK 20665
A reasonably detailed, life size, torso with muscles comprising 17 removable parts and open back. The open part of neck and back depicts the
complete vertebral column, spinal cord and its meninges and nerves. All the systems and anatomical structures shown in the model are easily
accessible. This model is hand painted and shows the details of internal organs including half of the brain, one eye with muscles and optic
nerve, two lungs, half of a kidney, two parts heart, bronchial tree, liver, stomach, small and large intestines, appendix flap, liver with gall
bladder and pelvic floor, and first lumbar vertebra. Part of neck and back are open to show vertebral column. Mounted on base with
numbered Key Card.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
HUMAN TORSO, WITHOUT HEAD 20668
Dissectible into 8 parts, showing visceral organs, a very useful model for teaching elementary classes. All parts are detachable to show the
body cavity. It is also a sexless model, made of unbreakable material, nicely coloured with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN TORSO, MEDIUM SIZE 20671
A newly designed model, showing all internal parts. Dissectible in 8 parts, the head is cut vertically to show internal nasal chamber and details
of brain, painted in natural colours, mounted on board with
numbered Key Card.
HUMAN TORSO, UNISEX, 12 PARTS 20674
This human torso model is dissectable in following parts:Head 2 parts, Removable heart 2 parts, Lungs 2 parts, Stomach, Liver with gall bladder, Front half of kidney. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN TORSO, UNISEX, 16 PARTS 20677
This Torso is especially popular for use by the students for human anatomical studies. It shows the human anatomy in great detail and contains
the following removable parts:
3-part Head
2 Lungs with sternum and rig attachments
2-part heart
Stomach
Liver with gall bladder
4-part intestinal tract
Front half of kidney
Front half of urinary bladder
With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN TORSO WITH OPEN BACK, 18 PARTS 20680
This versatile, yet economical, torso has all the necessary parts required to study the human anatomy and provides a detailed view of back
vertebrae. Features a removable head with nose and mouth cavities, pharynx, skull base with the rear of the skull exposed, and detachable six
- part eyeball with optic nerve.
Skull has removable four-part half brain with arteries. Lower cutaneous layers are removed on half of the face, exposing mandible, dentition,
musculature, nerves, and blood vessels.
Removable stomach, liver and gallbladder, small and large intestines, pancreas, and two-part heart with detachable front wall. Neck and back
are open from the cerebellum to the sacrum, and the seventh thoracic vertebra is removable.
With numbered Key Card
HUMAN TORSO, DUAL SEX, 24 PARTS 20683
Natural size, durable plastic, 85cm High, with interchangeable male and female genitalia. The torso is suitable for demonstrating all the major
anatomical parts of human body. It separates into 24 parts as following :
2 - Brain
Eye
2 - Lung
2 - Heart
2 - Stomach
Liver
Half Kidney
4 - Intestine system
4 - Male genital insert
4 - Female genital insert
Torso Body
HUMAN TORSO, WITH OPEN BACK, 27 PARTS 20686
This life sized Torso model features 27 different removable parts and open back offering comprehensive and detailed investigation of human
anatomy.
The model clearly shows the muscular layers, the spinal column, and the nerve branches. All the systems and anatomical structures shown in
the model are easily accessible. A sectioned vertebra is removable for further study, revealing the spinal cord in section as well. This accurate
model is hand painted to call out the minutest details of internal organs including the small and large intestine with removable appendix, twopart stomach, pancreas with spleen, liver with gall bladder, half of a kidney, four-part lungs, two part heart, trachea, aorta with oesophagus,
one eye with optic nerve, and half of the brain. It also includes four-part interchangeable male and female reproductive systems. The torso is
mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN MUSCULAR FIGURE, LIFE SIZE, 37 PARTS 20689
This sophisticated model shows the deep and superficial musculature in great detail. The extraordinary accuracy makes this masterpiece a
unique tool for instructions even in large lecture halls. Following parts can be removed and studied in detail:
Skull Cap
6-Part brain
Eye Ball
Breast and abdominal wall
Both arms
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
2-part larynx
2 Lungs
2-part stomach
Liver with gall bladder
Kidney
Whole intestine system
Bladder Half
2-part penis
10 Muscles
HUMAN MUSCULAR FIGURE 20692
Muscle Anatomy Depicted in Detail, in a Convenient Size. One- quarter life size, and a fraction of the price of full-size models, the Mini
Muscular Figure accurately illustrates the structures of all the superficial muscles of the human body. The chest plate can be removed to view
the internal organs, and one side includes a female mammary gland. With numbered Key Card.
MICRO ANATOMY, MUSCLE FIBER 20695
The model illustrates a section of a skeletal muscle fiber and its neuromuscular end plate magnified approximately 10000 times. The muscle
fiber is the basic element of the diagonally striped skeletal muscle.
HUMAN HEAD WITH BRAIN 20699
Dissectible in three parts, life size model, mounted on board, the brain is dissected into 2 parts and can be taken out to show the important
parts of skull and cranial nerves etc. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN BRAIN 20703
Life-sized and highly detailed, this model of the human brain is sagittal sectioned; both halves can be separated into frontal with parental
lobes, temporal with occipital lobes, half of the brain stem, and half of the cerebellum. The eight-piece model rests in a plastic base and can be
removed for closer examination. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN BRAIN, STANDARD, 2 PARTS 20706
This brain is medially divided, perfect for beginning studies because of its affordable prices. Delivered on removable base with numbered Key
Card
HUMAN BRAIN, 2 PARTS 20709
This brain is medially divided, the right half can be disassembled into frontal with parental lobes, brain stem with two part temporal and
occipital lobes. Complete on removable base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN BRAIN, 4 PARTS 20712
Similar to Cat No. 20709, but available in four parts.
HUMAN BRAIN, 2 PARTS 20715
A medially divided brain, perfect for beginning studies because of its affordable price. Delivered on removable base with numbered Key Card.
VASCULAR BRAIN ANATOMY, 4 PARTS 20718
Ideal for demonstrating the anatomy of the brain and how blood is transferred to and throughout it, this life-size, realistic model can be
studied both externally and internally for a through understanding of the structure and path of blood vessels. The model is sagittally sectioned,
with both halves separable into four parts: the frontal with parietal lobes, temporal with occipital lobes, brain stem, and cerebellum. The
basilar artery is also removable. The model rests on a base and can be removed for closer examination. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN BRAIN IN HEAD 20721
The life-size brain and head can be examined as a cohesive unit, or the many sections can be studied individually, illustrating the relationship
between the brain and the skull. When the brain is removed it reveals the detailed vascular anatomy of the base of the skull, including the
dura mater, basilar artery, and twelve pairs of cranial nerves. The brain itself is sagittally sectioned; each half further separates into the frontal
with parietal lobes, temporal with occipital lobes, brain stem, and cerebellum. The ten-piece model is mounted on a base with numbered Key
Card.
HUMAN BRAIN, WITH ARTERIES, 9 PARTS 20724
This brain model shows the brain arteries, separate altogether into 9 parts but mounted in normal position on a base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN BRAIN, WITH ARTERIES, DELUXE, 9 PARTS 20727
This medially divided deluxe brain model shows the brain arteries as well as the removable basilar artery. Both halves can be disassembled
into:
Frontal with parietal lobes
Temporal with occipital lobes
Half of brain stem
Half of cerebellum
On removable base with numbered Key Card
HUMAN BRAIN, WITH ARTERIES, 8 PARTS 20730
Unmounted. Similar to Cat No. 20724, but in available in eight parts
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
HUMAN BRAIN SECTION 20733
An enlarged and very detailed section through the right half of the brain, including a portion of the skull. The pi mater has been removed. This
model is double sided and finely coloured. One surface is on the median line, including a section of the falx cerebri. A sagittal cut on the
reverse exposes the lateral ventricle with 49 references on.
HUMAN HEAD 20736
This life-size 6-parts head features a removable 4-parts brain half with arteries. The eyeball with optic nerve is also removable and one side
exposes the nose, mouth cavity. Pharynx, occiput and skull base. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEAD MODEL WITH MUSCLES 20739
Similar to Cat No. 20736, but showing muscles of face to study the same. This model shows the right and left side, separate to reveal the major
muscles, nerves and blood vessels of the Human Face.
HUMAN HEAD, MEDIAN AND FRONTAL SECTION 20742
2 relief models on baseboard. The frontal section runs through mouth and nose cavity and both orbits. It shows all relevant structure of the
Human Head in detail. Natural size, not detachable, on board with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEAD AND NECK 20745
A relief model on baseboard, showing all internal organs. Natural size, showing median section of brain, nose, mouth and pharynx, larynx and
vertebral column of the neck. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HALF HEAD AND NECK WITH MUSCULATURE 20748
Sagittally sectioned to display the external and internal details at the same time, the life-size model beautifully details the surface musculature,
veins, arteries, and nerves on the right side, and the details of the brain and associated structures such as the ventricles, brain stem, medulla,
and more on the left. The model also shows a sectioned vertebral column and nerve cord, tongue, sinus cavities, oesophagus, and larynx. The
model is mounted on a stand and can be removed for closer examination. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEAD WITH NECK, 4 PARTS 20751
The left half of this life-size model in mid-sagittal section shows the muscles, with nerves, vessels and bony structure, and contains a
removable brain half. The half is mounted on a detachable neck part which is sectioned both horizontally and diagonally. Supplied on
baseboard with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEAD AND NECK MUSCULATURE, 4 PARTS 20754
With unparalleled surface anatomy, removable parts, and nearly 200 structures to examine and identify, this lifelike model can enhance your
lessons on the nervous system and human musculature. The cranium of the ¾ life-size model can be removed, revealing the interior structure
of the skull, as can the brain, which can be further dissected into three parts. The five-part model is mounted on a base and can be removed
for closer study. With numbered Key Card.
NEURON 20757
Enlarged approximately 2500 times, showing neuron structure clearly based on the latest electron microscopy. Showing medulated nerve
fiber, axon, myelin sheath and nodes of ranvier etc., mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN SPINAL CORD 20760
This model shows the central nervous system. It contains set of two models. The spinal cord section, details the white and grey matter, sulci,
ganglion, and fissures. The model of the spinal cord with nerve branches, displays the ventral and dorsal roots of the spinal nerve. The tow
models are mounted on a common base, and a transparent case is included for protection. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN SPINAL CORD 20763
The upper thoracic spinal cord is rendered in longitudinal and cross section, and enlarged 6x, to show dorsal and ventral nerve roots with
ganglia, as well as the blood supply. Each type of nerve has been painted a different color: afferent visceral nerves - green ; afferent somatic
nerves - yellow; efferent visceral nerves - red; and efferent somatic nerves - black. The model is mounted on a base, which features a circuitry
diagram with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN NERVOUS SYSTEM 20766
This model shows a schematic representation of the central and peripheral nervous system. An excellent model to study the structure of the
human nervous system. With numbered Key Card.
CEREBELLUM 20769
This Model has been designed for the help of Medical Doctors to show the Cerebellum, mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
PITUITARY GLAND AND HYPOTHALAMUS 20772
This Model has been designed for the help of Medical Doctors to show the Pituitary Gland and Hypothalamus, mounted on base with
numbered Key Card.
HUMAN EYE BALL 20775
Seven - piece model provides exceptional detail of the human eye. Detailed model enlarged 3x actual size. Removable upper half of the sclera
with cornea and eye muscle attachments, both halves of the choroid coat with iris and retina, lens and vitreous humour. Mounted on durable
base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN EYE 20778
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
5 times enlarged, dissectible into 6 parts, sectioned horizontally, upper half of the sclerotic membrane, choroids membrane (2), retina with
vitreous humor, lens, lower half of the sclerotic membrane are clearly shown with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN EYE, WITH ORBIT 20781
Similar to Cat No. 20778, but with orbit.
HUMAN EYE WITH EYELIDS 20784
Ideal for demonstrating the relationship of the eyeball to the associated musculature within the orbit, the 5x-enlarged model includes eyelids,
the bony orbit with intraocular muscles, a tear duct, and lachrymal gland. The eye itself is horizontally sectioned, and the sclera with clear
cornea and muscles are removable. The two part choroid with iris, retina, and optic nerve; clear lens; and clear vitreous humor are also all
removable. The eight piece model is mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN EYE WITH EYELIDS 20787
Ideal for demonstrating the relationship of the eyeball to the associated musculature within the orbit, the 5x-enlarged model includes eyelids,
the bony orbit with intraocular muscles, a tear duct and lachrymal gland. The eye itself is horizontally sectioned, and the sclera with clear
cornea and muscles are removable. The two part choroids with iris, retina, and optic nerve; clear lens; and clear vitreous humor are also all
removable. The eight - piece model is mounted on a stand with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN EYE WITH EYELIDS 20790
Similar to Cat No. 20787, but mounted on base.
HUMAN EYE IN ORBIT 20793
This removable, 4x-enlarged, horizontally sectioned eye features a two part choroids with iris and retina, the clear plastic lens and vitreous
humor. The tear duct and the intraocular muscles are also shown. The seven-piece model is mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN EYE DEMONSTRATION MODEL 20796
One side of this 6x model shows the eye socket with a sagittal cut away, while the other side of the model shows the outside of the eye and all
the muscle attachments, as well as illustrations depicting how the eye focuses. The cut away is encased in a clear protective covering and two
separate insets show the fine structure of the retina as seen with an electron microscope. This model comes attached to a stand with a base
with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN EYE DEMONSTRATION MODEL, 5 PARTS 20799
Enlarged approx. 6 times, 5 parts, on one side the model s h o w s the eye socket with a sagittal cutaway. In addition the black ground to the
eye and the muscles of the eye are shown separately. On the other side of model, the eye ball with its muscles are shown.
MICRO ANATOMY OF EYE 20802
The model illustrates the microscopic structure of the retina with choroid and sclera. The left block-like, layered side of the model side shows
the complete structure of the retina including the supplying vascular layer and parts of the sclera from a light microscopic view. The right part
of the model is a sectional enlargement. It shows the microscopic structure of the photoreceptors and the cells of the pigmented layer.
HUMAN EAR 20805
Four times actual size model supports detailed study of the human ear. Petrous portion of the temporal bone section of the auditory canal is
removable. Labyrinth can be extracted and opened. Tympanic membrane with malleus and incus can be removed and separated into six parts.
Mounted on a sturdy base Includes comprehensive key card.
HUMAN EAR, GIANT, ENLARGED 5 TIMES, 2 PARTS 20808
This version is a whopping 5 times life-size for easy viewing from anywhere in the classroom! Representation of outer, middle and inner ear.
Removable auditory osicles and labyrinth with cochlea and vestibulocochlear nerve. Mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN EAR 20811
Showing approximately 4 times enlarged. The petros portion of the temporal bone section of the auditory canal is removed. The tympanic
membrane with malleus and incus are also removable, dissectible into 3 parts, mounted on base. Representation of outer, middle and inner
ear, Removable eardrum with hammer, anvil and stirrup, additionally with two removable bone section to close the middle and inner ear with
numbered Key Card.
HUMAN EAR 20814
Approximately 5 to 6 times enlarged, on board with pinna, dissectible into 4 parts. The mechanism of hearing can be easily explained with the
numbered Key Card.
HUMAN NOSE LS 20817
This 2x model shows a cross section of the cranium so students can see how various structures are placed inside the head. It features an elastic
epiglottis to show the relationship of the nasopharynx structures. The model is mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN TEETH WITH TONGUE 20820
With detachable teeth model, dissectible into 2 parts, mounted on base. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN TEETH WITH TONGUE 20823
Similar to Cat No. 20820, but 3 parts. Natural size on stand. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN TEETH WITH TONGUE 20827
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
This model shows the lower jaw up to the second molar, the tongue with mouth floor musculature in median section and the right sublingual
and sub-mandibular gland. On removable base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN UPPER AND LOWER JAW, ON BASE 20830
Showing various positions of teeth in upper and lower jaws. Internal wall is removed to show the incisors, permanent canine and permanent
premolar, milk canine, milk premolars, permanent incisors in full view and also the arteries, veins and nerves serving them. Mounted on base
with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN UPPER AND LOWER JAW, ON STAND 20833
Showing various positions of teeth in upper and lower jaws. Internal wall is removed to show the incisors, permanent canine and permanent
premolar, milk canine, milk premolars, permanent incisors in full view and also the arteries, veins and nerves serving them. Mounted on base
with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN LOWER JAW WITH TEETH 20836
Greatly enlarged, for showing all the position of tooth the inner wall is removed, mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN LOWER JAW WITH TEETH 20839
Pre - Adolescent jaw shows permanent teeth emerging. The model of a lower Left jaw has been enlarged about 3½x to enhance the details.
The jaw is dissected to show roots, nerves, and vessels. It also includes four removable teeth: incisor, premolar, molar, and developing canine.
One Molar in the jaw is sectioned to show its inner structure; another contains caries. The five-piece model is mounted on a base with
numbered Key Card.
HUMAN TRIPLE ROOT MOLAR 20842
Approx. 15 times enlarged, dissectible into 6 parts, longitudinally sectioned through crown, mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN LOWER MOLAR WITH ONE ROOT 20845
Showing all details, on stand
HUMAN DENTITION DEVELOPMENT ON STAND 20848
Natural Size, showing the half upper and lower jaw of new born child, 5-year old child, 9-year old child and young adult. This model is on board
and also available individually.
HUMAN DENTAL CARE 20851
This model is enlarged enough for showing to a classroom for cleaning techniques with tooth-brush in large size with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN LARYNX 20854
Full size, dissectible in 2 parts showing muscles, thyroid glands and larynx, mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN LARYNX WITH TEETH AND TONGUE 20857
Dissectible into 3 parts, an enlarged model showing cartilages, ligaments, muscles and relief of mucous membrane etc. with numbered Key
Card.
HUMAN LARYNX, FULL SIZE, 3 PARTS 20860
This model showing larynx, wind pipe, ligaments, muscles and thyroid gland. This product is being made with the advice of medical doctors.
One half removable, dissectible into three parts, mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN LARYNX, FUNCTIONAL 20863
The 4 times enlargement of a larynx is ideal for lessons on speech and speech pathology. Al l the structures associated with the larynx are
visible like the hyoid bone, cartilage, epiglottis, and muscles. The model features a drawstring which can be pulled, causing the arytenoid
cartilage to pivot, to stimulate the function of the vocal cords. In addition, the epiglottis opens and closes to demonstrate swallowing. It is
mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
TONSILS 20866
Showing details of Tonsil. This model is being made with the help of medical doctors to show the problem of Tonsil. Mounted on base with
numbered Key Card.
THYROID GLAND 20869
This Model has been designed for the help of Medical Doctors to show the Thyroid Gland. Mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEART 20872
This two-part model enlarged 2½ - 3x, is ideal for group study because of its prominent size and enhanced visibility. It shows both atria with
auricles, the coronary sulus, the coronary and pulmonary blood vessels, and segments of the oesophagus, trachea, aorta, and vena cava.
Students can remove the anterior wall to study the internal structures, including the entrance points of the superior and inferior vena cava and
flexible tricuspid, mitral, and aortic valves. The model is mounted on a stand, and represents a portion of the pericardium resting in its natural
position on the diaphragm. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEART 20875
This model is three times life size and separates into four parts for detailed study. Sectioned so that both ventricles and atria open to expose
the valves & large blood vessels near the heart and musculature of the heart are also shown, mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
HUMAN HEART, ECONOMICAL 20878
Economical version of Cat No. 20875, but is four parts.
HUMAN HEART 20881
This Heart Model dissectible into 2 parts. Removable from stand for convenient examination. Clearly shows internal and external anatomy
including valves, cardiac chambers, and pulmonary and systemic vascular structures. Mounted on a stand with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEART 20884
Dissectible into 2 parts, very useful for elementary class students, showing all main parts of heart with key-card, 3 times enlarged with
numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEART, GIANT SIZE 20887
Dissectible into 4 parts on white base showing the outside of pericardium and diaphragm. The heart is cut by a vertical line towards the level of
ventricular septum. The arc of aorta and superior vena cava can be removed, both auricles and ventricles with bicuspid and tricuspid semi
lunar walls as well as the sigmoid valves can be easily seen. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEART, ¾ FULL SIZE, 2 PARTS 20890
The heart's major functions and structures are numbered for easy memorization on this slightly reduced adult-size heart. Features a
removable front wall. Clearly shows the aorta, pulmonary artery, left and right ventricles, left and right atria, septum and both vena cava.
Mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEART, 2 PARTS 20893
Human Heart showing two parts natural size showing frontal section and the front heart is removable to show in the class-room with
numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEART, 2 PARTS 20896
Human Heart Natural size Economy model, smaller in size in two parts with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEART, 3 PARTS 20899
Human Heart Model dissectible in three parts showing Bicuspid and tricuspid semi lunar and sigmoid values. Mounted on plastic base. The
models in numbered along with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEART, 4 PARTS 20902
This Heart Model easily dissectible in four pieces, enlarged 2X and detachable the various parts for a closer look at the intricate inner structure.
The model is mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN HEART, 7 PARTS 20905
This model shows the anatomy of the human heart and is horizontally sectioned at the level of the valve plane. The following parts can be
removed:
Oesophagus
Trachea
Superior vena cava
Aorta
Front Heart Wall
Upper half of the heart
Mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
HYPERTENSION MODEL, 6 PARTS 20908
4074750
This model shows the harmful effects of hypertension on the most susceptible organs. It consists of scaled down depictions of brain, eye, 2part Heart, 2-part Kidney, and an enlarged artery. All of the organs can be rotated or removed for closer viewing with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN CIRCULATORY SYSTEM 20911
4074800
An exceptional representation of the vascular system, the model shows the basic human skeletal structure as well, so student can understand
how it relate to blood circulation. It also features the heart, lungs, liver, spleen and kidneys. The model is mounted on the base and includes a
key Card for identifying structures.
HUMAN CIRCULATORY SYSTEM 20914
Similar to Cat No. 20911, but smaller in size.
4074850
MICRO ANATOMY, ARTERY AND VEINS 20917
4074950
The model shows a medium-sized muscular artery with two adjacent veins from the ante-brachial area with adjoining fat tissue and muscle
enlarged 14 times. The model illustrates the reciprocal anatomical relationship of artery and vein and the basic functional techniques of the
venous valves ("valve function" and "muscle pump"). The left vein and the middle artery are fenestrated in the upper anterior segment,
revealing the various layers of the wall structure in a cross and longitudinal section and in top view. The right vein is opened throughout in the
anterior segment, revealing the orifice of a feeder vein and two venous valves, i.e. "flap valves" formed by a duplication of the tunica intima.
On the rear of the model, the relief of two veins is shown to illustrate the functional aspect of the venous valves. This model mounted on a
base.
LOBULE OF THE LUNG WITH ADDITIONAL MODEL PULMONARY ALVEOLI 20920
www.aldeline.com
4075100/1
sales@aldeline.com
A beautifully detailed depiction of the structures involved in gaseous exchange, the model clearly shows the alveolar epithelium, where oxygen
is taken in and carbon dioxide is give off, as well as the alveoli, intact and sectioned, to reveal the capillary network. Arteries and veins are
displayed with both bronchioles connecting to alveolar ducts, colour-coded elastic fibers, smooth muscle, mucous membranes, and cartilage.
The back of the model diagrams the circulation within the lobule and the pleura. The model is mounted on a stand and can be removed for
closer examination.
LOBULE OF THE LUNG WITH ADDITIONAL MODEL PULMONARY ALVEOLI 20923
4075100/2
A beautifully detailed depiction of the structures involved in gaseous exchange, the model clearly shows the alveolar epithelium, where oxygen
is taken in and carbon dioxide is give off, as well as the alveoli, intact and sectioned, to reveal the capillary network. Arteries and veins are
displayed with both bronchioles connecting to alveolar ducts, colour-coded elastic fibers, smooth muscle, mucous membranes, and cartilage.
The back of the model diagrams the circulation within the lobule and the pleura. The model is mounted on a stand and can be removed for
closer examination.
HUMAN LUNGS 20926
Dissectible in 2 parts, mounted on stand, showing all important parts. On base with numbered Key Card.
4075000
HUMAN LUNGS WITH HEART 20929
4075150
Dissectible in 4 parts, economy range, mounted on board. Showing the position of lungs diaphragm and heart. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN LUNGS WITH HEART AND LARYNX 20932
4075200
This model contains the following removable parts. 2 – part Larynx Trachea with bronchial tree, vena cava, aorta, 2-part heart, subclavian and
vein, pulmonary artery, two parts lungs, diaphragm, oesophagus Mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN LUNGS WITH HEART AND LARYNX, 5 PARTS 20935
4075250
Showing Heart structure, trachea with bronchial tree, vena cava, aorta, pulmonary artery, subclavian artery and vein, oesophagus. Showing the
details structures enlarged mounted on large size base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN RESPIRATORY SYSTEM 20938
4075300
Showing section of brain, nasal cavity, lungs, Bronchial tree, position of heart. A set of 3 models mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN RESPIRATORY SYSTEM, ECONOMICAL 20941
4075350
Similar to Cat No. 20938, but showing only respiration system, economically priced. Mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN RESPIRATORY SYSTEM 20944
4075400
An economically priced model showing nasal cavity and trachea and bronchial tree, smaller in size. Mounted on board with numbered Key
Card.
HUMAN STOMACH MODEL 20947
4075450
Sagittally sectioned to reveal internal muscles. Both the longitudinal and circular muscle layers are shown in this unique, life - sized model. The
model separates into two parts to show the cardiac and pyloric sections, as well as the relief of the mucous membrane, the gastric canal,
arteries, nerves and the position of the peritoneum. It is mounted on a removable stand and base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN INTESTINAL VILLUS 20950
4075500
A representation of entire villus of one longitudinal section to show the arterioles and venules of the cut villus to show the lymphatic vessels,
complete with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN DIGESTIVE SYSTEM 20953
4075600
Showing the whole digestive system, from mouth to colon, all with one model. The sagittally sectioned head shows the mouth and
oesophagus, with hand painted salivary glands. Trace the path of ingested food through the stomach, small and large intestines, and colon.
The stomach section and the transverse colon can be detached to reveal the inner structure of the liver and gall bladder, the pancreas and
spleen are also shown. The three piece model is mounted on a board with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN DIGESTIVE SYSTEM 20956
Similar to Cat No. 20953, but smaller in size.
4075650
MICRO ANATOMY, DIGESTIVE SYSTEM 20959
4075700
This model illustrates the structure of the fine tissues of four characteristic sections of the digestive system: Oesophagus Stomach Small
Intestine Large Intestine The front of the model, from top to bottom, shows a magnified view in histological section of the individual sections
of the digestive system and their fine tissue structures. On the back of the model, highly magnified views of didactically interesting areas of
each of the digestive system sections shown on the front are emphasized.
HUMAN LIVER WITH GALL BLADDER 20962
4075750
Showing the 4 lobes of the liver, the gall bladder and vessels with peritoneum, mounted on stand with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN LIVER WITH GALL BLADDER 20965
4075800
Enlarged about 1.5 times, durable plastic, showing the branch of vessels in liver and the bile duct system. The model is mounted on a base in
one piece.
MICRO ANATOMY, LIVER 20968
www.aldeline.com
4075850
sales@aldeline.com
This two part model shows a highly magnified diagrammatic view of a section of the liver. It illustrates the structure of the functional and
structural components of the liver in two different enlargements. The left part of the model shows a section of the liver that comprises several
liver lobules. The right part of the model is a highly magnified view of the sectional liver lobule on the left.
HUMAN KIDNEY WITH ADRENAL GLAND 20971
4075900
The intricately designed and highly detailed model is perfect for showing students the exterior and interior structures of a human kidney and
adrenal gland, including the renal and adrenal vessels and the ureter. Sagittally sectioned, the front of the model is removable to reveal the
medulla, calices, and cortex. The two-part model is mounted on a stand with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN KIDNEY, RIGHT 20974
(4075950/1)
Enlarged about 3 times, durable plastic, longitudinal section of right kidney shows all important parts. In two part (Front and Back), on a base
with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN KIDNEY STRUCTURES 20977
4076000
All Aspects of Kidney shown in Three-Model Set. Introduce students to the basic structure of the kidney, then examine the nephron and a
glomerulus up close, all with one set of three models. The frontal section of the kidney, enlarged 3x, shows the overall structure with a
schematic of the nephron and Henle's loop. The second model, a 120x-enlarged nephron, features the renal tubules, glomeruli with arterioles,
and collecting tube. Enlarged 700x, the third model, a glomerulus, shows the Bowman's capsule, afferent and efferent arterioles, capillaries,
and podocytes. The three models are mounted on a common base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN URINARY SYSTEM 20980
4076050
Dissectible into 3 parts, showing urinary bladder, kidneys with ureter, adrenal glands, bladder with prostate and major blood vessels are
shown. Right kidney sectioned and bladder prostate are removable. Mounted on base with numbered Key Card
HUMAN URINARY SYSTEM, ECONOMICAL 20983
4076100
Similar to Cat No. 20980, but economically priced, single model, smaller in size, mounted on board size 300 x 400mm approx.
HUMAN KIDNEY WITH VESSEL 20986
4076120
Dissectible into 2 parts, showing Kidneys with ureter, adrenal glands, with major blood vessels. This 3- dimensional model can be seen from all
angles. The right kidney is partially dissected to show the cortex, medulla, pyramids. This model is mounted on a base with numbered Key
Card.
HUMAN URINARY SYSTEM 20989
4076150
Three Dimensional Model can be seen from all angles. Slightly larger than life size and depicted in brilliant color, this model of the full urinary
system can easily be seen by every student in the class. The vena cava and abdominal aorta are shown; the right kidney is partially dissected to
show the cortex, medulla, pyramids, calyces, pelvis and origin of the renal artery and vein and tubing represents the ureter leading to the two part bladder resting on the public symphysis. The bladder can be opened to reveal the mucosa, trigone, prostatic portion of the urethra,
seminal vesicles, ejaculatory ducts, and vas deferens. The three-piece model is mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN URINARY SYSTEM, FEMALE 20992
4076200/1
Interchangeable Parts Present both Male and Female Systems. The most detailed and most versatile model of the urinary system that we
offer, it features interchangeable life-size male and female genitalia to illustrate the differences in the systems. The female insert consists of a
two parts bladder, uterus, and ovaries; the male insert features a two-part bladder and prostate. The kidneys, vasculature, a section of ribs,
vertebrae, and portion of the pelvic bones, along with the muscles of the posterior abdominal wall, are visible in the deep dissection of the
lower abdomen; the adrenal glands and rectum are also shown. The six-part model is mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN URINARY SYSTEM, MALE 20995
4076200/2
Interchangeable Parts Present both Male and Female Systems. The most detailed and most versatile model of the urinary system that we
offer, it features interchangeable life-size male and female genitalia to illustrate the differences in the systems. The female insert consists of a
two parts bladder, uterus, and ovaries; the male insert features a two-part bladder and prostate. The kidneys, vasculature, a section of ribs,
vertebrae, and portion of the pelvic bones, along with the muscles of the posterior abdominal wall, are visible in the deep dissection of the
lower abdomen; the adrenal glands and rectum are also shown. The six-part model is mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN MALE AND FEMALE UROGENITAL MODEL 20998
4076250
This model shows three-fourths life size. This 3-part plaque mount features detailed sagittal section of male and female pelvises, highlighting
major urogenital structures of each. In addition, a generalized urinary system is shown, including renal artery and vein, kidneys (right side
showing interior anatomy), ureters, and urinary bladder with urethra. Mounted on a durable polymer base with numbered Key Card.
KIDNEY STONE 21001
4076300
Kidney Stone Model is a helpful tool to inform patients about kidney stones (nephrolithiasis) and urinary stones (urolithiasis). It shows an
opened right kidney in natural size. The renal calices, the renal pelvis and the ureter are opened as well so that concretions or stones can be
identified in the following typical positions :
In the area of the renal pyramids
In the area of origin of the upper calix group In the renal cortex
In the connecting tubule of the lower calix group, causing congestion of the minor calices (partially closed, partially opened)
In the ureter
HUMAN UPPER ABDOMINAL ORGANS 21004
4076350
The upper abdomen is featured in one comprehensive, highly detailed model, enlarged 3x. Seven organs are included: liver, kidneys and
adrenal glands, gallbladder, pancreas, duodenum, and spleen. The gallbladder can be removed to reveal the cystic duct with spiral valve. The
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
pancreas, duodenum, and gallbladder are all dissected to show the pancreatic, cystic, and bile ducts. The spleen is detailed and pulled away
from the left kidney to reveal the blood vessels that supply it. The hepatic portal vein and pancreatic arteries are also included. The two-piece
model is mounted on a wooden base and can be removed for up-close study. The model is mounted on a stand with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN PANCREAS, SPLEEN AND DUODENUM 21007
4076400
Useful for studying the three abdominal organs in detail. To understand the roles the spleen, pancreas, and duodenum play in the process of
digestion, examine the life-size model of the three interrelated organs. It features a sectioned, dissected duodenum showing its internal
structure and the position of the pancreatic ducts, as well as vessels. The model is mounted on a stand with numbered Key Card.
INGUINAL HERNIA 21010
4076550
This natural - sized, graphic model shows the anatomical structures of a male groin with an indirect inguinal hernia, opened in layers. Two
diagrammatic illustrations on the base allow for a comparison of direct and indirect hernia. A useful model to help, inform patients before
undergoing surgical interventions. The model is mounted on a base.
GALLSTONE 21013
4076450
This graphic model for patient education shows the anatomy of the biliary system and its surroundings in half natural size. Both acute
inflammation (cholecystitis) and the tissue changes caused by chronic inflammation can be identified in the gall bladder wall. Gallstones can be
found in the following typical locations.
In the fungus area of the gall bladder
In the area of the spiral valve
In the area of the common bile duct
In the papillary opening to the small intestine.
The model is mounted on a base.
DISEASES OF THE OESOPHAGUS 21016
4076600
This vivid model designed to educate patients is a life-size frontal section that reaches from the lower part of the oesophagus to the upper part
of the stomach. The following illnesses are replicated.
Reflux oesophagitis
Ulcer
Barrett's Ulcer
Oesophageal carcinoma
Oesophageal varices
HAEMORRHOID 21019
4076500
This vivid model designed to educate patients about haemorrhoids. The model is a life-size frontal section of the rectum as well as a smaller
relief on a pedestal. In addition to the anatomical structures of the rectum (sphincter, mucous membrane, venous plexus), the model shows
internal haemorrhoids during stage I and II as well as external haemorrhoids. The relief exhibit shows haemorrhoids during stage III and IV. The
model is mounted on a base.
HUMAN FEMALE PELVIS 21022
4076650
Life size, right half of the pelvis showing female reproductive organs, bladder, uterus, rectum and ovary. Mounted on base economically
priced, with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN FEMALE PELVIS, 2 PARTS 21025
4076750
Median section. One half of female genital organs with bladder, rectum is removable, one half is shown at the normal position in the female
pelvis with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN FEMALE PELVIS 21028
4076700
A 3-dimensional model, life size, superficial and deep structures, half pelvis is shown, dissectible into 2 parts, showing sagittal section. The
vagina, vulva, uterus, can be removed. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN MALE PELVIS 21031
4076800
Life size, showing internal and external reproductive organs and other vital organs of the pelvic area. Mounted on board economically priced
model. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN MALE PELVIS 21034
Similar to Cat No. 21031, but simpler and economical model, not dissectible.
4076850
HUMAN MALE PELVIS 21037
4076900
A three dimensional model, life size, dissectible into 2 parts, the half portion shows the penis and the bladder, the peritoneum and underline
muscles, veins and arteries are also shown. With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN MALE PELVIS, 2 PARTS 21040
4076950
Median section. One half of male genital organs with bladder, rectum is removable; one half is shown at the normal position in the male pelvis.
With numbered Key Card.
HUMAN MALE GENITAL ORGANS 21043
Natural Size, showing the internal and external genital organs of the pelvis. This model separates into 4 parts.
4077000
HUMAN FERTILIZATION PROCESS 21046
4077050
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Enlarged 2x to display all pertinent details, the two frontal sections of the female reproductive organs depict the fertilization process. The first
model shows the path of sperm through the uterus and fallopian tubes, and a sperm's union with an egg. The second model illustrates the
zygote's implantation in the endometrium. The two models are mounted on a common base.
HUMAN EARLY EMBRYONIC DEVELOPMENT MODELS SET 21049
4077100
Twelve separate models on one large, flat base clearly display the development of a human embryo from shortly after fertilization to the fetus
at two months. Models 1-8 are enlarged 4,000x. The eight models are mounted on a common base, and each can be removed for closer study.
The set comes with a manual identifying eight structures and a storage carton.
HUMAN EMBRYO 21052
4077150
This model shows the beginning stages of Human development with a greatly enlarged model of a human embryo. Clearly visible are the
origins of individual organs and vertebrae; the model's features are numbered key card. The model is mounted on a stand.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT SET 21055
4077200
Essential for Biology and Human Sexuality Lessons. Various stages of fetal development are featured in one beautifully detailed set of eight
life-size models, each a re-creation of the uterus with a fetus. Five of the models show a fetus at different times during the gestation period:
models 1-3 each correspond to the first three months of pregnancy, model 4 depicts the fetus in the fourth to fifth month, and model 8
presents a seven-month-old fetus. Model 5 shows the fetus in a breech position, model 6 shows the fetus on its back, and model 7 depicts twin
five-month-old fetuses in uterus. In addition, models 4-8 features for a closer examination of the anatomical features that have developed. The
one, two, and three piece models are mounted on individual stands with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT SET 21058
Similar to Cat No. 21055, but available in set of 5.
4077250
HUMAN FETAL CIRCULATION MODEL 21061
4077300
Depiction of Blood Flow in Unborn Baby Complements Other Fetal Metal. Follow circulation through the umbilical cord and placenta in a lifesize, nearly full-term female fetus. Anideal companion to other fetal models, it focuses on venous and arterial ducts; the one piece diaphragm,
featuring the heart and liver, is removable. The two-part model is mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN PREGNANT UTERUS 21064
4077350
A life-size pelvis, sagittally sectioned, shows the condition of the fetus during the ninth month of pregnancy. Clearly revealed are the dorsal
and abdominal muscles with lumbar vertebrae and a kidney section. The fetus can be removed for closer examination, and can be replaced
with the included three-month fetus insert for comparison. The two - piece model is mounted on a base. With numbered Key Card.
SECTION OF HUMAN SKIN 21067
4077400
A full size model, showing section through 3 layers of the skin, showing hair follicles with sebaceous, sweat glands, receptors, nerves and
vessels, 70 times enlarged, but mounted in upright position, a very detailed model with numbered Key Card.
SECTION OF HUMAN SKIN 21070
4077450
This relief model shows a section through the three layers of the hair covered skin of the head. Representation of hair follicles with sebaceous
glands, sweat glands, receptors, nerves and vessels. Delivered on base with numbered Key Card.
HINGED SKIN MODEL 21073
4077500
Remove one layer at a time, on the four part model, yet never lose a piece. The sections are attached by hinges, which allow you to peel back
layers of skin to view the underlying structures. Enlarged 70x, all the characteristics of each layer can be clearly seen: epidermal ridges, hair
and follicles, capillaries, sweet and sebaceous glands, Meissner's corpuscle, and erector pili muscles. The model is mounted on a base with
numbered Key Card.
HUMAN SKULL, ARTIFICIAL 21076
It is very popular for anatomical study at very reasonable price, dissectible into 3 parts with numbered Key Card.
4077550
HUMAN SKULL, ARTIFICIAL 21079
4077600
Similar to Cat No. 21076, but basic version for demonstration in elementary classes, the lower jaw is removable with numbered Key Card.
FLEXIBLE LIGAMENTARY MUSCULAR SKELETON, PLASTIC 21082
4077800
Illustrate movement of the limbs and spine, muscle placement, and muscle action with one skeleton. Our "all-in-one" skeleton can be used to
teach all aspects of skeletal anatomy, with its removable skull and sectioned calvarium, detachable left arm and leg, painted right side showing
muscle origins in red and insertions in blue, and numbered left side with identified bone structures. The right side of the skeleton also has
elastic "ligaments" at the shoulder, hip, elbow, and knee for realistic arm and leg movement. The spinal column is also flexible to show how
the spine and neck joints move. The spinal cord, with nerves and arteries, is shown, as is a herniated disc between the third and fourth lumbar
vertebrae. Constructed with durable metal hardware, the rod mounted skeleton is secured on a wheeled stand, is suspended from the fitting
secured at the top of the skull. Full size and washable. Comes with a plastic dust cover and with numbered Key Card.
MICRO ANATOMY, BONE STRUCTURE 21085
4077850
This model depicts a three-dimensional section of a lamellar bone, showing the typical structure of a tubular bone enlarged 80 times. Various
planes are shown in cross and longitudinal section through all levels of the bone, as well as a 2 - plane section through the inner structure of
the bone marrow. The typical elements of a lamellar bone are easily identified and help to understand its structure and function with the
characteristic osteons. This model allows a graphic illustration of the interplay of the individual components, such as spongy and compact
substance, endosteum, cortical substance, osteocytes, Volkmann and Haversian cannals.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
HUMAN ARM 21088
4077900
The muscles, tendons, blood vessels and nerves of the left arm, hand and shoulder are presented in a convenient ¾ size that students can
handle easily. Five muscles are removable to reveal structure down to the bone. The six-part model is mounted on a stand and can be
removed for closer study with numbered Key Card.
HUMAN FOOT 21091
4078000
Partially dissected to show inner and outer structures. By studying the different part of the foot, student will understand how the appendage
functions. The life – size model displays bones ligaments, muscles, and tendons, providing a full picture of what's under our skin. With
numbered Key Card.
HUMAN LEG 21094
4077950
The ¾ size makes this model of a left leg easier to handle and study. It features all the muscles, tendons, nerves, blood vessels, and bones of
the leg and foot, and eight parts can be removed for in depth study. The nine-piece model is mounted on a base, but can be removed for
closer examination. It also comes with numbered Key Card.
MICROSCOPE SLIDES
MICROSCOPIC GLASS SLIDES 20575
Manufactured from good quality sheet glass having a uniform thickness and ground edges. Each box contains 50 slides.
A Size 75x25x2.00mm
B Size 75x25x1.35mm
C Size 75x25x1.25mm
D Size 75x25x1.15mm
E Size 75x25x1.00mm
MICRO SLIDES CAVITY 20581
Made from fine quality glass, available in square, round and rectangle shapes.
4030100/1
One cavity
Two Cavities
Three Cavities
COVER GLASSES ROUND 20595
Round, cover glasses No. 1 are the correct thickness for most microscope optics. Resistance glass, 0.13 to 0.16 mm thick. Pack of 10 gms.
A 18mm size
C 22mm size
B 19mm size
D 24mm size
COVER GLASSES RECTANGULAR 20599
Rectangular, cover glasses No. 1 are the correct thickness for most microscope optics. Resistance glass, 0.13 to 0.16 mm thick. Pack of 10 gms.
A 22 x 30mm size
D 24 x 40mm size
B 22 x 40mm size
E 24 x 50mm size
C 22 x 50mm size
F 24 x 60mm size
COVER GLASS SQUARE 20602
Square, cover glasses No. 1 are the correct thickness for most microscope optics. Resistance glass, 0.13 to 0.16 mm thick. Pack of 10 gms.
A 18 x 18mm size
C 22 x 22mm size
B 19 x 19mm size
D 24 x 24mm size
SLIDE DISPENSER 20609
4030350
Holds up to 70 slides, 76 × 26mm (length × width) stacked inside the clear acrylic cover. Slides are dispensed by turning the knob at either side.
Dimensions slide holder 75 × 35 × 70mm (width × depth × height). Overall length from the base 140mm. Base 100 × 120mm approx. (width ×
depth).
LABELS, MICROSCOPE SLIDE 20613
Self-adhesive and ruled, square, side 25mm, pack of 100 labels.
4030400
SLIDE BOX WOODEN 20618
4030650
Useful for storing carrying slides in the field. Polished hardwood box with carrying handles on both sides, with lid. Available in slide storage
capacities of 25 slides, 50 slides & 100 slides.
25 slides
50 slides
100 slides
MICRO SLIDE BOX, PLASTIC 20624
With removable lid having numbered slots. The lid has an index for easy reference.
25 slides
50 slides
100 slides
www.aldeline.com
4030600/1
sales@aldeline.com
MICROSCOPE SLIDE TRAY ALUMINIUM 20627
To hold 20 slides flat. Die-pressed duly anodized, can be used in oven for drying the slides.
4030700
MICROSCOPE SLIDE CABINET 20631
4030750/1
The cabinet is clad in laminated sheet. Dust proof door with lock. The drawers are made of wood having wooden grooves duly numbered,
bottom lined with velvet, provided with index card frame and puller knobs. Lever lock to prevent drawer taken out accidentally. An extra
drawer with index cards. Moisture proof lacquered finish.
Capacity 500 slides
Capacity 1000 slides
Capacity 2000 slides
Capacity 5000 slides
Capacity 10000 slides
Capacity 15000 slides
STAINING BOTTLE STAND 20645
Polished hardwood, for twelve 30ml dropping bottles.
STAINING TROUGH (COPLIN) 20649
Heavy glass with drop-on lid. To hold 10 microscope slides 76x26mm back to back.
STAINING TROUGH (COPLIN) 20651
Made of Polypropylene can hold 10 slides of the size 76x26mm back to back. The interior of the Coplin jar is grooved in a way to hold slides in
erect position. Domed & shallow thread screw cap provides protection to the slides.
STAINING TROUGH 20654
Heavy glass with loose fitting cover, to hold 20 microscope slides 76x26mm back to back.
SPECIMEN STUDY TOOLS
INSECT SETTING SHOWCASES 22501
4120100/1
Seasoned wood frame with finger joints. Plywood bottom. Non-rattling glass in wooden frame top. Bottom has thick papered cork-sheet for
pinning. Double walled to provide fumigation chambers perforated for pesticide provided and with two brass clips and index card frame.
Moisture proof lacquer finish.
600 × 450 × 75mm
450 x 300 x 62mm
375 x 250 x 62mm
300 x 225 x 62mm
INSECT SHOWING SHOWCASE 22506
4120200
Showcase is made of seasoned wood, removable glass frame top. Bottom has 5 or 6mm thick papered cork sheet for pinning. Double walled
provide fumigation chamber perforated for pesticides provided with puller brass knobs and card frame. Moisture proof lacquer finish. Size 562
× 500 × 75mm.
INSECT SPREADING BOARD 22511
4120300
Made of wood covered with thick cork sheet. The groove from 0 to 12mm is smoothly adjustable, die-pressed adjustment chrome plated brass
fittings. Nicely polished. Size 350 × 112mm (length × width).
ANIMAL CAGE 22517
4120400/1
Strong resilient cage body is moulded in polypropylene for its superior chemical resistance to urine and other body fluids. The body has
rounded corners for easy cleaning and to avoid food entrapment and other contaminations. The extra strong wire lid, securely locked to the
body top, is made of stainless steel which ensures no coating to chip off or corrode. The four stoppers at the corners prevent scratching thus
allowing space saving storage. These can be repeatedly autoclaved and be used with radioactive material.
Size 430x270x150mm
Size 290x220x140mm
WATER BOTTLE FOR ANIMAL CAGE 22522
Autoclavable Polypropylene bottles having caps with moulded-in stainless steel sipper tubes.
Straight nozzle, 125 ml
Straight nozzle, 250 ml
4120500/1
INSECT NET 22525
4120700/1
The soft nylon mesh pocket attached with a sturdy 250mm diameter. Metal frame with aluminium handle. Fine mesh.
INSECT NET (TWISTED WIRE HANDLE) 22529
4120700/2
The soft nylon mesh pocket attached with a sturdy 300mm diameter. Metal frame with aluminium handle. Fine mesh.
PLANKTON NET 22533
4120800
Strong nylon monofilament netting, aperture size 0.1mm, with tough nylon collar. The mouth of the net is 300mm diameter and the overall
length is 900mm. The net supplied complete with frame and handle.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
AQUATIC NET 22537
4120900
The telescopic handle makes this net extremely sturdy at full extension. Circular bag with flat bottom and medium mesh netting create an
ideal net for general pond use.
PLANT PRESS 22541
4121000
For collecting and pressing plants prior to mounting. The plants are laid between sheet of absorbent paper within the frames and the straps
are tightening to apply pressure. The frames are constructed of welded wire rod, incorporating carrying handles. Dip plastic coated. Supplied
with straps. Dimensions 425 × 300mm.
PLANT PRESS, WOODEN 22546
4121100
Heavy duty brass plants 450 × 300mm, finished with synthetic paint. Two heavy brass chrome plated tightening screws and fly-nuts for uniform
pressure. Fly-nuts need not be removed totally to lift the upper plank, but can be tilted on the sides.
VASCULUM 22550
4121200
An oval shape metal case, painted outside and blackened inside to prevent rusting with hinged door and sliding catch with shoulder strap.
Dimensions 325 × 160mm approximately.
ZOOLOGICAL MODELS
ANIMAL CELL 21515
4080050
This model, enlarged about 20,000 times, provides clear depiction of the latest up-to-date information of the delicate and complex structure of
the animal cell. For teaching purposes, the components of the cell are very brightly coloured to bring out the high degree of segmentation of a
cell. In addition to the organelle like nucleus, endoplasmatic reticulum, mitochondria, ribosomes, polysomes and Golgi apparatus, the model
also shows centrioles, lysosomes and fat vacuoles. The presentation of the process of extrusion of a Golgi vesicle and pinocytic signs is shown
by the cell dynamics. The single piece model is mounted on a stand with base and comes with numbered Key Card.
ANIMAL CELL 21518
4080100
A highly magnified representation of a typical and generalized animal cell, showing ultramicroscopic detail. The structures are shown in section
and in relief. The model is mounted on a stand with numbered Key Card.
ANIMAL CELL 21521
4080150
A Highly magnified representation of a typical and generalized animal cell, showing ultramicroscopic detail. The structures are shown in section
and in relief. The model is mounted on base with numbered Key Card.
TYPICAL ANIMAL CELL, ECONOMY MODEL 21524
4080250
This inexpensive model is nicely illustrated to show the structure and organelles in a cross section of a typical animal cell the model features
structural details. The model is on a base with numbered Key Card.
ANIMAL CELL DIVISION, MITOSIS 21527
4080350
A set of 10 small models, enlarged in size showing cell division, different stages, which can be easily identified like, prophase, metaphase,
anaphase, telophase and daughter cells. Mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
ANIMAL CELL MITOSIS SET 21530
4080400
It consists of eight separate robust models illustrating the process of mitotic cell division and its various phases or stages. The chromosomes
are painted for easy identification of models. Supplied in sets only with numbered Key Card.
ANIMAL CELL MITOSIS SET 21533
4080450
A highly informative and descriptive model set comprising a collection of 8 different models, mounted individually on stands. Each model is
substantially enlarged many times, showing the different stages of cell division - late interphase, prophase, beginning metaphase, metaphase
equatorial plane, anaphase migration of daughter chromosomes, late anaphase, telophase and daughter cells in the early interphase. With
numbered Key Card.
ANIMAL CELL DIVISION, MEIOSIS 21536
4080500
Clearly showing all stages of meiosis cell division in detail, beautifully coloured to show the details of chromosomes, as seen under the
microscope. A set of 12 models, very useful for class-room, mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
ANIMAL CELL MEIOSIS SET 21539
4080550
Reproduction division is clearly explained with the series of colorful models enlarged about 2500x. The set shows the formation of haploid cells
prior to fertilization, restoration of the diploid state, as well as the formation of sex cells and sperm entering the egg. Permits the examination
of each phase of cell division individually or collectively by the students to gain an overall perspective of the entire process. The set includes
eight models, two explanatory introductory models, and an instruction manual describing the various stages of meiosis. Each model is
individually mounted on its own stand with numbered Key Card.
AMPHIOXUS CELL DIVISION, EQUAL 21542
4080600
Comprising nine models mounted individually on stand with base and shows the various stages in cell division, the formation of the blastula
and original membranes in one piece. Equal cell division and the formation of the nuclear membrane in the Branchiostoma LanceolatumAmphioxus, Lancelet, enlarged approximately 500 times. With numbered Key Card.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
RIBONUCLEIC ACID (RNA) 21545
4080700
Model showing RNA molecule, DNA template molecule of chromosome, role of messenger and transfer RNA colour key. Mounted on board
with numbered Key Card.
DEOXYRIBONUCLEIC ACID (DNA) 21548
4080650
Model showing segment of DNA molecule mechanism of replication, to show the double helix coiling and reforming, nucleotides to show the
molecule shapes and bonds and angles distorted. Mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
DNA MOLECULE CONSTRUCTION KIT 21551
4080750
To show students how exciting it is to build their own three dimensional DNA Structure with this colour coded and lettered plastic pieces on
stand with numbered Key Card.
DNA MOLECULE CONSTRUCTION KIT 21554
4080800
A self-assembly model kit of a 22 layer abstract double-helix model of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). The complete kit comprises
 22 Nitrogenous base pairs comprising
- 11 Thymine (Orange)
- 11 Adenine (Blue)
- 11 Guanine (Green)
- 11 Cytosine (Yellow)
 2 Polynucleotide side chains:
- 44 Deoxyribose (Red)
- 44 Phosphate (Purple)
 Stand
- 1 light brown base, support rod.
- 22 spacers & 1 white cap.
Supplied complete with instruction leaflet.
DNA MOLECULE CONSTRUCTION KIT 21557
4080850
Quite different from the conventional models. This unique plastic model provides easy assembly of the model and then twisting it into a double
helix, instead of building it around a center post as in other conventional models. Each of the four nitrogenous bases comes in a different
unlabeled color, so the students can design their own base pair coding. The model is removable from the plastic base and can be extended to its
full length to demonstrate standard separation with numbered Key Card.
AIDS VIRUS MODEL 21560
4080900
It is an extra ordinarily enlarged model to show the outer lipid membrane with protein structure and the internal nucleus, which contains the
viral hereditary matter (RNA). The nucleus is removable and condoms can be put underneath to provide a message regarding measures to take
in protection against HIV. The model is mounted on a base with numbered Key Card.
PARAMECIUM 21563
4081000
Comprise two detailed, descriptive, accurate and complete models combined in one and mounted on a common base. Provides the overall
view of Paramecium, magnified about 1600x. The stand mounting of the model allows convenient viewing by a group of students, even at a
distance. The model is sectioned longitudinally, the outer half can be detached to reveal macroand micronuclei, a contractile vacuole,
membranelles, myonemes, neuroneme network, food vacuoles, and formation of endo and ectoplasm. The second model, the pellicle
enlarged 6,500x, facilitating an upclose view of trichocysts and ciliary bending action illustrating a metachronal wave. The pellicle is mounted
directly on the base, while the paramecium is mounted on the stand with numbered Key Card.
AMOEBA 21566
4081050
A simple and economical model showing an enlarged and detailed inside view of amoeba's general structure. Complete model mounted on
base board with numbered Key Card.
AMOEBA PROTEUS 21569
4081100
Model enlarged about 1000 times. It is featured three-dimensionally and is large enough for showing all the intricate parts. Students can see
the pseudopodia, uroid hyaline cap, ectoplasma, endoplasma, nucleus, contractile vacuole, mitochondrion, crystals, food vacuoles, lysosome
and pinocytosis. Mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
EUGLENA 21572
4081150
This organism exhibits characteristics of both plants and animals. Enlarged model showing all internal details mounted on board with
numbered Key Card.
ASCARIS, MALE AND FEMALE 21575
(4081200/1)
Showing all internal organs like pharynx, intestine, testis, oviduct etc. Model mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
ASCARIS, MALE AND FEMALE 21578
(4081200/2)
Dissected model of Ascaris, enlarged, showing all important internal organs of male and female Ascaris in detail. Mounted on a base with
numbered Key Card.
BILHARZIA, MALE AND FEMALE 21581
4081250
A very interesting model showing oral sucker, oesophagus, testis, intestine etc. Mounted on board with numbered Key Card
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
HYDRA, LS 21584
4081300
Showing mouth, coelentron, testis, gland cells, ovum, ovary etc. Mounted on board size 240 x 400mm approximately with numbered Key Card.
INSECT EYE 21587
Approx. 200 times enlarged, showing histological microstructure. Mounted on a stand.
4081550
TAENIA SAGINATA L. H 21590
Showing zygote to adult, the various stages in the life cycle of Tapeworm mounted on board.
4081520
COMPOUND OR FACET EYE 21593
4081600
Enlarged approximately 200 times. Showing the delicate histological structure. In one piece. Mounted on base and with numbered Key Card.
COCKROACH, DISSECTED 21596
A general dissection enlarged model showing all internal parts, mounted on board with numbered Key Card.
4081700
LOCUST 21599
4081750
Dissected into two parts. Showing internal and external structures, enlarged approximately 10 times. Mounted on a stand with base.
HEN DISSECTION 21602
4081900
Completely dissected model featuring an egg and full food crop. This life-size model has five removable parts, while retaining the hen's
external appearance. Viscera clearly shows all parts, which can be further removed to allow closer examination, with the left side revealing its
inner anatomy, sectioned to show the nervous system, part of the skeletal system. Mounted on a plastic base with numbered Key Card.
HEN DISSECTION 21605
4081850
Natural size, showing right side, the feathers and the other side showing internal organs. Mounted on base all parts with numbered Key Card.
PIGEON DISSECTION 21608
4081950
Showing general dissection of a pigeon, an enlarged model mounted on board size 400 x 480mm approximately. With numbered Key Card.
PIGEON DISSECTION 21611
Similar to Cat No. 21608, but smaller size, 320 x 240mm approximately.
4082000
FROG DISSECTION 21614
4082050
The model shows a male water frog with spread out legs and inflated vocal sacs. The total back view shows the characteristics of figure, colour
and marking. Liver and stomach-intestine-tract are removable to show the position of the organs in stage. With numbered Key Card.
FROG DISSECTION 21617
4082100
The model features a male water frog with legs spread out (as in actual dissection), inflated vocal sacs with removable parts. Provides
complete inside view by the removal of liver, and stomach-intestine-tract thus showing the position of inside organs. Even the hind legs can be
removed at the thighs. The urinary and genital organs of a female water frog are shown on a supplementary model for comparison purposes.
The total back view shows the characteristics of figure, colour and marking. Separates into 5 parts. Mounted on a stand and base with
numbered Key Card.
FROG DEVELOPMENT 21620
4082150/1
An informative models showing the various stages of the development of frog, from egg to adult. Mounted on a wooden board with numbered
Key Card.
FISH ANATOMY (PERCH) 21623
4082200
Showing all the general structure of a dissected fish. A very instructive model for class-room demonstration. Complete on revolving stand with
numbered Key Card.
BONY FISH 21626
4082300
A Typical bony fish, Cyprinus carpio representing Osteichthyes, is re-created in four parts. The life size model's external features are shown on
one side, and the visible internal systems are revealed on the other. The intestines, swim bladder, and testes are all removable for closer
examination. The model is mounted on a stand and can be removed for closer examination. With numbered Key Card.
STAR FISH 21630
4082350
The model features a detailed study of star fish. Three arms and the central disc of the star-fish are greatly enlarged. Asterias are dissected to
show ventral and dorsal surfaces, digestive and water vascular systems, gonads, nerve ring and radial nerves, and the skeleton. A fourth arm is
cross sectioned to show the coelom and tube feet. The surface illustrates the podia and pedicel-lariae. The model can be removed from its
stand for closer examination. With numbered Key Card.
CHEMISTRY ACTIVITY SETS
GAS GENERATOR, KIPP'S, BOROSILICATE GLASS 11210
2080520
Made of Borosilicate glass. A rapid and effective apparatus to produce controllable amounts of common gases such as hydrogen sulphide,
carbon dioxide etc. It can be quickly changed and assembled and is simple to operate. Complete with short delivery tube, and thistle funnel.
250ml
500ml
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
1000ml
GAS GENERATOR, KIPP'S, POLYETHYLENE 11213
2080480
Made of polyethylene, in three different parts. Top portion is fitted with thistle funnel and bulb structure through which dilute acids can be
poured to react with metal sulphides in the lower base of the apparatus. Gas evolved collects in the middle dome from where it can be
released through a leak-proof stop-cock having self lubricating PTFE plug. Base provided with residual outlet with a screw cap for easy
cleaning.
250ml
500ml
1000ml
GAS PREPARATION KIT 11216
2080560
Suitable for gas preparation experiments for producing gases in small volumes, which can be collected over water, such as hydrogen, oxygen,
carbon dioxide etc. The kit comprises set of 5 gas collection tubes about 150×25mm with solid stopper, gas preparation tube of size
150×25mm with side arm and one holed stopper, thistle funnel, Z-shaped gas delivery tube, tubing connector, small flat bottom flask with a
hole on side for use as a chimney shelf and a metal test tube stand. All components packed in a plastic box with lid for storage, which also
functions as tank while gas preparation.
GAS PREPARATION SET 11219
MODEL 1 GS
2080600
An educational kit designed containing all the necessary components for the preparation of gases. May be rapidly set up for the production of
many gases including Ammonia, Bromine, Carbon Dioxide, Carbon Monoxide, Chlorine, Hydrogen, Hydrogen Bromide, Hydrogen Chloride,
Hydrogen Iodide, Hydrogen Peroxide, Hydrogen Sulphide, Iodine, Nitric Oxide, Nitrogen, Nitrogen Dioxide, Nitrous Oxide, Oxygen, Sulphur
Dioxide, Sulphur Trioxide. Comprises a total of 24 components including jointed glassware as below. Supplied without burners and rubber
connecting hoses. Complete kit housed in sturdy storage casing.
Component
Joint Size
Thread Size
1 Recovery bend
24/29
2 Bent tube
3 Adjustable wash bottle head
24/29
13
4 Test tube
24/29
5 'T' adapter
24/29
6 Combustion tube 24
7 Dropping funnel, 50mL
10/19
8 Test tube with side-arm 24
9 Cone / screw-cap adapter
24/29
13
10 Adjustable wash bottle head
24/29
13
11 Cone / screw-cap adapter
24/29
13
12 Gas mixing tube
24/29
13
13 Delivery adapter
24/29
14 Gas jar covers, 75mm Diameter : 2 Nos.
15 Dropping funnel plug
10/19
16 Dreschel bottle, 125mL
24/29
17 Beehive shelf, 75mm diameter.
18 Flask, RB, 250mL
24/29
19 Dreschel bottle, 125mL
24/29
20 Flask, RB, 150mL
24/29
21 Glass tubes, 7mm OD : 5 Nos
22 Plastic trough
23 Gas jar, 200mm×50mm
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY SET 11222
10BU 2080640
One joint size 10/19. A semi-micro set which features a comprehensive range of apparatus including a self-contained stirrer unit. It is ideal for
industrial use or for teaching at widely varying levels up to post-graduate standard. The scope of the set can be appreciated by reference to
more than 20 assemblies from simple reflux to fractional distillation, which covers all the principal techniques of preparative organic chemistry
for quantities of starting material up to 15g.
This completely eliminates the need for clamping equipment. Each set includes a drawing stencil and an instruction booklet, which includes
practical details of experiments and preparations. Semi-micro set of glassware comprising 22 items and contained in a storage box.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY SET 11225
17BU 2080680
One joint size 10/19. Most of the simple processes of preparative organic chemistry can be carried out with the seven parts contained in this
set. These include reflux, reflux with addition, distillation, preparation, steam distillation and separation. Designed for quantities up to 15g of
starting material, the set is ideal for introducing students to the first principles of preparative chemistry. The set is supplied in a cardboard box
and comes complete with instructions for use. Complete set comprises 7 items.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY SET 11228
29BU/M 2080720
One joint size 14/23. This set, comprising of 5 glassware items, is ideal for introducing students to the principal techniques of preparative
organic chemistry. Although the set is very simple, a surprising number of preparations on the 30g scale can be carried out. Provides the
construction of both reflux and distillation assemblies. The set is housed in a robust box and is supplied with an instruction booklet, which
contains notes on practical techniques and details of various experiments and preparations.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY SET 11231
www.aldeline.com
27BU/M 2080760
sales@aldeline.com
One joint size 14/23. A highly popular set in schools, colleges and universities. It has been purposely designed to cover the essential
requirements for the teaching of organic chemistry and is suitable for preparations up to 30gm. This is a set, which is difficult to beat for
versatility. The set comprises nine items of glassware and allows the construction of minimum 8 assemblies including steam distillation, reflux
with addition and preparation. Set housed in a robust storage box fitted with foam liner for safe storage and transit. Supplied with the set are
instructions for use, which include practical details of a student's course of experiments and preparations.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY SET 11234
46BU 2080840
One joint size 19/26. This single joint set, based on size 19/26 joint, fulfils the same requirements as per Cat. No. 11231 but on a large scale, i.e.
150g instead of 30g. Comprises 11 glassware components providing construction of about 6 assemblies including reflux, distillation and
filtration. Supplied in a robust cardboard box with foam liner.
EXTENSION SET 11237
29X/M 2080800
One joint size 14/23. Contains 4 glassware items that complement Cat. No. 11228 and allows more assemblies to be constructed. When this
set is added to Cat. No. 11228, together they effectively form set as per Cat. No. 11231.
EXTENSION SET 11240
46X 2080880
One joint size 19/26. This extension kit comprising of 11 components, converts Cat. No. 11234 to a set as per Cat. No. 11243 and enables
additional assemblies to be constructed including fractional distillation, under vacuum, and reflux with stirring.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY SET 11243
42BU 2080920
One joint size 19/26. A set of 22 components, covers a wide range of assemblies used in preparative organic chemistry. The set contains some
duplication of commonly used components to allow more than one assembly to be constructed simultaneously.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY SET 11246
34BU 2080960
Multi joint. For Students use in preparative organic chemistry up to the 150g scale, this includes all the necessary equipment to allow a wide
range of preparations to be carried out. It is also invaluable for industrial laboratories where the amount of preparative work is not great and
may occur at infrequent intervals. For such applications, this set has the advantage of covering on extensive field of work and occupying little
space when not in use. The set is contained in a sturdy storage case, with foam liner. Components included in the set are:
Components
Socket size
Cone size
Still head
14/23
19/26
Receiver adapter
19/26
24/29
Air leak / steam inlet tube
19/26
Liebig condenser
19/26
19/26
Dropping funnel, 100mL
19/26
19/26
Reduction adapter
19/26
24/29
Multiple adapter
19/26
24/29
Flask, RB, 50mL
24/29
Flask, Erlenmeyer, 250Ml
24/29
Flask, RB, 250mL
24/29
Stopper
19/26
Stopper
19/26
Thermometer packet
14/23
Receiver adapter
19/26
Flask, RB, 100mL
24/29
Stopper
24/29
EXTENSION SET, MULTI JOINT 11249
34X 2081000
An extension set, which converts, set as per Cat. No. 11246 to Cat. No. 11255. Comprising 10 components as detailed below.
Components
Socket size
Cone size
Stirrer, link
Stirrer guide
19/26
19/26
Splash head
19/26
24/29
Pear shaped, funnel, 500mL
19/26
19/26
Adapter with 'T' connection
19/26
24/29
Drying tube
19/26
Drying tube
19/26
Flask, R.B., 500mL
24/29
Stirrer gland
19/26
Air leak / steam inlet tube
19/26
EXTENSION SET 11252
33X 2081040
Multi joint. An extension set, which converts set of Cat. No. 11255 to set as per Cat. No. 11258. The set consists of following components:
Components
Socket size
Cone size
Stirrer, collapsible paddle
Air condenser
19/26
19/26
Double surface condenser
19/26
19/26
Air leak/steam inlet tube
19/26
Ground sleeve stirrer gland
19/26
Reduction adapter
19/26
24/29
Vigreux column
24/29
24/29
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Thermometer-10° to 250°C
Thermometer pocket
Adapter, bent
Stopper
Stopper
Test Tube
Test Tube
Flask, RB, 1L, 3 necks
Flask, RB, 250mL, 2 necks
Flask, RB, 2L, 3 necks
Stirrer pulley
Flask, Erlenmeyer, 250mL
Flask, RB, 1L.
19/26
19/26
24/29
19/26
19/26
19/26
24/29 & 19/26
24/29 & 19/26
24/29 & 19/26
24/29
24/29
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY SET 11255
The multi-joint sets comprise following items.
Components
Still head
Receiver adapter
Air leak / steam inlet tube
Liebig condenser
Dropping funnel, 100mL
Reduction adapter
Multiple adapter
Flask, RB, 50mL
Flask, Erlenmeyer, 250mL
Flask, RB, 250mL
Stopper
Stopper
Thermometer pocket
Receiver adapter
Flask, RB, 100mL
Stopper
Stirrer, link
Stirrer guide
Splash head
Pear shaped, funnel, 500mL
Adapter with 'T' connection
Drying tube
Drying tube
Flask, R.B., 500mL
Stirrer gland
Air leak / steam inlet tube
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY SET 11258
The multi-joint sets comprise following items.
Components
Still head
Receiver adapter
Air leak / steam inlet tube
Liebig condenser
Dropping funnel, 100mL
Reduction adapter
Multiple adapter
Flask, RB, 50mL
Flask, Erlenmeyer, 250mL
Flask, RB, 250mL
Stopper
Stopper
Thermometer pocket
Receiver adapter
Flask, RB, 100mL
Stopper
Stirrer, link
Stirrer guide
Splash head
Pear shaped, funnel, 500mL
Adapter with 'T' connection
Drying tube
Drying tube
www.aldeline.com
33BU 2081080
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
32BU 2081120
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
sales@aldeline.com
Flask, R.B., 500mL
Stirrer gland
Air leak / steam inlet tube
Stirrer, collapsible paddle
Air condenser
Double surface condenser
Air leak/steam inlet tube
Ground sleeve stirrer gland
Reduction adapter
Vigreux column
Thermometer-10° to 250°C
Thermometer pocket
Adapter, bent
Stopper
Stopper
Test Tube
Test Tube
Flask, RB, 1L, 3 necks
Flask, RB, 250mL, 2 necks
Flask, RB, 2L, 3 necks
Stirrer pulley
Flask, Erlenmeyer, 250mL
Flask, RB, 1L.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ELECTRICAL SPARES & SUPPLIES
CROCODILE CLIPS 11640
2020240
Spring-loaded, serrated jaws, with a screw to clamp end of connecting lead held in insulated tubular thumb-press grip, both sides insulated.
Red
Black
BATTERY CLIPS 11643
2020440
Chrome plated, large size, spring loaded jaws provide firm grip on battery terminals. Rear press-ends having insulated grips.
Red
Black
CROCODILE CLIPS, MINI 11646
Small size, chrome plated, complete body insulated with flexible, soft plastic sleeve.
Red
Black
Yellow
Green
Blue
2020320
CROCODILE CLIPS SUPERIOR 11649
2020360
Big Size, chrome plated, superior quality in moulded plastic for high class insulation. One thumb press extended with screw to take connecting
lead. Flat serrated jaws provide excellent grip. Available in beautiful pastel colours.
Red
Black
Yellow
Green
Blue
CONNECTING STRIP 11652
2020400
Insulated moulded plastic long connecting strip with two series of parallel running clamping screws. Each pair of screw termination (opposite
each other) has common conductor to provide electrical continuity. Useful for securely connecting two loose ends of wires. Can be cut into
smaller blocks if needed.
BANANA PLUGS SOCKETS 11655
2020480
4mm, moulded plastic body, threaded with fixing nut. Plated brass insert with solder pin, with plastic shrouded entry.
Red
Black
Yellow
Green
BANANA PLUGS 11658
2020600
4mm pin, 18mm long spring insert for making firm contact with the socket into which inserted and solder nipple for attaching wire lead, fixed
to a screw on hard plastic body. Overall length of plug about 40mm.
Red
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Black
SPADE CONNECTORS 11661
2020640
Comprises spade shaped terminations made of plated metal insert, fitted in insulated plastic shank with 4mm end sockets for connection.
Red
Black
INSULATED SOCKETS 11664
4mm Single sockets for flexible leads, with screw connection for wire and moulded plastic insulating body.
Red
Black
Yellow
Green
2020520
SOCKET TERMINAL, INSULATE 11667
2020560
With moulded plastic captive-head socket top having continental 4mm plated socket. Screw top takes ordinary connecting wires and spade
terminals. The socket provides sufficient engagement length to the plugs and has a 2mm transverse hole for unterminated leads. The
unscrewed top provides a total gap of 5mm enabling crocodile clips to be connected directly. Includes nuts and insulating washers.
Red
Black
CONNECTING TERMINALS, INSULATED, HIGH AMPERAGE 11670
2020580
Insulated binding post of thick brass for high amperage applications. Equipped with captive head top along with 2mm transverse hole on
central metal part for unterminated leads. Includes nuts and insulating washers.
25 Amp. Red
25 Amp, Black
50 Amp, Red
50 Amp, Black
TOGGLE SWITCH 11673
2020680
For use as an ON/OFF or changeover switch, with screw terminals on rear or side of moulded plastic body. Maximum current rating at 250V AC
is 5A.
Single Pole, One Way
Single Pole, Two Way
Double Pole, One Way
Double Pole, Two Way
FUSE HOLDER 11676
2020720
Un-mounted plug in type fuse holder to take 20mm cartridge fuses, metal clips on insulated plastic base with single hole fixing.
CARTRIDGE FUSES 11679
2020760
Quick blow fuses, about 20mm long × 5mm diameter with transparent glass body enabling the fuse to be examined visually. Supplied in packs
of ten. Other Ratings also available on specific request.
250mA
500mA
1A
2A
5A
CELL HOLDER, PLASTIC 11682
Rectangular plastic container with lid to hold 4 x 1.5V 'D' type dry cell.
2020800/1
CELL HOLDER, PLASTIC 11685
Rectangular plastic container with lid to hold 2 x 1.5V 'D' type dry cell.
2020800/2
CELL HOLDER, 4 CELLS 11688
2020840
Cell holder to contain up to 4 'D' type cells, with one black and four red, 4mm socket terminals for getting desired output of 1.5, 3, 4.5 or 6V
from either of 1, 2, 3 or 4 cells. Cells are held in place by a bottom cover. Cell positioning and output at each terminal clearly marked.
CELL HOLDER, SINGLE CELL 11691
An economical cell holder for mounting single 'D' type cell.
2020880
CELL HOLDER, STACKABLE 11694
2020920
Each unit capable of holding a single 'D' type cell can be linked together, both electrically and mechanically, to provide battery boxes of any
desired voltage. The stacking system designed to provide tapings every single cell (or 1.5V).
FLEXIBLE LEADS, PVC, WITH CROCODILE CLIPS 11697
2020960
Insulated flexible leads, with crocodile clip at each end. Flexible leads also available in other sizes on specific request.
Length : 300mm, Colour : Red
Length : 300mm, Colour : Black
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Length : 500mm, Colour : Red
Length : 500mm, Colour : Black
Length : 1000mm, Colour : Red
Length : 1000mm, Colour : Black
FLEXIBLE LEADS, PVC, WITH BANANA PLUG & CROCODILE CLIP 11700
2021000
Insulated flexible lead with 4mm plug at one end and crocodile clip at the other. Flexible leads also available in other sizes on specific request.
Length : 300mm, Colour : Red
Length : 300mm, Colour : Black
Length : 500mm, Colour : Red
Length : 500mm, Colour : Black
Length : 1000mm, Colour : Red
Length : 1000mm, Colour : Black
FLEXIBLE LEADS, PVC, WITH BANANA PLUGS 11703
2021040
Insulated flexible leads, with banana plug at each end. Flexible leads also available in other sizes on specific request.
Length : 300mm, Colour : Red
Length : 300mm, Colour : Black
Length : 500mm, Colour : Red
Length : 500mm, Colour : Black
Length : 1000mm, Colour : Red
Length : 1000mm, Colour : Black
FLEXIBLE LEADS, PVC, WITH SMALL CROCODILE CLIPS 11706
2021080
Insulated flexible leads, with small crocodile clips completely insulated with shrouded sleeve, at each end. Flexible leads also available in
other sizes on specific request.
Length
Colour
300mm
Red
300mm
Black
500mm
Red
500mm
Black
1000mm
Red
1000mm
Black
Set of 5 leads, each in different colour, Length 300mm.
Set of 5 leads, each in different colour, Length 500mm.
Set of 5 leads, each in different colour, Length 900mm.
COPPER WIRE, ENAMELED 11709
2021120
Enameled copper wire, useful as winding wire, finds many other electrical applications as well. Wound in reel. Other sizes also available on
specific request.
Diameter
Mass
(in mm) (SWG)
(per reel)
2.03
14
500g
1.63
16
500g
1.22
18
250g
1.22
18
500g
0.91
20
250g
0.91
20
500g
0.71
22
250g
0.71
22
500g
0.56
24
250g
0.56
24
500g
0.45
26
500g
0.38
28
250g
0.31
30
250g
0.27
32
250g
0.23
34
250g
FUSE WIRE 11712
2021160
Tinned copper fuse wires, supplied in reels of 100g each. Available in current ratings. Other Ratings also available on specific request.
2A
5A
10A
15A
WIRE, FLEXIBLE, MULTISTRAND 11715
2021200
Multi-strand copper wire, PVC insulated, flexible, capable of carrying current up to 5A. Finds many practical applications in day to day routine
laboratory electrical jobs. Supplied in rolls of 10m.
COPPER WIRE, FLEXIBLE 11718
www.aldeline.com
2021240
sales@aldeline.com
This is general-purpose high conductivity annealed copper wire with a thin coating of tough flexible insulating plastic. This is an ideal wire for
coil and transformer etc.
INSULATING TAPE 11721
2021280
High grade, fire retardant, PVC tape for insulating and protecting temporary wire connections. Width 19mm, Roll of 35m.
ELECTROCHEMISTRY
ELECTROLYSIS APPARATUS 11950
2090040
For quick and simple electrolysis of solutions involving evolution of gases. Comprises a pair of Carbon electrodes, tapered at one end mounted
at the base of clear transparent container through holed rubber stoppers, which are insulated from each other to prevent accidental short
circuiting. The container has a pair of 4mm color coded sockets near the bottom for connections. Includes two graduated test tubes, 10ml
each, held firmly in spring clips.
WATER VOLTAMETER 11953
2090080
Glass cup form with two platinum electrodes sealed in stem with connecting wires connected them to two 4mm binding posts fitted on the
base. Complete with two graduated test tubes, each of 15ml and a holder to support them in the voltameter.
HOFFMANN'S VOLTAMETER, WITH GLASS STOP-COCKS 11956
2090200/1
Ideal for studying the electrolysis in which gaseous components are formed or gases are liberated at the electrodes. Demonstrates the
composition of water by volume, and useful in determination of the electro-chemical equivalent of hydrogen. The apparatus consists of 'H'
shaped glass tube having two connected eudiometers at its ends, graduated 50×0.2mL. A central bulb shaped reservoir is connected to the
tube joining the two eudiometers. The eudiometer tubes provided with stop cock at the top and are open at the bottom to take suitable
electrodes mounted in rubber bung. Complete made of borosilicate glass.
HOFFMANN'S VOLTAMETER, WITH STOP-COCKS MADE OF PTFE KEY 11959
2090200/2
Ideal for studying the electrolysis in which gaseous components are formed or gases are liberated at the electrodes. Demonstrates the
composition of water by volume, and useful in determination of the electro-chemical equivalent of hydrogen. The apparatus consists of 'H'
shaped glass tube having two connected eudiometers at its ends, graduated 50×0.2mL. A central bulb shaped reservoir is connected to the
tube joining the two eudiometers. The eudiometer tubes provided with stop cock at the top and are open at the bottom to take suitable
electrodes mounted in rubber bung. Complete made of borosilicate glass.
GAS VOLTAMETER 11962
2090120
Useful for electrolysis of small quantities, where gaseous evolutions accompany the process. Comprises a clear acrylic vessel mounted on an
annular plastic ring and has a pair of platinum electrodes embedded at the bottom, which are connected to 4mm shielded sockets on the
annular plastic ring. The gases evolved are collected in two miniature test tubes, included along with. The apparatus is fairly resistant to
chemicals apart from organic solvents such as alcohols.
COPPER VOLTAMETER 11965
2090160
For experiments in electrochemistry. Consists of a plastic container with an insulated bakelite top lid having 3 rectangular copper electrodes
mounted underneath. The middle copper electrode is removable and serves as cathode, while the other two copper electrodes serves as
anode. The electrodes connected to terminals present on top of the bakelite lid for electrical connection.
STAND FOR HOFFMANN'S VOLTAMETER 11968
2090240
Stand for Hoffmann's Voltameter: Stable base with vertical metal rod and clamping arrangement to securely mount the Hoffmann's
voltameter, by supporting the cross-limb and all the three vertical arms.
CARBON ELECTRODES FOR HOFFMANN'S VOLTAMETER 11971
2090240/2
Carbon Electrodes, Simple: Carbon electrodes mounted in rubber bung with connecting wires with protective test tube housing and simple
plastic connector. Useful for electrolysis of ammonia solutions or hydrochloric acid or any other chloride containing solution. Supplied in pair.
PLATINUM ELECTRODES FOR HOFFMANN'S VOLTAMETER 11974
2090240/4
Platinum Electrodes, Simple: Highly inert platinum electrodes fused in glass tube and mounted in rubber bung with connecting wires and
protective test tube housing. Useful for electrolysis of acidified water. Supplied in pair.
ATOM ACTIVITY MODEL 11977
2100120
Useful for exploring and demonstration of atomic orbital structure to a group of students. This durable and attractive transparent model of
atom has been designed to permit its use on over-head projector. Comprises a clear, thick plastic round disc with small hemisphere at the
center representing nucleus and circular orbits clearly marked on the disc to represent orbits. Colourful pieces clearly depict the location of
subatomic particles in the atom and their arrangement. This activity reinforces concepts of atomic numbers, atomic mass, filling order of
shells, electro neutrality and ionic charge.
CRYSTAL MODEL SET 11980
2100160
Model kits for assembling various crystals lattices in skeletal form. The lattices represent certain classic structures and have been built to a
large enough size so that their different faces can be seen. Each set contains different coloured jacks (red, black and white) and connectors
(long and short) in a prescribed number to be joined together to form crystal structures. These Complete with assembly instruction.
Graphite
Sodium Chloride
Diamond
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
SALT BRIDGE 11983
2090440
For use in experiments involving the measurement of cell EMF under conditions of forward, zero, and reverse current flow. The bridge
comprises an inverted 'U' tube with its ends closed by sintered discs. This apparatus provides a more effective method of making reversible
cells than the wet filter paper or agar gel methods. Arm diameter 13mm, width 8cm and overall height 10cm.
GENERAL LABORATORY TOOLS
MAGNIFIER, HAND HELD 9700
2030040
Good quality, optically ground and glass convex lenses, ensuring fine vision and comfortable viewing area. All metal frame and handle, chrome
plated, packed in cardboard box.
Dia.
Focal Length
Magnification
40mm 10cm
3.5x
50mm 12cm
3x
50mm 15cm
2.5x
60mm 15cm
2.5x
60mm 20cm
2.25x
75mm 15cm
2.5x
75mm 20cm
2.25x
100mm 15cm
2.5x
100mm 20cm
2.25x
MAGNIFIER, HAND HELD, BAKELITE HANDLE 9703
2030080
Similar to Cat No. 9700, but with lens mounted in chrome plated frame with large bakelite handle for comfortable handling. Packed in
cardboard box.
Dia.
Focal Length
Magnification
50mm 20cm
2.25x
50mm 10cm
3.5x
60mm 10cm
3.5x
60mm 15cm
2.5x
60mm 20cm
2.25x
75mm 15cm
2.5x
75mm 10cm
3.5x
75mm 20cm
2.25x
100mm 15cm
2.5x
100mm 20cm
2.25x
125mm 30cm
1.83x
150mm 30cm
1.83x
MAGNIFIER, HAND HELD, PLASTIC FRAME 9706
2030120
Simple and economical magnifier with convex lens mounted in unbreakable plastic mount with handle in different beautiful colours.
40mm dia.
50mm dia.
60mm dia.
75mm dia.
MAGNIFIER, HAND HELD, PLASTIC FRAME, SUPERIOR 9709
2030140/1
Frame moulded in high grade, unbreakable, sturdy plastic frame in black colour with glass lens. Handle curved to facilitate convenient holding
while viewing.
50mm dia.
75mm dia.
100mm dia.
MAGNIFIER, HAND HELD, ACRYLIC 9712
2030160
Constructed of one-piece, plastic frames equipped with acrylic lenses containing a bifocal insert for extra magnification. Magnifiers have 2.5×
lens with 5× Bifocal Insert Lens. Available in 50mm diameter.
MAGNIFIER, HAND HELD, ALL PLASTIC, SUPERIOR 9715
Clear acrylic lens mounted in unbreakable plastic frame.
50mm dia.
75mm dia.
2030180
MAGNIFIER, HAND HELD, WITH HAND STAND 9718
2030200
The handle is perfectly balanced and ergonomically designed to give the most comfortable hold. These magnifiers also offer a novel feature of
a built-in hand stand. A flexible stand is also available separately, which enables lens to be held in any orientation leaving both hands of the
user free to attend to the job.
Magnification
Field of View
Working distance
3x
20x20mm
40mm
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
2.5x
2.25x
2x
30mm
60mm
95x65mm
50mm
85mm
105mm
STAND MAGNIFIER 9721
2030240
Handy table top magnifier, ideal for magnifying printed matter, films, artworks, maps etc. High quality, optically ground and glass convex
lenses mounted in four-legged frame, rests on work surface and leaves both hands free. Elegantly designed stand has side openings allowing
better illumination and easy accessibility of tools to the object being viewed.
Specifications:
Magnification : 2.5×
Field of view : 30mm
CUTAWAY STAND MAGNIFIER 9724
2030280
This economical and handy magnifier uses precision moulded acrylic lenses. A cutaway, clear acrylic stand allows ambient light and easy
accessibility of tools to the object for critical touch-up or minute mechanical operations. Has a spiral twist focus enabling adjustment for
individual eye and a focus lock ring. A useful magnifier for printers, photographers, graphic artists, and designers.
Specifications:
Magnification : 6×
WIDE FIELD MAGNIFIER, DELUXE 9727
2030320
Specially designed high precision optics sharp and crystal clear view across a field wide enough (44mm) to cover a 35mm film diagonally at a
setting. Comes with a choice of 3 stands: transparent, opaque and cut away to suit different requirements.
Specifications:
Magnification : 4×
Field of view : 44mm
Working Distance : 52mm
HEAD LOUPE 9730
2030360
Mounted on a comfortable and adjustable headband, it can be flipped up when not in use. As viewing involves both eyes simultaneously, this
magnifier provides 3D vision enabling fine manual coordination. The lenses have built-in prisms that eliminate squinting and eyestrain. Can
also be worn over spectacles. Available with inter-pupillary distance adjustment, a feature offered only by highest quality Head Loupes. Side
visors cut out extraneous glare, thus providing cool vision. This magnifier is best suited for any kind of detail work where both hands are
required to be free to attend the work. Available in 4 models giving different magnifications.
Magnification
Field of View
Working Distance
2.00×
120mm
140mm
2.75×
80mm
100mm
3.50×
55mm
70mm
1.75×
140mm
180mm
MAGNIFIER, POCKET, COLLAPSIBLE 9733
2030400
Collapsible magnifiers, with folding base and lens mount, both hinged to vertical rectangular pillar. The optical system comprises a single
element, glass, double convex lens mounted in rectangular frame. Housing is made of machined, black, high grade, durable, plastic for high
finish appearance. The rectangular base has square aperture with scales etched on the inner surface facing viewer. It folds flat to fit into
pocket. Available in 3 models giving different magnifications.
Magnification : 5×, Lens Aperture : 29mm
Magnification : 7×, Lens Aperture : 20mm
Magnification : 10×, Lens Aperture : 13mm
MAGNIFIER, FLEXIBLE ARM, ILLUMINATED 9736
2030440
Magnification:
This magnifier has a large sized high quality, optically ground and polished glass convex lens about 130mm diameter, assuring fine vision
without objectionable color fringes. The specially designed precision lens gives 4× area magnification without any chromatic or spherical
aberrations over the entire field of view, thus providing perfect strain-free vision. The lens provides binocular vision with depth perception and
comfortable 250mm working distance underneath, thus providing for ease of operation under the lens.
Illumination:
A 22W circular fluorescent tube housed in a tough ABS casing around the lens provides light that is shadow-less, glare-free, cool and of
daylight colour, thus providing perfect illumination for all operations under the lens.
Versatile Stand:
Easy positioning of lens/light at any point in any orientation is made possible by a well-balanced stand with feather touch movement that has a
reach of 900mm from the base. This provides perfect ease and flexibility in operation. Every component is specially engineered to provide
trouble-free functioning and long durability under tough working conditions.
Aesthetics:
In addition to careful engineering of each component the unit is specially designed to provide a pleasing and an elegant appearance. The
components have perfect finish in combination of chrome and matched pastel shades.
WATCHMAKER'S EYEGLASS 9739
Plastic lens, diameter 25mm, mounted in black plastic eye-grip frame.
Magnification 3.5×. FL 75mm.
2030480
EYE LOUPE 9742
2030520
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
A favorite with watchmakers and jewelers. Using precision acrylic lens, the unit is very light and can be held comfortably in eye socket. Also
available with adaptor for use with spectacles. Main advantage of this magnifier is that it can be put on or taken off with ease.
Magnification : 4×
Field of view : 35mm
Working Distance : 50mm
MAGNIFIER, FOLDING, PLASTIC CASE 9745
Magnifying lens fitted in plastic frame that folds into a plastic casing, superior quality.
Magnifier with Single Lens, Magnification 4×
Magnifier with Two Lens, Magnification 7×
Magnifier with Three Lens, Magnification 10×
2030560/1
MAGNIFIER, FOLDING, METAL CASE 9748
2030600/1
Gowland type Plano-convex lens of extra white glass mounted in unbreakable plastic lens holder and anodized aluminium case. Magnification
10×.
Regular quality
Superior quality
MAGNIFIER POCKET TYPE, WITH POUCH 9751
Single convex lens of diameter 40mm magnification 3.5×, folding into a soft plastic pouch.
2030640
DELUXE POCKET MAGNIFIER 9754
2030680
A portable magnifier used for detailed examinations by Jewelers, geologists, engravers, machinists, manufacturers, dermatologists, and
hobbyists size 30×50mm. Folding into a case for safety.
Magnification : 6×
Field of view : 20mm
Working Distance : 30mm
POCKET MAGNIFIER 9757
2030720
Has a break-resistant lens made of optical grade acrylic. A magnifier that can be conveniently carried in the pocket. Folding into a case for
safety.
Magnification : 3×
Field of view : 20×20mm
Working Distance : 40mm
SOLDERING IRON 9760
2030760
With insulated handle, leak proof, lightweight body, element tested for high insulation, gives instant heating with constant tip temperature.
Available in power ratings. Available with Pencil, Oval, Henlay Type Bits.
35W
65W
100W
125W
SOLDERING WIRE 9763
Pack of 100g, used with soldering irons for soldering.
2030800
SOLDERING FLUX PASTE 9766
2030840
For applying to the surfaces being soldered to obtain a clean solder joint without and blow-hole or dry soldering. Supplied in pack of 50g
BENCH HOLDER FOR SOLDERING IRON 9769
2030880
For safety & conveniently supporting the hot soldering iron during use. Comprises a substantial heavy, stable base, spring shaped holder to
contain the soldering iron and sponge for wiping the hot bit.
DESOLDERING PUMP 9772
2030900
For sucking and collecting the molten solder metal during desoldering. Pushing the spring loaded piston down completely engages it and is
released at the push of button creating suction.
SCREW DRIVER, ELECTRICIANS 9775
2030920
With moulded plastic insulating handle and hardened steel shaft. Length overall about 150mm and blade width 3mm approx.
WIRE STRIPPER 9778
2030960
Scissors shaped, spring loaded. For cutting and stripping insulated wires. Provides for adjustment according to wire thickness.
MAINS TESTER CUM SCREW DRIVER 9781
2031000
Small screw driver with a moulded plastic handle containing a neon indicator and with pocket clip. End of the plastic handle has insulated shaft
of plated steel. It is intended to serve as a mains tester over the voltage range from 100V to 500V. When the blade is brought in contact with
the live wire with the other end having metal screw touched with hand, the indicator glows. Overall length 140mm approx.
CORK BORER, SHARPENER 9790
2031080
High quality Cork borer, sharpener having hardened steel cutting blade mounted in brass cone. With polished wooden handle.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
CORK BORING MACHINE 9796
2031120
For drilling uniform and straight holes in cork or rubber stoppers. 'C' type Cast-iron frame with rugged and stable base having a platform of
about 10cm diameter at its top to support work. Includes adjustable guide rod, and a central hole through wheel spindle for ejector rod and
introduction of lubricant (water or methylated spirit). Complete with set of 12 nickel-plated borers with cutting sizes from 7 to 25mm
diameter.
CORK PRESS 9799
2031160
Wheel type cork press made of cast iron, for softening corks evenly, by rolling without increasing the porosity. To accommodate corks up to
32-mm diameter. Mounted on wooden base.
TUBING CUTTER 9802
2031180
V-shaped cutter has cutting blade on one arm and a V-shaped groove for positioning and gripping tubing to be cut. The spring loaded arms grip
the tubing firmly for cutting.
SET OF FILES 9805
2031200
Set of fine cut, comprising one each:12mm wide flat (thin, with slight taper); 12mm wide pillar (straight flat) with safe edge; 10mm wide half
round; 8mm wide triangular; 4mm wide square; and 4mm diameter round. Each file having about 100mm length of cut. Supplied without
handles.
TRIANGULAR FILE 9808
150mm length, slim taper, second cut, without handle.
2031240
FILE HANDLE 9811
Wooden handle with steel ferrule to fit files. Dimensions about 100×25mm (length × diameter)
2031280
DRILL SET 9814
Drill Set, High Speed Steel - Set of 10, 1/16” to ¼”.
Drills, for hand and portable electric drills.
Other drill sizes also available on specific request.
2031320/1
DRILL SET 9817
Drill Set, Carbon Steel - Set of 10, 1/16” to ¼”.
Drills, for hand and portable electric drills.
Other drill sizes also available on specific request.
2031320/2
DRILL SET 9821
2031320/3
Drill Set, Superior - Set of 13 drill sizes covering almost all range practically required in the laboratories. Comes nicely packed in a plastic
case. Drills, for hand and portable electric drills.
Other drill sizes also available on specific request.
DRILL GAUGE (METRIC) 9824
2031360/1
Made from heavy-gauge aluminium sheet, machined and ground to close tolerances. Plate size 60×156mm approx. Also useful as a rack for
storing drills and allows their frequent identification.
For drills from 1 to 13cm diameter
For drills from 1/16” inch to ½”
HAND DRILL MACHINES 9827
Hand operated drill machine, with a wooden handle for supporting the machine while use.
9mm or 3/8”
13mm or ½”
2031420/1
BREAST DRILL MACHINE 9830
Hand operated drill machine.
9mm or 3/8”
13mm or ½”
2031400/1
SCREW DRIVERS - STRAIGHT HEAD 9833
Carbon steel, chrome plated magnetic blade with moulded, rigid plastic handle.
blade length : 75mm
blade length : 100mm
blade length : 125mm
blade length : 150mm
blade length : 200mm
blade length : 250mm
blade length : 300mm
2031440/1
SCREW DRIVERS - PHILIPS HEAD 9836
Carbon steel, chrome plated magnetic blade with moulded, rigid plastic handle.
blade length : 75mm
2031480/1
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
blade length : 100mm
blade length : 125mm
blade length : 150mm
blade length : 200mm
blade length : 250mm
blade length : 300mm
SCREW DRIVERS, TWIN BLADE 9839
2031520
With molded plastic insulating handle and removable steel shaft having one end flat and other having Philips head. Plastic handle provided
with cross-slots and tightening screw to grip the shaft with desired head at the top.
Overall length
Blade width
155 mm
3 mm
230mm
8mm
280mm
5mm
SCREW DRIVERS SET, MICRO 9842
2031560
A set of assorted screw driver, in complete metal body, with straight as well as Philips head in small sizes means specially for electronic
instruments, cameras and other optical equipment etc. Set of five screw drivers in a plastic wallet.
SCREW DRIVER SET, POSI DRIV 9845
2031640
Specially designed, T-shaped, shatterproof, plastic handle with reversible double ended blade in chrome-vanadium steel. Point sizes 1 and 2.
Overall length assembled 165mm approx. Comes with a set of assorted screw driver as well as spanner bits in different sizes and an adapter
bit.
BENCH VICE, SMALL 9848
2031680
For secure gripping of jobs in its jaws. Can be mounted on bench with the help of studs. Cast iron body. Other sizes also available on specific
request.
40mm
50mm
65mm
75mm
HAND VICE 9851
Malleable body, made of high grade toughened steel, good quality.
75mm
100mm
125mm
150mm
2031720
SPANNERS SET (Spanners, Open Ended) 9854
2031760
Metric sizes, set of seven, chrome alloy steel, double ended, covering sizes up to 19mm. Length of largest spanner 200mm approx. Spanners
also available separately as spares in different sizes on specific request.
SPANNERS SET (Spanners, Closed Ended) 9857
2031760/2
Metric sizes, set of seven, chrome alloy steel, double ended, covering sizes up to 19mm. Length of largest spanner 200mm approx. Spanners
also available separately as spares in different sizes on specific request.
SPIRIT LEVEL, CIRCULAR 9860
Circular pattern, about 25mm diameter, housed in plated metal case with drilled flange.
2031800
SPIRIT LEVELS 9863
2031840/4
Specially designed spirit levels to ensure high standards or precision and reliability. Shock proof and unbreakable bubble tube or vials
manufactured with latest technique to prevent vaporization and leakage under normal working conditions. Each level electronically calibrated
to ensure precise mounting and alignment of vials and require no adjustment by the user. Made of sturdy plastic body with tapered ends,
which slides easily into the pocket for convenient carrying. Fitted with three vials, horizontal, vertical and at 45º. Comes with magnetic base.
SPIRIT LEVEL 9866
Simple, for horizontal use. Mounted in a wood casing. Overall length about 230mm.
2031880
L KEYS SET 9869
Set of L-shaped keys. Two patterns for A.F and metric screws.
A.F.: 1/16”, 5/64”, 3/32”, 1/9”, 5/32”, 7/32”, ¼”.
2031920
TIN SNIP - With Spring 9872
Scissors shaped, Drop forged steel, spring loaded. Hand grips having soft plastic insulation.
200mm
250mm
300mm
2031960/1
TIN SNIP - Without Spring 9875
2032000/1
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Scissors shaped, Drop forged steel, without spring loaded. Hand grips having soft plastic insulation.
200mm
250mm
300mm
TOP CUTTER 9878
Drop forged steel.
150mm
175mm
200mm
2032040/1
TOWER PINCER 9881
Drop forged steel.
200mm
250mm
300mm
2032080/1
ADJUSTABLE WRENCH, SCISSORS SHAPED 9884
Malleable steel body. Opening between the jaws adjustable by sliding one jaw.
150mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
2032120/1
CHAIN PIPE WRENCH 9887
Steel jaw and frame.
50mm
75mm
100mm
150mm
200mm
2032160/1
WRENCH ADJUSTABLE, SPANNER SHAPED 9890
2032200
Drop forged nickel chrome molybdenum steel wrench with one jaw adjustable by means of a square cut screw. Overall length 150mm.
Maximum jaw opening 20mm.
WRENCH, ADJUSTABLE, SELF-GRIPPING 9893
2032240
This adjustable wrench has curved serrated jaws and can be locked on to the job work. A quick release lever open the jaws. Steel with bright
plated finish. Overall length 150mm approx.
HEAVY DUTY PIPE WRENCH 9896
Malleable body, with forged jaws. For heavy duty use such as in plumbing.
200mm
250mm
300mm
350mm
2032280/1
MINIATURE PLIERS SET 9899
Forged steel, size 110mm. Set of 6
2032360
SIDE CUTTING PLIERS 9902
Drop forged steel, with hardened jaws.
150mm
175mm
200mm
2032400/1
PIANO TYPE SIDE CUTTER 9905
Drop forged steel, with hardened jaws. Size 175mm.
2032440
PIANO TYPE CUTTER 9908
2032480/1
Drop forged steel, with hardened jaws. Available external straight, external bent, internal straight and internal bent.
150mm
175mm
200mm
250mm
BOX JOINT WATER PUMP PLIERS 9911
Chrome vanadium steel or drop forged steel, with hardened jaws. Size 250mm.
2032520
SLIP JOINT PUMP PLIERS 9914
2032560
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Drop forged steel, with hardened jaws. Size 250mm.
SLIP JOINT PLIERS 9917
Drop forged steel, with hardened jaws.
150mm
200mm
250mm
2032600
WIRE SNIP PLIERS 9920
Drop forged steel, with hardened jaws. Size 150mm
2032640
TRY SQUARE 9923
Best quality, accurate. Hardened steel.
150mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
2032680
SQUARES 9926
Solid steel stocks with hardened and tempered blades.
50mm
75mm
100mm
125mm
150mm
225mm
300mm
2032720/1
PIPE CUTTER 9929
Best quality. Hardened steel.
25mm
50mm
75mm
100mm
2032760/1
ENGINEER'S SQUARE 9932
Best quality. Hardened steel.
50mm
75mm
100mm
150mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
2032800
BALL PEEN HAMMER 9935
With wooden handle, autoblack and ground finish.
2032840
CLAW HAMMER STEEL SHAFT 9938
With rubber grip. One side flat hammer, other side curved slotted to extract nails etc.
2032880
CLAW HAMMER, WOODEN HANDLE 9941
With wooden handle, black and ground finish. Also available in other sizes for quantity orders.
2032920
CROSS PEEN HAMMER 9944
With wooden handle, 3½Oz
2032960
SLEDGE HAMMER 9947
With wooden handle. Available in masses.
1000g
1200g
1500g
2000g
3000g
2033000
CLUB HAMMER 9950
2033040
With wooden handle, curved head. Available in masses. Club hammer with straight head also available on specific request.
800g
1000g
1200g
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
1500g
2000g
GLASS WRITING DIAMOND 9953
Securely mounted on brass stem in wooden / plastic handle. Overall length about 150mm.
2033080
GLAZIER'S DIAMOND 9956
For cutting sheet glass up to 3mm thickness. Mounted in brass with wooden handle. Overall length 160mm approx.
2033120
KNIFE 9959
High quality carbon steel blade riveted in to beach wood handle. Length of blade 100mm. Overall length 200mm.
2033160
KNIFE, TRIMMING 9962
2033200
Plastic coated, die cast knife body for disposable blades. Spare blades are accommodated within the knife handle. Supplied complete with
blade guards and five blades. Overall length 130mm.
HACKSAW FRAME 9965
Fixed or adjustable. Size length 300mm. Thickness of frame 5mm or 6mm.
2033240
JUNIOR HACKSAW FRAME 9968
Size available in 5mm or 6mm thickness. Hacksaw blades available in all standard size and TPI.
2033280
TENON SAW 9971
Black phosphate coated blade with rigid back and wooden handle. Blade length 250mm, 15 TPI.
2033320
BRACE, CARPENTERS 9974
2033360
Carpenter's ratchet brace 250mm sweep. Polypropylene top and handle. Fully ball-bearing head. Twelve point ratchet. Nickel plated finish.
BRUSH, BRASS WIRE 9977
Overall length 250mm approx.
2033400
SHARPENING STONES 9980
Made from silicon carbide and individually packed.
(Combination)
Fine
Medium
Coarse
2033440/1
PLANE, SMOOTHING 9983
Gray iron base accurately machined, japanned finish, with plated parts. Plane width 50mm.
2033480
MALLET 9986
With morticed handle. Size 112mm approx.
2033520
CHISELS, WOOD, BEVEL EDGE 9989
Made from finest steel with wooden handle.
6.25mm
10.4mm
12.5mm
15.6mm
18.7mm
22.0mm
25.0mm
2033560
OIL STONE 9992
2033600
Fine aluminium oxide oilstone for sharpening chisels, knives, scalpels, etc. Factory oil-filled eliminating the need for oil saturation before first
use. Dimensions 150×50×25mm.
BLADES, SPARE 9995
2033640
Pack of ten blades, each with twelve snap-off edges in a dispenser pack, which incorporates a blade snapper and used blade compartment.
CUTTER WITH DISPOSABLE BLADES 9998
2033680
This plastic body cutter carries a continuous blade, which is advanced by a slide mechanism. When the cutting edge becomes dull the side is
advanced, exposing a fresh cutting edge. The worn section is snapped off with clip carried on the cutter handle leaving the new edge ready.
Length 140mm approx.
BEVEL GAUGE, ADJUSTABLE 10001
Polished hardwood stock with brass caps. Hardened steel blade. Size 185mm approx.
2033720
GAUGE MARKING 10004
2033760
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Made of hardwood, polished slides and wooden turn screw.
GIMLETS 10007
Bright squares shoulder. Wooden handle.
2033800
SPOKESHAVE, FLAT BLADE 10010
Malleable iron frame with adjustable flat blade cutter 53mm wide. Overall length 225mm approx.
2033840
PLIERS, PUNCH, REVOLVING HEAD 10013
2033880
For punching round holes in, leather, soft plastics, paper, card etc. Six sizes graduated from 1 ½mm to 4mm diameter. Length 200mm approx.
RULE, WOOD (4 FOLD) 10016
2033920
Best quality, four fold, boxwood rule with brass hinges and tips. Extended length 1m (39”), width 31mm. Double sided, one graduated 8th and
th
16 inch and the other graduated in mm.
TOOL ROLLS 10019
Made from heavy PVC. material with bound edges.
8 Pockets Size 325×400mm (D × L)
14 Pockets: Size 325×670mm
2033960
HAND SAW 10022
2034000
Black phosphate coated blade with wooden handle moulded on to the blade. Blade length 560mm, 10 TPI. Overall length 660mm approx.
PLIERS, SIMPLE 10025
With serrated gripping surfaces, straight and side wire cutters and insulated handles. Length 180mm.
2034040
PLIERS, LONG NOSE 10028
2034080
For holding small components, e.g. during soldering operations. Long nose pliers with wire cutting blades and PVC coated handles. Length
154mm.
G-CLAMP 10031
2034120
Malleable iron frame with square cut thread clamping bolt Swivel head on bolt adapts itself to any angle of grip. Maximum opening.
50mm
75mm
100mm
125mm
150mm
GREASE GUN 10034
Pressure type for normal laboratory use.
2034160
OIL CAN 10037
For lubricating or oiling various instruments or objects
2034200
LABORATORY INSTRUMENTS
MULTIMETER, ANALOG, POCKET SIZE 10510
2050160
This Multimeter is a very useful device capable of measuring both AC/DC voltages and currents, resistances and various other electrical
parameters. Supplied complete with probe leads.
SPECIFICATIONS
As a Circuit Tester
DC Voltage : 0.01-0.5-10-50-250-1000V ± 3% FS. Input impedance 20kÙ/V
AC Voltage : 0-10-50-250-1000V ± 4% FS Input impedance 8kÙ/V
DC Current : 0-50mA - 2.5-25-250mA, 50mA at 0.1VDC Position, ±3% FS Voltage drop 250mV (100mV for 50mA)
Resistance : Range 10-1000-10000Ù Minimum 0.2-2-200-kÙ Midscale 20-200-20L-200kÙ Maximum 2k-20k-2M-20MÙ ±3% of arc, Internal
batteries UM-3×2, 216×1
AF Output : 10dB ~+22 dB for 10VAC, 0dB/0.775V (1mw through 600Ù) ± 4% FS, 8kÙ/V for output terminal. As a Transistor Tester Leakage
current : 0-15mA at 1000R, 0-15mA at 10R Range 0- 150mA at R Range ± 5% of arc Current across terminals.
DC Current : 0-1000 at ×10R Range ±3% of arc with connector.
MULTIMETER DIGITAL POCKET SIZE 10513
Model M-3900 2050240
Provides more accurate results, useful for the measurements of both AC / DC voltages and currents, resistances and various other parameters
of electrical / electronic components . Desired measurement selectable through a rotary switch with positive click stop and suitable
combination o f rounded sockets for the test probes. Features a bigger 3½ digit LCD display and audible continuity tester. With auto power off.
Provision at the back for inclining it for convenient bench use. Supplied complete with probe leads.
SPECIFICATIONS
DC Voltage : 200mV-1000V ±0.5% +2
AC Voltage : 200V-750V ±1.2% +10
DC Current : 200μA-10A ±1% +2
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Resistance : 200Ù-2000kÙ ±0.8% +2
Temperature : -40°C to 1000°C ±3% +2
Maximum Display : 1999 Display Size : 16 × 48mm
Range : Manual Standard
Accessories: Battery, Testing Probes with instruction manual
MULTIMETER, DIGITAL, ECONOMICAL, POCKET SIZE 10516
MODEL M-830B 2050200
An economical Multimeter, useful for the measurements of both AC/DC voltages and currents, resistances and various other parameters of
electrical / electronic components. Desired measurement selectable through a rotary switch with positive click stop. Features a 3½ digit LCD
display and audible continuity tester. With auto power off. Supplied complete with probe leads.
SPECIFICATIONS
DC Voltage : 200mV-1000V ±0.5%+2
AC Voltage : 200V-750V ±1.2% +10
DC Current : 200μA-10A ±1% +2
Resistance : 200Ù-2000kÙ ±0.8% + 2
Maximum Display : 1999 Display Size : 16 × 48mm
Range : Manual Transistor
Test : Yes Standard
Accessories : Battery, Testing Probes with instruction Manual.
VACUUM PUMP, HAND OPERATED 10522
2050280
Extremely versatile tool for performing many useful tasks related to vacuum and can also be used to test a variety of automotive systems. It
can be used to test virtually any system that requires proper sealing, pressure or vacuum to operate and also useful for pumping out the air
out of the containers. Fitted with a valve to release vacuum without disconnecting the pump. It has two way pumping action for transferring
liquids in either direction. The corrosion free basic unit comprises a pump body, movable handle, vacuum gauge, vacuum fitting, and a safety
capped pressure fitting. Comes with a vacuum gauge mounted at the top.
VACUUM PUMP, ROTARY 10525
2050320/1
Single Stage pumps are known for their compact design, low maintenance, reliability, durability, ruggedness and efficient performance.
Designed to attain the desired vacuum in a short time. Gives trouble free performance for years. The main assembly of the pump consists of a
stator with a rotor mounted eccentrically. The rotor is fitted with two spring loaded vanes diametrically opposite each other, which moves in
and out of their slots, pressing against inner surface of the stator. The eccentric rotation of these vanes sweep the air space two times in a
single revolution, creating the vacuum. Main assembly is enclosed in a square box made from the material capable of offering toughest
resistance to the corrosive intakes. These pumps are V-belt driven and suitable for use with common electric motors. The pumps have vacuum
plate mounted at its top for different experiments.
H.P : 0.25, Displacement : 50L/min, Vacuum : 0.02mm/Hg
H.P : 0.33, Displacement : 75L/min, Vacuum : 0.02mm/Hg
H.P : 0.50, Displacement : 100L/min, Vacuum : 0.02mm/Hg
H.P : 0.75, Displacement : 150L/min, Vacuum : 0.02mm/Hg
H.P : 1.00, Displacement : 300L/min, Vacuum : 0.02mm/Hg
VACUUM PUMP, DIAPHRAGM TYPE 10528
2050400/1
Oil free vacuum pump. Specially designed construction of piston / diaphragm never requires lubrication. Rated for continuous use with built in
rugged motor either single phase or three-phase. Most versatile, durable, compact vacuum pump, features permanently lubricated ball
bearing. Making it practically maintenance free; portable, light weight die cast aluminium components keep overall weight minimal; low noise
level and balanced eccentrics provide smooth, low vibration operation. Having built in micro air filter, fitted with metal plate.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Type Diaphragm (Oil Free)
Maximum Pressure (PSI) 40
Vacuum (Inch of Hg) 23
Free Air (Liter/mm) 40
Delivery (CFM) 1.4
Motor Rating [HP (Watts)] 1/3 (250)
Electrical Input 220V AC, 1 or 3 Phase
Current Rating 1.8A Maximum
Dimensions (H×W×L) (Inch) 7½×4½×9½
Weight (kg) 7.3
VACUUM PUMP, DIAPHRAGM TYPE 10531
205040/2
Oil free vacuum pump. Specially designed construction of piston / diaphragm never requires lubrication. Rated for continuous use with built in
rugged motor either single phase or three-phase. Most versatile, durable, compact vacuum pump, features permanently lubricated ball
bearing. Making it practically maintenance free; portable, light weight die cast aluminium components keep overall weight minimal; low noise
level and balanced eccentrics provide smooth, low vibration operation. Having built in micro air filter, fitted with metal plate.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Type Diaphragm (Oil Free)
Maximum Pressure (PSI) 60
Vacuum (Inch of Hg) 28
Free Air (Liter/mm) 50
Delivery (CFM) 1.75
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Motor Rating [HP (Watts)] 1/3 (250)
Electrical Input 220V AC, 1 or 3 Phase
Current Rating 1.8A Maximum
Dimensions (H×W×L) (Inch) 9×4½×13
Weight (kg) 9.0
ACCESSORIES FOR VACUUM PUMP 10534
2050360
Standard accessories designed to be used with Vacuum Pump Rotary (Cat No. 10525), to enhance the performance, safety or to minimize the
problems.
Belt Guard
Moisture Trap
Vacuum Gauge
Non-return Valve
Air Ballast
Inlet Dust Filter
Release Valve
VACUUM PUMP, MOTORIZED 10537
2050440/1
Useful for liquid filtration for microbiology, suspended solid test, stack or ambient gas sampling etc. Piston powered , oil free vacuum pump
having compact size and lightweight, aluminium die-cast construction. Comes with a moisture trap / vacuum regulator. Rated for continuous
use. Specially designed to keep vibration and noise level to minimum. Supplied with a vacuum gauge attached to indicate the vacuum level at
any instant.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Operating Voltage 220V / 50Hz
No. of Poles 4
Maximum Vacuum (mm Hg) 600
Maximum Flow Rate (L/minute) 13
Motor Rotation Speed (RPM) 1400
Motor Rating (HP) 1/8
Noise Level (db) 54
Weight (kg) 4.1
VACUUM PUMP, MOTORIZED 10538
2050440/2
Useful for liquid filtration for microbiology, suspended solid test, stack or ambient gas sampling etc. Piston powered , oil free vacuum pump
having compact size and lightweight, aluminium die-cast construction. Comes with a moisture trap / vacuum regulator. Rated for continuous
use. Specially designed to keep vibration and noise level to minimum. Supplied with a vacuum gauge attached to indicate the vacuum level at
any instant.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Operating Voltage 220V / 50Hz
No. of Poles 4
Maximum Vacuum (mm Hg) 650
Maximum Flow Rate (L/minute) 23
Motor Rotation Speed (RPM) 1400
Motor Rating (HP) 1/6
Noise Level (db) 54
Weight (kg) 5.2
JACK, LABORATORY, ALUMINIUM 10543
2050480/1
Strong and stable support for laboratory equipment at the exact desired height in between the minimum and maximum heights. Works on
screw operated scissor-action mechanism through a large knob at the front with operating screw of stainless steel. The top plate has a
threaded hole for taking metal support rod. The top and bottom plates are of specially designed anodized aluminium extrusion section.
100×100mm, Min Height : 40mm, Max Height : 145mm
150×150mm, Min Height : 65mm, Max Height : 280mm
200×200mm, Min Height : 65mm, Max Height : 320mm
JACK, LABORATORY, SHEET METAL 10546
2050520/1
Same as per Cat No. 10543, but top and bottom plate made of sheet metal painted with scratch resistant epoxy coating.
100×100mm
150×150mm
200x200mm
OVERHEAD PROJECTORS 10567
2050600/1
Simple, low cost, over head projectors, with sturdy, durable sheet metal body and critical parts / fittings of unbreakable moulded ABS plastic.
Equipped with twin halogen lamps with a quick lamp changeover mechanism with a knob on the outside to allow uninterrupted use through
spare lamp, if the lamp fails. The low voltage, high intensity, long life halogen lamps operating at 24V, provide bright, clear, superior quality
projection. Other features include – switch providing two light intensity settings (DIM / BRIGHT); continuous cooling to the desirable level
through heavy duty cross flow fans, can be made operational easily within minutes through foldable projector arm, fine focusing through rack
and pinion mechanism. The optical system comprises high contrast, unifocal single element 90mm objective and projection platform of a clear
Fresnel lens for crisp images. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
OHP, with fixed head and single cooling fan, twin halogen lamps of 150W each, and projection platform of size 250×250mm.
OVERHEAD PROJECTORS 10570
2050600/2
Simple, low cost, over head projectors, with sturdy, durable sheet metal body and critical parts / fittings of unbreakable moulded ABS plastic.
Equipped with twin halogen lamps with a quick lamp changeover mechanism with a knob on the outside to allow uninterrupted use through
spare lamp, if the lamp fails. The low voltage, high intensity, long life halogen lamps operating at 24V, provide bright, clear, superior quality
projection. Other features include – switch providing two light intensity settings (DIM / BRIGHT); continuous cooling to the desirable level
through heavy duty cross flow fans, can be made operational easily within minutes through foldable projector arm, fine focusing through rack
and pinion mechanism. The optical system comprises high contrast, unifocal single element 90mm objective and projection platform of a clear
Fresnel lens for crisp images. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz.
OHP, with 360º rotatable head and twin cooling fan for high performance cooling, twin halogen lamps of 250W each providing highly
intense projection about 2000-2300 lumens, and projection platform of size 285×285mm, for use up to A4 sized transparencies. Also
incorporates easy-to-open working top with a push lock mechanism and a safety interlock system that automatically cuts-off power with
top open and allows for quick and safe replacement of lamps.
OVERHEAD PROJECTORS 10573
2050600/3
Simple, low cost, over head projectors, with sturdy, durable sheet metal body and critical parts / fittings of unbreakable moulded ABS plastic.
Equipped with twin halogen lamps with a quick lamp changeover mechanism with a knob on the outside to allow uninterrupted use through
spare lamp, if the lamp fails. The low voltage, high intensity, long life halogen lamps operating at 24V, provide bright, clear, superior quality
projection. Other features include – switch providing two light intensity settings (DIM / BRIGHT); continuous cooling to the desirable level
through heavy duty cross flow fans, can be made operational easily within minutes through foldable projector arm, fine focusing through rack
and pinion mechanism. The optical system comprises high contrast, unifocal single element 90mm objective and projection platform of a clear
Fresnel lens for crisp images. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz.
OHP, with 360º rotatable head and twin cooling fan for high performance cooling, twin halogen lamps of 250W each providing highly
intense projection about 2000-2300 lumens, and projection platform of size 285×285mm, for use up to A4 sized transparencies. Also
incorporates easy-to-open working top with a push lock mechanism and a safety interlock system that automatically cuts-off power with
top open and allows for quick and safe replacement of lamps.
OVERHEAD PROJECTORS 10576
2050600/4)
Simple, low cost, over head projectors, with sturdy, durable sheet metal body and critical parts / fittings of unbreakable moulded ABS plastic.
Equipped with twin halogen lamps with a quick lamp changeover mechanism with a knob on the outside to allow uninterrupted use through
spare lamp, if the lamp fails. The low voltage, high intensity, long life halogen lamps operating at 24V, provide bright, clear, superior quality
projection. Other features include – switch providing two light intensity settings (DIM / BRIGHT); continuous cooling to the desirable level
through heavy duty cross flow fans, can be made operational easily within minutes through foldable projector arm, fine focusing through rack
and pinion mechanism. The optical system comprises high contrast, unifocal single element 90mm objective and projection platform of a clear
Fresnel Lens for crisp images. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz.
Similar to Cat No. 10573, but with projection platform comprising anti glare Fresnel lens, in place of clear Fresnel lens. Supplied complete
with detachable mains cable, two spare glass fuses, dust cover, writing pack and 25 sheets of A4 sized plain transparencies.
OVERHEAD PROJECTOR, SUPERIOR 10579
2050640/1
Same as per Cat No. 10576, but completely made of unbreakable ABS plastic, with projection platform comprising of anti-glare Fresnel lens
and colour fringe mechanism, whereby colours at the borders of the projected image can be minimized at the turn of the knob. Incorporates
whisper quite, twin fan cooling mechanism along with over heat protection device.
with Projection platform of size 250×250mm
with Projection platform of size 285×285mm
SLIDE PROJECTOR 10585
2050560
A simple, economical, and portable 35mm manually operated slide projector useful for classroom presentations. Incorporates a blower for
cooling of the equipment during continuous use . Sturdy, unbreakable, ABS moulded plastic body ensures long life. Provided with fine focusing
system along with a high intensity halogen lamp for bright, clear and sharp image. Supplied with 35mm slide carrier.
Main features include:
Mains Input : 220-240V AC, 50/60Hz
Peak Power Consumption : 200W
Optics : 85mm, F/2.8
Light Source : 150W, 24V Halogen lamp 2” × 2” film slide carrier available optionally
PROJECTION SCREEN, DELUXE 10588
2050760/1
The screen incorporates roll back spring action. Consists of a high reflectance, durable, rollable projection screen encased in a sheet metal box
casing with provision for hanging on walls, flat vertical surfaces or suitable tripod stand. When released after use, the spring loaded
mechanism automatically winds the projection screen inside the casing, which can be easily pulled out any time for use. It can be used for
black and white as well as colour projection.
90×120cm
100×100cm
130×175cm
150×150cm
180×240cm
240×300cm
270×360cm
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
PROJECTION SCREEN, SIMPLE 10591
2050720/1
A simple and economical projection screen, ideal for use in educational institutions or conferences, where the screen cannot be installed
permanently. Equipped with provision at the top for suspension on walls or flat vertical surfaces. The screen has a markable surface and has
roller on either side for rolling after use, just like maps and charts. Supplied in plastic bag.
90×120cm
100×100cm
130×175cm
150×150cm
180×240cm
240×300cm
270×360cm
TRIPOD STAND FOR PROJECTION SCREEN 10594
Tripod Stand – foldable, metal stand, with four position vertical adjustment; for mounting of projection screens.
2050760/8
MICRO PROJECTOR, TRIPLE PURPOSE 10597
2050680
The unit is a completely self contained, portable, triple purpose, micro-slide projector that is usable in both horizontal as well as vertical
position. Capable of projecting horizontally, permanently mounted specimen on wall, screen and also on work bench or table surface, if
needed, for drawing the images; as well as for projection of specimens in liquid. Equipped with a special 6V, 20W bulb with variable control
transformer, with dimmer stat. Incorporates a specimen stage and an improved objective system for better resolution and brilliant and sharp
projection. Supplied complete with transformer, and a storing wooden cabinet.
SLIDE VIEWER 10603
2050780
A simple viewer made of tough, unbreakable, moulded plastic body with white reflector and single focusing knob. Provides quick and
convenient viewing of slides in the classroom under normal daylight. Requires no external power source.
CENTRIFUGE, HAND 10612
2050800/1
A hand driven machine consisting of die-cast metal parts and a steel pinion and worm drive. Has integral Screw clamp for fixing the machine to
the bench. Pin connections for hand and crank handle make it easy to remove these for storage. Plated metal head with body having scratchresistant epoxy coating. Includes buckets to take centrifuge glass / plastic tubes of 15mL capacity.
No. of Buckets : 2, Tubes : 2×15mL
No. of Buckets : 4, Tubes : 4×15mL
CENTRIFUGE MICRO, WITH CIRCULAR ROTOR 10618
2050920
High performance centrifuge is equipped with vibration free motor offering long life and reliability. Square shaped small foot print allows it be
located easily on work benches. It incorporates built in power supply, digital display of time and RPM, and soft, membrane type touch key
panel allowing adjustment of both RPM and time. Supplied with standard 6 place rotor for 1.5mL tubes. Spare 12 place rotor for 0.5mL tubes
available optionally. RPM adjustable from 1000 to 10000 in steps of 1000.
CENTRIFUGE, TUBES (Neutral Glass) 10621
Glass tubes with conical bottom and rim at top. Capacity 15 mL .
Configurations available are:
1 Plain
2 Graduated
3 Plain with Screw Cap
4 Graduated with Screw Cap
2051000
CENTRIFUGE, TUBES (Borosilicate Glass) 10624
Glass tubes with conical bottom and rim at top. Capacity 15 mL .
Configurations available are:
1 Plain
2 Graduated
3 Plain with Screw Cap
4 Graduated with Screw Cap
2051040
CENTRIFUGE, ECONOMICAL 10627
2050840
low priced unit meeting the simple, ordinary level centrifuging requirements of medical practitioners, pathological laboratories and hospitals.
The standard unit is fitted with resiliently mounted variable speed motor for vibration-free performance, a built in 5 step speed regulator and
non-removable angle rotor. Available in five models, complete with tube carriers and 15mL plain glass tubes or 5mL (RIA) plain tubes of heat
resistance glass. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50/60 Hz. Supplied with 3-core mains
Max Speed (RPM) : 3500, Tubes Capacity : 4×15mL
Max Speed (RPM) : 3500, Tubes Capacity : 6×15mL
Max Speed (RPM) : 3500, Tubes Capacity : 8×15mL
Max Speed (RPM) : 3500, Tubes Capacity : 24×5mL
Max Speed (RPM) : 3500, Tubes Capacity : 60×5mL
CENTRIFUGE, DELUXE 10630
2050880
Designed for more advanced use. Meets the requirement of medical, veterinary, biological and chemical laboratories for reliable, safe, yet
inexpensive machine to take tubes up to 15mL capacity. The centrifuge has a robust guard bowl and cover, which completely enclose the head
and protect the operator from accidental contact with the head and shields while in operation, providing complete safety. All electrical
connections are designed in accordance with standard specifications. Heavy-duty universal type variable speed electric motor, resilient
mounting for vibration free and noiseless performance, fitted with indicator lamp, multistage speed regulator. Supplied with Swing-out Head
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
or Angle Head, complete with metal / glass / polythene tubes and 3-core mains cable. Operates on 220- 240V AC, 50/60Hz. Complete assembly
encased in sturdy sheet metal box.
Capacity : 4×15mL , Max Speed (RPM) : 3500, Type of Head : Swing out
Capacity : 6×15mL, Max Speed (RPM) : 3500, Type of Head : Swing out
Capacity : 4×15mL, Max Speed (RPM) : 6000, Type of Head : Angle
Capacity : 6×15mL, Max Speed (RPM) : 6000, Type of Head : Angle
CENTRIFUGE TUBES, CONICAL BOTTOM, POLYPROPYLENE 10636
2051080
Moulded in polypropylene, these tubes are clear, strong and safe and are autoclavable. With printed graduations on the outer surface. The
built in seal ring in the screw caps makes the tubes absolutely leak-proof. Available sterilized as well as non-sterilized.
15ml Non-Sterilized
15mL sterilized
50ml Non-Sterilized
50mL sterilized
CENTRIFUGE TUBES, ROUND BOTTOM, POLYPROPYLENE 10639
2051120
Moulded in polypropylene, these tubes with round bottom offer excellent clarity and durability. Can be autoclaved. Provided with leak-proof,
plug-in type cap. Available in capacities:
16ml
50ml
Cap. For 16ml tube
Cap. For 50ml tube
CENTRIFUGE TUBE, MICRO 10642
2051140
Moulded in polypropylene, these micro tubes are attached with plugs which snap fit to make it leak proof. Capable of withstanding forces of
an ultra centrifuge and can be used for transmitting samples for microanalysis. Can be steam autoclaved.
Capacity : 0.5mL, Standard Packing : 1000
Capacity : 1.5mL, Standard Packing : 500
Capacity : 1.5mL , Standard Packing : 500 coloured
Capacity : 2.0mL, Standard Packing : 500
ROTARY MIXER 10663
2051280
Ideal for serial rotation of tubes for extraction diffusion etc. It consists of a series of U-shaped, plastic coated spring clips mounted on both
sides all along the length of a rectangular bar for holding test tubes of diameter 10 to 30mm, which in turn is mounted on the rotor unit. The
other end of rectangular bar is supported on pillar by means of a bearing. The rotor assembly has variable speed motor with provision for
adjusting rotational speed from 5 to 50 RPM. Also incorporates a user settable timer from 0-99 hours / 1- 59 minutes. The electronic touch
panel having soft touch membrane type keypad along with 7 segment bright red LED display allows for convenient operation. Specially
designed quick easy coupling mechanism for exchange of rotating bars. Operates on 220V AC, 50Hz.
VORTEX SHAKER 10666
2051160
Compact, rugged and durable construction designed for continuous use. Heavy, stable metal base with non-skid rubber feet prevents
unnecessary movement of the shaker during use. A heavy duty, variable speed motor delivers quiet and reliable operation with continuous
speed variation through a knob at the front, with a maximum speed of about 300 RPM. Also allows for the choice of continuous mode or touch
mode, selectable through a rocker switch on the front panel. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50/60Hz.
ORBITAL SHAKER 10669
2051200
The unit provides steady, vibration free shaking motion. Rugged and durable construction suitable for continuous use. Provides variable speed
adjustment from 40 to 200 RPM in an orbit of 12mm. Top platform mounted with special anti skid sheet to hold dishes, culture plates, trays
etc. by friction. Designed for taking maximum permissible load up to 3kg.
TEST TUBE ROTATOR 10672
2051240
Ideal for mixing for diffusion, dialyzing, extraction etc. Comprises a sturdy circular disc with flexible, plastic coated spring clips for holding test
tubes of diameters 10-30mm and is mounted on the rotor assembly. The rotor assembly has variable speed motor with provision for adjusting
rotational speed from 5 to 50 RPM. Also incorporates a user settable timer from 0-99 hours / 1-59 minutes. The complete rotor assembly is
supported on two parallel vertical pillars by thumb screws providing secured clamping and allows for adjustment of angle of rotation of the
test-tubes disc anywhere between horizontal (for minimal mixing) to vertical (for full end over end mixing). The electronic touch-panel control
allows for convenient operation, which is further substantiated by large sized digital LED display. Operates on 220V AC, 50Hz.
MAGNETIC STIRRER 10675
2051320
Housed in robust sheet metal casing and are suited for stirring operation on vessels up to 2L capacity. Speed range 1200 RPM and stirrer load
40 watts. Continuously variable, step-less speed control is fitted on front panel with pilot lamp to indicate running of unit. Operates on 220240V AC, 50Hz.
MAGNETIC STIRRER WITH HOT PLATE 10678
2051360
Similar to Cat. No. 10675, but is also fitted with an aluminium hot plate with a heating capacity of 300W. Heating is controlled by an energy
regulator, which regulates the heating at any desired percentage of the total heating capacity of the heater. The main stirring unit is thermally
insulated from the hot plate by an asbestos cement buffer surface.
MAGNETIC STIRRER, DELUXE 10681
www.aldeline.com
2051400
sales@aldeline.com
Complete unit contained in a sturdy die cast metal housing, with acid and alkali resistant ceramic top. The ceramic top plate is of bright
reflective white colour to enhance visibility of solution. Designed for easy use and maintenance. Stirring speed provided with electronic speed
control from 100-1000 RPM, controllable from the knob provided on the front panel.
MAGNETIC STIRRER WITH HOT PLATE, DELUXE 10684
2051440
Similar to Cat No. 10681, but also incorporates a hot plate. A continuously variable energy regulator supplies power to the heating element, a
certain percentage of time depending on the dial setting at the front panel.
100x100mm
180x180mm
MAGNETIC STIRRER, MOTORLESS 10687
2051480
A unique type magnetic stirrer with sleek design having motor-less construction to provide stirring operation. Provided with continuously
variable speed control at the front.
HOT PLATE, DELUXE 10690
Similar to Cat No. 10684, but with hot plate only with variable energy regulator.
2051520
STIRRING BARS FOR MAGNETIC STIRRER (Round Bar with Pivot Ring) 10711
2051560/1
Comprising strong magnets coated with PTFE to provided long-life stirring operation. For use along with magnetic stirrers. Ask for specific sizes
in above shapes. Other shapes and sizes also available on specific request.
STIRRING BARS FOR MAGNETIC STIRRER (Micro Spin Stirring Bar) 10714
2051560/2
Comprising strong magnets coated with PTFE to provided long-life stirring operation. For use along with magnetic stirrers. Ask for specific sizes
in above shapes. Other shapes and sizes also available on specific request.
STIRRING BARS FOR MAGNETIC STIRRER (Triangular Bar) 10717
2051560/3
Comprising strong magnets coated with PTFE to provided long-life stirring operation. For use along with magnetic stirrers. Ask for specific sizes
in above shapes. Other shapes and sizes also available on specific request.
STIRRING BARS FOR MAGNETIC STIRRER (Polygon Bar) 10720
2051560/4
Comprising strong magnets coated with PTFE to provided long-life stirring operation. For use along with magnetic stirrers. Ask for specific sizes
in above shapes. Other shapes and sizes also available on specific request.
STIRRING BARS FOR MAGNETIC STIRRER (Octagon bar) 10723
2051560/5
Comprising strong magnets coated with PTFE to provided long-life stirring operation. For use along with magnetic stirrers. Ask for specific sizes
in above shapes. Other shapes and sizes also available on specific request.
MAGNETIC RETRIEVER 10726
2051600
For retrieving the magnetic stirring bars from a solution. Comprises a strong magnet coated with polypropylene. Shaped in the form of a long
handle with an integrated annular ring at one end.
LABORATORY HOT PLATES RECTANGULAR 10735
2051640
Laboratory Hot Plates with cast iron top plate machined to a smooth and leveled surface. It is fitted on a robust mild steel sheet body, enamel
painted. This Hot plate is provided with a high quality variable temperature control switch to control plate temperature. Maximum surface
temperature is about 300°C. Operates on single phase AC, 220-240V, 50Hz. Provided with two pilot lamps - one for indication of mains supply
and other for indication of the working of the Hot plate. Fitted with continuously variable Energy Regulator Control.
Size 25×40cm gives three ratings of 400W, 800W and 1.2kW.
Size 30×45cm gives three ratings of 800W, 1.2kW and 2kW
Size 45×60cm gives three ratings of 1kW, 2kW and 3k
LABORATORY HOT PLATES ROUND 10738
2051680
Laboratory Hot Plates with cast iron top plate of about 20cm diameter, machined to a smooth and leveled surface, is fitted on a robust MS
sheet casing, enamel painted. Provided with a three-position heat control switch corresponding to three ratings of 350W, 650W and 1kW
respectively, and a pilot indicating lamp. Maximum surface temperature 350°C. Operates on single phase AC, 220-240V, 50Hz. Fitted with
continuously variable Energy Regulator Control.
HEATING MANTLES 10741
2051720
Suitable for laboratories, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, Glass Plants etc. Particularly useful for heating inflammable liquids. Electric heating net is
knitted from glass yarn and there is no joint to maintain the strength of the yarn, which is capable of withstanding high temperature up to
400°C. Operates on single phase AC, 220-240V, 50Hz. All mantles are fitted with ON / OFF switch, pilot indicating lamp and Energy Regulator.
Available in capacities up to 20L on specific request.
50ml 60 W
Capacity : 100mL, Rating : 60W
Capacity : 250mL, Rating : 150W
Capacity : 500mL , Rating : 200W
Capacity : 1L, Rating : 300W
Capacity : 2L, Rating : 450W
Capacity : 3L, Rating : 450W
Capacity : 5L, Rating : 600W
10 L, 2 x 600W
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
20 L 3x600W
50 L 6x900W
WATER BATHS (Copper) 10744
2051760
Hemispherical shaped vessel, single piece construction made from thick metal sheet. With two handles on the vessel for holding and a set of
concentric rings at the top with one center disc having knob.
diameter : 100mm
diameter : 125mm
diameter : 150mm
diameter : 200mm
WATER BATHS (Aluminium) 10747
2051800
Hemispherical shaped vessel, single piece construction made from thick metal sheet. With two handles on the vessel for holding and a set of
concentric rings at the top with one center disc having knob.
diameter : 100mm
diameter : 125mm
diameter : 150mm
diameter : 200mm
WATER BATH, ALUMINIUM, CYLINDRICAL 10750
2051840
Cylindrical vessel with straight wall and flat bottom, made from thick aluminium sheet. With two handles on the vessel for holding and a set of
concentric rings at the top with one center disc having knob.
diameter : 125mm
diameter : 150mm
diameter : 200mm
BOILING WATER BATH, RECTANGULAR, 6 PLACES 10753
2051880
Single wall, Stainless Steel, rectangular tank with top dimension of about 330×220mm and maximum useful internal water depth of about
90mm with an integral constant level device and a 750W heater, which incorporates overheat protection thermostat. Top removable cover has
six holes of about 85mm diameter, each having a set of stainless steel annular rings and central disc with knob for holding. Operates on 220240V AC, Supplied complete with 3-core mains cable with connector.
BOILING WATER BATH, RECTANGULAR, 6 PLACES 10756
2051920/1
Similar to Cat No. 10753, but with rectangular tank having top dimensions of 355×405mm and maximum useful internal water depth of about
100mm. Incorporates a heating device rated at 1500W. Top removable cover has twelve holes of about 75mm diameter, each having a set of
stainless steel annular rings and central disc with knob for holding. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50/60Hz. Supplied complete with 3-core mains
cable with connector.
WATER BATH 10759
2051960/1
This multi – place electrically operated water bath features Double walled rectangular body – with inner chamber of stainless steel and outer
chamber of mild steel with the spacing between both the walls filled with special grade glass-wool to minimize heat loss. The device also
incorporates constant level device, automatic temperature control and overheating protection device, temperature regulation adjustment
knob, indicator lamps and ON/OFF switch. The top of the bath and the concentric rings are of stainless steel. The temperature is controlled by
a thermostat from room temperature to 100°C with an accuracy of 0.5°C. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50/60Hz. Supplied complete with 3-core
mains cable with connector.
size 300×250×100mm with 6 holes of 75mm diameter each
size 355×405×100mm with 12 holes of 75mm diameter each
WATER BATH, ECONOMICAL 10762
2052000/1
Economical and reliable water baths ideal for general laboratory use. Inner tanks constructed of stainless steel. Optimum control of
temperature is achieved by the thermostat sensor and heating element being clipped together below a perforated tray. Volume of water used
can be varied depending on need, up to the maximum stated. A thermal safety device switches off the power to the heater if overheating
occurs. Temperature range 5°C above ambient to 80° C. Temperature selector has an arbitrary scale 0 to 10 supplied with main leads, ON/OFF
indicating light. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50/60Hz. Supplied complete with 3-core mains cable with connector.
Capacity : 4L
Temp. Fluctuation : ±1ºC
Power Rating Max. : 500W
Working space : 300×150×150
Overall Dimensions : 330×180×237
Capacity : 14L
Temp. Fluctuation : ±1ºC
Power Rating Max. : 1kW
Working space : 325×300×150
Overall Dimensions : 355×330×237
Capacity : 22L
Temp. Fluctuation : ±1ºC
Power Rating Max. : 1.5kW
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Working space : 500×300×150
Overall Dimensions : 535×330×237
THERMOSTATIC WATER BATH, WITH EVAPORATION LID 10765
2052040
A low cost water bath, which is fully compatible substitute for expensive ones. The completely transparent tank has seamless construction and
is made of polycarbonate plastic that can withstand 120ºC. Fast acting thermostat also serves as low-water-level protector, providing safety
against heating element burn-out and fire hazards, and incorporates temperature setting in ºC from ambient to 100ºC. The thermostat allows
for temperature control accuracy of about ±0.3ºC ensures precise test conditions. When combined with evaporation lid, this water baths
becomes a boiling bath. The evaporation lid has six opening of about 105mm diameter, which are equipped with concentric rings to reduce the
diameter of the openings to accommodate container of different sizes.
SAND BATH 10768
Tinned iron, with flat bottom and deep sloping sides. 150×38mm, (diameter × depth).
2052080
MELTING POINT APPARATUS 10771
2052120
Electrically heated apparatus, useful for determination of melting points of single solids or mixture up to 350°C. Consisting of cast aluminium
case with enclosed heating block and thermostatic control. Support for thermometer is also provided. Specially designed heaters are provided
for uniform heating, fine temperature control, provision for up to three melting tubes. Includes magnifying lens for capillaries with shadow less
illumination. An ON/OFF switch controls illuminator lamp and power input to the apparatus. Supplied complete with cooling plug for heating
block, thermometer and mains cord. Operates on 220-240V, 50Hz. AC.
INCUBATOR 10777
2052160
Double walled construction with two doors. Inner surface made of thick anodized Aluminium sheet except for the inner door, which comprises
a glass panel mounting on sturdy frame. Outer body is of thick gauge mild steel sheet finished in durable white or gray enamel colour, with
thick glass wool insulation between the outer and inner walls. The temperature is controlled by a precision thermostat ranging from 5°C above
ambient to 80°C with a sensitivity of 0.5°C. Supplied with two pilot indicator lamps, thermostat, air regulator, two expanded metal shelves
adjustable at any level. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz. Supplied complete with mains cord. Also available with air circulation fan for
uniform heat distribution inside, on specific request, at additional cost.
inner chamber - W × H × D) (300 × 300 × 300mm
inner chamber - W × H × D) (355 × 355 × 355mm
inner chamber - W × H × D) (455 × 455 × 455mm
inner chamber - W × H × D) (455 × 605 × 455mm
inner chamber - W × H × D) (605 × 605 × 605mm
inner chamber - W × H × D) (910 × 605 × 455mm
INCUBATOR UNIVERSAL- FOR LABORATORY USE 10780
2052200/1
Highly reliable and efficient incubator for Embedding, Incubating and Bacteriological work and other general laboratory applications. Double
walled, inside made of thick sheet metal and outer body of thick mild steel sheet finished in durable white or gray enamel colour, having thick
glass wool insulation between the walls. The door has double viewing window at the front to permit observation without causing any
disturbance inside. Two adjustable air ventilators are placed near the top of the sides providing natural convection. Built-in Horizontal “L”
shaped thermometer with range of 0 to 110°C is fitted on front. The temperature is controlled by a precision thermostat with temperature
ranging from 5°C above ambient to 80°C with a sensitivity of 0.5°C. Incorporates two pilot lamps, thermostat and perforated shelves adjustable
on non-tip shelf runners. Also have the provision for the installation of the automatic timer. Operates on 220/230V AC, 50Hz. Supplied
complete with 3-core mains cord.
Inner Chamber of Anodized Aluminium sheet (W×H×D) 420 × 255 × 280mm
Inner Chamber of Anodized Aluminium sheet (W×H×D) 300 × 300 × 300mm
Inner Chamber of Anodized Aluminium sheet (W×H×D) 355 × 355 × 355mm
Inner Chamber of Anodized Aluminium sheet (W×H×D) 455 × 455 × 455mm
Inner Chamber of Anodized Aluminium sheet (W×H×D) 455 × 605 × 405mm
Inner Chamber of Anodized Aluminium sheet (W×H×D) 605 × 605 × 605mm
Inner Chamber of Anodized Aluminium sheet (W×H×D) 605 × 910 × 455mm
Inner Chamber of Anodized Aluminium sheet (W×H×D) 605 × 910 × 605mm
Inner Chamber of Stainless Steel sheet (W×H×D) 420 × 255 × 280mm
Inner Chamber of Stainless Steel sheet (W×H×D) 300 × 300 × 300mm
Inner Chamber of Stainless Steel sheet (W×H×D) 355 × 355 × 355mm
Inner Chamber of Stainless Steel sheet (W×H×D) 455 × 455 × 455mm
Inner Chamber of Stainless Steel sheet (W×H×D) 455 × 605 × 405mm
Inner Chamber of Stainless Steel sheet (W×H×D) 605 × 605 × 605mm
Inner Chamber of Stainless Steel sheet (W×H×D) 605 × 910 × 455mm
Inner Chamber of Stainless Steel sheet (W×H×D) 605 × 910 × 605mm
SOXHLET EXTRACTION HEATER, MANTLE TYPE 10783
2052240
Comprises multiple heating mantles similar to Cat. No. 10741. Number of mantles for heating are provided instead of Hot Plates. Suitable for
flasks of 200-350mL capacity. Also available in other capacities on specific request.
3 Mantles, total Rating 480W, with single energy regulator for all the mantles
4 Mantles, total Rating 640W, with single energy regulator for all the mantles
6 Mantles, total Rating 960W, with single energy regulator for all the mantles
3 Mantles, total Rating 480W, with individual energy regulator for each mantle
4 Mantles, total Rating 640W, with individual energy regulator for each mantle
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
6 Mantles, total Rating 960W, with individual energy regulator for each mantle
OVEN, UNIVERSAL 10786
2052280
For Laboratory Use. Sturdy, durable, double walled construction – inner chamber made of thicker gauge an oxidized Aluminium sheet and
outer casing of Mild steel sheet finished in long lasting enamel colour. The gap of 75mm between two walls is filled with high grade, pure white
glass wool. Heating elements are placed in ribs at the bottom and on the side walls. Adjustable air ventilators are placed near the top of the
sides. Also incorporates a built-in horizontal 'L' shaped thermometer with range 0 to 250°C is fitted. The temperature is controlled by a
precision thermostat with temperature range from 5°C above ambient to 250°C with a sensitivity of ±1°C. The outer case fitted with two pilot
lamps, thermostat knob and ON/OFF switch. Supplied complete with two perforated shelves adjustable at any level. Operates on 220-240V AC,
50Hz. Includes 3-core mains cord.
The oven is also available with following additional options on specific request, if required and at added price.
 Inner chamber of stainless steel sheet in place of anodized aluminium sheet.
 Automatic Timer to time the running of oven.
 Air Circulation Fan for uniform heat distribution.
inner chamber - W × H × D) 420 × 255 × 280mm
inner chamber - W × H × D) 300 × 300 × 300mm
inner chamber - W × H × D) 355 × 355 × 355mm
inner chamber - W × H × D) 455 × 455 × 455mm
inner chamber - W × H × D) 455 × 605 × 405mm
inner chamber - W × H × D) 605 × 605 × 605mm
inner chamber - W × H × D) 605 × 910 × 455mm
inner chamber - W × H × D) 605 × 910 × 605mm
MUFFLE FURNACE 10789
2052320
For applications requiring high temperature enclosed chamber. Comprises thick mild steel sheet furnace reinforced with iron angles. Inner
heating chamber consisting of rectangular cuboids shape, totally enclosed muffle baked at 1000°C. High temperature heating elements made
of special high temperature alloy Kanthal wire and are located so as to obtain uniform heating. All furnaces are equipped with a Pyrometer
with mounting bracket to indicate temperature ranges of up to 1200°C. Furnace can be operated continuously at temperature up to 900°C
with a maximum temperature of 950°C. Temperature is controlled by high quality Energy Regulator with a control knob fitted on the lower
front portion of the furnace with two indicating lights. Electricals are fuse protected. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz. Includes 3-core mains
cord; Sizes (muffle chamber - W × H × D).
Muffle size (inside)
Rating
100×100×225
1.6kW
125×125×250
2.0kW
125×100×300
2.5kW
125×135×300
3.0kW
150×150×300
3.5kW
200×100×300
4.0kW
WATER STILL, WITH AUTOMATIC SHUT OFF 10792
2052360
A fully automatic, electrically heated, wall mounting, Manesty type water still, designed for continuous use, for distillation of water to produce
high purity, pyrogen free water. The un-distilled water enters the Lower end of the condenser tube, circulates around the condenser tube and
ultimately filling the boiling chamber to a height predetermined by means of a weir. The descending steam in the condenser tube thus preheats the ascending column of raw water and expels gases dissolved in it, venting them to the atmosphere. The steam generated in the boiling
chamber passes through a system of baffles. The baffles are so arranged that the vapours change direction three times before passing into the
condenser tube. The boiling chamber, condenser pipe and tube, weir assembly and inner baffles are made of stainless steel. The outer lid and
inner baffle cup being made of clear glass. The whole unit can be easily disassembled for regular maintenance, cleaning and scaling. Electric
elements are fitted with resettable protective cutouts. Includes brackets for wall mounting. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz. Includes 3- core
mains detachable cord. Output capacity about 4L per hour.
Heating Elements for Water Still, supplied as spare, in set of 2 2052360/2
WATER STILL, WITH AUTOMATIC SHUT OFF, SUPERIOR 10795
2052400
For producing distilled water. Seam less circular chambers and condenser made of stainless steel having a heat-resistant glass window at the
top. Provided with a baffle cup and overflow arrangement. Provided with a bracket for vertical fitting on the wall. Fitted with immersion type
easily replaceable heater unit that cuts off automatically if the water level is below the desired level. Other parts are chrome plated. Also fitted
with water level control having overflow connection. Boiling chamber can be easily disassembled for regular maintenance, cleaning and
scaling. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz. Includes 3-core mains detachable cord.
2 L per Hour
4 L per Hour
6 L per Hour
WATER STILL, GLASS, SUPERIOR 10798
2052440
An electrically controlled laboratory water still or distillation apparatus that can be either wall or bench mounted. Capable of producing high
quality distillate with the minimum of care and maintenance. Comprises a borosilicate glass horizontal boiling chamber with silica sheathed
element, vertical double condenser system and control unit mounted on a sturdy stand having scratch resistant epoxy coating. Fully automatic
water still has constant level water control, auto heater cut-off. Designed for easy cleaning and maintenance, when the heater is inoperative.
No metal parts come into contact with water or water vapour, eliminating the possibility of corrosion or metal contamination of distillate.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Output capacity about 4L of pyrogen free distillate per hour and is suitable for use with deionised water supply. Safety features include
resettable thermal fuse, automatic water level controller and water pressure fail-safe device. High performance, long life, silica sheathed
heating element rated at 3kW. Provided with indicator type ON/OFF switch. Operates on 220- 240V AC, 50/60Hz.
LABORATORY SAFETY
LABORATORY SAFETY CHART 12105
2110080
Classroom sized 75×100cm. Printed on poly-art plastic sheet. Coloured fitted with plastic roller. Weather-proof. Washable and markable
surface. Furnishing vital safety information at a glance. Instantly full time reinforcement of safe laboratory conduct.
LABORATORY TECHNIQUES CHART 12108
2110040
Classroom sized 75×100cm. Printed on poly-art plastic sheet coloured, fitted with plastic roller. Weather-proof. Washable and markable
surface. Provides information on key laboratory procedures at a glance. A full time refresher prevents tragic mistakes.
GLOVES - POLYTHENE 12111
2110120/1
For the protection of hands while handling noxious material, inside laboratory as well as in outside field work. Disposable: made of thin
polythene sheet, for single use.
GLOVES – RUBBER 12114
2110120/2
For the protection of hands while handling noxious material, inside laboratory as well as in outside field work. General purpose, medium
weight gloves, provided excellent electrical
GLOVES – LATEX 12117
2110120/3
For the protection of hands while handling noxious material, inside laboratory as well as in outside field work. Sterilized. Lightly textured
fingers and palm surface for a good grip. With cuff-ends.
APRONS DISPOSABLE 12120
2110160
Lightweight, made of polythene. Intended for single use. Blood, water and chemical resistant; sterilized. With halter neck band and waist ties.
For use by both men and women. Individually packed.
FACE MASK DISPOSABLE 12123
For single use. Bacteria filtering efficiency; permeable to air. Cool and comfortable, with metal nose clip. Sterilized.
2110200
SAFETY GOGGLES 12126
2110240/1
For protecting eyes from harmful substances. Completely cover eyes from all sides. Single piece clear white plastic, can be used over normal
spectacles. With adjustable elastic band. Single piece clear white plastic
SAFETY GOGGLES 12129
2110240/2
For protecting eyes from harmful substances. Completely cover eyes from all sides. Similar to Cat No. 12126, but made of clear plastic tinted
in slightly darker shade.
SAFETY GOGGLES - SPECTACLE SHAPED 12132
2110240/3
For protecting eyes from harmful substances. Completely cover eyes from all sides. Spectacle shaped, Single piece clear plastic front bent in Lshape to prevent eyes from the sides, in unbreakable plastic frame. Features fog-guard, and slip resistant nosepiece with a wraparound design.
Reinforced hinges add support and durability.
FIRST AID KIT 12135
2110320/1
A range of first aid kit for 1 person, useful for routine first aid purposes, supplied in sturdy plastic box or soft zipped pouch.
Contents of the First Aid Kits :
Scissors
1
Forceps
1
Waterproof Bandages
5
Cotton Dressing, 2”
2
Cotton Dressing, 3”
1
Safety pins
6
Disposable Gloves, Pair
1
Antiseptic Solution
100mL
Cotton
50g
Micropore Tape Roll 10mm
1
Crepe Bandage
1
Antiseptic Ointment
1
First Aid kit can also be supplies with contents and their quantities as per customized requirements on specific request.
in plastic box
in soft zipped pouch
FIRST AID KIT 12138
2110320/3
A range of first aid kit for up to 10 persons, useful for routine first aid purposes, supplied in sturdy plastic box or soft zipped pouch.
Contents of the First Aid Kits :
Scissors
1
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Forceps
1
Waterproof Bandages
20
Cotton Dressing, 2”
10
Cotton Dressing, 3”
5
Safety pins
12
Disposable Gloves, Pair
2
Antiseptic Solution
250mL
Cotton
100g
Micropore Tape Roll 10mm
2
Crepe Bandage
2
Antiseptic Ointment
1
First Aid kit can also be supplies with contents and their quantities as per customized requirements on specific request.
in plastic box
in soft zipped pouch
FIRE BLANKET 12141
2110360
Provides excellent fire protection. A woven fibre-glass fire blanket with a PVC interlayer. Suitable for contained fires and personal clothing
fires. Ideal for small fires that can occur in lab. Blanket contained in a suitable casing for mounting on the wall and can be taken out very
quickly in an emergency by pulling down the release tapes. Instruction clearly printed on the casing.
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
VERNIER CALIPER, SLIDING 9005
2010040/1
Columbus type caliper with depth gauge, enabling the measurement of internal / external dimensions or depth over the range 12cm or 5
inches. With dual scale graduated 0-12cm × 0.1mm, and 0-5 × 1/128 inches. Provided with knurled slow-motion thumb wheel for easy
movement of jaws.
Plated Steel Body in Cardboard Case
Plated Brass body, in Plastic Case
VERNIER CALIPER, SLIDING 9008
2010080
IME type, improved heavy duty design, has plated steel body with depth gauge. Dual scale graduated 0-15cm × 0.1mm and 0-6 × 1/128 inches.
Provided with thumb-press for easy movement and locking of jaws. Comes packed in a nice velvet lined box / plastic case.
VERNIER CALIPER, SLIDING, PLASTIC 9011
Similar to Cat No. 9008 in features and construction, but all plastic body with scale printed black.
2010120/1
BOW CALIPER / GAUGE CALIPER 9014
Scissors shaped body, made of Plated Steel, for internal and external measurements and comparisons.
2010200
MICROMETER 9017
2010240/1
For precise measurements of diameter / thickness. Semi-circular, nickel-plated brass body, with ratchet top arrangement and friction stop.
Oxidized threaded steel rod that provides smooth movement. With zero adjustment screw. Supplied in a suitable cardboard / plastic case for
convenient storage.
0-10 × 1/100mm
0-15 × 1/100mm
0-20 × 1/100mm
0-25 × 1/100mm
MICROMETER 9020
2010280
Semi-circular nickel-plated brass body, with ratchet top arrangement and friction stop. Precision machined threaded stainless steel rod that
remains entirely concealed and provides long-life error-free functioning. Provision for zero adjustment. Supplied in a suitable plastic case for
convenient storage. Size 0-25 × 0.01mm
MICROMETER 9023
Same as Cat No. 9020, but with tempered steel rod in place of SS rod and locking system.
2010320/1
MICROMETER 9026
Same as Cat No. 9023, but without locking system.
2010320/2
MICROMETER DIGITAL 9029
2010360
Highly sensitive and accurate screw gauge that also incorporates digital scale along with the micrometer. Well painted hardened steel body
with stainless steel ratchet and thimble. Large LCD display with functions including measurement in both mm and inches, tolerance setting,
data hold relative / absolute measurement, positive/negative setting and origin resetting, auto power off. Digital scale range 0-1” × 0.00005”
or 0-25×0.001mm with accuracy of 0.002mm. Micrometer 0-25×0.01mm. With ratchet lock. Operates on silver-oxide button cell – SR44
(1.55V), cell included. Supplied in a nice foam lined, plastic case. Also includes spanner for removal of battery lid.
SPHEROMETER, SIMPLE 9032
www.aldeline.com
2010400/1
sales@aldeline.com
Used primarily for the precise measurement of radius of curvature of curved surfaces such as lenses and mirrors. Brass disc of about 40mm
diameter, graduated 100 divisions, rests on the center of a three pronged brass table, through a steel screw. Each prong carries a pointed leg
of MS below it equidistant from each other. A vertical scale, graduated 10-0- 10mm mounted on one of the prongs.
Screw Pitch 1mm, LC 0.01mm
Screw Pitch 0.05mm, LC 0.005mm
SPHEROMETER, BRASS DISC 9035
2010440/1
Similar to Cat No. 9032, but with heavier brass disc table in place of the three prongs. Legs are also of stainless steel.
Screw Pitch 1mm, LC 0.01mm
Screw Pitch 0.05mm, LC 0.005mm
SPHEROMETER, DELUXE 9038
2010480
A bigger sized spherometer having triangular shaped heavy cast metal table with three accurately positioned pointed steel legs at its
underside. The center of table has a stainless steel micrometer head at its center with a graduated circular table capable of measuring
displacement as small as 0.002mm. The circular table screws/unscrews along a vertical scale graduated in millimetres. Suitable for lenses /
mirrors 75mm or more in diameter.
OPISOMETER 9041
2010560
For measuring the length of curved lines. Comprises a knurled wheel with index mark, mounted in a U-bracket through a threaded spindle. A
handle attached at the back of the bracket assists in its functioning. The number of rotations of the knurled wheel on the threaded spindle
measured with respect to the index mark multiplied by its circumference gives the measurement.
METER RULE, WOODEN 9044
2010600/1
Made of hardwood, length 1m and width 25mm, clear printing marked every centimeter.
Horizontal reading, one edge graduated in mm and figured every cm, other edge graduated 1/10th of inch and figured every inch
Horizontal reading, double scale reading in centimeters, both edges graduated 1- 100cm × 1mm
Vertical reading, both edges graduated in 1-100cm × 1mm figured every cm at the center with zero at the top.
Vertical reading, both edges graduated in 1-100cm × 1mm figured every cm at the center with zero at the bottom.
METER RULE HALFMETER, WOODEN 9047
2010600/1
Made of hardwood, length 50cm and width 25mm, clear printing marked every centimeter.
Horizontal reading, one edge graduated in mm and figured every cm, other edge graduated 1/10th of inch and figured every inch
Horizontal reading, double scale reading in centimeters, both edges graduated 1- 50cm × 1mm
Vertical reading, both edges graduated in 1-50cm × 1mm figured every cm at the center with zero at the top.
Vertical reading, both edges graduated in 1-50cm × 1mm figured every cm at the center with zero at the bottom.
METER RULE, PLASTIC 9050
2010680/1
Made of moulded plastic, length 1m and width 25mm, clear printing marked every centimeter. One edge graduated in mm and figured every
cm, other edge graduated 1/10th of inch and figured every inch.
METER RULE HALFMETER, PLASTIC 9053
2010680/1
Made of moulded plastic, length 50cm and width 25mm, clear printing marked every centimeter. One edge graduated in mm and figured every
cm, other edge graduated 1/10th of inch and figured every inch.
TAPE MEASURES STEEL 9056
2010800/1
Tapes manufactured from tempered, high quality carbon steel strip, phosphated and coated with special enamel to prevent corrosion and
rusting of the tape. The special anti-glare printing is protected with wear resistant lacquer for long life. Specially designed cases fits
comfortably in palm and their contours prevent slipping. Heavy duty vinyl leatherette steel case with specially designed winding handle for
smooth winding action and to withstand continual usage in strenuous condition.
Available in two different tape widths – 9.5 and 13mm. Lengths available are 10, 15, 20, 30 and 50m.
TAPE MEASURES STEEL 9059
2010800/2
Tapes manufactured from tempered, high quality carbon steel strip, phosphated and coated with special enamel to prevent corrosion and
rusting of the tape. The special anti-glare printing is protected with wear resistant lacquer for long life. Specially designed cases fits
comfortably in palm and their contours prevent slipping. Case made of tough yet lightweight ABS, reinforced with metal for extra strength.
With heavy duty winding mechanism.
Available in two different tape widths – 9.5 and 13mm. Lengths available are 10, 15, 20, 30 and 50m.
TAPE MEASURES STEEL 9062
2010800/5
Tapes manufactured from tempered, high quality carbon steel strip, phosphated and coated with special enamel to prevent corrosion and
rusting of the tape. The special anti-glare printing is protected with wear resistant lacquer for long life. Specially designed cases fits
comfortably in palm and their contours prevent slipping. Open Reel Tape, Metal case: Tough, heavy duty tapes for professional on-site
measuring jobs. Metal open reel case allows easy maintenance and cleaning of tape. Comes with rubberized non-slip grip for comfortable
handling and long sturdy winder with easy grip knob that facility
Available in two different tape widths – 9.5 and 13mm. Lengths available are 10, 15, 20 and 30m.
TAPE MEASURES STEEL 9065
2010800/6
Tapes manufactured from tempered, high quality carbon steel strip, phosphated and coated with special enamel to prevent corrosion and
rusting of the tape. The special anti-glare printing is protected with wear resistant lacquer for long life. Specially designed cases fits
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
comfortably in palm and their contours prevent slipping. Open Reel Tape, ABS case: Metal tape reel encased in open reel frame made of ABS.
Long sturdy winder with easy grip knob that facilitates quick rewinding. With protruding marker at the bottom of the case to facilitate long
field measurements. Tape width 13mm. Lengths available are 30 and 50m
TAPE MEASURES METAL WIRED 9068
2010840/1
A general purpose tape woven to width with copper wires lengthwise for additional strength. Tapes coated with special paints for added
protection against moisture, and wear and tear and are water resistant, washable and non-creasing. Tape Width 16mm. Heavy duty vinyl
leatherette steel case with specially designed winding handle for smooth winding action and to withstand continual usage in strenuous
conditions. Lengths available are 5, 10, 15, 20, 30 and 50m
TAPE MEASURES METAL WIRED 9071
2010840/2
A general purpose tape woven to width with copper wires lengthwise for additional strength. Tapes coated with special paints for added
protection against moisture, and wear and tear and are water resistant, washable and non-creasing. Tape Width 16mm. Case made of tough
yet lightweight ABS, reinforced with metal for extra strength. With heavy duty winding mechanism. Lengths available are 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 30
and 50m.
TAPE MEASURES FIBER GLASS 9074
2010880/1
The tape is manufactured from fiber glass yarn coated with tough, weather-resistant Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), resulting in the tapes being
flexible yet strong and durable. These tapes are non-conducting, no creasing, water resistant, weather resistant and washable. The heat sealed
marking of graduations ensures long life. Specially designed cases fits comfortably in palm and their contours prevent slipping. Heavy duty
vinyl leatherette steel case with specially designed winding handle for smooth winding action and to withstand continual usage in strenuous
conditions. Available in two different tape widths – 13 and 16mm. Lengths available are 10, 15, 20, 30 and 50m
TAPE MEASURES FIBER GLASS 9077
2010880/2
The tape is manufactured from fiber glass yarn coated with tough, weather-resistant Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), resulting in the tapes being
flexible yet strong and durable. These tapes are non-conducting, no creasing, water resistant, weather resistant and washable. The heat sealed
marking of graduations ensures long life. Specially designed cases fits comfortably in palm and their contours prevent slipping. Case made of
tough yet lightweight ABS, reinforced with metal for extra strength. With heavy duty winding mechanism. Available in two different tape
widths – 13 and 16mm. Lengths available are 10, 15, 20, 30 and 50m.
TAPE MEASURES FIBER GLASS 9080
2010880/3
The tape is manufactured from fiber glass yarn coated with tough, weather-resistant Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), resulting in the tapes being
flexible yet strong and durable. These tapes are non-conducting, no creasing, water resistant, weather resistant and washable. The heat sealed
marking of graduations ensures long life. Specially designed cases fits comfortably in palm and their contours prevent slipping. ABS case with
grooved sides to prevent slipping. Comes with heavy duty winding mechanism. Available in two different tape widths – 13 and 16mm. Lengths
available are 10, 15, 20, 30 and 50m.
TAPE MEASURES FIBER GLASS 9083
2010880/4
The tape is manufactured from fiber glass yarn coated with tough, weather-resistant Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), resulting in the tapes being
flexible yet strong and durable. These tapes are non-conducting, no creasing, water resistant, weather resistant and washable. The heat sealed
marking of graduations ensures long life. Specially designed cases fits comfortably in palm and their contours prevent slipping. An economical
tape measure that comes with compact and light-weight ABS case. Available in two different tape widths – 13 and 16mm. Lengths available
are 10, 15, 20, 30 and 50m
TAPE MEASURES FIBER GLASS 9086
2010880/5
The tape is manufactured from fiber glass yarn coated with tough, weather-resistant Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), resulting in the tapes being
flexible yet strong and durable. These tapes are non-conducting, no creasing, water resistant, weather resistant and washable. The heat sealed
marking of graduations ensures long life. Specially designed cases fits comfortably in palm and their contours prevent slipping. Fiber glass tape
reel encased in open reel frame made of ABS. Long sturdy winder with easy grip knob that facilitates quick rewinding. With protruding marker
at the bottom of the case to facilitate long field measurements. Tape width 13mm. Lengths available are 30, 50 and 100m.
TAPE MEASURES FIBER GLASS 9090
2010880/6
The tape is manufactured from fiber glass yarn coated with tough, weather-resistant Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), resulting in the tapes being
flexible yet strong and durable. These tapes are non-conducting, no creasing, water resistant, weather resistant and washable. The heat sealed
marking of graduations ensures long life. Specially designed cases fits comfortably in palm and their contours prevent slipping. Fiber glass tape
reel encased in open reel case with soft feel handle for comfortable handling and non-slip grip. It has quick wind geared system with sturdy
extra long winding arm which provides smooth and almost three times faster winding. With protruding marker at the bottom of the case to
facilitate long field measurements. Tape width 16mm. Lengths available are 30, 40, 50 and 60m. Magnetic end hook available optionally
TAPE RULES STEEL 9093
2010920/1
tapes manufactured from tempered, high quality carbon steel strip, phosphated and coated with special enamel to prevent corrosion and
rusting of the tape. The special anti-glare printing is protected with wear resistant lacquer for long life. Curved blades of the tape provides
rigidity to help it span distance unsupported. Most models have case lengths mentioned on the back for inside measurements and have self
zeroing end hooks which adjust its thickness for accurate inside and outside measurement. Specially designed cases fits comfortably in palm
and their contours prevent slipping. Some bigger models have nail slot and notching to assist in circle drawing and button measurements.
Wide blade tape rules (25mm) have re-enforced three riveted end-hook for extra long life.
Rubberized, contoured case for comfort and non-slip grip and the extended rubber design protects the end hook against damage on impact.
Fits comfortably in palm. Special coating to the blade gives about 4 times longer life and makes it glare free. Positive blade lock for securing
blades in the desired position. With belt clip. Magnetic end-hook available optionally.
Tape Lengths
Tape Widths
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
2, 3, 3.5m
5m
7.5, 8, 9, 10m
13, 16mm
16, 19, 25mm
25mm
TAPE RULES STEEL 9096
2010920/2
Tapes manufactured from tempered, high quality carbon steel strip, phosphated and coated with special enamel to prevent corrosion and
rusting of the tape. The special anti-glare printing is protected with wear resistant lacquer for long life. Curved blades of the tape provide
rigidity to help it span distance unsupported. Most models have case lengths mentioned on the back for inside measurements and have self
zeroing end hooks which adjust its thickness for accurate inside and outside measurement. Specially designed cases fits comfortably in palm
and their contours prevent slipping. Some bigger models have nail slot and notching to assist in circle drawing and button measurements.
Wide blade tape rules (25mm) have re-enforced three riveted end-hook for extra long life.
Rubberized, contoured case for comfort and non-slip grip and the extended rubber design protects the end hook against damage on impact.
Fits comfortably in palm. Special coating to the blade gives about 4 times longer life and makes it glare free. Short distance click action front
lock secures the blade positively and additional side and bottom pause buttons for controlled return winding action of tape. With belt clip.
Available in different widths and lengths.
Tape Lengths
Tape Widths
3m
13, 16mm
5m
25mm
7.5, 8m
30, 32mm
TAPE RULES STEEL 9099
2010920/3
Tapes manufactured from tempered, high quality carbon steel strip, phosphated and coated with special enamel to prevent corrosion and
rusting of the tape. The special anti-glare printing is protected with wear resistant lacquer for long life. Curved blades of the tape provide
rigidity to help it span distance unsupported. Most models have case lengths mentioned on the back for inside measurements and have self
zeroing end hooks which adjust its thickness for accurate inside and outside measurement. Specially designed cases fits comfortably in palm
and their contours prevent slipping. Some bigger models have nail slot and notching to assist in circle drawing and button measurements.
Wide blade tape rules (25mm) have re-enforced three riveted end-hook for extra long life.
Encased in tough ABS body, fits the user's hand comfortably. Grooved sides and contours of case ensures non-slip gripping. Slide action, nonslip blade lock. Sizes (widths and lengths) available are:
Tape Lengths
Tape Widths
2, 3, 3.5, 5m
13mm
5m
16, 19, 25mm
7.5, 8, 9, 10m
25mm
TAPE RULES STEEL 9102
2010920/4
Tapes manufactured from tempered, high quality carbon steel strip, phosphated and coated with special enamel to prevent corrosion and
rusting of the tape. The special anti-glare printing is protected with wear resistant lacquer for long life. Curved blades of the tape provide
rigidity to help it span distance unsupported. Most models have case lengths mentioned on the back for inside measurements and have self
zeroing end hooks which adjust its thickness for accurate inside and outside measurement. Specially designed cases fits comfortably in palm
and their contours prevent slipping. Some bigger models have nail slot and notching to assist in circle drawing and button measurements.
Wide blade tape rules (25mm) have re-enforced three riveted end-hook for extra long life. Encased in tough ABS body, incorporating spirit
level to check vertical and horizontal levels, and right angles. Convenient press and release side lock that secures the tape positively. With belt
clip. Available in different widths and lengths.
Tape Lengths
Tape Widths
2, 3m
13mm
5m
16mm
TAPE RULES STEEL 9105
2010920/5
Tapes manufactured from tempered, high quality carbon steel strip, phosphated and coated with special enamel to prevent corrosion and
rusting of the tape. The special anti-glare printing is protected with wear resistant lacquer for long life. Curved blades of the tape provide
rigidity to help it span distance unsupported. Most models have case lengths mentioned on the back for inside measurements and have self
zeroing end hooks which adjust its thickness for accurate inside and outside measurement. Specially designed cases fits comfortably in palm
and their contours prevent slipping. Some bigger models have nail slot and notching to assist in circle drawing and button measurements.
Wide blade tape rules (25mm) have re-enforced three riveted end-hook for extra long life. Case made of heavy duty, die cast chrome plated
zinc. Without tape lock. Belt clip available optionally. Tape width 13mm, lengths available are 2, 3m.
TAPE RULES STEEL 9108
2010920/6
Tapes manufactured from tempered, high quality carbon steel strip, phosphated and coated with special enamel to prevent corrosion and
rusting of the tape. The special anti-glare printing is protected with wear resistant lacquer for long life. Curved blades of the tape provide
rigidity to help it span distance unsupported. Most models have case lengths mentioned on the back for inside measurements and have self
zeroing end hooks which adjust its thickness for accurate inside and outside measurement. Specially designed cases fits comfortably in palm
and their contours prevent slipping. Some bigger models have nail slot and notching to assist in circle drawing and button measurements.
Wide blade tape rules (25mm) have re-enforced three riveted end-hook for extra long life. Small, light weight tape rule for normal day to day
use, with tape width of 9.5mm. Available in circular case made of chrome plated, sheet metal, or shock resistant plastic, with fixed hook
attached to the tape. Length available are 2, 3m.
TAPE MEASURE WITH SELF ADHESIVE 9111
2010960
Flat steel tapes having 13mm width with high quality adhesive backing for sticking the tapes to any plane surface, such as work-bench. Can
also be used as replacement of worn out linear graduated scales on the instruments. Lengths available are 2, 3, 5 and 10m.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
MEASURING WHEELS 9114
2011000/1
Measuring wheels offer quick and convenient solution wherever long distance measurements are required, especially when the desired
measurement is not along a straight line. The measurement accuracy of wheels conforms to class 1 of OIML standards. Incorporates five digits
mechanical counter, with quick reset lever – 1st four digits reads meters while 5th digit reads 1/10th of meter, thus giving a minimum reading
of 0.1m or 10cm. Specially designed mechanism measures both forward and backwards, i.e., subtracts the measurement when retracting
steps. Comes in a nicely designed bag for comfortable carrying and storage. Made of extremely lightweight and durable wheel of
circumference 1m and is made of ABS plastic. Comes with a two section telescopic handle.
MEASURING WHEELS 9117
2011000/2
Measuring wheels offer quick and convenient solution wherever long distance measurements are required, especially when the desired
measurement is not along a straight line. The measurement accuracy of wheels conforms to class 1 of OIML standards. Incorporates five digits
mechanical counter, with quick reset lever – 1st four digits reads meters while 5th digit reads 1/10th of meter, thus giving a minimum reading
of 0.1m or 10cm. Specially designed mechanism measures both forward and backwards, i.e., subtracts the measurement when retracting
steps. Comes in a nicely designed bag for comfortable carrying and storage. Made of robust metal wheel of circumference 1m for more
demanding conditions, and provides non-slip grip for precise measurement. Comes with a two section telescopic handle.
MEASURING WHEELS 9120
2011000/3
Measuring wheels offer quick and convenient solution wherever long distance measurements are required, especially when the desired
measurement is not along a straight line. The measurement accuracy of wheels conforms to class 1 of OIML standards. Incorporates five digits
mechanical counter, with quick reset lever – 1st four digits reads meters while 5th digit reads 1/10th of meter, thus giving a minimum reading
of 0.1m or 10cm. Specially designed mechanism measures both forward and backwards, i.e., subtracts the measurement when retracting
steps. Comes in a nicely designed bag for comfortable carrying and storage. Similar to 9117, but with measuring wheel having paint marking
system. Specially designed one piece handle with pistol grip and trigger release mechanism to spray paint on target.
VERNIER MICROSCOPE, SIMPLE (TRAVELLING MICROSCOPE) 9123
2011040
A simple microscope tube with a rack and pinion arrangement for focusing is attached to a vertical carriage supported on a brass pillar. The
vertical column itself is mounted on a transverse carriage sliding horizontally on a metal rod in the base along the horizontal scale. The
horizontal as well as vertical scales of stainless steel. Both carriages can be moved along their respective scales for approximate setting of
desired positions after releasing their locking screws, finer adjustment of the carriage position being made with the fine adjustment knob at
the end of each slide. The carriages also have vernier with a least count of 0.01mm and provision for attaching a swing-out magnifier for
reading the vernier. Microscope tube is adjustable both vertically as well as horizontally and has a Ramsden eye-piece with cross-line graticule.
Complete assembly mounted on a heavy cast metal base with leveling screws which has a removable flat horizontal stage for positioning the
sample/object under observation. The complete unit is packed in polished wooden case.
VERNIER MICROSCOPE, ADVANCED 9126
2011080
Improved version of Cat No. 9123, with many alterations to enhance the performance. The horizontal slide equipped with spirit level to
facilitate the leveling of the base. Removable microscope tube can be positioned on either side of the vertical column to suit the user's
convenience. The complete unit is packed in polished wooden case.
TRAVELLING MICROSCOPE, ADVANCED, DIGITAL 9130
2011120
It features precisely calibrated movements in horizontal as well as vertical directions, offering great accuracy and features to be used in a
number of experiments. The cast iron base has 3 leveling screws accurately machined to take a kinematically mounted carriage, which
supports the vertical column. Both the carriages have digital readout scale having accuracy of 0.01mm/0.0005”, with characteristics including
large, bright LCD display, zero reference setting, power ON / OFF buttons with auto power off, mm/inch changeover.
VERNIER MICROSCOPE, STUDENT'S 9134
2011160
The microscope carriage is mounted on twin parallel steel rods, along which it moves freely for coarse adjustment. Fine adjustments are made
by means of a fine-thread screw. The pedestal can be used horizontally or vertically and the microscope tube can be swiveled so that it is
parallel or perpendicular to the motion. The microscope tube is focused by rack and pinion and is equipped with a cross-line graticule. Supplied
in a polished wooden case.
SIX POSITION MICROSCOPE 9137
2011200
It is named six – position microscope since it can be used along all the six directions of the 3-D axes. A dovetailed cast metal carriage slides on a
heavy cast iron base. Locking arrangement provided in the carriage to arrest its horizontal sliding motion with further finer adjustment through
a slow-motion screw. By successively locking and unlocking, motion in the total traverse is available through the slow motion screw. Two holes
are provided with clamping screws to hold the microscope in either vertical or horizontal plane. Focusing of the microscope available through a
knob. With total Horizontal movement of about 160mm, Mains scale graduated 0.5mm with vernier giving a least count of 0.02mm. Working
distance 50mm, Ramsden type eye piece with cross-line graticule. Also includes a swing-out magnifier for reading the vernier and a removable
flat horizontal stage for positioning the sample/object under observation. Supplied in a polished wooden case.
SIX POSITION MICROSCOPE, DIGITAL 9141
2011240
It features precisely calibrated movements in horizontal as well as vertical directions, offering great accuracy and features to be used in a
number of experiments. Construction similar to Cat. No. 9137. The carriage has digital readout scale having accuracy of 0.01mm / 0.0005”,
with characteristics including large, bright LCD display, zero reference setting, power ON/OFF buttons with auto power off, mm/inch
changeover. Supplied in a polished wooden carrying case.
READING TELESCOPE 9146
2011280
Fitted with an achromatic objective of FL about 178mm and clear aperture of 23mm. Eye piece 8×, Ramsden type with cross line graticule. The
focusing is done by rack and pinion mechanism and range from about 1000mm to infinity. Can be mounted on a retort stand.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
BALANCE, STUDENT'S 9162
2011320
A basic general purpose balance for students for ordinary weighing applications. Open construction with graduated beam and extended beam
supports. A pair of hangers with detachable pans are included. Finished in durable black enamel with chrome plated fitting or lacquered parts.
Mounted on nicely polished, heavy wooden base with leveling screws.
Knife Edges : Agate
Capacity : 250g
Sensitivity : 2mg
Diameter of Pan : 10cm
BALANCE, HYDROSTATIC 9165
2011360
For the specific gravity experiments by Archimedes' Principle. Assists in measuring the apparent weight of an object due to buoyancy, when
immersed in liquid. Provided with two long and one short pan, adjustable at any height on the stand by means of a screw. Large scale visible at
a great distance. Mounted on polished wooden base with leveling screws. Features include
Knife Edges : Agate
Capacity : 250g
Sensitivity : 5mg
Diameter of Pan : 10cm
BALANCE, PHYSICAL 9168
2011400
It is meant for general use in schools and colleges, simple in character and smooth in handling. It can stand the stress and strain of rough
handling. It has an open type brass beam provided with a rider scale and beam supports, the latter extended and shaped to lift the hangers
from contact with the knife edges when the balance is at rest. Also fitted with the additional support for pointer arms. Fitted in wooden case
having glass windows. A very useful product and at quality priced economically.
Knife edges : Agate Capacity : 250g
Sensitivity : 2mg
Diameter of Pan : 10cm
CHAIN DIAL BALANCE 9171
2011440
For normal weighing applications of the students. It has all agate knife edges with open, graduated beam and extended beam supports. Metal
parts are either nickel-plated or lacquered. With SS weighing pans and balancing adjustment of pans. Chain dial mounted near the weight-pan
eliminates the use of fractional weights. Dial is calibrated 0-1g ×0.01g. Balance capacity 250g. Complete balance housed in a nicely-polished
wooden case having transparent windows and leveling screws.
BALANCE, CHEMICAL 9174
2011480
Highly sensitive balance for applications needing accurate weighing. Sturdy and robust design allows for rough handling and gives longer
trouble free service. Complete balance housed in a wooden case with leveling screws and clear glass front.
Beam : Brass beam with zero at center and 50 graduated notches on either side of zero for rider use.
Beam : with 6 point arrestment. The beam is raised for working.
Rider : Single wire, easy operating arrangement.
Knives and Planes : Best quality stone agate.
Pans : Stainless steel pans of 75mm diameter, concave upwards.
Capacity : 200g
Sensitivity : 0.2mg
BALANCE, ANALYTICAL 9177
2011520
A precision balance suitable for quick and accurate weighing. It has a short-armed triangular type beam with zero at the center and 50
graduated notches on either side of zero for rider use. It is highly suitable for research work in universities and industrial laboratories specially
designed to maintain constant sensitivity under varying load and acute self-acting parallel arrestment of the beam. Complete balance housed
in a wooden case with leveling screws and clear glass front and access from both the sides.
Capacity : 200g
Sensitivity : 0.1 mg
Pan : Stainless steel pans of 75mm diameter, concave upwards.
DOUBLE PAN BALANCE, ROBERVAL TYPE 9180
2011560/1
Well painted, cast metal body with a central knife edge beam made of special hardened steel, tempered and ground to achieve favorable
characteristics. A knife edge at each of the beam end supports the suspension system. Beam also has a central index pointer to indicate
balancing. Includes a pair of removable stainless steel pans with L/R marked (not interchangeable).
1 kg
2 kg
5 kg
BALANCE, DOUBLE PAN, ROBERVAL TYPE 9183
Similar to Cat No. 9180, but body made of cast iron with brass pans.
(capacities : 2kg)
(capacities : 5kg)
(capacities : 10kg)
2011600/1
BALANCE COUNTER 9186
2011680/1
Well painted metal body with equal arms, durable handy and precision instrument commonly used by factories and laboratories for general
weighing purposes. One arm has flat rectangular pan at the top for placing masses, while other arm has provision to take scoop shaped
container to contain objects to be weighed.
(capacities :1kg)
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
(capacities :2kg)
(capacities :5kg)
(capacities :10kg)
BALANCE SINGLE PAN 9189
2011720/1
A single pan high form balance with hanging pan is useful for general purpose weighing and provides quick weighing upto 311g to a sensitivity
of 0.01g (10mg). The balance has four notched weighing beams, each provided with a central reading non-removable sliding masses and
graduated 0-200×100g, 0-100×10g, 0-10×1g and 0-1g×10mg respectively, thus eliminating any need for additional masses. Rugged
construction featuring stainless steel pan and bow, covered agate bearings, precision ground pivots, and cast aluminium beam make the
balance durable enough to withstand harsh environments, while delivering years of precision weighing. Improved visibility is achieved through
tiered and notched beams with center indicating poises and parallax-free end reading, allowing the balance to be used under harsh lighting
conditions. With zero adjustment and stainless steel pan of 90mm diameter having two pouring spouts and handle. Height of stirrup about
175mm. Magnetically damped beam movements ensure rapid weighing. A platform housed in the base can be used for supporting a beaker
above the balance pan for specific gravity determinations.
WITHOUT TARE ADJUSTMENT
WITH TARE ADJUSTMENT
BALANCE, DOUBLE BEAM 9192
2011760/1
Double platform design makes it ideal for comparative weighing as well. These top pan balances are based on classic Roberval balance
principle to determine the difference in mass between the two objects rather than their absolute value. Provides accurate and rapid weighing
up to 2kg when used with supplementary masses with a readability of 0.1g. The balance has a cast alloy base and features angled beams with
center reading poises providing excellent visibility of results; magnetic damping slows oscillations ensuring quick weighing; poise slides and
rotates for fine adjustment; spring loaded zero adjust compensator facilitating precision and reproducibility of results; precision ground knives
and cross braced aluminum alloy beam imparts durability and ruggedness. Equipped with facility for under balance weighing.
Beams : 0 to 200g×10g, 0 to 10g×0.1g
Pan : Stainless Steel, 150mm diameter
Accessories : Tare and Rod optional.
WITHOUT TARE ADJUSTMENT
WITH TARE ADJUSTMENT
BALANCE, TRIPLE BEAM 9195
2011800/1
A single pan low form balance with three tired beams offers weighing capacity up to 610g, which can be further expanded to weigh up to
2610g when used with supplementary masses, with 0.1g readability and accurate and consistent readings. Additional masses are hung at the
end of the beam increasing the capacity up to 2610g and can be stored in the recessed base when not needed to prevent them from slipping
or falling. The balance features precision ground pivots and self aligning agate bearing to ensure reproducibility; easy zero adjustment that
stays in set position; deep notched beams with center reading sliding poise to ensure correct positioning; effective magnetic damping coupled
with appropriate beam capacity reduces oscillation, speeding the weighing process; and easy readability provided by high contrast markings,
while end reading device eliminates parallax for convenient determination of precise weight. The heavy cast metal base provides superior
stability, making the balance difficult to tip over.
Beams : 0-500g × 100g, 0-100g × 10g, 0-10g × 0.1g
Supplementary Masses : 2 × 1000g, 1 × 500g
Pans : Stainless Steel, 150mm diameter
WITHOUT TARE ADJUSTMENT
WITH TARE ADJUSTMENT
BALANCES, DIGITAL 9198
2011840
Specially designed hardware and software incorporates high end precision technology matching the international standards to obtain manifold
increase in the weighing performance, accuracy and reliability coupled with the ease of operation. Useful for quick and precise weighing in
laboratory, educational and industrial environments. The balances designed with the user simplicity in the mind features high contrast large
LCD display for easy viewing, auto zero tracking, auto power saving, automatic external calibration, tare adjustment, highly accurate load cells,
overload protection and weather proof design. These features combine to provide a reliable, efficient high quality balance of outstanding
value. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50/60Hz. Available in different weighing capacities and accuracies. Please ask for specific details (weighing
capacity, accuracy etc.) as per your requirements.
PERSONAL WEIGHING SCALE 9201
2011880
Weighing Scale, Platform-type. Incorporates highly accurate, sensitive and reliable mechanism for long life trouble free service. Scale
calibrated 125×0.5 kg with zero adjustment and magnifier over scale windows for convenient reading. Completely portable design, available in
vibrant colours and excellent finish.
COMPRESSION BALANCE 9204
2012000/1
Economical top loading weighing scales having small footprint, and meant for quick, general purpose weighing of chemicals or small parts with
sufficient accuracy. Slanted wide view circular dial and large pointer needle provides error free and convenient reading of scales even from a
distance. Sensitive measurement technique provides accurate results for longer life. Durable, anti-rust coated parts for extended life-span of
the balance. Moulded plastic body manufactured as per international standards in beautiful pastel colours and trendy matching dials and large
scoop pans at the top makes its use convenient for weighing small parts, powdered or granulated items. With zero adjustment knob.
500gm x 2gm
1 kg x 5gm
2 kg x 10gm
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
5 kg x 25gm
LEVER BALANCE 9207
2012080/1
This balance has been designed to plug the long felt need for an inexpensive, portable and robust single pan balance of modest size, capable of
giving consistent and prompt readings to a fair degree of accuracy. It is a dual range balance with ranges 0-250g × 1g and 0-1000g × 10g. The
scale, calibrated in dual range, is in the form of a quadrant, with the changeover in ranges being achieved conveniently using the hinged
weight arm provided. The index pointer is of edge reading type, specially designed to avoid parallax errors, which permits the viewing of scale
from any convenient position. Leveling screw provided for zero adjustment. Once zero is set in any range, no leveling is needed for zero
adjustment while changing range since zeros of both the ranges correspond to each other. The detachable top pan is made of CPSS with a
hook at its bottom for specific gravity work and suspended weights.
DUAL RANGE
SINGLE RANGE
BALANCES, SPRING, ROUND 9210
2012100/1
Dial type, circular scale and heavy pattern. Large dial with long pointer provides convenient reading even from a distance. With suspension ring
and load hook. Economical, All metal body, with sheet metal dial and pointer
Capacity
Graduation
10kg
50gm
20kg
100gm
50kg
200gm
100kg
500gm
BALANCES, SPRING, ROUND 9213
2012120/1
Dial type, circular scale, heavy pattern. Large dial with long pointer provides convenient reading even from a distance. With suspension ring
and load hook. Superior, Deluxe quality moulded all plastic body having excellent finish.
Capacity
Graduation
10kg
50gm
20kg
100gm
50kg
200gm
100kg
500gm
BALANCES, SPRING, PLASTIC, FLAT TYPE 9216
2012160/1
Rectangular, plastic body with large, easily readable and flat, anodized metal scales. Provision for zero adjustment at the top. With suspension
ring at the top and load hook at the bottom.
Capacity
Graduation
50 gm
0,5 g
50gm
1gm
100gm
1gm
200gm
4gm
250gm
5gm
500gm
5gm
500gm
10gm
1000gm 20gm
2000gm 40gm
BALANCES, SPRING, PLASTIC, FLAT TYPE, DUAL SCALE 9219
2012200
Similar to Cat No. 9216 but with dual scale, graduated in Metric (g/kg) on one side of the index pointer and Newton on the other side.
Rectangular body is made of transparent plastic and provides clear inside view of working from the rear.
102g / 1N
204g / 2N
255g / 2.5N
510g / 5N
1020g /10N
2040g / 20N
BALANCE, SPRING, METAL, FLAT TYPE 9222
2012240/1
Flat form, painted metal case with easily readable brass scale with graduations engraved on both sides of the index pointer. Provision for zero
adjustment at the top. With suspension ring and load hook. With flat scale at the front attached to tubular shaped sheet metal body at the
rear
100g × 1g
200g × 2g
250g × 2.5g
500g × 5g
1000g × 10g
2000g × 20g
5000g × 50g
10kg × 100g
BALANCE, SPRING, METAL, FLAT TYPE 9225
www.aldeline.com
2012260/1
sales@aldeline.com
Flat form, painted metal case with easily readable brass scale with graduations engraved on both sides of the index pointer. Provision for zero
adjustment at the top. With suspension ring and load hook. With flat scale at the front attached to rectangular cast metal body at the rear.
Heavy design provides long life to the balance.
100gm × 1gm
200gm × 2gm
250gm × 2.5gm
500gm × 5gm
1000gm × 10gm
2000gm × 20gm
5000gm × 50gm
10kg × 100gm
BALANCES, SPRING, METAL, TUBULAR TYPE 9228
2012280/1
Painted tubular metal body of aluminum, having engraved scale on both sides of index pointer for convenient reading. With zero adjustment
knob, suspension ring and load hook. Also available in other weighing capacities on specific request.
Capacity Graduation
100g
1g
200g
2g
500g
5g
1000g
10g
2000g
20g
BALANCES SPRING, METAL TUBULAR TYPE, DUAL SCALE 9231
2012320/1
Similar to Cat No. 9228 but with dual scale, graduated in Metric (g/kg) on one side of the index pointer and in Newton on the other side. Also
available in other weighing capacities on specific request.
102g / 1N
204g / 2N
255g / 2.5N
510g / 5N
1020g /10N
2040g / 20N
NEWTON METERS, ACRYCLIC, TUBULAR TYPE 9234
2012360/1
Plastic balance made of clear acrylic tube. Each range is colour coded for easy identification, and has dual scale graduated in both grams and
Newton. The spring mechanism and working of the balance is clearly visible with provision for zero adjustment incorporated at the top. With
suspension ring and load hook.
250g/2.5N
500g/5N
1 kg/10 N
2 kg / 20 N
3 kg/30N
5 kg / 50N
BALANCE, SPRING, PLASTIC, TUBULAR TYPE 9237
2012380/1
Plastic balance having tubular cylindrical body with load hook at the bottom. The suspension hook has a cylindrical bar at the top for gripping
while weighing and has a cylindrical piston type spring loaded arrangement with scale visible at the top, graduated in both grams and Newton.
250g/2.5N
500g/5N
1 kg/10 N
2 kg / 20 N
2 kg/30N
5 kg / 50N
MASSES SET, PHYSICAL 9243
2012480/1
Made of polished brass. Comes nicely packed in velvet lined wooden case with hinged lid. Individual masses rest in separate compartments
and includes small covered box which holds nickel silver and aluminum fractions. With chrome plated brass forceps to lift masses. Each set
consists of masses in 1-2-2-5 system in the desired range. Chrome plated brass masses also available on specific request.
1mg to 100gm
1mg to 200gm
1mg to 500gm
1mg to 1000gm
1mg to 2000gm
MASSES SET, KNOBBED, ACCURATE 9246
2012520/1
Physical masses of polished brass. Each mass accurately adjusted to close tolerances using lead at the top of masses. All masses rest in the
cylindrical recesses drilled in wooden block.
Capacity 500g – 1 × 200g, 2 × 100g, 1 × 50g, 1 × 20g, 2 × 10g, 1 × 5g, 2 × 2g, 1 × 1g
Capacity 1000g – 1 × 500g, 1 × 200g, 2 × 100g, 1 × 50g, 1 × 20g, 2 × 10g, 1 × 5g, 2 × 2g, 1 × 1g
Capacity 2000g – 1 × 1000g, 1 × 500g, 1 × 200g, 2 × 100g, 1 × 50g, 1 × 20g, 2 × 10g, 1 × 5g, 2 × 2g, 1 × 1g
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
MASSES, PRIMARY 9249
Polished brass flat form. Similar to the ones used in Cat No. 9243 & 9246, but available individually.
1gm, 2gm, 5gm, 10gm, 20gm, 50gm, 100gm, 200gm, 500gm, 1000gm
2012560/1
MASSES SET, GENERAL PURPOSE, CHROME PLATED 9252
2012600/1
For general weighing application in the laboratories. Reasonably accurate. Similar to Cat No. 9246, but chrome plated and masses adjusted
without lead.
Cap. 500gm
Cap. 1000gm
Cap. 2000gm
MASSES, HOOKED, SEPARATE 9255
2012840/1
Brass, chrome plated, with hooks on both sides. Useful for loading requirements in experiments. Through the hooks provided at top or
bottom. Masses available individually.
5gm, 10gm, 20gm, 50gm, 100gm, 200gm, 500gm
MASSES SET, SLOTTED, ZINC, WITH HANGER 9258
Slotted masses, each made of die cast zinc metal and metal hangers in different masses.
Set of 100g: 9 masses each of 10g with hanger of 10g
Set of 200g: 9 masses each of 20g with hanger of 20g
Set of 500g: 9 masses each of 50g with hanger of 50g
Set of 1000g: 9 masses each of 100g with hanger of 100g
2012680/1
MASSES, SLOTTED, ZINC 9261
Slotted masses, each made of die cast zinc metal and metal hangers in different masses.
10gm mass
20gm mass
50gm mass
100gm mass
2012680/5
MASSES SET, ANALYTICAL 9264
2012720/1
Chrome plated brass masses, more accurately adjusted to close tolerances. Comes nicely packed in polished and velvet lined wooden case with
hinged lid. Each mass rests separately in the wells drilled in wooden block. Divided compartments with dust proof cover holds nickel silver and
aluminum fractions. With chrome plated brass forceps to lift masses. Each set consists of masses in 1-2-2-5 system in the desired range.
1mg to 100gm
1mg to 200gm
MASSES, HOOKED 9267
2012760/8
Polished Brass. Masses with hook at both ends. Bottom of the masses recessed to enable them to be hooked together for suspension. The
up/down sliding hooks makes the bottom flat when placed on flat surface.
Set of 9 masses; 10, 20, 20, 50, 100, 200, 200, 500 and 1000g
MASSES SET, SLOTTED AND HANGERS, BRASS 9270
2012920/1
Precision turned brass masses and hangers for accuracy. Hanger made of brass wire with hook for convenient suspension along with slotted
masses while use. Specially designed slot of the masses prevents the masses slipping off the hangers at the same time ensuring their effortless
placing and removal from the hanger.
One hanger of 10g and nine slotted masses of 10g each, giving a total set of 10 masses of 100g.
One hanger of 20g and nine slotted masses of 20g each, giving a total set of 10 masses of 200g.
One hanger of 50g and nine slotted masses of 50g each, giving a total set of 10 masses of 500g.
One hanger of 100g and nine slotted masses of 100g each, giving a total set of10 mass of 1000g.
MASSES SET, SLOTTED AND HANGERS, BRASS 9273
2012920/4
Precision turned brass masses and hangers for accuracy. Hanger made of brass wire with hook for convenient suspension along with slotted
masses while use. Specially designed slot of the masses prevents the masses slipping off the hangers at the same time ensuring their effortless
placing and removal from the hanger. One hanger of 20g, three slotted masses of 20g each, one slotted mass of 10g, and two masses of 5g
each, giving total set of 7 masses of 100g.
MASSES, SLOTTED, BRASS 9276
Precision turned brass masses with slots, similar to the ones used in Cat No. 9270, but available individually.
5gm, 10gm, 20gm, 50gm, 100gm,
2012960/1
MASS HANGERS, BRASS 9279
Hanger made of brass wire with hook, similar to the ones used in Cat No. 9270, but available individually.
10gm, 20gm, 50gm, 100gm
2013000/1
MASSES SET, SLOTTED AND HANGERS, STEEL 9285
Similar to Cat No. 9270, but made of steel.
One hanger of 100g and nine slotted masses of 100g each, giving a total set of 10 masses of 1000g.
One hanger of 50g and nine slotted masses of 50g each, giving a total set of 10 masses of 500g.
2013040/1
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
One hanger of 20g and nine slotted masses of 20g each, giving a total set of 10 masses of 200g.
One hanger of 10g and nine slotted masses of 10g each, giving a total set of 10 masses of 100g.
MASSES, SLOTTED, STEEL 9288
Precision turned steel masses with slots, similar to the ones used in Cat No. 9285, but available individually.
10gm, 20gm, 50gm, 100gm, 200gm
MASS HANGERS, STEEL 9291
Hanger made of steel wire with hook, similar to the ones used in Cat No. 9285, but available individually.
10gm, 20gm, 50gm, 100gm
2013120
MASSES FRACTIONAL 9297
2013160
Precisely adjusted fractional masses made of special alloy, for use with analytical balance. Complete set contained in a small plastic round case
and consists of masses in 1-2-2-5 system from 1 to 500mg.
FORCEPS 9300
Chrome plated brass forceps for lifting and holding masses for balances, length approx. 90mm.
2013200
WEIGHING SET, ECONOMICAL 9303
2013240
Masses for general purpose weighing from 10 to 1990g × 10g, involving moderate to low accuracy levels. The set comprises masses: Steel –
1×200g, 1×500g, 1×1kg; and Brass – 2×10g, 1×20g, 1×50g, and 2×100g. Supplied in wooden block.
MASSES, HEXAGONAL, BRASS 9309
Hexagonal bar masses made of brass with flat surfaces at both ends.
50gm, 100gm, 200gm, 500gm, 1000gm
2013280
MASSES, HEXAGONAL, STEEL 9312
2013320
Hexagonal bar masses made of steel with flat surfaces at both ends. Plated masses also available on specific request.
50gm, 100gm, 200gm, 500gm, 1000gm
MASSES, HEXAGONAL, CAST IRON 9315
2013400
For large weighing requirements. Hexagonal masses of cast iron, well painted, with lifting ring. Within tolerances as per international
standards.
50gm, 100gm, 200gm, 500gm, 1kg, 2 kg, 5 kg
SLOTTED MASSES SET, CAST IRON 9321
2013360
A set of slotted masses and hanger of cast iron particularly suitable for use where larger suspension loadings are needed such as with
sonometers. Hanger and masses are interlocking type to prevent slipping of masses and are well painted.
One Hanger of 1kg with four slotted masses of 1kg each, giving a total set of 5 masses of 5kg.
One Hanger of 0.5kg with four slotted masses of 0.5kg each, giving a total set of 5 masses of 2.5kg.
One Hanger of 0.5kg with nine slotted masses of 0.5kg each, giving a total set of 10 masses of 5kg.
One Hanger of 1kg with slotted masses one each of 10, 5, 2 and 1kg, and three slotted masses of 0.5kg each, giving a total set of 8 masses of
20.5kg.
SLOTTED MASSES SET, IRON 9324
2013380
Similar to Cat No 9321, but made of MS rod instead of cast iron.
One Hanger of 1kg with four slotted masses of 1kg each, giving a total set of 5 masses of 5kg. Well painted.
One Hanger of 0.5kg with four slotted masses of 0.5kg each, giving a total set of 5 masses of 2.5kg. Well painted.
One Hanger of 0.5kg with nine slotted masses of 0.5kg each, giving a total set of 10 masses of 5kg. Well painted.
One Hanger of 1kg with slotted masses one each of 10, 5, 2 and 1kg, and three slotted masses of 0.5kg each, giving a total set of 8 masses of
20.5kg. Well painted.
One Hanger of 1kg with four slotted masses of 1kg each, giving a total set of 5 masses of 5kg. Chrome Plated.
One Hanger of 0.5kg with four slotted masses of 0.5kg each, giving a total set of 5 masses of 2.5kg. Chrome Plated.
One Hanger of 0.5kg with nine slotted masses of 0.5kg each, giving a total set of 10 masses of 5kg. Chrome Plated.
One Hanger of 1kg with slotted masses one each of 10, 5, 2 and 1kg, and three slotted masses of 0.5kg each, giving a total set of 8 masses of
20.5kg. Chrome Plated.
HYDROMETER, NICHOLSON 9474
2013440
For experiments involving solid and liquid density determination. Comprises hollow metal flotation body, upper loading pan and weighted
lower loading pan, all sheet metal construction, black painted. Overall dimensions - Length 25cm × diameter 4cm.
HYDROMETER, EXTRA WIDE RANGE 9477
2013480
For specific gravity determination of liquids, direct reading hydrometer, shot loaded bulbs and parallel stem graduated 0.005. All glass
construction. Overall length about 250mm.
0.70 to 1.00 x 0.005
1.00 to 1.50 x 0.005
1.50 to 2.00 x 0.005
HYDROMETER, DELUXE 9480
www.aldeline.com
2013520
sales@aldeline.com
For specific gravity determination of liquids, direct reading hydrometer, shot loaded bulbs and parallel stem graduated 0.002. All glass
construction. Overall length about 250mm. Ranges more accurately calibrated, 0.80 to 1.00 adjusted for low surface tension, other ranges
adjusted for medium surface tension.
0.80 to 1.00 × 0.002
1.00 to 1.20 × 0.002
1.20 to 1.40 × 0.002
1.40 to 1.60 × 0.002
1.60 to 1.80 × 0.002
1.80 to 2.00 × 0.002
HYDROMETER, SIMPLE OR FLOTATION ROD 9483
2013560
For simple demonstration of relative density determination. Made of polished hardwood of square cross-section 150×10×10mm (L×W×T),
weighted one end to make it float upright, and graduated every 10mm.
HYDROMETER, UNIVERSAL 9486
2013600
A direct reading relative density hydrometer of streamlined form with parallel graduated stem and shot loaded bulb. For liquids both lighter
and heavier than water. Calibrated at 60ºF, range 0.700 to 2.000 × 0.010. Overall length about 370mm. All glass construction.
HYDROMETER, BATTERY 9489
2013640
Pipette type hydrometer for measuring the density of electrolyte in lead/acid batteries or accumulators. Glass body with float calibrated from
1100 to 1300 and having different coloured zones – blue, white, and red representing charged, partly charged or uncharged battery conditions
respectively. Fitted with acid resistant compressible rubber bulb and rubber tube nozzle.
Large
Medium
HYDROMETER JAR 9495
2013680
Non-graduated cylindrical, clear glass, with spout and heavy stable base. Used for hydrometer jars and other purposes not requiring a
graduated cylinder.
250ml
500ml
THERMOMETRES, MERCURY, WHITE BACKED 9510
2013720
Mercury in glass capillary, white backed with scale printed in black for easy reading. 5-7mm diameter with reinforced bulbs. Packed in
cardboard or plastic case.
Other Ranges also available on specific request.
Range
Graduation
Approx Length
0 to 50°C
1°
300mm
-10 to 110°C
1°
300mm
-10 to 110°C
½°
300mm
0 to 150°C
1°
300mm
0 to 200°C
1°
300mm
0 to 250°C
1°
300mm
0 to 300°C
1°
300mm
0 to 360°C
2°
300mm
0 to 400°C
2°
300mm
0 to 120°C
1°
300mm
0 to 220°C
1°
300mm
THERMOMETRES, MERCURY, YELLOW BACKED 9513
2013760
Mercury in glass capillary, yellow backed with scale printed in black for easy reading. 5-7mm diameter with reinforced bulbs. Packed in
cardboard or plastic case.
Other Ranges also available on specific request.
Range
Graduation
Approx Length
0 to 50°C
1°
300mm
-10 to 110°C
1°
300mm
-10 to 110°C
½°
300mm
0 to 150°C
1°
300mm
0 to 200°C
1°
300mm
0 to 250°C
1°
300mm
0 to 300°C
1°
300mm
0 to 360°C
2°
300mm
0 to 400°C
2°
300mm
0 to 120°C
1°
300mm
0 to 220°C
1°
300mm
THERMOMETER, RED SPIRIT FILLED, WHITE BACKED 9516
Similar to Cat No. 9510, but filled with red spirit in place of mercury.
Range
Subdivision
Approx Length
0 to 50°C
1°
300mm
0 to 50°C
½°
300mm
www.aldeline.com
2013800
sales@aldeline.com
-10 to 110°C
0 to 150°C
0 to 120°C
½°
2°
1°
300mm
300mm
300mm
THERMOMETER, RED SPIRIT FILLED, YELLOW BACKED 9519
Similar to Cat No. 9513, but filled with red spirit in place of mercury.
Other Ranges also available on specific request.
Range
Subdivision
Approx Length
0 to 50°C
1°
300mm
0 to 50°C
½°
300mm
-10 to 110°C
½°
300mm
0 to 150°C
2°
300mm
0 to 120°C
1°
300mm
2013840
COMBINED THERMOMETER 9525
2013880
Dual range thermometer provides simultaneous reading of scale both in Celsius as well as Fahrenheit. Scale graduated 0 to 110 × 1/1°C and 0
to 220 × 2/1°F
THERMOMETER, CLINICAL, ORDINARY 9528
2013920
Sensitive and accurate thermometer for measuring body temperatures. Easy read double scale graduated 94 to 108ºF or 35 to 43ºC. In plastic
case with cap.
THERMOMETER, CLINICAL 9531
2013920/2
Sensitive and accurate thermometer for measuring body temperatures. Easy read double scale graduated 94 to 108ºF or 35 to 43ºC. In plastic
case with cap. Capillary and scale enclosed in Glass Capsule
THERMOMETER CLINICAL DIGITAL 9534
With Digital LCD readout, having least count of 0.1ºC/F, battery operated
2013920/3
THERMOMETER, POCKET 9537
2013960
Mercury or red spirit filled, white backed with black printed scale for easy reading, in plastic case with pocket clip. Thermometer cap may be
inserted into the thermometer for handling it or to extend reach. Graduated -10 to 110 × 1ºC. :Approx length 155mm.
THERMOMETER, DIGITAL 9540
2014000
A simple yet accurate, hand held, all purpose thermometer featuring dual scale and fast response time. Scale switch able between Celsius and
Fahrenheit with range -50 to 150× 0.1ºC / -58 to 302× 1ºF. Operates on 9V battery, included.
THERMOMETER STAND 9543
2014040
Sheet metal stand of aluminium bent and formed in Z-shape, supports three rows of six thermometer each (total eighteen thermometers)
safely and conveniently. The base of the stand specially cushioned with foam to protect the thermometer bulbs.
STOP WATCH, DIGITAL 9546
2014080
A digital stop watch, with LCD display. Timed with Quartz movement to an accuracy of 0.01s. Includes lap / cumulative timing functions, 12/24
hour clock in hours-minutes-seconds with day/date display and alarm function.
STOP WATCH 9549
2014120/1
Antimagnetic, spring wound, jeweled movement in a robust plated steel case, corrosion resistant, dust and damp proof. With thumb press
knob
at
the
top
for
start,
stop
and
reset
respectively
and
a
ring
for
suspension
through
cord.
0-60 seconds main dial graduated to 1/5 second with 0-60minutes smaller dial graduated every 1 minute.
0-30 seconds main dial graduated to 1/10 second with 0-30minutes smaller dial graduated every ½ minute.
MINUTE TIMER 9552
2014200
A simple and economical timer that measures one minute intervals up to 1 hour. After setting the desired time interval, a signal indicates the
end of the timed period. Knob provided at the top for setting of time interval.
STOP CLOCK (SMITH TYPE) 9555
2014160
Durable, easy to use, spring-wound stop-clock useful for student labs and classroom demonstration. Large dial about 100mm in diameter, with
big pointer hands provides easy reading even from a distance. Bigger main dial with larger sweep hand reading 0-60 × 1 second with smaller
dial reading 0-60 × 1 minute. Includes start/stop lever on left side and zero reset lever on its right side. Housed in a durable light-weight casing.
Runs for about 30 hours on one complete winding. Metal Casing with scratch-resistant epoxy coating.
GENERAL LABWARE
BASIN EVAPORATING, PORCELAIN, ROUND FORM 12340
2060330
Porcelain, round form, glazed inside and outside, with spout. Available in other sizes and capacities on specific request.
Diameter : 25mm, Capacity : 8mL
Diameter : 40mm, Capacity : 15mL
Diameter : 50mm, Capacity : 20mL
Diameter : 60mm, Capacity : 40mL
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Diameter : 75mm, Capacity : 100mL
Diameter : 100mm, Capacity : 175mL
Diameter : 110mm, Capacity : 275mL
Diameter : 125mm, Capacity : 450mL
BASIN CRYSTALLIZING, GLASS 12343
Borosilicate glass, straight wall with flat bottom, without spout. Can also be used as a small glass trough.
100×50mm, without spout
150×75mm, without spout
190×100mm, without spout
100×50mm, with spout
150×75mm, with spout
190×100mm, with spout
2060240
BASIN EVAPORATING, GLASS 12346
Borosilicate glass, stable round bottom, with pour out.
Diameter : 60mm, Capacity : 80mL
Diameter : 75mm, Capacity : 100mL
Diameter : 100mm, Capacity : 125mL
2060270
BASIN EVAPORATING, PORCELAIN, FLAT FORM 12349
Porcelain, flat form, glazed inside and outside, with spout.
Diameter : 60mm, Capacity : 25mL
Diameter : 75mm, Capacity : 50mL
Diameter : 100mm, Capacity : 100mL
Diameter : 125mm, Capacity : 260mL
Diameter : 150mm, Capacity : 380mL
Diameter : 175mm, Capacity : 600mL
Diameter : 200mm, Capacity : 1000mL
Diameter : 225mm, Capacity : 1900mL
2060300
BASIN EVAPORATING, SILICA 12352
Round bottom, glazed inside and outside, translucent.
20ml
45ml
70ml
85ml
100ml
2060360
BEEHIVE SHELVES 12355
Made of porcelain, for gas collection, glazed inside and out.
60mm
75mm
85mm
100mm
2060570
BELL JAR, KNOBBED 12358
Soda glass, with a knob at the top, and ground flange.
20×10cm
22.5×15cm
45×25cm
2060600
BELL JAR, STOPPERED 12361
Soda glass, ground flange and open mouth at the top covered with ground glass stopper.
20×10cm
22.5×15cm
2060630
BELL JAR, WITH STOP COCK 12364
Soda glass, with ground flange and glass stopcock fitted at the top through holed rubber stopper.
20×10cm
22.5×15cm
45×25cm
2060660
JAR, STOPPERED, PLASTIC 12367
Made of clear transparent plastic. Size 20×10cm with stopper, transparent.
2060690
BLOWPIPE 12370
2060720
Made of nickel-plated brass with wider mouth at one end and narrower nipple at other bent end for releasing thin jet of air.
20cm
30cm
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
BOAT COMBUSTION 12373
Porcelain, one side extended for handling, glazed inside and outside.
80×12×10mm
86×13×11mm
90×13×11mm
120×13×11mm
2060750
BEAKERS, GLASS, LOW FORM, ECONOMICAL 12376
Soda Glass, low form, with spout. Can be used up to 100°C.
25ml
50ml
100ml
150ml
250ml
400ml
500ml
1000ml
2060390
BEAKERS, GLASS, LOW FORM, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12379
Low form, with spout.
5ml
10ml
25ml
50ml
100ml
150ml
250ml
400ml
500ml
600ml
1000ml
2000ml
3000ml
5000ml
2060420
BEAKERS, GLASS, TALL FORM, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12382
25ml
1.
50(ml)
2.
100(ml)
3.
250(ml)
4.
500(ml)
5.
1000(ml)
Available in other capacities on specific request
2060450
BEAKERS, GLASS, TALL FORM, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12385
Tall form. With Spout.
1.
50(ml)
2.
100(ml)
3.
250(ml)
4.
500(ml)
5.
1000(ml)
Available in other capacities on specific request.
2060480
BEAKERS, POLYPROPYLENE 12388
2060510
Moulded in polypropylene, these superior quality beakers feature excellent clarity and very good chemical resistance. Autoclavable, with
permanent graduations. Tapered spout facilitates easy pouring out.
25ml
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2000ml
5000ml
BEAKER, TPX 12394
2060540
TPX, graduated, clear transparent with glass like transparency, with spout, heat resistant up to 120° C, can be autoclaved. Non-toxic, acid, alkali
and solvent proof.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
ASPIRATOR CANS, BIG, POLYTHENE 12415
Heavy duty cans made of high density polythene. With carrying handle at the top, screw cap and side tap for outlet.
35L
50L
2060180
BOTTLE ASPIRATOR WITH STOPCOCK, PP 12418
2060210
Light weight and easy to handle. These bottles are moulded in Polypropylene, which is autoclavable, dependable and have good impact
strength providing extra durability to the bottle. The leak-proof spigot is screwed to the bottle body and requires only a half turn to open or
close providing quick and convenient dispensing. It is acid and alkali resistant and can be used for storing and dispensing solutions, media and
distilled water. Can be autoclaved, when empty, to prevent recurring bacterial growth.
5L
10L
20L
BOTTLES DROPPING, GLASS 12421
Clear Soda Glass bottles, narrow mouth. Dropping pipette has rubber teat and is ground in the neck.
30ml
60ml
125ml
2060780
BOTTLES DROPPING, GLASS 12422
Clear Soda Glass bottles, narrow mouth. Dropping pipette has rubber teat and with screw cap neck.
30ml
60ml
125ml
2060780
BOTTLES DROPPING, GLASS 12424
Amber Soda Glass bottles, narrow mouth. Dropping pipette has rubber teat and is ground in the neck.
30ml
60ml
125ml
2060790
BOTTLES, REAGENT, SODA GLASS 12427
Soda glass, Narrow Mouth bottles, with flat glass dust proof stopper.
30ml
60ml
125ml
180ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2000ml
2060870
BOTTLES, REAGENT, SODA GLASS 12430
Soda glass, Wide Mouth bottles, with flat glass dust proof stopper.
30ml
60ml
125ml
180ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2000ml
2060900
BOTTLES, REAGENT, SODA GLASS, AMBER COLOURED 12433
Soda glass, Narrow mouth amber coloured bottles, with flat glass dust-proof stopper.
125ml
180ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2060930
BOTTLES, REAGENT, SODA GLASS, AMBER COLOURED 12436
Soda glass, Wide mouth amber coloured bottles, with flat glass dust-proof stopper.
125ml
180ml
250ml
500ml
2060960
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
1000ml
BOTTLES, REAGENT, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12439
2060990
Borosilicate glass, plain narrow neck, with interchangeable flat dust-proof stopper. The Reagent bottles are also available in Amber Colour on
specific request.
Capacity : 60mL, Size : 14/23
Capacity : 125mL, Size : 19/26
Capacity : 250mL, Size : 19/26
Capacity : 500mL, Size : 24/29
Capacity : 1000mL, Size : 29/32
Capacity : 2000mL, Size : 34/35
BOTTLES, REAGENT, BOROSILICATE GLASS, AMBER 12442
2060990
Borosilicate glass, plain narrow neck, with interchangeable flat dust-proof plastic stopper. The Reagent bottles are also available in Amber
Colour on specific request.
Capacity : 60mL, Size : 14/23
Capacity : 125mL, Size : 19/26
Capacity : 250mL, Size : 19/26
Capacity : 500mL, Size : 24/29
Capacity : 1000mL, Size : 29/32
Capacity : 2000mL, Size : 34/35
BOTTLES, REAGENT, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12448
2060990
Borosilicate glass, plain wide neck, with interchangeable flat dust-proof stopper. The Reagent bottles are also available in Amber Colour on
specific request.
Capacity : 60mL, Size : 14/23
Capacity : 125mL, Size : 19/26
Capacity : 250mL, Size : 19/26
Capacity : 500mL, Size : 24/29
Capacity : 1000mL, Size : 29/32
Capacity : 2000mL, Size : 34/35
BOTTLES, REAGENT, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12450
2060990
Borosilicate glass, plain wide neck, with interchangeable flat dust-proof plastic stopper. The Reagent bottles are also available in Amber Colour
on specific request.
Capacity : 60mL, Size : 14/23
Capacity : 125mL, Size : 19/26
Capacity : 250mL, Size : 19/26
Capacity : 500mL, Size : 24/29
Capacity : 1000mL, Size : 29/32
Capacity : 2000mL, Size : 34/35
BOTTLES, REAGENT POLYPROPYLENE 12460
2061020
High density PP. Narrow Mouth Bottles are rigid, translucent and have excellent contact clarity, can be autoclaved filled as well as empty.
Screw cap has a built in seal ring to make the bottles leak proof.
60ml
125ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
BOTTLES, REAGENT POLYPROPYLENE 12463
2061050
High density PP. Wide Mouth Bottles are rigid, translucent and have excellent contact clarity, can be autoclaved filled as well as empty. Screw
cap has a built in seal ring to make the bottles leak proof.
60ml
125ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
BOTTLES DROPPING, GLASS, TK PATTERN 12475
TK pattern, clear glass bottle, with ground glass, grooved stopper and spout.
15mL
30ml
60ml
125ml
2060810
BOTTLES DROPPING, POLYETHYLENE, TK PATTERN 12478
2060840
Narrow Mouth Polyethylene Bottles for dispensing small uniform drops of the liquid contained, when squeezed gently.
60ml
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
125ml
BOTTLE, WASHING, GLASS 12481
2061200
Gas Washing, Dreschel's type with ground fittings having interchangeable joint head B-24, made of Borosilicate glass. With inlet and outlet
tubes.
125ml
250ml
500ml
BOTTLES, WASHING, GLASS 12484
Spherical shaped glass bottles with interchangeable ground joint.
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2061230
BOTTLES, GLASS JAR 12487
Glass, screw neck with Bakelite Cap.
180ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
1500ml
2061110
BOTTLES, BIJOU 12490
Media vaccine, soda glass, round shape, narrow mouth with aluminium screw cap having rubber liner.
7ml
14ml
2061080
BOTTLES, GLASS, MCCARTNEY 12493
Media vaccine, soda glass, narrow mouth with aluminium screw cap having rubber liner. Capacity 28mL
2061140
BOTTLES, GLASS, TISSUE 12496
Culture, Flat on one side with aluminium screw cap having rubber liner. Capacity 110mL.
2061170
BOTTLES, WASH, POLYETHYLENE 12499
2061260
Resilient, narrow mouth bottle of low density Polyethylene, acid and alkali proof. These Bottles are easy to squeeze and have screw cap with
bent delivery tube. Liquid is expelled out through the flexible delivery tube by squeezing the bottle and can be directed wherever required.
125ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
BOTTLES, WASH, SINGLE PIECE, POLYETHYLENE 12502
2061320
Resilient, translucent and unbreakable wide mouth bottle of low density Polyethylene, single piece blowing. These bottles have built-in
delivery tube blown outside the bottle, ensuring no contamination of impurities from the bench while filling. Entire contents can be dispensed
without tipping or shaking, stream of liquid jet controlled by the amount of pressure. Graduated on the outside to give an approximation of
volume of liquid to be filled or dispensed. Comes with leak proof screw-cap with inner plug. Acid and alkali proof.
125ml
250ml
500ml
BOTTLES, WASH, WIDE MOUTH, POLYETHYLENE 12505
2061290
Wide mouth bottles of low density polyethylene enabling easy filling and cleaning. Features a top closing leak proof screw type cap with
dispensing stem moulded in one piece. Available in 500mL capacity.
BOTTLES, WEIGHING 12508
With leak-proof ground stopper. Available in sizes and capacities.
OD ×H (mm) : 40×30, Capacity (mL) : 20
OD ×H (mm) : 50×25 , Capacity (mL) : 20
OD ×H (mm) : 50×35 , Capacity (mL) : 35
OD ×H (mm) : 50×50 , Capacity (mL) : 50
2061350
BOTTLE, WOULF'S 12511
Made of soda glass, with 2 necks.
250ml
500ml
2061380
BOTTLE, WOULF'S, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12514
Made of Borosilicate glass, with 2 necks.
125ml
2061410
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
250ml
500ml
BOTTLE, WOULF'S, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12517
Made of Borosilicate glass, with 3 necks.
125ml
250ml
500ml
2061440
LIQUID ATOMIZER SPRAY BOTTLES 12520
2061470
Useful for spraying liquids, wherever needed, such as for spraying insecticides on plants or special treatment chemicals on the desired
surfaces. It sprays thin uniform layer of liquids through the process of atomization. Specially designed non-slip grip for convenient handling.
Level of liquid easily visible in the bottle.
BRUSHES, BOTTLE 12526
Nylon bristles head on wire handle.
Head (Diameter × Length) : 65×45mm, Overall length : 300mm , For Bottle size : 125mL
Head (Diameter × Length) : 75×50mm, Overall length : 350mm, For Bottle size : 250mL
Head (Diameter × Length) : 100×65mm, Overall length : 400mm, For Bottle size : 500mL
Head (Diameter × Length) : 150×75mm, Overall length : 750mm, For Bottle size : 1000mL
2061530
BRUSHES, BURETTE 12529
Bristle head on wire handle.
Head Diameter : 13mm , Overall length : 500mm, For Burette size : 10mL
Head Diameter : 16mm , Overall length : 600mm, For Burette size : 25mL
Head Diameter : 19mm , Overall length : 750mm, For Burette size : 50mL
Head Diameter : 25mm , Overall length : 900mm, For Burette size : 100mL
2061560
BRUSHES, CYLINDER 12532
Nylon head with fan shaped end, on strong galvanized wire handle.
Head (Diameter × Length) 120×65mm, Overall Length : 600mm
Head (Diameter × Length) 140×75mm, Overall Length : 600mm
2061590
BRUSHES BEAKER 12535
Nylon bristles head, 150mm long × 70mm diameter, on hardwood handle. Overall length about 400mm.
2061500
BRUSHES PENCIL FORM 12538
18mm long head of soft camel hair bristles in metal mount on wood handle.
2061710
BRUSHES, FLASK 12541
2061620
Nylon bristles head, curved, about 100mm long and 50mm diameter with hinged center joint, with wooden handle, overall length about
380mm
BRUSHES, TEST TUBE 12544
Nylon bristles on flexible galvanized wire. Head size 65×40mm, Overall length about 230mm
2061650/1
BRUSHES, TEST TUBE 12547
2061650/2
Tapered bristles with tip having cotton mop, for tubes 19 to 25mm bore. Overall length about 230mm on flexible galvanized wire handle.
BRUSHES, TEST TUBE 12553
Bristles, for shaped end on flexible galvanized wire. Head size 50×60mm. Overall length about 230mm.
2061650/3
BRUSHES, TEST TUBE 12550
Nylon, Head size 50×19mm on flexible galvanized wire, overall length about 230mm.
2061650/4
BRUSHES, TEST TUBE 12556
Micro bristles, with cotton end, Head size 38×10mm, on flexible galvanized wire, overall length about 190mm.
2061650/5
BRUSHES, TUBE 12559
Nylon brush in the center along the length of a galvanized wire handle.
Head (Length × diameter) 70×3mm, Overall length : 400mm
Head (Length × diameter) 70×6mm, Overall length : 600mm
Head (Length × diameter) 70×12mm, Overall length : 600mm
2061680
BRUSHES, DUSTING 12562
Flat form, 25mm wide head of hair bristles in metal mount on wood handle.
2061740
BURETTES MOHR’S CLIP 12568
2061770
Burettes, Mohr's, Economical: Made of neutral glass, with glass jet and rubber tubing, for use with Mohr's clip type pinch-cock. Student's
quality. Made of clear glass. Each burette individually calibrated for maximum accuracy.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
25×0.1mL
50×0.1mL
100×0.2mL
BURETTES GLASS STOPCOCK 12571
2061800
Burettes, with Glass Stopcock: Made of neutral glass, with straight bore, leak-proof, glass stop-cock. Student's quality. Made of clear glass.
Each burette individually calibrated for maximum accuracy.
25×0.1mL
50×0.1mL
100×0.2mL
BURETTES GLASS STOPCOCK 12574
2061830
Burettes, with Glass Stopcock, Precision : Class B. Made of Borosilicate glass, straight bore, leak-proof, glass stop-cock. Accurately calibrated,
conforms to BS846. Permanent graduations. Made of clear glass. Each burette individually calibrated for maximum accuracy.
25×0.1mL
50×0.1mL
100×0.2mL
BURETTES ROTAFLOW STOPCOCK 12577
2061860
Burettes, with Rotaflow Stopcock : Class B. Made of Borosilicate glass, with single bore, leak proof Rotaflow stop-cock. Accurately calibrated,
conforms to BS846. Permanent graduations. Made of clear glass. Each burette individually calibrated for maximum accuracy.
25×0.1mL
50×0.1mL
100×0.2mL
BURETTES PTFE STOPCOCK 12580
2061890
Burettes, with Straight Bore PTFE Key : Class B. Made of Borosilicate glass, with single bore, leak-proof, self lubricating PTFE key. Accurately
calibrated, conforms to BS846. Permanent graduations.
Made of clear glass. Each burette individually calibrated for maximum accuracy.
25×0.1mL
50×0.1mL
100×0.2mL
BURETTES WITH DETACHABLE STOP COCK 12583
2061950
Class B. Made of Borosilicate glass, with single bore, leak-proof, self lubricating PTFE key. The detachable, interchangeable chemical resistant
stop-cock has plastic screw connectors at either end for secured positive locking to the burette tube or dispensing jet and provides excellent
flow control. Accurately calibrated, conforms to BS846. Permanent graduations.
25×0.1mL
50×0.1mL
100×0.2mL
BURETTE, PLASTIC, WITH INTER CHANGEABLE STOPPER 12586
2061980
Transparent acrylic body with a leak-proof stop-cock having self lubricating PTFE plug. Each burette individually calibrated for maximum
accuracy. Material PMMA / TPX.
25mL
50ml
100ml
BURETTES, AUTOMATIC, CLASS-B 12589
Made of Borosilicate glass, with internal filling tube and automatic zero. Fitted with leakproof PTFE stopcock.
Capacity : 10mL, Graduation : 0.1, Tolerance (mL) : ±0.1
Capacity : 25mL, Graduation : 0.1, Tolerance (mL) : ±0.1
Capacity : 50mL, Graduation : 0.1, Tolerance (mL) : ±0.1
2061920
STOP-COCKS, BURETTE 12592
2062010
Stop-cocks for use with burettes to accurately control the efflux of chemicals from the burette. Has a jet blown from borosilicate glass at its
one end.
with Rotaflow type stop-cock
STOP-COCKS, BURETTE 12595
2062010/2
With PTFE key type stop-cock – has threaded sleeve at either end with glass jet at one end and for attaching to the burette at other end. Stopcocks for use with burettes to accurately control the efflux of chemicals from the burette. It has a jet blown from borosilicate glass at its one
end.
BUNSEN BURNER 12616
2062040/1
Bunsen burner, with heavier, sturdy sheet metal base. Plated burner tube of brass of approximate size 100×12mm (height × diameter), with
rotatable air regulator and a cylindrical riffled connector, mounted on a painted metal base of diameter about 70mm. Overall height 145mm.
Suitable for NG and LPG.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
BUNSEN BURNER, WITH HEAVIER CAST BASE 12619
2062040/3
Bunsen Burner, with heavier cast metal base and stop-cock on the riffled connector for inlet gas control. Plated burner tube of brass of
approximate size 100×12mm (height × diameter), with rotatable air regulator and a cylindrical riffled connector, mounted on a painted metal
base.
BUNSEN BURNER, WITH HEAVIER CAST BASE 12622
Same as per Cat. No. 12619 but without stop-cock on the riffled connector.
2062040/3
BURNER, BUNSEN, WITH CUT BASE 12625
2062070/2
Burner, Bunsen, with cut base. For artificial gas and LPG. Has air regulator and slot shaped orifice. Nickel plated brass mixing tube is mounted
on metal base with a cut-away. Specially designed top for flame stabilization providing improved efficiency in the performance.
FLAME SPREADER 12628
2062250
Plated brass, wing shaped top of width 50mm, slips over burner tube of Bunsen burners to give a wide flat flame of uniform temperature.
Suitable for glass working, paint stripping etc.
BURNER, MICRO 12631
2062130
Plated burner tube of brass with an adjustable air regulator on enamelled pressed-steel base, with a tapered riffled gas inlet. Burner tube
60×10mm (height × diameter), base 80mm diameter, overall height 95mm, inlet tube 10mm mean OD. Designed specially for use with LPG.
BURNER MEKER, WITHOUT STOPCOCK 12634
2062160/1
For high temperature work. Plated burner tube of brass fitted with perforated steel head at the top to give a high and evenly distributed flame
temperature in the form of multiple small flames of high temperature and rotatable air regulator around the jet. Stove enamelled painted
heavy cast metal base incorporating a riffled gas inlet. Useful for LPG.
BURNER MEKER, WITH STOPCOCK 12637
2062160/2
Burner Meker, with stopcock on the riffled connector for inlet gas control. For high temperature work. Plated burner tube of brass fitted with
perforated steel head at the top to give a high and evenly distributed flame temperature in the form of multiple small flames of high
temperature and rotatable air regulator around the jet. Stove enamelled painted heavy cast metal base incorporating a riffled gas inlet. Useful
for LPG.
BURNER, TECLU 12640
2062190/1
Burner giving a very high temperature flame, suitable for glasswork and soldering. Chrome plated brass tube of 16mm diameter that
incorporates a unique spring-operated gas safety lock with adjustable air regulator having threaded disc valve for adjustment of the air / gas
mixture. Overall height 150mm, with heavy, stable cast metal base. Designed for use with natural gas. One spare gas nipple is provided for use
with LPG gas.
CHARCOAL BLOCK 12649
2062280
Made from fine quality compressed charcoal. Size 25mm square section and 100mm long. Supplied in pack of 10 pieces.
CHARCOAL BORER 12652
Steel, Mounted hardwood handle, 1cm diameter
2062310
CLAY PIPE TRIANGLE 12655
Clay pipe on thick iron wire.
50mm
60mm
75mm
2062340
CLIPS, MOHR'S, IRON, ECONOMICAL 12658
Mohr's pinchcock, nickel-plated, made of thick iron wire, finger grips of bent wire.
2062370
CLIPS, MOHR'S, IRON, DELUXE 12661
2062400
Mohr's pinchcock, nickel-plated, made of thicker iron wire, circular finger grips with rounded edges for opening / closing the clip.
CLIPS, MOHR'S, BRASS 12664
Similar to Cat No. 12661, but made of thick brass wire, nickel-plated, flat jaws for compressing flexible tubing.
2062430
CLIPS HOFFMAN'S - NICKEL PLATED STEEL 12667
2062460
H-shaped clamp having threaded screw at one end and removable hinged metal strip at the other end for convenient mounting on the tubings
without accessing their ends. The threaded screw has a metal strip attached to its bottom for uniform compression of the tubing and to
prevent any damage to the tubing by the screw end.
CLIPS HOFFMAN'S - NICKEL PLATED BRASS 12670
2062460/2
H-shaped clamp having threaded screw at one end and removable hinged metal strip at the other end for convenient mounting on the tubings
without accessing their ends. The threaded screw has a metal strip attached to its bottom for uniform compression of the tubing and to
prevent any damage to the tubing by the screw end.
CLIPS HOFFMAN'S, WITH SIDE OPENING 12673
www.aldeline.com
2062490
sales@aldeline.com
Similar to Cat No. 12667, but with removable hinged metal strip forming one side arm of H-shape for convenient mounting on the tubings
without accessing their ends. Superior quality clamp with thicker and durable metal strips providing long-lasting trouble free performance.
COBALT GLASS 12676
For potassium dry reaction.
5×2.5cm
7.5×2.5cm
7.5×5cm
2062520
CONDENSER, AIR 12691
Borosilicate glass, Plain tube about 12mm outside diameter, with funnel top.
57cm
67cm
80cm
90cm
2062550
CONDENSERS, LIEBIG'S, SIMPLE 12694
Borosilicate glass, Inner straight tube integral with body, narrow jacket for efficient cooling.
Length of Jacket : 30cm, Total Length : 48cm
Length of Jacket : 40cm, Total Length : 59cm
Length of Jacket : 50cm, Total Length : 71cm
2062580
CONDENSERS, LIEBIG'S, JOINTED 12697
Borosilicate glass with cone and socket at the end.
Length : 16.5cm, Socket : 14/23, Cone :14/23
Length : 20cm, Socket : 19/26, Cone : 19/26
Length : 20cm, Socket : 24/29, Cone : 24/29
Length : 35cm, Socket : 19/26, Cone : 19/26
2062610
CONDENSERS, ALLIHN'S 12700
2062640
Borosilicate glass. An inexpensive condenser, giving greater surface area than corresponding Liebig's type due to the bulb sections, thus giving
more effective cooling.
Length of Jacket : 30cm, Total Length : 48cm
Length of Jacket : 40cm, Total Length : 59cm
Length of Jacket : 50cm, Total Length : 71cm
CONDENSERS, GRAHAM’S 12703
2062670
Borosilicate glass. Designed for high degree of coolant turbulence and permits the use of thin wall tubing without sacrificing strength. This
spiral or worm type condenser offers most effective cooling.
Length of Jacket : 30cm, Total Length : 48cm
Length of Jacket : 40cm, Total Length : 59cm
Length of Jacket : 50cm, Total Length : 71cm
PRESSURE COOKER 12709
2062700
Large domestic type pressure cooker made of light weight , polished aluminium alloy with safety valve. Reinforced heat resistant handles, with
emergency safety valve, which releases the steam in case of any blockage in the main valve blocked. Capacity about 5L. Inner dimensions are
150×210mm (height × diameter) approx. Available in other sizes and capacities on specific request.
CRUCIBLES, PORCELAIN, SQUAT FORM 12712
Porcelain, Squat type, glazed inside and outside completes with lid having ringed handle.
10ml
15ml
18ml
25ml
50ml
80ml
100ml
150ml
200ml
250ml
2062730
CRUCIBLES, PORCELAIN, TALL FORM 12715
Porcelain, Tall form, glazed inside and outside, complete with lid having ringed handle.
10ml
20ml
25ml
30ml
35ml
50ml
100ml
2062760
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
CRUCIBLES, SILICA 12718
Low form, glazed inside and outside, translucent, with lid.
15ml
25ml
50ml
80ml
150ml
2062790
CRUCIBLES, SILICA 12721
Tall form, glazed inside and outside, translucent, with lid. Capacity available 30ml.
2062790
CRUCIBLES, NICKEL 12724
Tall form, polished. 99% pure.
15mL, with lid
25mL, with lid
50mL, with lid
15mL, without lid
25mL, without lid
50mL, without lid
2062880
MICRO CRUCIBLES, PORCELAIN 12727
Porcelain, small size, glazed inside and outside, complete with lid.
1ml
3ml
5ml
6ml
8ml
2062820
MICRO CRUCIBLES, SILICA 12730
MIC Silica, small size, glazed inside and outside, complete with lid.
1ml
3ml
5ml
6ml
8ml
2062830
CRUCIBLES, GOOCH, PORCELAIN 12733
Porcelain glazed outside and without lid.
15ml
20ml
25ml
30ml
50ml
100ml
2062850
CRUCIBLE, STAINLESS STEEL 12736
Tall form, with lid, well polished, diameter 40mm, and height 40mm.
2062910
CYLINDERS, MEASURING, GRADUATED 12757
Soda glass, graduated with spout.
25×0.5mL
50×1.0mL
100×1.0mL
250×2.0mL
500×5.0mL
1000×10.0mL
2062940
CYLINDERS, MEASURING, GRADUATED, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12760
Borosilicate glass, with spout and glass foot.
10×0.2mL
25×0.5mL
50×1.0mL
100×1.0mL
250×2.0mL
500×5.0mL
1000×10.0mL
2000×20.0mL
2063000
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
CYLINDERS, MEASURING, GRADUATED BOROSILICATE GLASS 12763
Borosilicate glass, with spout and detachable plastic foot.
10×0.2mL
25×0.5mL
50×1.0mL
100×1.0mL
250×2.0mL
500×5.0mL
1000×10.0mL
2000×20.0mL
2062970
CYLINDERS, MEASURING, GRADUATED, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12766
2063090
Similar to Cat No. 12760, but having integral heavier, more stable hexagonal base. Borosilicate glass with thicker wall providing high
mechanical strength, with spout. These cylinder are of squat form i.e., with more inner diameters and smaller heights.
10×0.2mL
25×0.5mL
50×1.0mL
100×1.0mL
250×2.0mL
500×5.0mL
1000×10.0mL
CYLINDERS, MEASURING, GRADUATED, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12769
Borosilicate glass, with spout and glass base. Complete with interchangeable glass or polypropylene stopper.
5×0.1mL
10×0.2mL
25×0.5mL
50×1.0mL
100×1.0mL
250×2.0mL
500×5.0mL
1000×10.0mL
2000×20.0mL
2063060
CYLINDERS, MEASURING, GRADUATED, POLYPROPYLENE 12772
2063120
Moulded in polypropylene, single piece autoclavable cylinders with raised prominent graduation for easy reading and have excellent contact
clarity.
10×0.2mL
25×0.5mL
50×1.0mL
100×1.0mL
250×2.0mL
500×5.0mL
1000×10.0mL
2000×20.0mL
CYLINDERS, MEASURING, GRADUATED, HEXAGONAL 12775
2063150
Moulded in polypropylene. These cylinders have hexagonal base providing excellent stability, along with the tapered spout facilitating
convenient pouring out of reagents.
10×0.2ml
25×0.5ml
50×1.0ml
100×1.0ml
250×2.0ml
500×5.0ml
1000×10.0ml
CYLINDERS, MEASURING, GRADUATED, TPX 12781
2063180
Moulded in TPX, single piece, glass like transparent cylinders with raised prominent graduation for easy reading and have excellent contact
clarity.
10×0.2mL
25×0.5mL
50×1.0mL
100×1.0mL
250×2.0mL
500×5.0mL
1000×10.0mL
DEFLAGRATING SPOON WITH DISC AND CAP 12784
www.aldeline.com
2063240
sales@aldeline.com
Brass cup mounted at the end of steel wire, shaped to prevent contact with the container, with an adjustable aluminium disc held into position
by a holed rubber stopper to keep it at the desired height from the brass cup. Overall length about 35cm, diameter of disc 90mm & cup
diameter 18mm.
DESICCATOR, GLASS 12790
Made of soda glass, heavy, with knobbed cover, accurately ground top and rim.
15cm
20cm
25cm
2063330
DESICCATOR, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12793
Borosilicate glass, with knob cover, accurately ground top and rim.
11cm
16cm
20cm
25cm
2063360
DESICCATOR PLATES, PORCELAIN 12799
Circular perforated plates of porcelain with round holes for use with the Desiccators.
95mm
115mm
140mm
165mm
190mm
230mm
290mm
2063390
DESICCATORS, PLAIN, PLASTIC 12802
2063420
Physically similar to Cat. No. 12805, but without stop-cock. Moulded, crystal clear, top made of polycarbonate and bottom made out of
chemical resistant polypropylene. Grease is required on the flanges to make the desiccator airtight. Supplied with thick perforated
polypropylene plate with a big hole at the center for easy lifting and small holes providing air troughs and support to the dishes.
Size :150mm, Flange (OD) : 171mm, ID : 150mm
Size : 200mm, Flange (OD) : 232mm, ID : 199mm
Size : 250mm, Flange (OD) : 276mm, ID : 240mm
Size : 300mm, Flange (OD) : 340mm, ID : 300mm
DESICCATOR, VACUUM, PLASTIC 12805
2063450
Strong, easy to handle, lightweight desiccator with lower container made of polypropylene and upper transparent dome of rigid polycarbonate
giving a crystal clear view of the desiccant placed inside. This autoclavable desiccator can hold vacuum up to 740mm of Hg for 24 hours
without any greasing. Dome provided with a knurled knob at the top for easy handling and polypropylene stop-cock with self lubricating PTFE
plug. This stopcock works three ways – for vacuum creation, shutting off and vacuum release. Lower container has internal groove on the
flange to take a silicon rubber O-ring. Supplied with thick perforated polypropylene plate with a big hole at the center for easy lifting and small
holes providing air troughs and support to the dishes. Also allows use of incandescent crucibles with porcelain desiccator plates. A convenient
neatly fitted removable pan holds calcium chloride or other drying agents without any risk of corrosion.
Size : 150mm, Flange (OD) : 171mm, ID : 150mm
Size : 200mm, Flange (OD) : 232mm, ID : 199mm
Size : 250mm, Flange (OD) : 276mm, ID : 240mm
Size : 300mm, Flange (OD) : 340mm, ID : 300mm
DEWAR VESSEL (450mL) 12808
2063480
For holding substances at low temperature for longer duration. Also useful in facilitating field work specimens to be brought to the laboratory
without temperature change. Comprises cylindrical shape vacuum flask, silvered, double-walled glass vessel on a base.
DILATOMETER 12811
Made of Borosilicate glass. A bulb of capacity 25ml connected to a capillary stem and a funnel with a stopcock.
2063510
FILTER PUMP 12814
Total length 240mm outer diameter of upper tube 18mm and lower tube 10mm outer diameter of side tube 8mm.
2063810
DISHES, PETRI, ECONOMICAL 12817
Soda glass, with Dania melted edges. Routine quality.
5cm
7.5cm
9cm
10cm
12.5cm
15cm
2063540
DISHES, PETRI, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12820
2063570
Borosilicate glass, clear dishes. Can withstand wet or dry repeated sterilization. The edges are beaded to provide greater mechanical strength.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
OD × height) (50×17mm
OD × height) (80×17mm
OD × height) (100×17mm
OD × height) (150×20mm
OD × height) (200×20mm
DISHES, PETRI, POLYPROPYLENE 12823
Polypropylene, translucent, reusable, unbreakable, and can be steam autoclaved repeatedly.
50mm
75mm
100mm
125mm
150mm
2063600
DISHES, PETRI, TPX 12826
TPX, Transparent, Crystal Clear. Ridges prevent base from sticking, can be steam autoclaved repeatedly.
50mm
75mm
100mm
125mm
2063630
DISHES, PETRI, DISPOSABLE 12829
2063660
These transparent, ready to use, disposable, Petri dishes are made of optically clear, non-toxic, polystyrene. Individually packed in polythene
bags and radiation sterilized. Diameter 9cm, made of polypropylene. Transparent, sterilized by radiation, packed in polybag.
35mm
60mm
90mm
FILTER PAPER, STUDENT'S 12835
Student's quality. For general purpose qualitative work in Schools. Supplied in pack of 100 circles.
90mm
115mm
125mm
150mm
180mm
210mm
2063690
FILTER PAPER, SUPERIOR 12838
2063720
Equivalent to WHATMAN No.1. A widely used, filter paper for qualitative use. Filter speed: Medium fast; Retention: Medium. Neutral in nature
with good wet strength; non-toxic; low ash contents, smooth, lint-free, uniform surface. Pack of 100 circles.
90mm
115mm
125mm
150mm
180mm
210mm
240mm
FILTER PAPER, 'WHATMAN' No. 1 GRADE 12841
2063750
A good quality paper for general purpose use. Possesses medium retention and medium / fast flow rate. Suitable for qualitative work for
filtering less fine precipitates and in quantitative work where ash weight and composition are not of significance. Supplied in pack of 100
circles.
90mm
115mm
125mm
150mm
180mm
210mm
240mm
FILTER PAPER SHEETS 12844
2063780
Big sheets of filter paper with quality similar to cat. No. 12838, available in square or rectangular shapes. Supplied in pack of 500 sheets.
45×45cm, Square
46x56cm, Rectangular
FLASKS, BOILING, ROUND BOTTOM, SHORT NECK 12880
Made of soda glass. Round bottom, short neck, vial mouth.
100ml
150ml
250ml
www.aldeline.com
2063840
sales@aldeline.com
500ml
1000ml
FLASKS, BOILING, ROUND BOTTOM, LONG NECK 12883
Made of soda glass. Round bottom, long neck, vial mouth.
100ml
150ml
250ml
500ml
2063870
FLASKS, BOILING, ROUND BOTTOM, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12886
Round bottom short necked flask, of Borosilicate glass.
25ml
50ml
100ml
150ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2000ml
2063900
FLASKS, BOILING, ROUND BOTTOM, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12889
Round bottom, short neck, made of Borosilicate glass, with interchangeable joint.
Capacity : 50mL, Interchangeable Joint : 19/26, Height : 95mm
Capacity : 100mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29, Height : 120mm
Capacity : 250mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29, Height : 140mm
Capacity : 500mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29, Height : 160mm
Capacity : 1000mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29, Height : 188mm
Capacity : 2000mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29, Height : 228mm
2063930
FLASKS, BOILING, FLAT BOTTOM 12895
Made of soda glass. Flat bottom, long neck, vial mouth.
100ml
150ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2063960
FLASKS, BOILING, FLAT BOTTOM, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12898
Florence, flat bottom, made of Borosilicate glass.
25ml
50ml
100ml
150ml
250ml
300ml
500ml
1000ml
2000ml
3000ml
5000ml
2063990
FLASKS, BOILING, FLAT BOTTOM, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12901
Flat Bottom, short neck, made of Borosilicate glass, with interchangeable joint.
Capacity : 50mL, Interchangeable Joint : 19/26, Height : 95mm
Capacity : 100mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29, Height : 120mm
Capacity : 250mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29, Height : 140mm
Capacity : 500mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29, Height : 160mm
Capacity : 1000mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29, Height : 188mm
Capacity : 2000mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29, Height : 228mm
2064020
FLASKS, DISTILLING 12907
Round bottom, with side arm, Borosilicate glass.
100ml
150ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2000ml
2064050
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
FLASKS, ERLENMEYER, NARROW MOUTH 12910
Narrow mouth conical flask of soda glass.
50mL (Without Graduation)
100mL (Without Graduation)
150mL (Without Graduation)
250mL (Without Graduation)
500mL (Without Graduation)
1000mL (Without Graduation)
2064080
FLASKS, ERLENMEYER, NARROW MOUTH 12913
Narrow mouth conical flask of soda glass. With Approximate Graduations
50mL
100mL
150mL
250mL
500mL
1000mL
2064110
FLASKS, ERLENMEYER, NARROW MOUTH, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12916
Conical flask, narrow mouth, Borosilicate glass duly graduated.
10ml
25ml
50ml
100ml
150ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2000ml
2064140
FLASK ERLENMEYER, NARROW MOUTH BOROSILICATE GLASS 12919
Erlenmeyer, narrow mouth, made of Borosilicate glass with interchangeable joint.
Capacity : 25mL, Interchangeable Joints : 14/15
Capacity : 50mL, Interchangeable Joints : 19/20
Capacity : 100mL, Interchangeable Joints : 24/25
Capacity : 250mL, Interchangeable Joints : 29/25
Capacity : 500mL, Interchangeable Joints : 29/25
Capacity : 100mL, Interchangeable Joints : 29/25
2064170
FLASKS, ERLENMEYER, WIDE MOUTH, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12922
Conical flask, wide mouth, Borosilicate glass duly graduated.
10ml
25ml
50ml
100ml
150ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2000ml
2064200
FLASKS, CONICAL, POLYPROPYLENE 12925
2064230
Conical shaped polypropylene flasks are rigid, translucent and autoclavable. The screw cap keeps the contents of the flask free from
contaminations as well as leak-proof. Before autoclaving, threads should be disengaged.
100ml
250ml
500ml
FLASKS, FILTERING, STUDENT'S 12928
Conical flask of soda glass, with integral side arm.
100ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2064260
FLASKS FILTERING, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12931
Conical flask of Borosilicate glass, with integral side arm.
50ml
100ml
250ml
2064290
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
500ml
1000ml
2000ml
FLASKS, IODINE 12937
2064320
These flasks are blown specially for iodine value determination. The stopper handles projects above liquid seal trough to facilitate its removal,
with interchangeable stopper.
Capacity : 100mL, Interchangeable Joints : 24/29
Capacity : 250mL, Interchangeable Joints : 24/29
Capacity : 500mL, Interchangeable Joints : 24/29
FLASKS, KJELDAHL'S 12940
2064350
Long neck, round bottom, Borosilicate glass. These flasks specially styled for nitrogen determination as per Kjeldahl's method and are provided
with tooled necks for extra strength and stopper fit.
100ml
300ml
500ml
800ml
FLASKS, KJELDAHL'S WITH INTERCHANGEABLE JOINT 12943
Similar to Cat. No. 12940 but with interchangeable joint.
Capacity : 300mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29
Capacity : 500mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29
Capacity : 800mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/29
2064380
FLASKS, VOLUMETRIC, UNSTOPPERED 12964
2064400
Permanent inscriptions featuring a single broad band extending about half way around the flask neck. When viewed against a light
background, this band is reflected on meniscus giving a clearly defined liquid level for greater accuracy. Accuracy as per Class- B, DIN. Made of
Borosilicate glass.
25ml
50ml
100ml
200ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2000ml
FLASKS, VOLUMETRIC, WITH PLASTIC STOPPER 12967
With interchangeable plastic stopper. Accuracy as per Class-B, DIN. Made of Borosilicate glass.
Capacity : 25mL , Interchangeable Joint : 10/15
Capacity : 50mL, Interchangeable Joint : 10/15
Capacity : 100mL, Interchangeable Joint : 14/15
Capacity : 200mL, Interchangeable Joint : 14/15
Capacity : 250mL, Interchangeable Joint : 14/15
Capacity : 500mL, Interchangeable Joint : 19/20
Capacity : 1000mL, Interchangeable Joint : 19/20
Capacity : 2000mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/25
2064440
FLASKS, VOLUMETRIC, WITH GLASS STOPPER 12970
Similar to Cat No. 12967, but with interchangeable glass stoppers.
Capacity : 5mL, Interchangeable Joints : 10/15
Capacity : 10mL, Interchangeable Joints : 10/15
Capacity : 25mL , Interchangeable Joint : 10/15
Capacity : 50mL, Interchangeable Joint : 10/15
Capacity : 100mL, Interchangeable Joint : 14/15
Capacity : 200mL, Interchangeable Joint : 14/15
Capacity : 250mL, Interchangeable Joint : 14/15
Capacity : 500mL, Interchangeable Joint : 19/20
Capacity : 1000mL, Interchangeable Joint : 19/20
Capacity : 2000mL, Interchangeable Joint : 24/25
2064410
FLASKS, VOLUMETRIC, POLYPROPYLENE 12973
2064470
Translucent, Polypropylene flasks are strong, unbreakable and offer good contact clarity. The flasks are individually calibrated and have leak
proof threaded caps. Can be autoclaved and have good chemical resistance.
50ml
100ml
250ml
FUNNELS, LONG STEM 12976
www.aldeline.com
2064500
sales@aldeline.com
Conical shape, soda glass, long stem.
50mm
62mm
75mm
100mm
125mm
150mm
FUNNELS, BOROSILICATE GLASS 12979
Plain, 60° conical shape, long stem, Borosilicate glass.
50mm
62mm
75mm
100mm
125mm
150mm
2064560
FUNNELS, LONG STEM, POLYPROPYLENE 12982
2064590
Long stem funnels of polypropylene have smooth walls, 60° cone angle and external ribs to prevent air lock. Can be stem autoclaved and is
resistant to acids / alkalis.
OD : 50mm, ID : 50mm, Stem Length : 39mm
OD : 62mm, ID : 61mm, Stem Length : 67mm
OD : 75mm, ID : 74mm, Stem Length : 69mm
OD : 100mm, ID : 93mm, Stem Length : 84mm
OD : 150mm, ID : 148mm, Stem Length : 55mm
FUNNELS, ANALYTICAL, POLYPROPYLENE 12985
2064620
Designed specifically for analytical chemistry. Similar to Cat No. 12982, but provided with both internal and external ribs to prevent air
blockage.
Diameter : 50mm, Stem Length : 50mm
Diameter : 62mm, Stem Length : 67mm
Diameter : 75mm, Stem Length : 77mm
Diameter : 100mm, Stem Length : 95mm
FUNNELS, POWDER 12988
Short stem, made of Borosilicate glass.
diameter : 125mm
diameter : 150mm
diameter : 200mm
diameter : 250mm
2064650
FUNNELS, DROPPING WITH GLASS STOPCOCK 13003
Plain, Borosilicate glass. Cylindrical, with interchangeable glass / plastic stopper.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
2064680
FUNNELS, DROPPING WITH GLASS STOPCOCK 13006
Graduated, Borosilicate glass. Cylindrical, with interchangeable glass / plastic stopper.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
2064680/1
FUNNELS, DROPPING WITH ROTAFLOW TYPE STOPCOCK 13009
Plain, Borosilicate glass. Cylindrical, with interchangeable glass / plastic stopper.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
2064710/1
FUNNELS, DROPPING WITH ROTAFLOW TYPE STOPCOCK 13012
Graduated, Borosilicate glass. Cylindrical, with interchangeable glass / plastic stopper.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
2064710/2
FUNNELS, DROPPING WITH PTFE TYPE STOPCOCK 13015
2064740/1
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Plain, Borosilicate glass. Cylindrical, with interchangeable glass / plastic stopper.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
FUNNELS, DROPPING WITH PTFE TYPE STOPCOCK 13018
Graduated, Borosilicate glass. Cylindrical, with interchangeable glass / plastic stopper.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
2064740/2
FUNNELS, BUCHNER, GLASS 13021
Sintered glass, with flat sintered glass plate.
Porosity : 1, Capacity (mL): 35, Plate Diameter (mm): 30
Porosity : 2, Capacity (mL): 35, Plate Diameter (mm): 30
Porosity : 3, Capacity (mL): 35, Plate Diameter (mm): 30
Porosity : 1, Capacity (mL): 80, Plate Diameter (mm): 40
Porosity : 2, Capacity (mL): 80, Plate Diameter (mm): 40
Porosity : 3, Capacity (mL): 80, Plate Diameter (mm): 40
Porosity : 4, Capacity (mL)) : 80, Plate Diameter (mm): 40
Porosity : 1, Capacity (mL): 125, Plate Diameter (mm): 65
Porosity : 2, Capacity (mL): 125, Plate Diameter (mm): 65
Porosity : 3, Capacity (mL): 125, Plate Diameter (mm): 65
Porosity : 4, Capacity (mL): 125, Plate Diameter (mm): 65
2064770
FUNNELS, BUCHNER, PORCELAIN 13024
Buchner, with straight sides above the fixed perforated plate. Glazed.
35mm
50mm
60mm
75mm
100mm
125mm
150mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
2064800
FUNNELS, BUCHNER, POLYPROPYLENE 13027
2064830
These two-piece funnels are light-weight, easy to clean and autoclavable. The upper portion can be snap-fitted with the lower one forming a
vacuum seal that does not require greasing. Base of upper portion has a perforated plate.
70mm
100mm
FUNNELS, HIRSCH 13030
Disc Diameter : 20mm, Capacity : 20mL
Sintered glass, with flat sintered glass plate. Size of the funnel and porosities available are:
A
B
C
D
E
G0
G1
G2
G3
G4
2064860
FUNNELS, HIRSCH 13033
Disc Diameter : 30mm, Capacity : 60ml
Sintered glass, with flat sintered glass plate. Size of the funnel and porosities available are:
A
B
C
D
E
G0
G1
G2
G3
G4
2064860/1
FUNNELS, HIRSCH 13036
Disc Diameter : 30mm, Capacity : 175mL
Sintered glass, with flat sintered glass plate. Size of the funnel and porosities available are:
A
B
C
D
E
G0
G1
G2
G3
G4
2064860/2
FUNNELS, HIRSCH, PORCELAIN 13039
Hirsch, with fixed perforated plate. Glazed.
30mm dia.
50mm
75mm
100mm
2064890
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
125mm
150mm
FUNNELS, SEPARATING, CONICAL, SQUIBB 13054
With Glass stopcock, borosilicate glass. With interchangeable ground glass / plastic stopper.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2064920
FUNNELS, SEPARATING, CONICAL, SQUIBB 13057
With Rotaflow stopcock, borosilicate glass. With interchangeable ground glass / plastic stopper.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2064950
FUNNELS, SEPARATING, CONICAL, SQUIBB 13060
With PTFE stopcock, borosilicate glass. With interchangeable ground glass / plastic stopper.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2064980
FUNNELS, SEPARATING, PEAR SHAPED 13063
With PTFE Stopcock, borosilicate glass. With interchangeable ground glass / plastic stopper.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2065010
FUNNELS, SEPARATING, PEAR SHAPED 13066
With rotaflow Stopcock, borosilicate glass. With interchangeable ground glass / plastic stopper.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2065040
FUNNELS, SEPARATING, PEAR SHAPED 13069
With glass Stopcock, borosilicate glass. With interchangeable ground glass / plastic stopper.
50ml
100ml
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2065070
FUNNELS, SEPARATING, CONICAL, POLYPROPYLENE 13072
2065100
Polypropylene separating funnel features excellent contact clarity and strength with inertness to acids / alkalis and is autoclavable. Comes with
a leak-proof threaded screw-cap. The polypropylene stop-cock is fitted with PTFE key, and is push fitted to the stem of the separating funnel
100ml
250ml
500ml
FUNNELS, THISTLE, SHORT 13075
Short stem, stout walled and drawn off to small diameter for filling burettes, barometer tubes, manometers etc
Neutral glass
Borosilicate glass
2065130
FUNNELS, THISTLE, LONG 13078
Stout walled, pitcher shaped funnel.
200mm (Neutral Glass)
250mm (Neutral Glass)
300mm (Neutral Glass)
200mm (Borosilicate Glass)
250mm (Borosilicate Glass)
2065160
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
300mm (Borosilicate Glass)
FUNNEL THISTLE SAFETY 13081
With bend and safety bulb, to prevent splashing back of pouring liquid, length of stem about 300mm
Neutral glass
Borosilicate glass
2065220
GAS JARS CYLINDERICAL 13084
For gas collection. Soda glass with ground flange, and heavy stable base. Supplied without lid.
height × diameter
150×50mm
200x50mm
250x50mm
300x50mm
200x75mm
250x75mm
300x75mm
150x100mm
200x100mm
250x100mm
2065250
GAS JARS LIDS 13087
Circular glass, ground on one side.
50mm
65mm
75mm
90mm
100mm
150mm
2065280
TEST PAPER, COBALT CHLORIDE 13108
Superior quality, Cobalt Chloride. Supplied in plastic case of 5 books each with 20 leaves. Total 100 leaves.
pH INDICATOR PAPER 13111
Standard quality pack. Total 100 leaves, each of size 63.5×10mm. Universal pH range from 1 to 10
2065310
2065340
pH INDICATOR PAPER 13114
2065340/2
Standard quality pack. Total 100 leaves, each of size 63.5×10mm. Supplied in cardboard box of 10 books each of 10 leaves.
pH INDICATOR PAPER STRIP, WITH DISPENSER 13117
2065370/1
Indicator paper supplied in plastic dispenser containing 5m of 8mm wide test strip. A colour chart is provided on the side of each dispenser.
pH 1 – 10 in steps of 1
Universal, with pH range 1 – 11
COMPARATOR INDICATOR PAPER 13120
2065400/1
Box of ten books of twenty leaves of size 65×10mm. Colour matching charts are printed on the cover of each book. Available in narrow specific
pH ranges:
Ph - Specific Range: pH 2.0 to 4.5
Ph - Specific Range: pH 3.5 to 6.0
Ph - Specific Range: pH 5.0 to 7.5
Ph - Specific Range: pH 6.5 to 9.0
Ph - Specific Range: pH 8.0 to 10.5
Ph - Wide Range: pH 2.0 to 10.5
Ph - Multi Range contains each above of 6 ranges.
Ph - Full Range: pH 1.0 to 14.0
INDICATOR PAPER, LITMUS, ECONOMICAL 13123
Good quality. Packed in cardboard case of 5 books each with 20 leaves. Total 100 leaves.
Red
Blue
2065430
INDICATOR PAPER, LITMUS, DELUXE 13126
2065460
Good quality. Supplied in small plastic case of 5 books each with 20 leaves of size 63.5×10mm wide approx. Total 100 leaves.
Red
Blue
LABEL BOOK 13132
2065520
For laboratory use, stickers pack of 130, self-adhesive. Size 55×30mm. With name of chemicals and reagents commonly used in laboratory.
CONICAL MEASURES, POLYPROPYLENE 13135
www.aldeline.com
2065550
sales@aldeline.com
Useful for rapid measurement in small quantities. Moulded in polypropylene, these autoclavable measures have hexagonal base for excellent
stability. Have good chemical resistance and raised graduation for easy reading.
12×1mL
25x1ml
50x2ml
125x5ml
200x5ml
MEASURING JUGS, SHORT FORM, POLYPROPYLENE 13138
2065580
Short form jugs moulded from Polypropylene, feature excellent contact clarity, are autoclavable and have non-drip spout. Raised prominent
graduations allows easy reading. Provided with excellent thumb grip on handle.
500ml
1000ml
2000ml
3000ml
5000ml
MEASURING JUGS, LONG FORM, POLYPROPYLENE 13141
2065590
Long form jugs, moulded in polypropylene, are clear, autoclavable and have good chemical resistance. Provided with handle for easy and
convenient handling and have raised graduation for easy reading.
250ml
500ml
1000ml
2000ml
MORTARS AND PESTLES, PORCELAIN 13165
Porcelain good quality, unglazed inside, glazed outside.
75mm
100mm
125mm
150mm
175mm
200mm
250mm
2065610
MORTAR & PESTLES, PORCELAIN, DELUXE 13168
Both parts made of porcelain, no wooden part even in handle. Extra Superior quality.
50mm
75mm
100mm
125mm
150mm
175mm
200mm
250mm
2065640
MORTARS AND PESTLES, GLASS 13171
Complete made of glass with lip and heavy base.
60mm
90mm
115mm
150mm
2065670
MORTARS AND PESTLES, AGATE 13174
With grinding surfaces highly polished.
40mm
50mm
65mm
2065700
PIPETTES VOLUMETRIC 13180
2065730
Class B. Made of neutral glass, bulb form, with one mark on upper stem indicating the volume, permanent graduation.
2ml
5ml
10ml
15ml
20ml
25ml
50ml
100ml
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
PIPETTES, CLASS-B, BOROSILICATE GLASS 13183
2065760
Made of Borosilicate glass, bulb form, with one mark on upper stem indicating the volume, permanent amber stained graduation. Colour
coded.
2ml
5ml
10ml
15ml
20ml
25ml
50ml
100ml
PIPETTES SEROLOGICAL 13186
Calibrated for delivery up to jet. Last drop expelled by blowing, permanent amber graduation. Colour coded.
0.1 × 0.01mL
0.2 × 0.01mL
0.5 × 0.05mL
1.0 × 0 .01mL
2.0 × 0.02mL
5.0 × 0.1mL
10.0 × 0.1mL
25.0 × 0.1mL
2065850
PIPETTES, GRADUATED, CLASS-B, TOP ZERO 13189
Made of Borosilicate glass, with permanent stained graduation. Colour coded. Zero at top.
1 × 0.01mL
2 × 0.02mL
5 × 0.05mL
10 × 0.10mL
25 × 0.20mL
2065790
PIPETTES, GRADUATED, CLASS-B, BOTTOM ZERO 13192
Made of Borosilicate glass, with permanent stained graduation. Colour coded. Zero at the bottom near jet.
1 × 0.01mL
2 × 0.02mL
5 × 0.05mL
10 × 0.10mL
25 × 0.20mL
2065820
PIPETTES, DISPOSABLE 13195
2065910
Disposable, Pasteur type, soft plastic, single piece blown from resistant polythene, without teat, supplied in pack of 250.
1ml
3ml
PIPETTES, DROPPING, SMALL 13198
Approximate capacity 1.7mL, Rubber teat of length 40mm, overall length about 110mm. supplied in pack of 10.
Narrow Mouth
Wide Mouth
2065940
PIPETTES, DROPPING, BIG 13201
2065970
Glass body of length about 125mm, supplied with soft rubber teat. Useful for dispensing liquid from test tubes. Supplied in pack of 5.
PIPETTE PUMP, PLASTIC 13204
2066000
A fast releasing pipetting device for precise pipetting and zip quick emptying. The knurled thumbwheel can be rotated to draw up or dispense
precise amount of liquids while the releaser may be pushed in for rapid emptying. The moulded plastic chuck has a silicon rubber collect inside
to hold various pipettes of standard sizes. Resistant to acids / alkalis. Useful for hazardous / corrosive chemicals. Easily disassemble for
cleaning and maintenance.
2ml
10ml
25ml
PIPETTE FILLER, BULB FORM, RUBBER 13207
2066030
Bulb type for pipetting noxious solutions, microbial suspensions and other harmful or unpleasant solutions. Comprises a soft rubber bulb and
three pinch valves controlling influx and efflux of pipette contents. Bulb diameter is 54mm.
RUBBER BULBS FOR PIPETTE 13210
Pear shaped, useful with filling pipettes etc, especially where corrosive or harmful chemicals are involved.
5ml
10ml
15ml
www.aldeline.com
2066090
sales@aldeline.com
25ml
50ml
100ml
BULBS, TEAT 13213
Rubber for use with dropper pipettes.
Small
Medium
Large
2066120
MICRO PIPETTE TIPS 13216
Moulded in polypropylene, specially designed for fixed & variable volume micro-pipettes.
0.2 - 10μL
2 - 20μL
200 - 1000μL
1000 - 5000μL
2066210
PIPETTE, MICROLITER, FIXED VOLUME 13219
2066150
A range of economic, accurate, fixed volume micropipettes. Designed for exceptional comfort in use and high precision. Fully autoclavable to
121° C.
2μL
5μL
10μL
20μL
25μL
50μL
100μL
200μL
250μL
300μL
400μL
500μL
1000μL
PIPETTE, MICROLITER, VARIABLE VOLUME 13222
2066180
A range of economic, accurate, variable volume with precise control micro-pipettes. These are continuously adjustable and are designed for
exceptional comfort and accuracy. Easy to read digital display remains visible during pipetting. the volume adjustment wheel is recessed to
prevent unintentional change, yet can be easily adjusted when required. Fully autoclavable to 121°C.
0.5 - 2μL
1 - 10μL
2 - 20μL
10 - 100μL
20 - 200μL
200 -1000μL
1000 - 5000μL
MICRO PIPETTE CONTROLLER 13225
An economic, accurate, complete with rechargeable battery, pipette adapter.
2066240
RETORT, STOPPERED, GLASS 13228
Made of Borosilicate glass, with stopper.
100ml
150ml
200ml
2066270
SIPHON, SELF PRIMING 13231
2066300
These siphons are self-priming. Container may be emptied inserting the open end of the tube in the liquid and pumping the bulb with stopcock
closed. As soon as the liquid enters the bulb, the flow is automatically regulated. No further pumping is needed and the stopcock may be used
to dispense whenever required.
pipe diameter:6mm
pipe diameter:12.5mm
SIPHON, WITH BELLOWS 13234
2066330
Polyethylene, strong bellows, fine leak proof stop cock to dispense liquid, avoids spillage and burning problem. Acid-alkali proof.
Medium
Large
SPATULA, WITH SPOON, STAINLESS STEEL 13249
2066360
One end flat and the other end spoon form. Apart from holding powdered solids, spoon end is ideal for crushing lumps, breaking cakes etc.,
while the flat rectangular end is useful for scraping chopping etc.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
125mm
150mm
180mm
210mm
SPATULA, FLAT, STAINLESS STEEL 13252
With flat blade on either end.
125mm
150mm
180mm
2066390
SPATULA, TRULLA, STAINLESS STEEL 13255
Spatula having recessed middle portion running along the complete length. Length about 175mm.
2066510
SPATULA, MICRO 13258
2066520
Stainless steel spatula with small spoon shape at one end and other end flat with central portion circular wire shaped.
100mm
120mm
150mm
190mm
SPATULA, CHATTAWAY, STAINLESS STEEL 13261
CHATTAWAY' pattern, one end flat and the other end bent up.
125mm
150mm
200mm
2066420
SPATULA, PALETTE KNIFE, STAINLESS STEEL 13264
PALETTE KNIFE', flat, flexible blade with parallel sides in handle.
blade length : 100mm
blade length : 150mm
blade length : 200mm
2066450
SPATULA, NUFFIELD, STAINLESS STEEL 13267
‘NUFFIELD' pattern, with a scoop at one end and a bent-up flat blade at the other. Sizes (length) about 140mm.
2066480
SPATULA, WITH SPOON, POLYPROPYLENE 13270
Moulded in polypropylene, consist of spoon at one end, while other end is flat construction with a knife edge.
length : 150mm
length : 200mm
2066540
SPIRIT LAMP, BULB SHAPED, GLASS 13285
With metal wick holder screw-on type and glass top cover, superior quality
60ml
125ml
2066570
SPIRIT LAMP 13288
Sheet die pressed, with woven wick in metal holder, screw on cap. Capacity 100mL.
Aluminium
Brass
Stainless Steel
2066630/1
SPIRIT LAMP, POLYHEDRAL SHAPED, GLASS 13291
2066600
Polyhedral, heavy duty allows the position of flame at just the right angle for each task, complete with cap and one wick.
ALCOHOL BURNER, STAINLESS STEEL 13294
2066660
With Knurled wheel to raise the wick and cap to extinguish the flame. But the capacity 60mL and made of stainless steel Dimension 65×70mm
diameter.
ALCOHOL BURNER, ALUMINIUM 13297
2066690
Self contained and fully portable, providing a convenient source of heat where a mains gas supply is not available. The burner head is of the
mecker type for optimum efficiency. Made of spun aluminum. The reservoir has a low center of gravity to ensure stability and prevent tippingoff. With wick, cork washer, wick holder with threaded cap, adjusting tube, and conical flame extinguishing cap. For use with denatured ethyl
alcohol only. Capacity 175mL.
ALCOHOL BURNER, BRASS 13300
Similar to Cat No. 13297, but completely made of brass.
2066780
SPOTTING PLATES 13303
Made of porcelain, glazed.
2066840
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
6 Depressions
12 Depressions
STOPPER, CORK, BARK 13309
Size No. : 000, Top (mm) : 6, Bottom (mm) : 4, Length (mm) : 13
Size No. : 00, Top (mm) : 8, Bottom (mm) : 5, Length (mm) : 13
Size No. : 1, Top (mm) : 11, Bottom (mm) : 8, Length (mm) : 16
Size No. : 2, Top (mm) 13, Bottom (mm) :9, Length (mm) : 18
Size No. : 3, Top (mm) :14, Bottom (mm) : 10, Length (mm) : 19
Size No. : 4, Top (mm) :16, Bottom (mm) : 11, Length (mm) : 21
Size No. : 5, Top (mm) : 17, Bottom (mm) : 13, Length (mm) : 22
Size No. : 6, Top (mm) 19, Bottom (mm) 14, Length (mm) : 24
Size No. : 7, Top (mm) 21, Bottom (mm) 15, Length (mm) : 25
Size No. : 8, Top (mm) 22, Bottom (mm) 16, Length (mm) : 27
Size No. : 9, Top (mm) 23, Bottom (mm) 18, Length (mm) : 28
Size No. : 10, Top (mm) 25, Bottom (mm) 19, Length (mm) : 31
Size No. : 11, Top (mm) 27, Bottom (mm) 21, Length (mm) : 31
Size No. : 12, Top (mm) 28, Bottom (mm) 22, Length (mm) : 31
Size No. : 13, Top (mm) 30, Bottom (mm) 24, Length (mm) : 31
Size No. : 14, Top (mm) 31, Bottom (mm) 25, Length (mm) : 31
Size No. : 15, Top (mm) 33, Bottom (mm) 27, Length (mm) : 31
Size No. : 16, Top (mm) 35, Bottom (mm) 29, Length (mm) : 31
Size No. : 17, Top (mm) 36, Bottom (mm) 30, Length (mm) : 38
Size No. : 18, Top (mm) 38, Bottom (mm) 31, Length (mm) : 38
Size No. : 19, Top (mm) 39, Bottom (mm) 33, Length (mm) : 38
Size No. : 20, Top (mm) 41, Bottom (mm) 34, Length (mm) : 38
Size No. : 22, Top (mm) 44, Bottom (mm) 38, Length (mm) : 38
Size No. : 24, Top (mm) 47, Bottom (mm) 40, Length (mm) : 38
Size No. : 26, Top (mm) 51, Bottom (mm) 44, Length (mm) : 38
2066870
STOPPER, CORK, BARK, ASSORTED 13312
Set of stoppers in assorted sizes from No. 00 to No.18, supplied in pack of 100.
2066900
RUBBER STOPPER WITHOUT HOLE 13315
2066930
Solid rubber stoppers; soft, superior quality rubber resistant to acid, alkali and ammonia. Number of cork indicated on the face. Packing size
for the stoppers available as per customer's choice.
Size No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Top (mm)
13
14
16
19
21
22
24
26
28
30
33
34
38
41
43
45
49
53
58
60
Bottom (mm)
9
11
13
14
15
17
20
20
21
26
30
30
31
32
34
35
40
48
44
51
Length (mm)
15
18
20
21
22
23
24
27
31
33
33
34
37
42
40
36
40
33
45
56
RUBBER STOPPER WITH 1 HOLE 13318
2066960
Rubber stoppers with 1 hole; soft, superior quality rubber resistant to acid, alkali and ammonia. Number of cork indicated on the face. Packing
size for the stoppers available as per customer's choice.
Size No. Top (mm)
Bottom (mm)
Length (mm)
0
13
9
15
1
14
11
18
2
16
13
20
3
19
14
21
4
21
15
22
5
22
17
23
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
24
26
26
28
30
33
34
38
41
43
45
49
53
58
60
20
20
21
21
26
30
30
31
32
34
35
40
48
44
51
24
27
27
31
33
33
34
37
42
40
36
40
33
45
56
RUBBER STOPPER WITH 2 HOLES 13321
2066990
Rubber stoppers with 2 holes; soft, superior quality rubber resistant to acid, alkali and ammonia. Number of cork indicated on the face.
Packing size for the stoppers available as per customer's choice.
4
21
15
22
5
22
17
23
6
24
20
24
7
26
20
27
8
26
21
27
9
28
21
31
10
30
26
33
11
33
30
33
12
34
30
34
13
38
31
37
14
41
32
42
15
43
34
40
16
45
35
36
17
49
40
40
18
53
48
33
19
58
44
45
20
60
51
56
RUBBER STOPPERS SOLID, ASSORTED 13327
2067020
Mixed Pack containing assorted sides in different quantities: Nos. 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4 - 7 each; and Nos. 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11 – 3 each. Total pack of
50.
RUBBER STOPPERS WITH ONE HOLE, ASSORTED 13330
Set of assorted stopper similar to Cat No. 13327, but with stoppers having one hole.
2067050
Rubber Stoppers with Two Holes, Assorted 13333
Set of assorted stopper similar to Cat No. 13327, but with stoppers having two holes.
2067080
RUBBER STOPPER SILICON 13342
2067110
Translucent stoppers of high grade silicon rubber, highly elastic, odourless, suitable for use over a temperature range -50 to 250°C, can be
sterilized by steam or by hot air. Has excellent chemical and high temperature stability.
Size No.
9
11
13
15
17
18
19
23
25
27
29
31
Top (mm)
Bottom (mm)
11
9
20
14
11
16
13
24
18
15
24
20
17
26
21
18
26
22
19
28
25
23
28
28
25
28
31
27
32
33
29
32
36
31
35
Length (mm)
24
CORK, BORERS, BRASS - Economical 13348
2067140
For both rubber as well as cork stoppers. Nickel-plated brass. Each cutting tube mounted with safety under-flange in shaped handle ensuring
that operator can't be injured by a dislodged tube. Includes iron rod for cleaning borers.
1 Set of 6: For hole diameters 4-10mm
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
2 Set of 12: For hole diameters 4-18mm
3 Set of 18: For hole diameters 4-27mm
CORK, BORERS, BRASS 13351
Same as per Cat No. 13348, but handle of round brass rod
1 Set of 6: For hole diameters 4-10mm
2 Set of 12: For hole diameters 4-18mm
3 Set of 18: For hole diameters 4-27mm
2067150
CORK, BORERS, BRASS - DELUXE 13354
Same as per Cat No. 13348, but from thicker brass pipe, superior quality
1 Set of 6: For hole diameters 4-10mm
2 Set of 12: For hole diameters 4-18mm
3 Set of 18: For hole diameters 4-27mm
2067170
WATER TAP, SWAN NECK 13360
2067200
Made of brass, chrome plated finish, inlet tube is threaded ½ inch BSP, and outlet tube is made out of 15mm brass tubing which is coupled to
the standard tap by means of a sleeve that does not allow the neck to swiveled or be locked in a desired position. Leak proof operation, bench
mounting.
One Way
Two Ways
Three Ways
WATER TAP, WALL TYPE 13363
Made of brass, chrome finish, inlet tube is threaded ½ inch BSP, leak proof operation, suitable for wall mounting.
One Way
Two Ways
Three Ways
2067230
GAS TAPS 13366
2067260
Made of brass, spring loaded, lever type handle, with locking arrangement to ensure lever rotation does not go beyond 90°. Comes with
standard 3mm bore, inlet ¼ inches BSP, and flange diameter 54mm with three screws to fix on bench or any other surface. Designed to
operate at pressure up to 2psi (0.14kg/cm²), suitable for town gas supply or bottled LPG. Elegant design, painted with special scratch and
chemical resistant paint/chrome plated. Water and gas taps also available in other types, shapes, sizes and configurations on specific
request.
One Way
Two Ways
Three Ways
Four Ways
TEST SIEVES 13375
2067290
Sheet brass spun frame of diameter about 200mm and height 60mm, has standard high grade sieves with uniform mesh size mounted in it.
Useful for determining the average particle size of amorphous solids. Sieves with other mesh number also available on specific request.
Complete detail to be given
TEST TUBES 13384
Made of neutral glass, medium wall with rim.
Length×OD
Wall thickness
75×12mm
0.8mm
100×12mm
0.8mm
100×16mm
0.8mm
125×16mm
0.8mm
150×16mm
0.8mm
150×18mm
0.8mm
150×24mm
0.8mm
2067320
TEST TUBES, BOROSILICATE GLASS 13387
2067350
Medium Wall, Made of Borosilicate glass, with rim, mostly used in colleges, universities, research, and industrial laboratories.
Length × OD Wall
thickness
75×12mm
1.0mm
100×12mm
1.0mm
100×16mm
1.2mm
125×16mm
1.2mm
150×16mm
1.2mm
150×24mm
1.2mm
TEST TUBES, BOROSILICATE GLASS 13390
2067380
Heavy Wall, Made of Borosilicate glass, with rim, mostly used in colleges, universities, research, and industrial laboratories.
Length × OD Wall
thickness
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
75×12mm
100×12mm
100×16mm
125×16mm
150×16mm
150x18mm
150×24mm
1.5mm
1.5mm
1.8mm
1.8mm
1.8mm
1.8mm
1.8mm
TEST TUBES, GRADUATED 13393
2067410
Borosilicate glass test tubes, graduated, medium wall, rimless. Nominal permanent graduations are clearly marked in white colour.
Capacity
Size (mm)
5 × 1mL
100×12
10 × 2mL
160×16
25 × 5mL
150×20
50 × 10mL
175×25
TEST TUBES, WITH SIDE ARM 13396
With side arm, made of Borosilicate glass.
Length×OD
125×17mm
150×19mm
150×24mm
2067440
TEST TUBES, WITH BENT SIDE ARM 13399
2067470
Borosilicate glass. With horizontal side arm bent downwards at an angle of 45°, approximate size (height × diameter) 150 × 24mm.
TEST TUBES, POLYPROPYLENE 13402
2067500
Polypropylene test tubes, provide excellent option for RIA, coagulation and bacteriology etc. Features excellent contact clarity and are
autoclavable. Provided with cap screwed on to the tube, making is usable by filling it up to the brim. Size (height × diameter) 100 × 16mm.
LENS CLEANING TISSUE PAPER 13405
Soft, lint free. Size 9×14.5cm. Supplied in pack of 100 leaves.
2067530
TROUGHS, MERCURY 13414
Porcelain, glazed.
Round in shape
Oval in shape
2067560
TROUGHS, PNEUMATIC, GLASS 13420
Made of soda glass. Round with straight walls and flat bottom.
100×150mm (height × diameter)
100×200mm (height × diameter)
100×250mm (height × diameter)
125×250mm (height × diameter)
125×300mm (height × diameter)
150×300mm (height × diameter)
2067590
TROUGHS, PNEUMATIC, POLYPROPYLENE 13423
2067620
Made of polypropylene, these trough are autoclavable. Useful for wide range of purposes including storage, sterilizing and drying labware etc.
60×180mm (height × diameter)
100×200mm (height × diameter)
100×250mm (height × diameter)
LITER SET 13429
2067650
A set of four clear plastic containers, each of different height and shape. The capacity of each container is 1 liter and is graduated to read at
100mL intervals. Shows the correlation between dimensions of the container and their volume.
TUBES COMBUSTION 13432
2067680
Borosilicate glass, open at both ends. For oxidization and reduction reactions of chemical substances. Length about 30cm.
17 × 11mm (OD × ID)
22 × 17mm (OD × ID)
25 × 20mm (OD × ID)
TUBE COMBUSTION NUFFIELD 13435
2067710
With short glass tube of smaller diameter mounted at the ends of the combustion tube (Cat. No. 13432) through holed rubber stoppers to
enable the collection of reacting gases. Suitable for the reduction of metal oxides which is accompanied by the liberation of hydrogen.
Approximate dimensions - 150mm length and 15mm diameter.
TUBES, DELIVERY, SET OF 6 13438
Soda glass, outside diameter 6mm. Set of 6, in different lengths and bent in different shapes.
www.aldeline.com
2067740
sales@aldeline.com
TUBES, DELIVERY 13441
Soda glass, outside diameter 6mm. Set of four comprising:
Short, straight, 70mm length
Long, straight, 170mm length
90° bend, arms, 60mm and 160mm length
90° bend, arms, 60mm long
2067770/1
TUBES, DELIVERY - SET OF 4 13444
Soda glass, outside diameter 6mm.
2067770/5
TUBING, SODA GLASS 13447
Supplied in length of 50cm approx., pack of 30 lengths.
(external diameter : 4mm)
(external diameter : 5mm)
(external diameter : 6mm)
(external diameter : 7mm)
(external diameter : 8mm)
(external diameter : 10mm)
(external diameter : 13mm)
(external diameter : 15mm)
2067800/1
TUBING, NEUTRAL GLASS 13450
Supplied in length of 50cm approx., pack of 30 lengths.
(external diameter : 4mm)
(external diameter : 5mm)
(external diameter : 6mm)
(external diameter : 7mm)
(external diameter : 8mm)
(external diameter : 10mm)
(external diameter : 13mm)
(external diameter : 15mm)
2067810
TUBING, BOROSILICATE GLASS 13453
Supplied in length of 50cm approx., pack of 30 lengths.
external diameter : 4mm
(external diameter : 5mm)
(external diameter : 6mm)
(external diameter : 7mm)
(external diameter : 8mm)
(external diameter : 10mm)
(external diameter : 13mm)
(external diameter : 15mm)
2067830
RODS, GLASS, STIRRING 13456
2067840
Glass rods useful for stirring chemicals in an open container such as beaker etc., wherever uniform mixing is desired. Rods have both ends
rounded. Approximate size is 3×200mm (diameter × length).
TUBING CAPILLARY 13459
Soda glass, supplied in lengths of 50cm approx, in pack of 10 lengths.
5 × 0.4mm (OD × bore)
6 × 0.8mm (OD × bore)
7 × 1.2mm (OD × bore)
2067860
TUBING, LATEX 13468
Seamless, translucent tubing, highly flexible, suitable for connections to glass. Available in lengths of 92cm.
2.5×1.0 (bore × wall thickness)
2.5×1.5 (bore × wall thickness)
3.0×2.0 (bore × wall thickness)
4.5×1.5(bore × wall thickness)
4.5×2.0 (bore × wall thickness)
6.0×2.0 (bore × wall thickness)
6.0×3.0 (bore × wall thickness)
7.5×3.0 (bore × wall thickness)
9.0×3.0 (bore × wall thickness)
12.0×3.0 (bore × wall thickness)
2067890
TUBING, PVC 13471
Transparent, strong, flexible, suitable for connections to taps. Supplied in rolls of 30m.
3.0×1.75 (bore × wall thickness)
2067920
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
6.5×1.50 (bore × wall thickness)
TUBING, RUBBER, HIGH QUALITY 13474
2068070
Specially designed for quality conscious customers. This high quality, extra soft rubber tubing in orange colour has improved resistance to acids
/ alkalis and high temperature stability. Supplied in pack of 10m.
4×1.0 (bore × wall thickness)
5×1.5 (bore × wall thickness)
6×1.5 (bore × wall thickness)
7×1.5 (bore × wall thickness)
8×2.0 (bore × wall thickness)
10×2.0 (bore × wall thickness)
12×2.5 (bore × wall thickness)
TUBING, RUBBER, ORDINARY 13477
2067980
Red coloured, extra soft quality for general laboratory low-pressure use. Resistant to acids, alkalis. Supplied in Pack of 10m.
4×1.0mm (bore × wall thickness)
5×1.5mm (bore × wall thickness)
6×1.5mm (bore × wall thickness)
7×1.5mm (bore × wall thickness)
8×2.0mm (bore × wall thickness)
10×2.0mm (bore × wall thickness)
12×2.5mm (bore × wall thickness)
TUBING, RUBBER, MEDIUM PRESSURE 13480
2068010
Red coloured, extra soft rubber tubing having more wall thickness making it capable of withstanding low to moderately high pressures.
Resistant to acids, alkalis. Supplied in Pack of 10m.
3×3.0 (bore × wall thickness)
4.5×3.0 (bore × wall thickness)
6×3.0 (bore × wall thickness)
8×3.0 (bore × wall thickness)
9×3.0 (bore × wall thickness)
10×3.0 (bore × wall thickness)
12.5×4.5 (bore × wall thickness)
TUBING, RUBBER, HIGH PRESSURE 13483
2068040
Red coloured, extra soft tubing, with sufficiently thick wall meant for high pressure use. Resistant to acids, alkalis. Supplied in Pack of 10m.
3×4.5 (bore × wall thickness)
4.5×4.5 (bore × wall thickness)
6×4.5 (bore × wall thickness)
8×4.5 (bore × wall thickness)
9×4.5 (bore × wall thickness)
10×4.5 (bore × wall thickness)
12.5×4.5 (bore × wall thickness)
TUBING, RUBBER, SILICON 13492
2068100
Highly elastic, non-toxic, heat resistant from –50°C to 250°C, repeatedly autoclavable, flexible odourless and transparency of the tubes allows
clear visibility of the flowing fluid.
2×1.0 (bore × wall thickness)
2×2.0 (bore × wall thickness)
3×1.0 (bore × wall thickness)
4×1.5 (bore × wall thickness)
5×1.5 (bore × wall thickness)
6×1.5 (bore × wall thickness)
7×2.0 (bore × wall thickness)
8×1.5 (bore × wall thickness)
10×1.5 (bore × wall thickness)
10×2.0 (bore × wall thickness)
14×3.0 (bore × wall thickness)
TUBING CONNECTORS, T-SHAPED 13508
Polypropylene, Three way T-shaped connectors, riffled end for rubber tubing, 8mm outside diameter.
2068130
TUBING CONNECTORS, T-SHAPED 13511
Glass, Three way T-shaped connectors, riffled end for rubber tubing, 8mm outside diameter.
2068130
TUBING CONNECTOR, Y-SHAPED 13514
Polypropylene, Three way Y-shaped connectors, riffled end for rubber tubing, 8mm outside diameter.
2068160
TUBING CONNECTOR, Y-SHAPED 13517
Glass, Three way Y-shaped connectors, riffled end for rubber tubing, 8mm outside diameter.
2068160
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
OSTWALD VISCOMETER 13529
2068190
The relationship between the intrinsic viscosity of a polymer solution and the relative molecular mass of the polymer allows this apparatus to
be used for quantitative determination of relative molecular mass. Comprises glass U-tube with two bulbs, connected by a capillary tube
approximately 120×1mm (length × internal diameter). Overall height 237mm.
WATCH GLASSES 13532
Polished, concave upward with ground edges, made from selected glass sheet. Pack of 10 in card board box.
diameter : 50mm
diameter : 60mm
diameter : 75mm
diameter : 90mm
diameter : 100mm
diameter : 125mm
diameter : 150mm
2068220
WIRE GAUZE, IRON 13535
Square shaped, made from GI wire, close mesh with folded edges. Extra strong quality. Supplied in pack of 10.
12.5cm (With asbestos Center)
15cm (With Ceramic Center)
2068250
WIRE HOLDER 13538
Nickel-plated brass with screw chuck which accepts wire or needle up to 24SWG
2068310
WIRE, PLATINUM 13541
For flame test, fused into glass handle, which in turn is mounted in a holed stopper and contained in a test tube.
2068340
ABSORPTION TOWER, CALCIUM CHLORIDE 13574
Soda glass, capacity 250mL.
2068370
ABSORPTION TUBES, STRAIGHT 13577
From Soda glass with one bulb.
100×12mm (length × diameter)
150×20mm (length × diameter)
200×25mm (length × diameter)
2068400
ABSORPTION TUBES, U-FORM 13580
Soda glass, with strong walls.
100×12mm (length × diameter)
125×15mm (length × diameter)
150×20mm (length × diameter)
2068430
ABSORPTION TUBES, U-FORM, WITH SIDE TUBES 13583
U-form soda glass with strong walls and short side tube near top of each arm.
100×12mm (length × diameter)
125×15mm (length × diameter)
150×20mm (length × diameter)
2068460
ABSORPTION TUBES, U-FORM, STOPPERED 13586
2068490
Borosilicate glass with side tubes. Limbs closed at the top by hollow ground interchangeable key stoppers which, when rotated, open or seal
the side tubes.
100×12mm (length × diameter)
125×15mm (length × diameter)
150×20mm (length × diameter)
ABSORPTION TUBE, ARNOLD 13589
Borosilicate glass with two bulbs, overall height 125×25mm diameter.
2068520
BULB, NITROGEN 13592
Bulb diameter 65mm outer diameter of upper tube 11mm lower tube 10mm. Total length 215mm.
2068550
BULB, NITROGEN 13595
Cylindrical form, bulb diameter 45mm, length of bulb 100mm. Total length 260mm.
2068580
ADAPTERS, EXPANSION 13635
2068610
Made from Borosilicate glass. Useful for connection of dissimilar sized ground glass joints. Has large sized socket at the top with small size cone
at the base.
Socket size
14/23
Cone size
10/19
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
19/26
24/29
24/29
29/32
29/32
29/32
14/23
14/23
19/23
14/23
19/26
24/29
ADAPTERS, REDUCTION 13638
2068640
Made from Borosilicate glass. Useful for connection of dissimilar sized ground glass joints. Has large sized socket at the top with small size cone
at the base.
Socket size
Cone size
14/23
19/26
14/23
24/29
14/23
29/23
19/26
34/35
24/29
29/32
24/29
34/35
24/29
40/38
24/29
45/40
PLAIN BENDS, (LONG) 13641
Made from borosilicate glass
Socket Size : 14/23
19/26
24/29
29/32
2068670
ADAPTERS, RECEIVER, STRAIGHT DELIVERY 13644
Straight type adapter made from borosilicate glass.
Socket Size : 14/23
19/26
24/29
29/32
2068700
BEND WITH VACUUM CONNECTION 13647
Includes a side-arm for connection to a vacuum supply.
Socket size
Cone size
14/23
14/23
19/26
19/26
19/26
24/29
24/29
24/29
29/32
29/32
2068760
ADAPTERS, RECEIVER, PERKINS 13650
2068730
Made of borosilicate glass. For vacuum distillation work. Allows receiver flasks to be changed without disturbing the vacuum within the
system. Fitted with glass stop-cocks that is totally devoid of chemical corrosion.
Socket Size
Cone Size
Capacity (mL)
14/23
14/23
10
19/26
19/26
32
19/26
24/29
32
24/29
24/29
32
BENDS WITH VENT 13656
2068790
Bend with side arm tube at the top to provide vent to the atmosphere. Useful in avoiding problems of 'closed systems'.
Socket size
Cone size
10/19
10/19
14/23
14/23
19/26
19/26
19/26
24/29
29/32
29/32
RECOVERY BENDS, SLOPING 13659
Provides a simple vapour conduit between flasks and distillation condensers.
Cone size
Cone size
to fit Flask
to fit Condenser
14/23
14/23
19/26
19/26
24/29
19/26
24/29
24/29
29/32
29/32
www.aldeline.com
2068850
sales@aldeline.com
34/35
19/26
PLAIN BENDS 13662
Made from borosilicate glass.
Socket size
Cone size
19/26
19/26
19/26
24/29
24/29
24/29
34/35
34/35
2068820
RECOVERY BENDS VERTICAL 13665
Useful in distillation assemblies in which the condenser is assembled in vertical mode.
Cone size
Cone size to fit
to fit Flask
Condenser
14/23
14/23
19/26
19/26
24/29
19/26
24/29
24/29
45/40
45/40
2068880
SPLASH HEAD, VERTICAL 13667
2069000
A splash head similar to Cat No 13665 for use in distillation assemblies in which condenser is assembled in vertical mode. Its lower cone
accepts flask, upper cone accepts condenser. Splash head reduces entrainment of raw liquid into the vapour stream.
Cone size
Cone size to fit
to fit Flask
Condenser
19/26
19/26
24/29
19/26
24/29
24/29
PLAIN STILL HEADS WITH THERMOMETER 13669
2068910
Used in distillation assemblies for connecting flasks to the condenser. Upper socket is designed to accept thermometer either through a cone /
screw-thread adapter, or thermometer pocket.
Cone size
Cone size
Socket Size
to fit Flask
to fit Condenser
10/13
10/13
10/19
14/23
14/23
14/23
19/26
19/26
19/26
24/29
19/26
14/23
24/29
24/29
14/23
29/32
19/26
14/23
29/32
29/32
14/23
34/35
19/26
14/23
CLAISEN HEADS, SLOPING 13671
2068940
Similar to still-heads Cat No 13669, but with extra socket to accept dropping funnel or stirrer etc. High quality, precision, ground glass joints
provide a leak free seal.
Cone size
to fit Flask
14/23
19/26
24/29
24/29
29/32
Cone size
to fit Condenser
14/23
19/26
19/26
24/29
29/32
Socket Size
14/23
14/23
14/23
14/23
14/23
ADAPTERS, SPLASH HEAD, SLOPING 13674
Ideal for use in distillation assemblies to prevent raw liquid from carrying over from flask to the condenser.
Cone size
Cone size
to fit Flask
to fit Condenser
19/26
19/26
24/29
19/26
24/29
24/29
29/32
29/32
2068970
STEAM DISTILLATION HEADS, SLOPING 13677
Cone size
Cone size to fit
to fit Flask
Condenser
24/29
19/26
34/35
19/26
2069030
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
SPLASH HEAD, ADAPTER 13680
Socket Size Cone Size
19/26
24/29
2069060
SPLASH HEAD, DOUBLE BULB, SLOPING 13683
Cone Size
Cone Size to fit
Socket Size
to fit Flask
Condenser
24/29
19/26
14/23
2069090
STOPCOCKS 13692
Straight, plain side arms, Borosilicate glass.
Bore of key : 1mm
Bore of key : 2mm
Bore of key : 3mm
Bore of key : 4mm
Bore of key : 6mm
Bore of key : 8mm
Bore of key : 10mm
2069120
STOP COCKS 13695
Straight capillary side arms Borosilicate glass. 2mm bore of key.
2069150
STOP COCKS 13698
Three-way, double oblique bore, plain side arms, Borosilicate glass.
Bore of key : 2mm
Bore of key : 3mm
2069210
STOPCOCKS 13701
High performance, straight type plain bores.
Bore (mm)
Overall Length (mm)
3
205
6
205
10
225
2069240
Side arms OD (mm)
8
10
13
RECEIVER ADAPTERS, BEND, WITH STOP COCK 13704
2069270
Bend with Socket connection and glass stop cock for providing fine flow control and positive closure in chemical corrosion free environment.
No.
Socket
Cone
20/1
B14
B14
20/2
B19
B19
20/3
B19
B24
RECEIVER ADAPTERS, STRAIGHT, WITH STOP COCK 13707
2069300
Straight receiver adapter with socket connection and glass stop cock for providing fine flow control and positive closure in chemical corrosion
free environment.
No.
Socket
Cone
21/1
B14
B14
21/2
B14
B19
21/3
B19
B19
MODELS & CHARTS
ATOMIC MODEL SET SENIOR SET 13910
2100200/1
Useful for construction of 3-dimenional molecular structures of various organic and inorganic compounds and demonstrating their geometries.
The set consists of moulded balls of different colours and sizes along with connecting lugs of different sizes. The balls have holes to facilitate
the fixing of lugs. Complete components moulded in polystyrene. The set comes nicely packed in a compartmented plastic box. The set
consists of 185 connecting lugs and 375 balls of prescribed colours and sizes. Each compartment of the moulded plastic box has separate space
for every particular colour and size of ball.
ATOMIC MODEL SET - JUNIOR SET 13913
2100200/2
Useful for construction of 3-dimenional molecular structures of various organic and inorganic compounds and demonstrating their geometries.
The set consists of moulded balls of different colours and sizes along with connecting lugs of different sizes. The balls have holes to facilitate
the fixing of lugs. Complete components moulded in polystyrene. The set comes nicely packed in a compartmented plastic box. Junior Set: This
set consists of 37 connecting lugs & 75 balls of different colours and sizes packed in a moulded box.
ATOMIC MODEL SET – EURO DESIGN 13915
This set consists of moulded balls of different colours & sizes along with connectors of different sizes. The sizes and shapes of the balls and
connecting lugs have been designed in accordance with internationally acceptable standards.
ORGANIC MOLECULAR MODEL BUILDING KIT 13917
www.aldeline.com
2100320
sales@aldeline.com
Innovatively designed for your convenience. This kit offers you the building of organic molecular models for almost all the important structures
covering each and every topic. The main specialty is the design of our atoms with moulded prong to provide maneuverability for rotation. You
can show the electron clouds. Separate tubes provided for covalent & multiple bonds. Hence, these models are way ahead of the ball & stick
type. With this kit, you can build plenty of models. Saturated Hydrocarbons, unsaturated hydrocarbons, functional groups: Alkanes, Alkenes,
Alkynes, Alcohols, Aldehides & Ketones, Benzene & its Derivatives, etc., and many more. Contents: Carbon, Oxygen, Nitrogen, Chlorine,
Sulphur, Phosphorous, Hydrogen-atoms, Covalent bond Hydrogen bonds & multiple Bonds (Total components about 200 Nos., packed in a
suitable plastic case. A teacher's guide/instruction manual with full details on how to make is also provided).
SIMPLE INORGANIC MOLECULAR MODEL KIT 13919
2100280
The kit makes basic concepts about the principles of molecular geometry easy to visualize and understand. This kit offer building of a large
number of3-dimensional molecular models with a visual appreciation of Molecular Bonding. Also demonstrates, how the shapes of molecules
are determined by the number of bonds plus the lone pairs in the valence shell of the center atom. Showing lone pairs is a unique specialty
with these models. For showing the molecules based on tetrahedron you can make methane, for triangle by pyramid, you can make
phosphorus pentachloride; and foroctahedron you can build Sulphur hexaflouride and soon. Some of the structures that can be easily built
include: CO , CH , PCI , 2 4 5SF , NH , H O, BCl , Sulphur ring SH, oxides of Nitrogen, Phosphorous P 6 3 2 3 4molecule, H SO , simple and complex
structures, and many more. 2 4Contents: Oxygen, Nitrogen, Sulphur, Phosphorous, Chlorine, Hydrogen, Covalent.
MOLECULAR MODELS SET, TEACHER, ORGANIC AND INORGANIC 13922
2100440
Versatile set suitable for higher grades and advanced level courses covering a comprehensive range of organic, inorganic molecules, from
simple ones to complex ones. Packed in compartmented moulded plastic box. The set consists of:
Spheres
Carbon – 6
Oxygen – 22
Nitrogen – 10
Sulphur – 12
Halogen – 8
Metal – 14
Phosphorus – 7
Hydrogen – 14
Links
Mauve – 50
Medium Grey – 50
Long Grey — 36
MOLECULAR MODELS SET, STUDENT, ORGANIC AND INORGANIC 13925
The set consists of :
Spheres
Carbon – 6
Oxygen – 7
Nitrogen – 3
Halogen – 6
Sulphur – 2
Metal – 11
Phosphorus – 2
Hydrogen – 14
Links :
Medium Purple– 5
Medium Grey – 20
Long Grey – 12
With instruction leaflet.
MOLECULAR MODELS SET, STUDENT, BIOCHEMISTRY
13927
An open type set consisting of :
Spheres
Carbon – 21
Oxygen – 13
Nitrogen – 11
Sulphur – 1
Phosphorus – 1
Hydrogen – 25
Links
Medium Grey – 40
With instruction leaflet.
2100560
2100600
MOLECULAR ORBITAL SET, ORGANIC STRUCTURES 13928
2100680
The set comprising of sufficient parts to make four organic molecular orbital models depicting sigma bonding orbitals, pi bonding orbitals,
concept of hybridization and delocalization. Consists of :
 Carbon Atoms – 12
 Hydrogen Atoms – 18
 Carbon-Carbon (oval shaped) Sigma Bonds – 9
 Carbon-Hydrogen (pear shaped) Sigma Bonds – 18
 Pi Bonds – 9 (21 pink and 21 purple pieces) With instruction leaflet.
SHAPES OF MOLECULES SET 13931
2100640
For making different shapes of molecules as per electron repulsion theory. Contains sufficient parts to make eight atomic models. Consists of :
Spheres
Chlorine – 7 (1 Hole), 1 (4 Hole)
Hydrogen – 13
Fluorine – 9
Metal (Beryllium) – 1
Boron – 1
Oxygen – 1
Nitrogen – 1
Carbon – 1
Sulphur – 1
Phosphorus – 1
Orbitals
Grey (pear shaped) – 26
Beige (Sphere) – 6
Beige (pear Shaped) – 6
White Link – 6
With instruction leaflet.
MOLECULAR MODEL SET, ORGANIC, INTRODUCTORY 13934
The set consists of :
Spheres
Carbon – 12
Oxygen – 7
www.aldeline.com
2100720
sales@aldeline.com
Links
Nitrogen – 2
Halogen – 6
Sulphur – 1
Hydrogen – 20
Short White – 26
Medium Grey – 26
Long Grey, Flexible – 10
With instruction leaflet.
MOLECULAR MODEL SET, CLASSROOM, ORGANIC 13937
2100760
Ideal for use by small classroom. The set contains enough components for use by eight different groups of students for simple organic
molecules building.
The set consists :
Spheres
Carbon – 32
Hydrogen – 80
Oxygen – 16
Chlorine – 16
Links
Short Grey – 160
Long Purple – 32
With instruction leaflet.
POWER SUPPLIES
POWER SUPPLY, AC/DC, 1.5-12V, STEPPED 14255
2040080
A simple and economical low voltage AC / DC power supply providing multiple tapped outputs of 1.5, 3, 4.5, 6, 9 and 12V, both the outputs
available from the respective pairs of 4mm socket terminals marked clearly for output type. A small lead terminating in 4mm banana plug
projects outside from the front panel and can be plugged on any of the 4mm sockets, clearly marked provided on the panel for selecting the
desired output. Housed in sturdy, well painted, sheet metal case. Full wave bridge rectifiers, double wound transformers with good-quality
enameled copper wire and high grade laminations minimize losses while ensure continuous trouble-free operation over prolonged use. With
toggle type ON/OFF switch and indicator. Input fused for circuit protection. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50/60Hz.
POWER SUPPLY, AC / DC, CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE, 0-25V, WITH DIGITAL DISPLAY 14260
2040120
The unit provides continuously variable AC output from 0-25V through a heavy duty step down variable transformer and equivalent DC output
through bridge rectifier, at a maximum of 5A current. AC output can be had from a pair of yellow 4mm socket terminals, while DC from a pair
of colour coded socket terminals. The output voltage can be varied through a rotary knob on the front panel and can be read on 4 digits, 7
segment bright red LED display with a toggle switch to select AC or DC measurement. Both input and output protected through slow blow fuse.
The complete unit housed in a specially designed two part aluminium extrusion with insulated plastics side supports for safety. With indicator
type ON/OFF switch. Designed for continuous use. Supplied with detachable mains lead
POWER SUPPLY, DC, REGULATED, -15 TO +15V, 1A 14265
2040040
A universal DC power supply with continuously adjustable output from 0 to ±15V at 1A current rating, obtainable through a set of three colour
coded 4mm shielded sockets and can be varied using the voltage control knob provided on the front panel. Negative voltage with respect to
zero through green socket can be had from black socket marked '-', while positive voltage can be had from red socket marked '+'. A 4 digit, 7
segment bright red LED display shows the voltage reading at any instant. The power supply also provides a fix 5V DC output at 1A through
another pair of 4mm colour coded sockets. Input fused protected. Output is overload and short circuit protected. The complete unit housed in
a specially designed two part aluminium extrusion with insulated plastics side supports for safety. The front panel has an additional 4mm
socket for earthing and indicator type ON/OFF switch. Designed for continuous use.
Input : 230V ± 10% AC, 47-53Hz
Output : 0-15V DC, continuously variable, and 5V DC fixed Current
Output : Maximum 1A
Stabilization : 0.5%
Ripple : 5mV
Supplied complete with detachable mains cord.
POWER SUPPLY, DC, REGULATED, 1.5-12V STEPPED 14270
2040160
This completely IC regulated power supply unit provides 11 fixed DC voltage outputs available at 2A current rating through a pair of colour
coded 4mm shrouded sockets and selectable through a rotary knob with positive click stops. Input fused protected. Output is overload and
short circuit protected. The complete unit housed in a specially designed two part aluminium extrusion with insulated plastics side supports for
safety. The front panel has an additional 4mm socket for earthing and indicator type ON/OFF switch. Designed for continuous use.
Input : 230V ± 10% AC, 47-53Hz
Voltage Output : 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 and 12V DC
Current output : Maximum 2A
Stabilization : 0.5%
Ripple : 5mV
Supplied complete with detachable mains cord.
POWER SUPPLY, TRIPLE OUTPUT, DC 14275
2040280
It is a high performance, fully solid-state, triple output DC power supply, particularly suitable for wide range of industrial and laboratory use
involving experimental set-ups and circuit development applications. The two main outputs are continuously variable from 0-32V DC at a
maximum of 3A, available through 2 sets of 4mm colour coded terminals, one towards the left and other towards the right of front panel. The
variable output sections can be operated in constant voltage or constant current modes, with the unit automatically interchanging between
the two modes, which are indicated by separate indicator LEDs. The front panel Voltage and Current control knobs provides for adjustment in
output voltage and current respectively. The front panel also has separate 3 digit LED display for each variable section to monitor output
voltage or load current, selectable through meter (V / A) selection switch. The unit also provides a fixed 5V DC output with adjustment facility
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
from 4.5 to 5.5V with a maximum current of 3A along with overload indication. All the outputs are floating, i.e., neither the output positive
terminal nor the negative terminal (nor any point within the circuitry) is connected to ground. Designed for continuous use.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS :
Variable voltage Sections (2 Identical sections)
Output Voltage : 0-32V DC, continuously variable
Output Current : 0-3A maximum, continuously variable
Constant Voltage Mode Operation
Line Regulation : ±0.01% + 2mV for ±10% line
Load Regulation : ±0.01% + 2mV for ±10% load change
Ripple & Noise : 1mV maximum rms
Constant Current Mode Operation
Line Regulation : ±0.1% + 250μA for ±10% line
Load Regulation : ±0.1% + 250μA for change in output voltage from 0 to maximum
Ripple & Noise : 1mA maximum rms 5V
Section Output Voltage : 4.5 – 5.5V DC with adjustment on front panel
Output Current : 3A maximum with overload indication
Line Regulation : Less than 10mV
Load Regulation : Less than 10mV
Ripple & Noise : 2 mV maximum
POWER SUPPLY, AC / DC, CONTINUOUS VARIABLE, WITH AMMETER / VOLTMETER 14280
2040240
Similar to Cat No. 14260, but with additional AC/DC moving coil ammeter to indicate load current and overload trip protection having reset
press switch on the front panel. With indicator type ON/OFF switch. Designed for continuous use. Supplied with detachable mains lead.
POWER SUPPLY, EHT, 0-5KV DC, SHEET METAL CASING 14285
2040400
Technically similar to Cat No. 14300, but complete unit housed in a robust, sheet metal case fitted with lifting handles at the front. Low voltage
AC outputs are available from 4mm socket terminals whereas, EHT output available from 4mm shielded sockets, all properly insulated for EHT
output.
POWER SUPPLY, 3V DC 14290
2040320
A simple, economical, power supply providing fixed output of 3V at 1A. Useful for low voltage experiments at moderately high current ratings
such as in electromagnetism. Sturdy sheet metal casing with toggle type ON/OFF switch and indicator lamp on front panel. Output available
through a pair of colour coded 4mm socket terminals. Supplied with 2-core mains flexible lead.
POWER SUPPLY, AC/DC, LOW VOLTAGE, STEPPED 14295
2040440
Similar to Cat No. 14255, but stepped output voltage in same steps at 2A maximum current selectable through a positive click stop rotary
knob. With indicator type ON/OFF switch. Input fused for circuit protection. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50/60Hz. Supplied complete with 2core mains flexible lead.
POWER SUPPLY, EHT, 0-5KV DC 14300
2040360
This is a specially designed universal floating high voltage power source useful for supplying charge for quantitative electrostatic experiments
and for gas discharge tubes needing a filament supply, or even spectrum tubes. Provides a continuously variable output up to 5kV by a
transformer having specially insulated windings to withstand EHT voltages. The fully floating EHT circuit is particularly useful for discharge tube
experiments so that the positive or negative terminal may be safely connected to earth and / or one side of the filament. The transformer is
tapped directly to provide 6V/1A AC or 12V/0.5A AC filament heating supply, which is also insulated EHT voltages. A rotary control knob
provided on the front panel adjusts the EHT output from 0 to 5000V DC with a non- analogue moving coil meter. All outputs available through
4mm shielded sockets and are clearly marked for their respective outputs. Both input and output fuse protected. The complete unit housed in
a specially designed two part aluminium extrusion with insulated plastics side supports for safety. With indicator type ON/OFF switch. Supplied
complete with detachable mains lead. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz.
BATTERY ELIMINATORS 14305
2040520
Housed in sturdy, well painted, sheet metal case. Full wave bridge rectifiers, double wound transformers with good-quality enamelled copper
wire and high grade laminations minimize losses while ensure continuous trouble-free operation over prolonged use. With toggle type ON/OFF
switch and indicator. Multiple tapping output voltages available are 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12V, through a pair of 4mm socket terminals and
selectable through rotary knob with positive click stops. Input fused for circuit protection. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50/60Hz.
500mA
1A
2A
5A
AUTO TRANSFORMER 14310
2040560
Provides a single phase continuously variable AC voltage to be obtained from AC mains, with output varying from 0V to a maximum of 15%
above the supply voltage, thus giving a maximum of 275V from a nominal mains input of 240V. Comprises a toroidally wound transformer
enclosed in a protective sheet metal casing, providing output through a pair of 4mm socket terminals, selectable through a knob mounted at
the top and can be read from the circular scale present alongside knob. Contact between the toroidal winding and output terminal through a
carbon brush rotating around the coil. With indicator for ON/OFF state. Includes 3-core mains cable. Other Ratings also available on specific
request.
2A
4A
8A
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
15A
28A
POWER SUPPLY, TRIPLE 14315
2040640
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
DC Output : 2 × 0-30V, 500mA, continuously variable by means of coarse and fine controls 1 × 5V fixed, 1A
Current Limit : 10mA-500mA continuously adjustable for 0-30V
Resolution : =0.1%
Internal Resistance : =15m for 0-30V; =0.06 for 5V
Stability : =2.5mV (Max 2 × 200mA) at line voltage variations of up to 10% at 30V/0.5A =5Mv at line voltage variables of up to 10% at 5V/1A
Recovery Time : 80s at 0-30V/0.5A; 100s at 5V/1A
Load Regulation : = 0.05%
Line Regulation : = 0.05%
Temperature Coefficient : 0.1%/ºC
Ripple & Noise : =1mV (0-30V/0.5A); =5mV (5V/1A) rms rms
Tolerance : ±0.2V for (5V)
Display : 2 × 3 digit, 7 segment LED display for voltage & current. Separate LEDs (for V & mA) indicate the unit of display.
Accuracy : ± (1% + 1 digit).
Over Range Indication : Glowing of LEDs indicate overload
General Information : All outputs are floating & switchable from front panel. Built-in overheat protection. Insulation : Between chassis &
output terminals >10M at 100V DC. Between chassis & AC plug > 50M at 500V DC
Power Input : 220V ± 10%, 50Hz/60Hz
Operating Conditions : 0-40ºC, 95% RH
POWER SUPPLY, AC/DC, 0-13V 14320
2040600
The unit provides AC and DC voltages in 1V steps up to 13V. The AC is full wave rectified to give the DC equivalent. AC available through a pair
of yellow 4mm shielded sockets, whereas DC through a pair of colour coded sockets. Protection against electrical overload or short circuit is
provided by a thermal circuit breaker. When the rated current is exceeded, the circuit breaker opens and an audio signal is emitted. On
removal of overload condition, the audio signal stops and power is returned within one minute. Rotary voltage selectors on the front panel
determine the AC and equivalent DC voltage output. Complete unit housed in a sturdy sheet metal casing. With indicator type ON/OFF switch.
Mains Input : 220-240V AC, 50Hz
Voltage Output : AC–0 to13V (nominal) in 1V steps; DC–full wave
Rectified equivalent of selected AC voltage
Current Output : Maximum 5A
Primary Protection : 2A time delay fuse
Secondary Protection : Thermal circuit breaker, self re-settable
Power supply also available in other voltage and current ratings on specific request.
POWER SUPPLY, MULTIPLE 14325
2040680
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
DC Output : A: 0-30V, 1A, continuously variable by means of coarse & fine controls
B: 5V, 1A Adjustable from 4 – 6V
C: 0 - ±15V, 1A, continuously adjustable
Current Limit : 20mA - 1A, continuously adjustable
Resolution : Voltage - 10mV; Current - 2mA
Internal Resistance : = 15m
Stability : = 2.5mV at (30V/1A, 5V/1A, ±15V/1A)
Recovery Time : = 80s
Load Regulation : = 0.05%
Line Regulation : = 0.05%
Temperature Coefficient : = (0.05% + 5mV/ºC)
Ripple & Noise : = 1mVrms
Display : 3 digit for voltage & 3½ digit for current
LED indication for voltage & current
Accuracy : ± (1% + 1 digit)
Tracking Error : ± (0.1% + 5mV)
Over Range Indication : Glowing ORA or ORB, ORC' or ORC LEDs indicate overload
General Information : All outputs are floating.& switchable from front panel. Built-in overheat, over voltage and short-circuit protection
Insulation : Between chassis & output terminals >
10M at 100V DC. Between chassis & AC plug > 50M at 500V DC
Power Input : 220V ± 10%, 50Hz/60Hz
Operating Conditions : 0-40ºC, 95% RH
POWER SUPPLY, DUAL, 30V/2A, WITH AUTOMATIC OVERLOAD PROTECTION 14330
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
DC Output : 2 × 0-30V, 2A, continuously variable by means of coarse and fine controls
Current Limit : 100mA-2A Continuously adjustable for (0- 30V & 5V)100mA-1A Continuously adjustable for (±5V)
Resolution : Voltage: 10mV; Current: 5mA
Internal Resistance : = 15m
Stability : 2.5mV at 30V/2A
www.aldeline.com
2040720
sales@aldeline.com
Recovery Time : = 50s
Load Regulation : = (0.05% + 10mV)
Line Regulation : = (0.05% + 10mV)
Temperature Coefficient : = (0.05% + 5mV/ºC)
Ripple & Noise : = 1mVrms
Display : 3 digit for voltage & 3 digit for current. LED
indication for voltage & current
Accuracy : ± (1% + 1 digit)
Over Range Indication : Glowing ORA and ORB LEDs indicate overload
General Information : Both outputs are floating. Built-in overheat, over voltage and short circuit protection.
Insulation : Between chassis & output terminals > 10M at 100V DC. Between chassis & AC plug > 50M at 500V DC
Power Input : 220V ± 10%, 50Hz/60Hz
Operating Conditions : 0-40ºC, 95% RH
POWER SUPPLY, DC, PROGRAMMABLE 14335
2040760
Highly sophisticated instrument with facility to be interfaced with PC and ability to work as standalone unit. It has menu driven front panel
with numerical / rotary switches that makes it user friendly with unique feature to store up to 10 settings. Unit can be set to give constant
voltage, constant current, constant power with low ripple and high resolution. Fully protected against over / under voltage and current, with
excellent line and load regulation. The voltage, current, power and output status (ON/OFF) are displayed on backlit LCD screen.
Main features include :
Excellent Load/Line regulation
Constant voltage, Constant current, constant power mode operation
Can set max voltage current & power output
LCD display with backlight
Digital plus rotary switches 10 memory locations
RS-232 interface for PC controlled operations
Compact and truly portable
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Output : Single
Output voltage : 0 ~ 36V
Constant Current : 0 ~ 3A
Voltage Resolution : 1mV at 0 ~ 3.999V; 10mV at 4 ~ 36V
Current Resolution : = 1mA
Line Regulation for Voltage : 0-3.999V – 0.01%+3mV; 4-36V –
0.02%+10mV
Line Regulation for Current: 0.02%+10mA
Load Regulation for Voltage: 0.02%+20mV
Load Regulation for Current: 0.02%10mA
Ripple : V = 2mV rms rms
Reaction Time of the : Up (50/90%) 10ms
Output Program Set : Down (90/50%) 30ms
Memory : 10 points EEPROM
Protective Mode : over voltage / over current/ over power
Mains Input : 220V ± 10% 50Hz
Operating Environment : 0 - 500C, 80%RH
Accessories Included : Users manual, Mains cord.
Optional Accessories : Communication cable for RS232 and software.
BATTERY CHARGER 14340
2050040
For charging of batteries. In a sturdy, well painted, ventilated, sheet metal casing. Both input and output fused for circuit protection, indicator
lamp showing ON/OFF state, ammeter for indicating current levels. 4mm colour-coded socket terminals for output, which is available in steps
2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12V selectable through a knob. It can simultaneously charge either two 6V batteries or one 12V battery. Operates on 220240V AC, 50/60Hz. Supplied complete with mains cable. Other Ratings also available on specific request.
2A
4A
6A
BATTERY CHARGER, HEAVY DUTY 14345
2050080
A heavy duty battery charger providing outputs of both 6V as well as 12V DC, selectable through a switch on the front panel. Front panel also
has an analogue meter to indicate the magnitude of charging current up to 8A and has a HI / LOW toggle switch to select the charging current
level. Both input and output fuse protected. Complete unit housed in a sturdy sheet metal box. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz, and provided
with a 3 core main lead. Also includes a two core captive flexible lead for output that terminates in a pair of colour-coded battery clips.
STANDS, RACKS & CLAMPS
BOSS HEAD, DIE CAST BLACK 14401
2070160/1
For use with laboratory stand in school and colleges. Die-cast metal alloy, two V-grooves orthogonal to each other to accept rods up to
16.5mm diameter, which are secured through nickel-plated thumb screws.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
BOSS HEAD, DIE CAST ZINC PLATED 14403
2070160/2
For use with laboratory stand in school and colleges. Die-cast metal alloy, two V-grooves orthogonal to each other to accept rods up to
16.5mm diameter, which are secured through nickel-plated thumb screws.
BOSS HEAD, DIE CAST, DOUBLE V 14406
2070200
Similar to Cat No. 14401, but with tightening thumb screws having moulded plastic screw-heads instead of plated, all metal thumb screws.
BOSS HEAD, SQUARE 14409
2070240
Die-cast alloy metal body, accepts square and tubular sections up to 16.5mm diameter at right angles to each other. Will also hold flat articles
such as rulers, magnets, drawing board metal / wooden strips etc. Dimensions 30×30×50mm.
CLAMP UNIVERSAL 14430
2070360
Made of sheet metal, enamel painted, spring controlled curved jaws, two pronged, cork lined, which can accept about 12 to 50mm diameter
articles, with brass wing nut, for tightening the clamp jaws. Fitted with 15cm long plated MS rod for mounting on suitable boss-head.
CLAMP RETORT, FOUR PRONGED 14433
2070400/1
Clamping jaws of Die-cast alloy metal, having four cork lined prongs to take articles from 2-90mm diameter. The design of the jaw ensures a
firm grip at all angles of opening. Plated steel thumb screw for tightening the clamp jaws. Fitted with 15cm long plated MS rod for mounting on
suitable bosshead.
Painted clamping jaws
Zinc plated clamping jaws
CLAMP RETORT, THREE PRONGED 14439
2070440/1
Three Pronged, die-cast alloy metal, with rubber lined jaws for positive gripping of objects to be held. Plated metal thumb screw for tightening
the clamp jaws. Accepts articles up to 75mm diameter. Fitted with 15cm long mild steel or aluminium rod.
CLAMP RETORT, TWO PRONGED 14445
2070480
Two pronged cork lined jaws, comprises jaws of metal alloy pressure die casting with other parts of brass plated. Jaws clamp accepts articles
from 15-60mm diameter actuated by brass nickel-plated pummels and twin screw. Fitted with 15cm long mild steel or aluminium rod.
CLAMPS, RETORT, WITH BOSS-HEAD 14451
2070680/1
Two Pronged cork lined Retort clamps having die cast alloy metal jaws with extension rod having die cast boss-head at its other end for
mounting on suitable retort stand.
CLAMPS, RETORT, WITH BOSS-HEAD 14554
2070680/2
Three Pronged rubber sleeved jaws Retort clamps having die cast alloy metal jaws with extension rod having die cast boss-head at its other
end for mounting on suitable retort stand.
CLAMPS, RETORT, WITH BOSS-HEAD 14557
2070680/3
Four Pronged cork liner Retort clamps having die cast alloy metal jaws with extension rod having die cast boss-head at its other end for
mounting on suitable retort stand.
SEPARATING FUNNEL HOLDER 14578
2070960
This non-corrosive separating funnel holder has a front opening providing clear view of the solutions and allows unobstructed placement of
separating funnels. Provided with two tapered wedges to ensure firm grip on retort stand rods of diameters from 9.5 to 12.5mm.
BURETTE CLAMP, FISHER TYPE, METAL, DIE CAST 14584
2070800
Fisher type clamps, for holding burettes, complete body of die-cast metal making it light - weight, durable and sturdy. Provided with a s p r i n g
loaded positive grip and release. The special design provides vice-like grip to the burette for a positive clamping. Bosshead clamp secures it
firmly at desired position on the rod of about 13mm diameter.
Single; for 1 burette
Double; for 2 burettes
BURETTE CLAMP, FISHER TYPE, POLYPROPYLENE 14587
2070840
Non-corrosive, unbreakable clamps, moulded in polypropylene, grip the burette firmly without obstructing graduations. The spring loaded jack
in the middle, with concealed spring, provides vice-like grip to the burette and prevents it from slipping. Central holder provided with tapered
wedges to ensure a firm grip on the rods up to 12.5mm diameter.
Single; for 1 burette
Double; for 2 burettes
FUNNEL HOLDER, POLYPROPYLENE 14596
2070920
Corrosion free funnel holder of polypropylene can hold funnels from diameter 75mm to 150mm. Additional holder plate included that can be
placed on the holder to take funnels from 25mm to 75mm diameter. Provided with two tapered wedges to ensure firm grip on retort stand
rods of diameters from 9.5 to 12.5mm.
TEST TUBE HOLDER, WOODEN 14605
2071000/1
Two wooden pieces connected together by a spring for opening / closing of jaws. Length about 18cm, accepts tubes of diameter 11-19mm
TEST TUBE HOLDER, WOODEN 14608
2071000/2
Two wooden pieces connected together by a spring for opening / closing of jaws. Length about 26cm, accepts tubes of diameter 11-30mm
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
TEST TUBE HOLDER, METAL WIRE 14611
2071080
Plated steel wire holder with finger grip and wire collar. The jaws accept tubes up to 40mm diameter and their alignment is maintained by a
wire collar. Overall length about 16cm.
RETORT STAND BASE, RECTANGULAR, STEEL 14620
2071560/2
Heavier, rectangular, stable, pressed sheet steel base finished matt black, hole for 12.5mm diameter rod is located at the center of one of the
shorter side. Please specify separately, if threaded hole for 10mm rod is needed.
RETORT STAND BASE, A-SHAPED, BIG 14629
2071280/1
Made of rugged cast iron for extra stability, comes with a baked, chemical resistant, paint finish. The bridge between two support arms has
threaded hole for 12.5mm diameter rod at the center. Length of side about 200mm.
Please specify separately, if threaded hole for 10mm rod is needed.
without leveling screws
with leveling screws
RETORT STAND BASE, TRIPOD, LARGE 14635
2071720
A heavy, cast metal tripod base, with each leg having rectangular cross section extending about 130mm from its center and a height of about
40mm. A triangular shaped hole with a threaded tightening knob provides firm grip on the mounted rods. Its shape, size and weight renders
high degree of stability to the mounted objects. With non-skid rubber feet and scratch resistant epoxy coating.
RETORT STAND BASE, OCTAGONAL 14638
2071760
A heavier, octagonal shaped base, die cast alloy metal, finished in matte. It has two T-shaped grooves for rapid attachment of self-locking rods
at the desired position – centered, off-center or on various axes. The fixing system comprising T-grooves and diagonal brackets allows vertical
rods to be positioned while assuring their positive attachment to the base.
RODS FOR RETORT STANDS (MILD STEEL, NICKEL PLATED) 14641
2071840
Metal rods with one end threaded with shoulder ensures straight vertical, upright fit on any of the bases given above. The rods have reduced
diameter at threaded portion that enables rod to sit flat on support bases. All rods have rounded top and provided with a through hole just
above the shoulder to permit insertion of tommy bar for tightening of rods to bases. Sizes (diameter × height) available are:
1. 10 × 500mm
2. 10 × 600mm
3. 10 × 750mm
4. 10 × 900mm
5. 10 x 1000mm
6. 12.5 × 500mm
7. 12.5 × 600mm
8. 12.5 × 750mm
9. 12.5 × 900mm
10. 12.5 × 1000mm
RODS FOR RETORT STANDS (STAINLESS STEEL) 14644
2071880
Metal rods with one end threaded with shoulder ensures straight vertical, upright fit on any of the bases given above. The rods have reduced
diameter at threaded portion that enables rod to sit flat on support bases. All rods have rounded top and provided with a through hole just
above the shoulder to permit insertion of tommy bar for tightening of rods to bases. Sizes (diameter × height) available are:
1. 10 × 500mm
2. 10 × 600mm
3. 10 × 750mm
4. 10 × 900mm
5. 10 x 1000mm
6. 12.5 × 500mm
7. 12.5 × 600mm
8. 12.5 × 750mm
9. 12.5 × 900mm
10. 12.5 × 1000mm
RETORT STAND WITH ROD, POLYPROPYLENE 14647
2071920/1
The non-corrosive moulded Retort Stands provide excellent replacement of the metal ones. The base and the rod have no exposed metal parts
to corrode. The metal rod has moulded polypropylene covering to make it noncorrosive, and acid / alkali resistant, with overall size about
12.5×750mm (diameter × height) and has threads at one end for screwing on top of retort base. The polypropylene thick, weighted, stable and
smooth base has a deep thread at its top to take the rod.
225×150mm with side hole
300×200mm with centre hole
300×200mm with side hole
DRAINING RACK, METAL WIRE 14656
2071960
For general laboratory use. Made of thick metal wire that provides durability and ruggedness, completely covered with plastic layer to avoid
any rusting of metal wire, ensuring longer life. Also provided with an arrangement for hanging on the wall.
DRAINING RACK, PLASTIC 14659
2071980
The draining rack provides excellent assistance for post wash draining of tubes and bottles in the laboratory. The back plate has 20 holes into
which pegs are securely mounted with the help of screw-nuts. Bottom of the rack has a tray for collecting the drained water seeping down
from the draining objects, which can be further transferred to a container via drain tube. All plastic construction makes it non-corrosive, and
non-staining.
PETRI DISHES RACK 14662
2072000
These racks have clear acrylic construction with white polycarbonate posts and are very useful during inoculation, incubation and storage.
Visibility from all sides enables the culture to be seen and checked during incubation.
Rack for 90mm Petri Dishes: Holds 60 Petri dishes of 90mm diameter
Rack for 60mm Petri Dishes: Holds 56 Petri dishes of 60mm diameter
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
BURETTE STAND, WOODEN 14665
2072040
Completely made of seasoned hardwood, well-polished with moulded plastic clamping screws. Rod size approx. 460×16mm (height ×
diameter).
For single burette, with base of size 200×100mm
For double burette, with base of size 290×110mm
BURETTE AND FUNNEL STAND 14668
2072080
To hold one burette and one funnel simultaneously. Polished hard wood with cork lined jaws and moulded plastic screws. Base fitted with nonskid feet for stability. Overall height 490mm, base size 330×110mm.
STAND FOR DROPPING BOTTLES 14671
2072120/1
Sturdy and durable, made of hardwood, with holes of about 45mm diameter for dropping bottles upto 60mL capacities.
(For 6 Bottles)
(For 12 Bottles)
FUNNEL STAND, WOODEN 14674
2072160
Made of seasoned hardwood, well-polished, with clamping screw. Size of wooden rod is approx. 460×16mm (height × diameter). Single base
200×110mm. Double base 290×110mm approx.
Single, for 1 funnel
Double, for 2 funnels
FLASK STAND, POLYPROPYLENE 14677
2072200
Facilitates holding of round bottom flask. Has a stair-like top view, with every ribbed step providing excellent support to the round bottom
flask at every point of contact. Can easily hold flasks up to 10L capacity. This stackable stand can also be steam autoclaved.
PIPETTE STAND HORIZONTAL, WOODEN 14680
2072240
Well polished hardwood, to hold 12 pipettes horizontally – 6 on each side. Approximate size 23×26×12cm (H × W × D).
PIPETTE STAND HORIZONTAL, POLYPROPYLENE 14683
2072320
Completely detachable stand, moulded in polypropylene, is totally noncorrosive and unbreakable, and can hold a total of 12 pipettes, 6 on
each side. This autoclavable stand has two sides attached to each other through three metallic rods coated with polypropylene.
PIPETTE STAND, VERTICAL, HEAVY, POLYPROPYLENE 14686
2072360
Stable, non-corrosive, detachable stand with heavy base, which can hold maximum of 28 pipettes of up to 14mm diameter. The base measures
225mm in diameter and a polypropylene coated square rod about 375mm in length is screwed on to the base. This rod carries two discs, upper
one has holes for holding pipettes while lower one has pilot holes for supporting tips of the pipettes from where liquid drains out to the base.
The distance between both the discs is adjustable according to length of the pipette.
PIPETTE STAND, VERTICAL, LIGHT, POLYPROPYLENE 14689
2072400
Moulded in polypropylene, the stand holds maximum of 94 pipettes and is rotatable about vertical axis for convenient selection of any
particular pipette. The lower rotating disc has four concentric annular troughs with tapered sides and open bottoms, which cradle the pipette
tips protectively and permits liquids drops to run off. The upper disc has grid pattern that corresponds to the bottom disc and keeps pipettes
vertical. Stand can be easily assembled and disassembled.
BURETTE RACK VERTICAL, WOODEN 14691
A polished hardwood rack for storing burettes vertically. Upper tier has recesses to locate burettes. Can take up to 12 burettes.
NESTLER CYLINDER STAND 14695
Made of polypropylene, this stand is used for supporting Nestler's Cylinders. Supports up to 6 Nestler's cylinders.
For 50ml cylinders
For 100ml cylinders
2072420
TEST TUBE BASKET 14710
2072440
Made of polypropylene, the rectangular baskets are autoclavable ,unbreakable , non - corrosive, and are ideal for rinsing and draining
glassware. Also useful for easy handling and compact storage of test tubes and culture tubes during sterilization or incubation.
140×120×110mm
160×160×160mm
TEST TUBE STAND, WIRE PATTERN, POLYPROPYLENE 14713
2072520
An economical substitute for wire racks, these test tube stands made of polypropylene are submersible, autoclavable and can be stacked when
empty. Available in different colours, these stands are made of special blend of polypropylene that makes it sink in water bath and maintain
their stability even in agitated water. The racks can easily be disassembled for cleaning purposes. The base is in the form of a grid with square
openings and has fold up sides and end bars that lock into rack tops.
13mm x 90 tubes
16mm x 60 tubes
20mm x 40 tubes
25mm x 24 tubes
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
TEST TUBE STAND, POLYPROPYLENE 14716
2072560
Most commonly used test tube stand. Rack with six holes is supported at each end by a vertical column. The top plate has 2 holes for 25mm
tubes and 4 holes for 16 mm tubes with corresponding recesses at the bottom plate just below the holes. Bottom plate also has 6 vertical pegs
for drying test tubes.
TEST TUBE STAND, ROUND, POLYPROPYLENE 14719
2072600
Handy, space saving. Round shape, made of polypropylene, for 12 tubes – 4 of 25mm diameter and 8 of 19mm diameter through the holes on
the top plate, which is supported on bottom plate through 4 vertical pins. The base has recesses corresponding to the holes in the top plate, 16
vertical pegs for drying test tubes and is surrounded by a trough shape to contain drippings. This autoclavable stand can be easily disassembled
for cleaning.
TEST TUBE STAND, MICRO TUBES 14722
2072640
Moulded in polycarbonate, these autoclavable racks hold 1.5ml micro centrifuge tubes. Racks are stackable which prevents movement in any
direction. The holes are numbered and lettered for easy identification.
For 24 tubes
For 48 tubes
TEST TUBE STAND 14728
2072680
Comprises wooden base and top with single row of holes, without pegs. Clips together quickly and easily with two moulded ABS plastic
supports – one on either side. Supplied flat for compact storage when not in use. Height 11cm, can accepts 6 tubes of up to 21mm diameter.
UNIVERSAL MULTI RACK 14731
2072720
The rack is designed to be compatible with wide range of tube diameters . This rectangular shaped rack has holes on all the four sides to take
tubes of diameters 30mm, 20mm, 17mm and 12mm, respectively.
TEST TUBE STAND, WOODEN, WITH DRYING PEGS 14734
2072760
Made of seasoned hardwood, well polished, with single row of holes. Vertical pegs are provided for quick drying of the test tubes.
For Six Test tubes, with six pegs, two holes of 32mm diameter and four holes of 22mm diameter
For Twelve Test tubes, with twelve pegs, two holes of 32mm diameter and ten holes of 22mm diameter.
TEST TUBE STAND, WITHOUT DRYING PEGS 14737
Made of seasoned hardwood, well polished. Without vertical drying pegs.
For 12 test tube, 2 holes of 32mm diameter and 10 holes of 22mm diameter, all holes in single row
For 12 test tube, in two rows of holes of same size.
2072800
TEST TUBE STAND, 3 TIER, POLYPROPYLENE 14749
2072840
Made of polypropylene, these racks feature 3-tier design that provides clear view of tube contents, and allows convenient insertion and
removal of tubes. Chemical and corrosion resistant, autoclavable, and can withstand sub-freezing temperatures.
13mm × 31 tubes
16mm × 31 tubes
20mm × 20 tubes
25mm × 12 tubes
25mm × 18 tubes
32mm × 12 tubes
25mm × 36 tubes
13mm × 18 tubes
15mm × 18 tubes
18mm × 12 tubes
13mm × 62 tubes
16mm × 62 tubes
20mm × 40 tubes
13mm × 48 tubes
13mm × 75 tubes
TEST TUBE STAND, 3 TIER, POLYCARBONATE 14752
2072880
Made of polycarbonate. Excellent for use in tissue culture labs, Pharmaceuticals testing. Three tire design. End plates have handgrips for easy
handling. With transparent upper and middle plates. Autoclavable can withstand sub-freezing temperature.
13mm × 31 tubes
16mm × 31 tubes
20mm × 20 tubes
25mm × 12 tubes
13mm × 62 tubes
16mm × 62 tubes
20mm × 40 tubes
25mm × 24 tubes
25mm × 18 tubes
25mm × 36 tubes
32mm × 12 tubes
TEST TUBE STAND, SHEET METAL, 3 TIER 14755
www.aldeline.com
2072920
sales@aldeline.com
Made of Aluminium sheet metal, from thick 18 SWG sheet, 3-tiered construction.
Hole Diameter
No. of Holes
(mm)
A
B
C
D
E
12
12
18
24
36
48
15
12
18
24
36
48
18
12
18
24
36
48
25
12
18
24
36
48
TEST TUBE STAND, METAL, Z-SHAPED 14758
2073000
Made of metal sheet, Z type, new design, single piece fabrication, one row of holes of 30mm diameter, the second row of holes of 25mm
diameter and third row of hole of 16mm diameter.
STAND, TRIPOD, TRIANGULAR, STAINLESS STEEL 14791
2073080
Triangular top, made of Stainless Steel wire. Lower end of legs covered with plastic cap to avoid scratching the work surface.
length of side × height) (125 × 200mm)
length of side × height) (150 × 200mm
STAND, TRIPOD, TRIANGULAR, MILD STEEL 14794
2073120
Triangular top, made of Mild Steel wire. Lower end of legs covered with plastic cap to avoid scratching the work surface. Size available is 125 ×
200mm (length of side × height).
STAND, TRIPOD, TRIANGULAR, ZINC PLATED 14797
2073160
Triangular top of thick steel sheet and mild steel legs. Zinc plated. Lower end of legs are bent outwards for stability and covered with plastic
cap to avoid scratching the work-surface. Size available is 125 × 200mm (length of side × height).
STAND, TRIPOD, ROUND TOP, CI 14806
2073200
Round annular top of cast iron top and mild steel legs. Finished in hammer tone / black colour. Lower end of legs are bent outwards for
stability and covered with plastic cap to avoid scratching the work-surface.
height × diameter) 200 ×125mm
height × diameter) 200 ×150mm
STAND, TRIPOD, CI, ROUND TOP WITH CONCENTRIC RINGS 14809
2073240
Tripod stand with round annular top of sheet metal, light pattern. Ring enamel painted and legs zinc plated. The round annular top comes with
an additional concentric ring to fit inside it.
Height
Ring OD
150mm
90mm
225mm
90mm
225mm
120mm
RETORT RING, SIMPLE 14818
Circular metal Rings, with plain stem of about 8mm diameter with welded joints for greater strength.
ID of ring : 55mm
ID of ring : 75mm
ID of ring : 100mm
2073320
RETORT RING, WITH BOSS HEAD 14821
2073360
Circular retort rings with 'V' groove boss-head, complete in single piece cast iron with plated metal thumb screw. When mounted to a retort
stand rod all centers are lined collinearly to facilitate the mounting of apparatus of varying diameters.
Inside diameter : 55mm
Inside diameter : 75mm
RETORT RING, WITH SHEET METAL BOSS HEAD 14824
2073440
Retort Ring on rod similar to Cat No. 14818, but with die-pressed, sheet metal boss-head mounted at the other end of rod. Provided with
plated thumb metal screw for securely clamping the bosshead to retort stand rod.
Inside diameter : 55mm
Inside diameter : 75mm
PLATE ON STEM 14830
2073400
The circular steel plate of about 10cm diameter mounted at the end of a rod 8mm×135mm, finished in stove enamel paint.
CRUCIBLE TONGS, MILD STEEL 14866
Straight, mild Steel wire, rolled flat at joint, jaws corrugated inside.
(Straight) Chrome Plated, Length 150mm
Straight) Chrome Plated, Length 200mm
(Straight) Painted, Length 150mm
(Straight) Painted, Length 200mm
2073560
CRUCIBLE TONGS, MILD STEEL 14869
With Bow, mild Steel wire, rolled flat at joint, jaws corrugated inside.
2073600
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
(With Bow) Chrome Plated, Length 150mm
(With Bow) Chrome Plated, Length 200mm
With Bow) Painted, Length 150mm
(With Bow) Painted, Length 200mm
CRUCIBLE TONGS STAINLESS STEEL 14872
Metal wire, rolled flat at joint, jaws corrugated inside.
Straight Length 150mm
Straight Length 200mm
Bow Length 150mm
Bow Length 200mm
2073640
CRUCIBLE TONGS BRASS 14875
Metal wire, rolled flat at joint, jaws corrugated inside.
Straight Length 150mm
Straight Length 200mm
with Bow) Length 150mm
with Bow) Length 200mm
2073720
TONG MERCURY 14884
Nickel-plated steel, for lifting globules of mercury. Length about 20cm.
2073800
TONG, FLASK, SAFETY 14887
2073960
Stainless steel, with cork lined rectangular angled jaws providing extremely firm grip to flasks of any shape from 100- 2000mL capacity. Overall
length of tong 30cm approx.
TONG, BEAKERS 14890
2073840
For the convenient and safe handling of beaker containing hot solutions and for pouring out the contents. The curved jaws are covered to
provide thermal insulation to the metal body and to ensure firm grip. Jaws covered with plastic/silicone sleeves.
20cm
25cm
30cm
TONG, BEAKER 14893
2073840
For the convenient and safe handling of beaker containing hot solutions and for pouring out the contents. The curved jaws are covered to
provide thermal insulation to the metal body and to ensure firm grip. Overall length of tong 30cm approx. Jaws covered with vinyl dipping.
TONG, BEAKER 14896
2073840/3
For the convenient and safe handling of beaker containing hot solutions and for pouring out the contents. The curved jaws are covered to
provide thermal insulation to the metal body and to ensure firm grip. Overall length of tong 30cm approx. Flat Jaws with cork lining.
TONG, BEAKER 14899
2073880
Scissors shaped constructed in plated steel, accepts beakers from 100mL to 500mL. Overall length: 130mm. There is an additional wire
protrusion from near the center of one of the jaws to provide extra support. Ideal for handling for all types of beakers.
TONG, FLASK 14905
2073920
For the convenient and safe handling of flasks containing hot solutions and for pouring out the contents. The jaws are asbestos covered to
provide thermal insulation to the metal body and to ensure firm grip. Overall length of flask tongs 30cm approx. Made of plated steel.
SPOON SODIUM 14911
2074000
For holding sodium under water. Comprising rust proof metal wire stem and strong cage to safely enclose the sodium.
ELECTRICITY
ELECTRIC FIELD APPARATUS 1005
1090120
For investigation of electric field patterns due to various electrode configurations and also permits easy demonstration of the related concepts
to a group of students through overhead projector. The apparatus comprises a clear plastic dish and a transparent rectangular base carrying a
pair of 4mm socket terminals that can also hold adjustable electrodes. Includes a set of 6 electrodes - two point source electrodes, two line
source electrodes and two circular rings of 35 and 70mm diameter respectively.
DISSECTIBLE TRANSFORMER WITH COMPLETE COMPONENTS 1008
1090160/1
For demonstration of basic concepts associated with electromagnetic induction such as AC transformers, induced currents and their effects
etc. Also call Demountable Transformer. Comprises a U-Core and I-Core of rectangular cross section, made from high grade laminations to
minimize the induction losses, with size of the I-core suitable to sit completely over U-core to provide a continuous rectangular annular
laminated block. Arms of the U-core takes various coils included for different experiments. All coils included are wound from enamelled copper
wire on insulated rectangular plastic bobbin and are totally covered to prevent any accidental direct contact with the winding. 4mm socket
terminals provided at the front for electrical connections except for 600 turns coil that operates on AC mains and is provided with a two core
flexible lead. With number of turns of coil clearly printed on front and direction of winding indicated on top. The bobbins have rectangular hole
at their center matching the cross-section of U-core arms to sit on them with negligible air gap for minimizing induction losses. Also included is
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
a pair of soft iron pole pieces to sit on top of U-core arms. One end of each pole piece if flat so that the pole pieces in situ provide a narrow gap
with full cross-sectional area, while the other end in form of truncated cone providing narrow concentrated field between the poles. Following
components are included in the apparatus.
Laminated U-Core – 1 No.
Laminated I-Core – 1 No.
Soft iron Pole Pieces – 2 Nos.
One coil of 6000 turns, maximum current 0.2A with one intermediary output corresponding to 2000 turns
One coil of 600 turns, maximum current 0.25A. Mainly to create the transformer primary. Provided with mains power supply
One coil of 1200 turns, maximum current 1.25A, with intermediary
outputs corresponding to 400 and 800 turns
One coil of 72 turns maximum current 12A, with intermediary outputs corresponding to 6, 30, 54 and 66 turns
STAND FOR DISSECTIBLE TRANSFORMER, 1008.01
COIL FOR TRANSFORMER, 100 TURNS, 1008.02
COIL FOR TRANSFORMER, 300 TURNS, 1008.03
COIL FOR TRANSFORMER, 3600 TURNS, 1008.04
DEMONSTRATION TRANSFORMER 1011
1090140
For demonstrating the basic principle of operation of the transformers. Comprises a W-shaped laminated iron core mounted on base with a
vertical bolt on its each side for clamping laminated I-core or armature at its top. Also included are a set of three coils – one mains primary coil
240V AC, 50HZ, 2400 turns, and two interchangeable secondary coils, 65 and 130 turns each giving outputs of about 6 and 12V respectively at
a maximum current rating of 2A, with number of turns and current/voltage rating marked on each coil. Mains coil provided with a 2 core
captive mains cable for input, while each secondary coil has a pair of 4mm socket terminals for output. Coils wound on insulated plastic bobbin
having hollow rectangular cross-section to exactly fit middle arm of the core with negligible flux leakage.
COIL, HIGH INDUCTANCE 1014
1090200
For use on a double 'C' core, the bobbin is wound with 1100 turns of 22SWG enamelled copper wire, has a resistance of about 6W and an
inductance of about 15H.
INDUCTION ACCESSORY SET FOR DISSECTIBLE TRANSFORMER 1017
1090220
Demonstrates the phenomena associated with the electromagnetic induction when used with the Dissectible Transformer (Cat No. 1008).
Comprises a six turn heavy gauge copper coil that shows the production of low voltage heavy current when used in conjunction with 600 turns
coil by the melting of nail, a solder trough (as a single turn coil) to explain the principle of induction furnace and a set of aluminium rings – 2
solid and 1 split, to demonstrate the Thomson's Rings effect
SIMPLE CELL 1020
1090260
For exploring the concepts of simple voltaic cells and electrochemistry. Comprises a PLASTIC jar of size 15×10cm (height × diameter). Complete
with zinc and copper plates.
ELECTRODE PLATES FOR SIMPLE CELLS 1023
1090360/1
For use in simple voltaic cells as electrodes. Each rectangular plate is 125 × 50mm in size and is fitted with a terminal for electrical connection
ZINC 1.5MM
CARBON 6MM
COPPER 1.5MM
LEAD 1.5MM
DANIEL CELL - COPPER VESSEL 130×90MM 1026
1090280
Provides satisfactory performance and constant EMF over continuous use. Comprising a heavy-gauge copper outer vessel with an internal
perforated shelf for copper sulphate crystals, a porous pot, and an amalgamated zinc rod fitted with a wooden supporting cap. The zinc rod
and copper vessel are each provided with a 4mm socket terminals. The cell has an EMF of 1.1V approx., with a working capacity of about 0.85L.
DANIEL CELL - POROUS POT 1029
150×50MM
150×12MM
1090280A
LECLANCHE CELL - IN RECTANGULAR POLYTHENE JAR 1035
1090300/1
Useful for intermittent use. It consists of a zinc rod of 12.5mm diameter and a charged porous pot 150×60mm (height × diameter), with
terminals, having EMF of about 1.4V.
LECLANCHE CELL - IN GLASS JAR 1038
1090300/2
Useful for intermittent use. It consists of a zinc rod of 12.5mm diameter and a charged porous pot 150×60mm (height × diameter), with
terminals, having EMF of about 1.4V.
CHARGED POROUS POT 1041
For use with Leclanche Cell. Available as spare.
1090420
ZINC ROD – 1044
For use in Leclanche Cell or as electrode in voltaic cells. With terminal.
130×9MM
140×9MM
1090440/1
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
150×9MM
140×10MM
150×10MM
140×12MM
150×12MM
POROUS POT, CYLINDRICAL 1050
For use in electrochemistry for the construction of voltaic cells.
100×50mm
150×50mm
1090400/1
CHARGED POROUS POT, SPARE 1053
For use with Leclanche Cell. Available as spare. Size 150×60mm (height × diameter), with terminal.
1090420
ACCUMULATORS, IN POLYSTYRENE CASE 1059
1090320/1
In high impact polystyrene case with handle and terminals marked positive and negative . Recommended for applications involving less
frequent discharges not exceeding 0.75A. Supplied uncharged, without acid. Charging instructions printed on the case. Output 2V.
20AH
45AH
ACCUMULATORS, IN TRASPARENT CASE 1062
1090340/1
In transparent plastic case with handle and terminals marked positive and negative, providing steady output of 2V. Supplied uncharged,
without acid. Charging instructions printed on the case.
20AH
45AH
ELECTRIC BELL, LOW VOLTAGE 1068
1090460
It has twin coil, operates on both battery or low voltage transformer supply. With detachable, snap-on type plastic cover to show inner
construction. Dome gong diameter 75mm approx.
ELECTRIC BELL 1071
Similar to Cat No. 1068, but works on 230V AC, 50/60Hz.
1090480
MOTOR MODEL, OPEN TYPE 1083
1090520
Open type simple DC motor showing conversion of electrical energy into mechanical energy. Mounted on wooden base, works on 4-6 volts DC.
With Newton's colour disc attached vertically to the motor shaft.
MOTOR MODEL, DC, 3 POLE 1086
1090500
Open type, demonstrates the working of a simple DC motor. Operates on 4-6 volts DC, with pulley mounted on shaft. Complete assembly
mounted on base.
MOTOR, OPEN MODEL 1089
1090540
Large size, mounted on base. Open construction shows the working of a 3- pole DC motor with easy identification of the parts. Works on 4-8
volts DC. Armature wound with enameled copper wire on insulated plastic bobbin and rotates between two curved iron strips. Field provided
by an electromagnet mounted below the armature.
DEMONSTRATION MOTOR, ST. LOUIS 1092
1090560
For the study of the fundamental principles of electric motor and generators showing conversion of electrical energy into mechanical energy
and vice-versa. The motor has open type construction and consists of a two-pole DC armature. The brush holder, with two heavy binding post
terminals, may be rotated for experiments. The permanent bar magnets are supported by spring-brass clamps which are un-adjustable in the
horizontal plane to show the effects of pole separation. Complete with two bar magnets and a two-pole DC armature.
DEMONSTRATION ELECTRIC MOTOR 1095
1090580
A model of the simplest form of DC electric motor, having 2-pole armature wound with enameled copper wire on insulated plastic bobbin, and
a magnetic field provided by a removable permanent magnet . The construction of the model is completely open with all components easily
identifiable and functioning clearly observable. A disc-type commutator is incorporated and external connection to the phosphorus bronze
bushes is by means of a pair of 4mm colour coded sockets. The motor operates on 6-8 volts DC
DEMONSTRATION DYNAMO AC/DC 1104
1090600
Shows the conversion of mechanical energy into electrical energy and principle of working of simple AC and DC dynamos. Complete assembly
mounted on a base and capable of generating both AC and DC simultaneously as indicated by the glowing of bulb present on the base. A twopole armature wound from enameled copper wire on insulated bobbin is mounted in shaft supported on moulded plastic legs on either side
and is positioned between two curved iron strips. The shaft carries split ring commutator on one side for DC output and slip ring commutator
on the other side for AC output, which is available through 4mm sockets mounted on respective sides and selectable through a sliding switch.
Magnetic field provided by a permanent magnet on top of curved strips. The complete arrangement driven by a hand-cranked bigger driving
wheel with handle through an endless rubber belt.
DEMONSTRATION DYNAMO, SIMPLE 1106
www.aldeline.com
1090620
sales@aldeline.com
Model mounted on a base, which also carries a hand-driven pulley coupled to the smaller dynamo pulley through an endless rubber belt to
give a step-up ratio. Electrical output is via a pair of 4mm sockets and a light emitting diode is provided as simple output indicator. The model
can also be used as a motor operating on a 6-8V DC supply.
DYNAMO MODEL AC/DC 1108
A simple dynamo model to differentiate AC from DC. Mounted on a wooden base. Two bulbs are provided for AC & DC current(s). The model is
hand driven & when operated, the AC bulb shows flickering light to indicate AC current while the other bulb glows fully indicating DC current.
DYNAMO MODEL AC 1110
A simple demonstration of a Dynamo Model mounted on a wooden base of size 200x170mm. Hand driven by a gear. Simplified open frame
construction which can be readily understood without detriments to its essential similarity to real machine. A 2 pole armature wound by
enameled copper wire to rotate in U shape magnet in pivot. While in rotation process through the gear wheel by hand, the bulb provided
glows.
DYNAMO MODEL DC 1114
A simple demonstration of a Dynamo Model mounted on a wooden base of size 200x170mm. Hand driven by a gear. Simplified open frame
construction which can be readily understood without detriments to its essential similarity to real machine. A 2 pole armature wound by
enameled copper wire to rotate in U shape magnet in pivot. While in rotation process through the gear wheel by hand, the bulb provided
glows.
DYNAMO MODEL, WITH SOLAR CELL 1117
1090640
A small motor which operates from 1.5 to 4.5V DC with small pulley. The unit is capable of rotating a small propeller mounted on mini motor
to explain conversion of solar energy into electrical energy and then into mechanical energy. The complete solar cell and the motor unit
mounted in a clear acrylic case for easy viewing by students. Provide quite effective demonstration in day light or in light of a normal 100W
bulb.
BICYCLE DYNAMO ASSEMBLY 1120
1090660
For showing slow AC on an oscilloscope or meter or for demonstrating the use of a dynamo mounted in lighting a lamp. This apparatus has a
cycle dynamo mounted on a base and provided with two sets of gears driven by a hand crank for fast and slow rotation. Two 4mm socket
terminals are provided for the dynamo output, connected in parallel with an MES lamp holder and 2.5V bulb
MOTOR CONSTRUCTION KIT, WESTMINSTER TYPE 1126
1090680
Contains components to construct six motors. Kit has components similar to 'Westminster' electromagnetic kit and comprises of Anisotropic
Ceramic Ferrite Magnets
12 Nos.
Armatures
6 Nos.
Mild Steel Yokes
6 Nos.
Support Bases
6 Nos.
Shafts
6 Nos.
Rivets
24 Nos.
Split Pins
12 Nos.
PVC tinned Copper Wire
1 Reel
Cello tape Roles
2 Nos.
Insulated Tubing, 2.5mm Bore
INDUCTION COIL (RHUMKORFF) 1141
1090700
Useful for the demonstration of characteristics associated with high voltage phenomena such as with Geissler tubes, spectrum analysis tubes
etc. This traditional induction coil is capable of producing a spark length of up to 30mm with an input of 6 to 8V DC and is therefore ideal for
use with vacuum tubes, eudiometers, etc. A fully adjustable trembler system is incorporated and spark suppression capacitors are housed in
the base. Rhumkorff commutator allows primary current to be both reversed and switched ON / OFF with make-and-break point. A pair of
pointed electrodes is supplied with the instrument, the pointed electrodes having an insulating handle for adjustment of the spark gap. Low
voltage input is via a pair of baseboard mounted colour coded 4mm sockets.
INDUCTION COILS 1144
1090720/1
Box form, coils are wound from insulated copper wire and paraffin wax insulation is provided throughout with condenser in polished case,
adjustable trembler break with special alloy contacts, with switch allowing primary current to be reversed and removable discharge points.
Complete with ON/OFF switch for primary and two terminals lock type for input.
10MM
25MM
50MM
75MM
100MM
OHM'S LAW APPARATUS 1150
1090740
For demonstration of Ohm's law, according to which constant (R). When connected to an external battery through a pair of color coded
terminals with a suitable resistance connected across another pair of terminals, the voltmeter and milliammeter readings are available at the
press of the key. Current flowing through the circuit can be controlled through a rheostat knob. With milliammeter 0- 500mA DC, voltmeter 010V DC, rheostat knob, push key, and 4mm socket terminals mounted on top of sheet metal enclosure having scratch resistant epoxy paint
coating. Circuit diagram indicating all components printed on top of the enclosure. External battery and resistances not supplied, available
optionally.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
RESISTANCE BOX, PLUG TYPE 1156
1090760/1
For accurate work. In well polished wooden box with bakelite panel figured in white. Split brass contact blocks hold precision cut,
interchangeable brass plugs having moulded black bakelite fluted tops. Coils of constantan wire, non-inductively wound, double silk covered;
with resistances precisely adjusted and are mounted underneath the panel with double nut arrangement. Accuracy ±0.1%. Other ranges also
available on specific request.
Range (ohms)
Total (ohms)
No. of Coils
1-50
110
8
1-100
210
9
1-500
1110
12
1-1000
2110
13
1-5000
11110
16
1-10000
21110
17
RESISTANCE BOX, PLUG TYPE 1159
1090780/1
Same specifications as per Cat. No. 1156 but with non-inductively wound coils of mangnanin wire, double silk covered with resistances
adjusted to high precision. Accuracy ± 0.05%. Other ranges also available on specific request.
Range (ohms)
Total (ohms)
No. of Coils
1-50
110
8
1-100
210
9
1-500
1110
12
1-1000
2110
13
1-5000
11110
16
1-10000
21110
17
POST OFFICE BOX, PLUG TYPE 1165
1090860/1
Plug type, in polished teak wood box with hinged lid and black bakelite panel lined in white colour to show circuit connections. Coils of
resistance wire, double silk covered, are wound non-inductively and have a negligible temperature co-efficient. Three pairs of ratio arms are
each 10, 100, 1000 ohms and resistance arms contains 16 coils from 1 to 5000 ohms with infinity plug. Total value 11,110 ohms. Two spring
keys having special contact for battery and galvanometer fitted. Accuracy of coils 100 to 500 ohms ± 0.05% and of the resistance coils ± 0.1%
Coils of Constantan Wire
Coils of Manganin Wire
POST OFFICE BOX, WHEATSTONE BRIDGE 1168
1090880/1
For accurate determination of unknown resistance or comparison of resistance of two or more conductors. Decade dial type, with 6 dials (two
dials having 4 ratio arms – one fraction and others in multiple of 1, 10, 100 and 1000 ohms) and four dials with decade resistance units, total
resistance 11,110 ohms). Coils of resistance wire, double silk covered, is wound non-inductively. It is fitted with two enclosed tapping keys for
battery and galvanometer. Accuracy ±0.1% of unit coils.
Coils of Constantan Wire
Coils of Mangnanin Wire
RESISTANCE BOX - DECADE DIAL TYPE 1171
1090800/1
Comprises circular dials mounted underneath a metal cover plate, inside sturdy metal case. Each dial has 10 resistances, with a knob at the top
which rotates with positive click stop to select the desired value as indicated alongside index mark on the knob. Provided with a pair of 4mm
sockets for connecting the resistances across a circuit and a yellow socket for earthing. Multiple dials are connected in series to add to the
total resistances of each dial. Accuracy ±1%.
One Decade: 0-100×10 OHMS
Two Decades: 0-100×10 OHMS; 0-10×1 OHMS = Total resistance is 110 OHMS.
Three Decades: 0-100×10 OHMS; 0-1000×100 OHMS; 0-10×1 KOHMS = Total resistance is 11,100 OHMS (or 11.10 KOHMS)
Four Decades: 0-10×1 OHMS; 0-100×10 OHMS; 0-1000×100 OHMS; 0-10×1 KOHMS = Total resistance is 11,110 OHMS (or 11.11 KOHMS)
INDUCTANCE BOX - DECADE DIAL TYPE 1174
1090820/1
Designed with pot core stability for standard laboratory use. Useful as an oscillator element, wave shaping and resonance experiments, bridge
experiments etc. Construction features similar to Cat No. 1171. Accuracy ±3%.
One Decade: 0-100mH × 10mH
Two Decades: 0-10mH × 1mH; 0-100mH × 10mH
Three Decades: 0-1000μH (1mH) × 100μH; 0-10mH × 1mH; 0-100mH × 10mH
Four Decades: 0-1000μH (1mH) × 100μH; 0-10mH × 1mH; 0-100mH × 10mH; 0-1000mH (1H) × 100mH
Five Decades: 0-100μH × 10μH; 0-1000μH (1mH) × 100μH; 0-10mH × 1mH; 0-100mH × 10mH; 0-1000mH (1H) × 100mH
CAPACITANCE BOX - DECADE DIAL TYPE 1177
1090840/1
Finds many useful applications in the laboratory, such as in resonance timing / wave shaping / oscillator experiments etc and also as
capacitance substitution box. Construction features similar to Cat No. 1171.
One Decade: 0-100nF × 10nF
Two Decades: 0-100nF × 10nF; 0-1000nF (1μF) × 100nF = Total capacitance is 1100nF (or 1.10μF)
Three Decades: 0-10nF × 1nF; 0-100nF × 10nF; 0-1000nF (1μF) × 100nF = Total capacitance is 1110nF (or 1.11μF)
Four Decades: 0-10nF × 1nF; 0-100nF × 10nF; 0-1000nF (1μF) × 100nF; 0-10μF × 1μF
Five Decades: 0-1000pF (1nF) × 100pF; 0-10nF × 1nF; 0-100nF × 10nF; 0-1000nF (1μF) × 100nF; 0-10μF × 1μF = Total capacitance is 11,111nF
(or 11.111μF)
RESISTANCE COILS, PLASTIC ROUND CASE 1186
www.aldeline.com
1090900/1
sales@aldeline.com
Non-inductively wound resistance coils of double silk covered constantan wire, mounted in moulded plastic round case. A pair of 4mm socket
terminals at the top provides its connection in the circuit. Value clearly marked on each coil. Accuracy ±0.2%, rated 1W.
0.1 to 0.9ohms
1.1 to 10 ohms
11.0 to 50 ohms
51 to 100 ohms
101 to 500 ohms
500 to 1000 ohms
RESISTANCE COILS, RECTANGULAR CASE 1187
1090900/1
Non-inductively wound resistance coils of double silk covered constantan wire, mounted in moulded Rectangular bakelite case. A pair of 4mm
socket terminals at the top provides its connection in the circuit. Value clearly marked on each coil. Accuracy ±0.2%, rated 1W.
0.1 to 0.9ohms
1.0 to 10 ohms
11.0 to 50 ohms
51 to 100 ohms
101 to 500 ohms
500 to 1000 ohms
RESISTANCE COILS 1189
1090920/1
A range of resistance units based on a high stability metal film element (PCB). They offer improved accuracy and robustness, and are
economical than traditional resistance coils. Accuracy ±1%.
Resistance (Ω)
Max. Volts(V)
Max Current (mA)
2
1.0
500
20
3.0
150
5
1.6
320
50
5.0
100
1
0.7
700
10
2.2
220
100
7.0
70
500
16.0
32
1000
22.0
22
200
10.0
50
RESISTANCE COILS, TRANSPARENT PLASTIC CASE 1192
1090940/1
Non-inductively wound with double silk covered constantan coils on plastic shaft enclosed in a transparent plastic tube with a connection
terminal at each end. values clearly marked on each coil. Accuracy ±0.2 %, Rated 1W.
0.1 to 1.0ohms
1.0 to 10 ohms
11.0 to 50 ohms
51 to 100 ohms
101 to 500 ohms
500 to 1000 ohms
RHEOSTAT SLIDING CONTACT, OPEN TYPE, SINGLE TUBE 1207
1090960/1
For use as series resistors or potentiometers. Comprises of eureka wire wound on a porcelain tube, supported at both ends on moulded plastic
legs. Open type slide wire type with a variety of resistance and current carrying capacity. Copper-nickel alloy wire is oxidized to provide the
desired insulation. Phosphorus bronze contact provided on metal chrome plated slider-rod to give rapid and smooth adjustment. Three 4mm
socket terminals are provided – one at each end of the wound resistance wire and third one on one of the supporting legs and connected to
the slider arrangement, enabling the use of rheostat as variable resistor or potential divider. Designed for continuous use without overheating.
Total resistance in Ù and current carrying capacities are marked on each rheostat. Pipe diameter approx. 43mm. Available in ranges:
A
Length (mm)
Current (A)
B
150
200
Resistance (Ω)
www.aldeline.com
C
D
E
F
250
300
400
500
sales@aldeline.com
8
6,5
5
4,2
3,3
2,8
2,3
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1,5
3
4,5
8
11
15
23
36
50
64
89
115
160
270
400
660
1150
2,5
4,4
6,5
12
16
22
34
55
75
96
135
175
240
400
600
975
1700
3,5
6
9
16
22
29
45
74
100
128
180
235
320
540
800
1 300
2250
4,5
7,5
11
20
27
36
56
92
125
160
225
290
400
670
1 000
1 625
2 850
6,5
10,5
15
28
37
50
80
128
175
220
315
405
560
930
1 400
2 275
3 950
8,5
13
20
36
50
64
100
165
225
290
395
515
720
1 200
1 800
2 950
5 150
RHEOSTAT SLIDING CONTACT, OPEN TYPE, SINGLE TUBE 1210
Similar to Cat. No. 1207, but pipe diameter 56mm. Available in ranges:
Length (mm)
Current (A)
8,5
6,5
5
4,2
3,3
2,8
2,3
1,8
1,9
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
A
B
150
200
Resistance (Ω)
2
3
3,5
5,5
5,5
8
10
15
14
20
18
28
26
41
47
70
64
96
82
120
115
170
148
225
200
300
345
510
500
750
840
1 250
1 350
2 100
1090980/1
C
250
D
300
E
400
F
500
4,5
7,5
11
20
28
38
56
93
125
160
230
295
400
676
1 000
1 650
2 350
5,5
9,5
14
25
34
48
71
116
160
200
290
365
500
835
1 250
2 270
3 600
8
13
20
35
48
66
102
160
225
285
400
520
700
1 165
1 800
2 900
5 100
10
17
26
45
64
86
128
210
290
360
500
675
925
1 500
2 300
3 750
6 750
RHEOSTAT SLIDING CONTACT, OPEN TYPE, DOUBLE TUBE 1213
1091020/1
With similar details as per Cat. No. 1207, but with slider arrangement sliding between two tubes parallel to each other, diameter of each tube
about 43mm. Supported at both ends on legs.
A
B
C
D
E
Length (mm)
300
350
400
450
500
Current (A)
Résistance (Ω)
10
5,5
6,5
7,5
9
10
8
9
11
13
15
17
4,2
40
48
56
64
72
2,8
74
90
104
120
134
1,6
250
300
351
400
450
RHEOSTAT SLIDING CONTACT, OPEN TYPE, DOUBLE TUBE 1216
Similar to Cat. No. 1213, but pipe diameter 56mm. Available in ranges:
Length (mm)
Current (A)
10
8
6,5
3,3
2,3
1,2
A
300
B
350
7
11
19
68
142
580
8,5
14
22
84
172
690
www.aldeline.com
C
400
Resistance (Ω)
10
16
26
96
204
800
D
450
E
500
11,5
18
30
116
228
900
13
20
34
128
256
1000
1091040/1
sales@aldeline.com
0,8
0,6
1000
1670
1200
2000
1400
2330
1600
2670
1800
3000
RHEOSTAT SLIDING CONTACT, OPEN TYPE, VITREOUS ENAMELED TUBE 1222
1091060/1
Rheostats of excellent quality. Wound with heavily oxidized resistance wire on vitreous enameled steel tube. The winding is locked into place
with ceramic cement. The tube is carried upon robust enameled die-cast end supports with heavy duty sliding contact consisting of multi leaf
phosphor bronze strips, nickel plated for corrosion resistance. 4mm socket terminals are fitted, allowing for use as a variable resistor or
potential divider. Ranges available are:
Resistance (Ω)
1600
600
300
135
55
16
8,5
2,5
6,5
1325
280
125
37
20
4,5
Max. Current (A)
0,3
0,6
0,9
1,4
2,3
4
5
9
5,5
0,5
1,2
1,8
3,2
4,5
9
Tube Size (Lth. × Dia.)
200×43 mm
200×43 mm
200×43 mm
200×43 mm
200×43 mm
200×43 mm
200×43 mm
200×43 mm
200×43 mm
300×43 mm
300×43 mm
300×43 mm
300×43 mm
300×43 mm
300×43 mm
RESISTORS, SLIDING CONTACT (RHEOSTAT), WITH PERFORATED COVER 1225
1091080/1
Heavy pattern, sturdy design, protected by perforated cover and designed to provide extra safety to the user. Other important design changes
include spring loaded sliding contacts of solid brass in place of phosphor bronze strip contacts. Wound with heavily oxidized resistance wire on
an insulated tube. Fitted with three 4mm socket terminals allowing for use as a variable resistor or potentiometer with a single slide operation.
Resistance and current rating clearly marked on the slider. Resistance ±10% of the nominal value. Permits continuous use for longer periods
without overheating. Pipe diameter available is about 56mm. Available in ranges:
A
B
C
D
E
F
Length (mm)
150
200
250
300
400
500
Current(A)
8,5
6,5
5,0
4,2
3,3
2,8
2,3
1,8
1,9
1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
Resistance (Ω)
2
3
3,5
5,5
5,5
8
10
15
14
20
18
28
26
41
47
70
64
96
82
120
115
170
148
225
200
300
345
510
500
750
840
1250
1350
2100
4,5
7,5
11
20
28
38
56
93
125
160
230
295
400
676
1000
1650
2350
5,5
9,5
14
25
34
48
71
116
160
200
290
365
500
835
1250
2270
3600
8
13
20
35
48
66
102
160
225
285
400
520
700
1165
1800
2900
5100
10
17
26
45
64
86
128
210
290
360
500
675
925
1500
2300
3750
6750
WHEATSTONE BRIDGE, FOUR GAPS 1234
1091100/1
For determination of unknown resistances or comparison of resistances. This substantial FOUR-GAP bridge has broad, heavily plated brass
strips mounted on a base. Terminals with 4mm sockets are provided to reduce unwanted resistance to a minimum and the gaps are closed by
removable plated brass strips, which are held in position by the terminals. The 24SWG bare constantan wire is stretched along the top of a
meter scale graduated in millimeters and figured every centimeter. The ends of the wire are securely clamped to the terminating strips to
reduce end errors to the negligible level. Wire easily replaceable if damaged or broken. Supplied WITH JOCKEY.
WHEATSTONE BRIDGE, TWO GAPS 1237
www.aldeline.com
1091120/1
sales@aldeline.com
Comprising 24SWG bare constantan wire stretched along a meter scale, subdivided in centimeters and millimeters, clamped to stout plated
brass terminating plates designed to ensure that the connections are made exactly at the ends of the scale. A heavy plated brass strip with
4mm socket terminals is fastened along the back of the baseboard and provides a TWO-GAP system for normal Wheatstone bridge work.
Supplied WITH JOCKEY.
POTENTIOMETER SINGLE WIRE 1M 1246
1091140/1
Single Wire (1m) on Polished Wooden Base. Useful as a potential divider for various electrical experiments such as in null point detection,
works on the principle of variation of resistance of a conductor with length. Comprising a 24SWG bare constantan wire stretched along a
meter rule, sub-divided in centimeters and millimeters and clamped to stout plated brass end plates. The clamping system is designed to make
good electrical contact with the wire at the exact ends of the scale thus leaving virtually no margin for 'end errors'. The terminating strips are
provided with heavy-duty 4mm socket terminals and the complete assembly is mounted on a long baseboard. Supplied WITH JOCKEY.
POTENTIOMETER DOUBLE WIRE 2 M 1249
1091140/2
Double Wire (2m) on Polished Wooden Base. Useful as a potential divider for various electrical experiments such as in null point detection,
works on the principle of variation of resistance of a conductor with length. Comprising a 24SWG bare constantan wire stretched along a
meter rule, sub-divided in centimeters and millimeters and clamped to stout plated brass end plates. The clamping system is designed to make
good electrical contact with the wire at the exact ends of the scale thus leaving virtually no margin for 'end errors'. The terminating strips are
provided with heavy-duty 4mm socket terminals and the complete assembly is mounted on a long baseboard. Supplied WITH JOCKEY.
PENCIL JOCKEY 1258
1091160
For Wheatstone bridge and potentiometer work, with insulated handle, plated brass contact, and a plated brass terminal with 4mm Socket.
Overall length about 120mm approx.
MANGANIN WIRE, BARE 1267
1091180/1
An alloy of manganese, nickel and copper, having a low temperature coefficient. This wire is particularly suited for resistance coils etc., or any
application where accuracy of resistance value is the important factor and electrical loading is low.
Diameter Mass
(per reel)
(in mm) (SWG)
0.91
20
50 g
0.71
22
50 g
0.56
24
50 g
0.45
26
50 g
0.38
28
50 g
0.31
30
50 g
EUREKA/CONSTANTAN WIRE, BARE 1270
A copper nickel alloy of low temperature co-efficient suitable for resistance coils etc.
Diameter Mass
(per reel)
(in mm) (SWG)
1.62
16
125g
1.22
18
125g
0.91
20
125g
0.71
22
125g
0.56
24
125g
0.46
26
125g
0.38
28
125g
0.31
30
125g
0.27
32
125g
0.23
34
125g
1091200/1
NICHROME WIRE, BARE 1273
1091220/1
A nickel-chromium iron alloy especially suitable for high temperature applications such as heating elements, rheostats etc.
Diameter Mass
(per reel)
(in mm) (SWG)
1.22
18
125g
0.91
20
125g
0.71
22
125g
0.56
24
125g
0.46
26
125g
0.38
28
125g
0.31
30
125g
0.27
32
125g
WATER CIRCUIT BOARD 1279
1091240
To demonstrate the principle of flow of electricity by analogy. Comprises an analogous circuit made of transparent plastic tubing connected to
a low voltage electric pump operating on 6-12V DC for circulating water through the circuit, mounted on a large sheet metal board through
spring clips. The circuit has two glass tubes of different bores, connected in parallel across the circuit and represents resistances. Across the
resistances is connected a detachable manometer to show the pressure drop across the tubes indicating potential difference. Following the
resistances, the tube discharges into a funnel for circulation through the circuit. 4mm sockets provided for power input to the pump. Rate of
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
flow of water through the circuit represents current through the circuit and can be controlled by varying the input to the electric pump.
Hoffman's Clips provided for disconnecting either of the two resistances or manometer, when needed.
WORCESTER CIRCUIT BOARD KIT 1282
1091260
The kit consists of baseboard, terminals, set of metal connection pillars and a number of clip-on connection strips and accessories units,
enabling a variety of circuits to be constructed quickly. Phosphor bronze connection strips are so designed that when flexed a little, they are
easily slipped over the pegs on baseboard, where there natural spring holds them in position and ensures good electrical contact. The kit
includes following components:
Flash Lamp Bulbs x 18 Nos.; Plain Connectors x 12 Nos.; Connectors with Lamp Holders x 9 Nos.;
Connector with Rheostat x 1 No.
Rectifier x 1 No.
Resistor x 1 No.
Flexible Leads with 4mm plugs and crocodile clips x 2 Nos.
Flexible Leads with Crocodile Clips x 2 Nos.
Crocodile Clips x 2 Nos.
Mounted Bell Pushes x 2 Nos.
Soft Iron Nails, 50mm x 2 Nos.
1 Length of Bare Copper Wire 20SWG
1 Length of Bare Eureka Wire, 34SWG
1 Length of Plastic Covered flexible wire
Circular Hardboard Disc, Drilled x 1 No.
Pencil Leads x 4 Nos.
Copper Foil x 1 Pc
Steel Wool x 1 Pc
Supplied without cells.
CARBON ARC LAMP 1288
Mounted on wooden base to explain working of arc lamp operates on 12 volts AC / DC.
1091280
MORSE KEY 1294
1091300
To demonstrate the functioning of telegraphic communication. Tapping of the key sends signal to the sounder. On rectangular wooden base
with two terminals and pivoted contact arm with adjustable spring, all fittings are chrome plated. 4mm socket terminal provided for
connections.
MORSE SOUNDER 1297
1091320
Receives communication from Morse key and converts into audible signal for decoding. On rectangular wooden base with electromagnet and
pivoted arm with adjustable screws, all fitting are chrome plated. 4mm socket terminal provided for connections.
MORSE KEY AND SOUNDER COMBINED 1300
1091340
The complete unit, when connected to a similar unit provides complete two way communication in the form of Morse codes. Provided with
two pair of terminals – one pair marked '+' and '-' for battery connections and other marked 'L1' and 'L2' for connection to similar terminal on
another unit. Mounted on polished wooden base.
TELEGRAPH SET, TABLE TYPE 1306
1091360
Set of TWO units. Each unit is fitted with one Morse key one sounder and ON/OFF switch for battery with four terminals. Each unit is works on
4-6V DC.
TELEGRAPH SET, LECTURE PATTERN 1309
1091380
For demonstration of telegraphic communication to a group of students. Comprises a set of two individual complete working model, each unit
is mounted on wooden polished vertical stand; all connections are clearly visible to explain the principle of telegraph. Each unit is workable on
4-6 volts DC.
TELEPHONE TRANSMITTER & RECEIVER COMBINED 1312
Showing clearly all components and connections working demonstration model of telephonic communication.
1091400/1
TELEPHONE RECEIVER, DOUBLE POLE WITH WIRE FOR CONNECTION 1315
Showing clearly all components and connections working demonstration model of telephonic communication
1091400/2
TELEPHONE TRANSMITTER-SUPERIOR WITH HANDLE AND WIRE CONNECTION 1318
Showing clearly all components and connections working demonstration model of telephonic communication.
1091400/3
BELL DEMONSTRATION MODEL, ECONOMICAL 1324
1091420
All the components of an electric bell are mounted on a large panel for easy demonstration to the group of students. Provides complete
dissected view with all components and wiring clearly visible with large sized parts. Operates on 3-4 volts DC. Shows the working of a simple
electric bell.
BELL DEMONSTRATION MODEL, NEW DESIGN 1326
1091420
All the components of an electric bell are mounted on a large panel for easy demonstration to the group of students. Provides complete
dissected view with all components and wiring clearly visible with large sized parts. Operates on 3-4 volts DC. Shows the working of a simple
electric bell.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
AMMETERS DC, SINGLE RANGE 1333
Moving coil meters in case, for DC measurements.
0-1A
0-1.5A
0-3A
0-5A
0-10A
1091460/1
AMMETERS DC, DUAL RANGE 1336
Moving coil, in case, ranges selectable through a set of three 4mm socket terminals
0-2.5 / 5A
0-1 / 5A
0-1.5 / 3A
0-5 / 10A
0-10 / 100mA
0-25 / 250mA
0-100 / 500mA
1091480/1
AMMETERS DC, TRIPLE RANGE 1339
Moving coil, in case, ranges selectable through a set of four 4mm socket terminals.
0-10 / 100 / 500mA
0-50mA / 500mA / 5A
1091500/1
MILLI-AMMETERS DC 1342
Moving coil meters in case, for DC measurements.
0-1mA
0-5mA
0-10mA
0-25mA
0-50mA
0-100mA
0-250mA
0-500mA
1091460/6
MICRO-AMMETERS DC 1345
Moving coil meters in case, for DC measurements.
0-50µA
0-100µA
0-150µA
0-200µA
0-250µA
0-500µA
1091460/14
VOLTMETER DC, SINGLE RANGE 1360
Moving coil meters in case, for DC measurements. Ranges available are:
0-1V
0-1.5V
0-3V
0-5V
0-10V
0-25V
0-50V
0-100V
0-250V
0-300V
1091520/1
VOLTMETERS DC, DUAL RANGE 1363
Moving coil, in case, ranges selectable through a set of three 4mm socket terminals.
0-1 / 5V
0-3 / 15V
0-5 / 15V
0-3 / 30V
0-100 / 500mV
0-250 / 500mV
1091540/1
VOLTMETERS DC, TRIPLE RANGE 1366
Moving coil, in case, ranges selectable through a set of four 4mm socket terminals.
0-3V / 15V / 30V
1091560/1
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
0-3V / 30V / 300V
MILLI-VOLTMETERS DC 1369
Moving coil meters in case, for DC measurements.
0-25mV
0-50mV
0-100mV
0-150mV
0-250mV
0-500mV
1091520/11
GALVANOMETERS 1375
Moving coil meters with center zero, in case, for DC measurements.
1-0-1 mA
35-0-35 mV
3.5-0-3.5 mA
1091580/1
AMMETERS MOVING IRON 1396
Moving Iron, AC/DC.
0-1.5A
0-3A
0-5A
0-10A
1091600/1
MILLI-AMMETERS MOVING IRON 1399
Moving Iron, AC/DC.
0-100mA
0-250mA
0-500mA
1091600/5
VOLTMETERS MOVING IRON 1405
Moving iron, AC / DC.
0-1.5V
0-3V
0-5V
0-10V
0-25V
0-50V
0-100V
0-150V
0-250V
0-300V
1091620/1
AMMETER, MULTIRANGE, AC / DC 1414
1091640
A multi-range rectangular ammeter mounted on top of a sturdy plastic box, providing multiple ranges selectable through a rotary knob with
AC/DC selection through a toggle switch. AC output available through a pair of 4mm yellow shielded sockets and DC output through a pair of
4mm colour coded shielded sockets. Ranges available are 10mA / 100mA / 500mA / 1A / 2.5A / 5A in both AC and DC.
VOLTMETER, MULTIRANGE, AC/DC 1417
1091660
Similar to Cat No. 1414, in construction but voltmeter with ranges 5V / 25V / 50V / 100V / 250V / 500V in both AC and DC.
DIGITAL METERS, BENCH TYPE 1426
1091780/1
Desk stand type featuring 3½ digit LCD digital display covering almost the entire range required, for general-purpose laboratory use. Sloping
display provides easy reading. Housed in tough plastic case. Operates on 9V battery (6F22) mounted inside the case.
Specifications
Display Size : 13mm Height
Accuracy : ±0.3% typical
Linearity : 0.2% typical
Dimensions : 92×130×100mm
DC Ammeter (199.9μA)
DC Ammeter (1.999mA)
DC Ammeter (19.99mA)
DC Ammeter (199.9mA
DC Ammeter (1.999A
DC Ammeter (19.99A
DC Voltmeter (199.9mV
DC Voltmeter (1.999V
DC Voltmeter (19.99V
DC Voltmeter (199.9V
DC Voltmeter (500V
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
DEMONSTRATION METER 1432
1091800
Moving coil type DC galvanometer, ammeters and voltmeters for demonstration of their working to a group of students. About 100mm scale
with 55mm long pointer needle and movement encased in a clear, transparent acrylic casing with black bottom imparts clear inside view. Color
coded 4mm socket terminals provided for input connections. Available in both, center zero or left zero as per the desired range.
DEMONSTRATION METER, SMALL - WOODEN 1438
1091820
A useful meter for demonstration of the functioning of simple, permanent magnet type moving coil meters to a group of students. Movement
with spring control and magnetic damping mounted inside a rectangular wooden frame with clear glass window at the front and ground glass
window at the back. All internal mechanism and electrical connections are visible. Long pointer needle with thick arrowhead provides clear
visibility from a distance. With 4mm socket terminals on one side for connecting input. Has zero adjustment screw at the front. Accuracy class
index – 2.5.
DEMONSTRATION METER – WOODEN 1441
1091840
Developed for the classroom demonstration of the constructional features of permanent magnet moving coil type meters. Movement with
spring control and magnetic damping and is fitted in transparent wooden casing with large glass window at the front and back. All internal
mechanism and electrical connections are visible. Long pointer needle with thick arrowhead provides clear visibility from a distance. The
wooden case has 4mm socket terminals on one side for electrical connections with a slot for inserting interchangeable scales just above it and
a pair of knobs on the other side – one for zero adjustment and other for locking pointer needle. Can be used both as left zero and center zero
meters. These are useful for demonstration as well as for actual measurements. It is made more versatile by using any of the scales from Cat
No. 1450 to convert it into a galvanometer, ammeter or voltmeter of different ranges.
Accuracy Class Index : 2.5
Scale Length : 110 ± 2mm
Overall size : 80 × 100 × 190mm approx.
DEMONSTRATION METER, INTERSCALE - PLASTIC CASE 1444
1091860
Similar to Cat No. 1441, in design and functionality but complete assembly fitted in tough, plastic frame with transparent front and back
windows. Moving coil type with accuracy of ±2.5%. Basic sensitivity of meter calibrated at 5mA, 100mV FSD. The meter is useful for
demonstrating the working principle of AC or DC ammeters, voltmeters and galvanometers, using the various interchangeable plastic scales as
per Cat. No. 1450. Overall size 300×150×300mm.
INTERCHANGEABLE DIALS FOR DEMONSTRATION METERS 1450
1091880/1
Dial scales for use with Cat. No. 1441 and 1444. Dials made of unbreakable ABS and can be slid into the meter through a slot on one side of the
frame. The dial has a suitable shunt as per the scale range, which is housed in a moulded plastic casing mounted at one end of the dial and
provided with plug connectors to locate, align and connect the dial to the meter.
1.
DC Current (2.5-0-2.5mA)
2.
DC Current (10-0-10mA)
3.
DC Current (0-10mA)
4.
DC Current (0-50mA)
5.
DC Current (0-100mA)
6.
DC Current (0-500mA)
7.
DC Current (0-1A)
8.
DC Current (0-5A)
9.
DC Voltage (0-1V
10.
DC Voltage (0-5V)
11.
DC Voltage (0-10V)
12.
DC Voltage (0-15V)
13.
DC Voltage (0-300V)
14.
DC Voltage (5-0-5V)
15.
DC Voltage (10-0-10V)
16.
DC Voltage (0-100mV)
17.
AC Current (0-50mA)
18.
AC Current (0-100mA)
19.
AC Current (0-500mA)
20.
AC Current (0-1A)
21.
AC Current (0-5A)
22.
AC Current (0-10A)
23.
AC Voltage (0-5V)
24.
AC Voltage (0-10V)
25.
AC Voltage (0-15V)
26.
AC Voltage (0-30V)
27.
AC Voltage (0-50V)
28.
AC Voltage (0-300V)
SPOT REFLECTING GALVANOMETER 1456
1091900
A sensitive device suitable for Industrial Kelvin Double Bridge and Senior Kelvin Double Bridge as a null detector. Housed in a sturdy sheet
metal casing with self contained lamp and scale arrangement. With Lock/Unlock knob at the top; and ON/OFF switch, a pair of 4mm colour
coded socket terminals for input to be measured and sensitivity adjustment knob at the front. The front scale graduated in millimeters from 018cm (left zero and 9-0-9cm (center zero), for reading as required. Galvanometer coil resistance 125 ohms Nominal, Sensitivity is 15mm/μA,
time period 2 seconds, and critical damping resistance 1000 ohms. Operates on 220-240V AC 50/60Hz.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
BALLISTIC GALVANOMETERS 1462
1091940/1)
Used for measurement of small quantities of electrical charge and currents. Leveling Screws for balancing the coil. Coil with mirror suspended
between long suspension at the upper end and a spring at lower end. Suspension and spring are made of special alloy to provide high degree
of sensitivity to the movement. Movement housed in a Bakelite case, rigid and robust. Clamping arrangement for transportation. Consistent
sensitivity over a longer period. Strip provided for damping its ballistic movement.
Specifications:
Coil Resistance (Ù) : 100
Charge Sensitivity (mm/μC) : 300
Current Sensitivity (mm/μA) : 1000
Time Period (seconds) : 12
Critical Damping Resistance () : 2000
Coil Resistance (Ù) : 500
Charge Sensitivity (mm/μC) : 600
Current Sensitivity (mm/μA) : 1400
Time Period (seconds) : 12
Critical Damping Resistance (Ù) : 3500
HOT WIRE METER 1465
1091960
A simple demonstration meter model that indicates the current flowing across its terminals on the basis of heating effects of current, i.e.,
demonstrates the heating effects of current. A resistance wire is fixed across two 4mm socket terminals mounted on insulated plastic base.
Flow of current through the wire heats it that results in its elongation. This elongation is calibrated using a simple mechanism to move the
pointer indicating the current flowing through resistance wire. Transparent acrylic window mounted on top provides clear view to its working.
Clamping arrangement provided at the rear makes it easily mountable on a suitable retort stand for demonstration to a group of students.
MOUNTED MOTOR FOR SOLAR CELL 1468
Comprises small, low power consumption, electric motor mounted on a base, specially designed to run
1100020
SOLAR ENERGY KIT 1470
1100040
PLUG SWITCH ONE WAY 1525
1090020/1
Comprising brass blocks each fitted with 4mm socket terminals and mounted on a moulded plastic base, along with accurately tapered brass
plugs with a fluted plastic top to fit in to the hole between the blocks, thus providing a negligible contact resistance.
PLUG SWITCH TWO WAYS 1528
1090020/2
Comprising brass blocks each fitted with 4mm socket terminals and mounted on a moulded plastic base, along with accurately tapered brass
plugs with a fluted plastic top to fit in to the hole between the blocks, thus providing a negligible contact resistance.
PLUG SWITCH THREE WAYS 1531
1090020/3
Comprising brass blocks each fitted with 4mm socket terminals and mounted on a moulded plastic base, along with accurately tapered brass
plugs with a fluted plastic top to fit in to the hole between the blocks, thus providing a negligible contact resistance.
CONTACT KEY, SINGLE 1537
1090040
Comprising a plated spring strip arm with thumb-press knob, a contact stud, plated connecting strip and a pair of 4mm socket terminals, all
mounted on a moulded plastic base.
CONTACT KEY, DOUBLE 1538
1090040
A contact arm & three metal studs mounted on a bakelite base with three brass terminals. The centre terminal is common connection to the
arm & the other two terminals connected to the other studs.
COMMUTATOR, POHL'S 1540
1090060
Used in experiments on Hysterisis or applications where high insulation is necessary. An insulated moulded plastic base has six cups for
mercury, with six terminals mounted, diagonal connecting strips and contact arm with insulated handle.
KNIFE SWITCH 1543
1090080/1
For making / breaking of Low voltage electrical circuits, molded plastic base with plated spring metal contacts and screw connectors.
Single Pole Single Throw
Single Pole Double Throw
Double Pole Single Throw
Double Pole Double Throw
REVERSING SWITCH 1546
1090100
Rotary brush type switch with phosphor bronze contacts. Screw terminals. Maximum current 10A mounted on an insulating base. Dimensions
100x100x70mm.
CHARGE & DISCHARGE KEY 1549
Used in charging & discharging of a capacitor. Chrome plated brass strips & pillars. Three terminals fitted on a thick bakelite plate of high
insulation. Contact resistance 2 milliohms approx. Maximum current 5 amps. Dimensions 185x15x45mm.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
ELECTRONICS
SET OF LOGIC GATE MODULES 1740
1100080/1
Logic Gate is a digital electronic circuit that follows certain logical relationships between the input and output voltages and finds utility in the
execution of basic operations of Boolean algebra. These gates have IC based design with HI / LOW output states indicated by different
coloured LEDs. Housed in a sturdy sheet metal box with rubber feet, all modules have truth tables along with necessary details clearly printed
on top. Input and output through 4mm sockets in different colours for easy identification. Input of 5V DC can be connected via input sockets.
Two Input AND Gate
Two Input OR Gate
One Input NOT Gate
Two Input NAND Gate
Two Input NOR Gate
Two Input EX-OR Gate
N-P-N TRANSISTOR 1743
1100140
Comprises an N-P-N junction bipolar transistor mounted in the plastic casing, useful for studying the transistor characteristics and its
functioning in different circuits.
P-N-P TRANSISTOR 1746
1100160
Comprises a P-N-P junction bipolar transistor mounted in the plastic casing, useful for studying the transistor characteristics and its functioning
in different circuits.
POWER TRANSISTOR N-P-N 1749
An N-P-N type power transistor mounted in the casing.
1100180
FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR 1752
1100200
This is a very high input impedance device, in which input signal is capable of effecting appreciable change in voltage level but not an
appreciable change in current, and essentially provides features of popular devices of vacuum tube electronics such as vacuum triode and
pentode.
SOLAR CELL MOUNTED 1755
A solar cell mounted on the plastic case, providing output of 1V at 200mA through the 4mm sockets.
1100220
SOLAR MOTOR WITH FAN 1758
A lightweight plastic fan mounted on a low voltage DC motor that can be driven by the output of solar cell.
1100240
PHOTO CELL 1761
1100280
Comprises a simple photo cell to demonstrate the conversion of light energy to electrical energy, mounted on plastic case. An LED indicator is
provided for use as a load to observe the effect.
JUNCTION DIODE 1764
1100300
A semiconductor junction diode for studying its characteristics in forward and reverse biasing and its use as a rectifier.
ZENER DIODE 1767
1100320
A Zener diode, to study the concept of Zener breakdown in reverse biasing and its practical application as a voltage regulator. Available in the
standard values rated from 3.3V to 24V.
PHOTO DIODE 1770
This semiconductor device permits the flow of current through it only when light of specific wavelength falls on it.
1100380
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE 1773
1100400
Emits light when specified electrical input is provided. A very low power consuming device that demonstrates the conversion of electrical
energy to light energy.
LIGHT DEPENDENT RESISTANCE 1776
Comprises a semiconductor whose resistance varies with the intensity of light incident on it.
1100340
MOUNTED BUZZER 1779
An audible buzzer operates on low voltage DC, converts electrical energy to sound energy.
1100420
DIODE VALVE ON BASE 1782
For studying the characteristics of a diode valve and its use as a rectifier.
1100460
TRIODE VALVE ON BASE 1785
For studying the characteristics of a triode valve and its practical applications.
1100480
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER 1791
1100500
A simple step down transformer mounted on top of the plastic case, provides low voltage. AC output available for different outputs (4.5, 9 and
12V at 250mA.)
SIMPLE CIRCUIT MODULES, PCB MOUNTED 1794
1100520/1
Light Dependent Resistance (LDR) Board: These simple circuit modules are intended to be used by the students to explore and familiarize with
the applications of electrical / electronic components and devices, and simple circuits. All modules have components directly mounted on a
rectangular PCB board, with soft cushioned feet at the bottom and have 4mm sockets for connecting the modules in a circuit using leads.
Supplied without connecting leads.
SIMPLE CIRCUIT MODULES, PCB MOUNTED 1797
1100520/2
Light Dependent Resistance (LDR) Unit: These simple circuit modules are intended to be used by the students to explore and familiarize with
the applications of electrical / electronic components and devices, and simple circuits. All modules have components directly mounted on a
rectangular PCB board, with soft cushioned feet at the bottom and have 4mm sockets for connecting the modules in a circuit using leads.
Supplied without connecting leads.
SIMPLE CIRCUIT MODULES, PCB MOUNTED 1800
1100520/3
Thermistor Unit: These simple circuit modules are intended to be used by the students to explore and familiarize with the applications of
electrical / electronic components and devices, and simple circuits. All modules have components directly mounted on a rectangular PCB
board, with soft cushioned feet at the bottom and have 4mm sockets for connecting the modules in a circuit using leads. Supplied without
connecting leads.
SIMPLE CIRCUIT MODULES, PCB MOUNTED 1803
Push Switch : A simple ON/OFF push switch for opening or closing the circuit.
1100520/4
SIMPLE CIRCUIT MODULES, PCB MOUNTED 1806
1100520/5
Single Pole, Double Throw (SPDT) Switch: A two way rocker action switch providing frequent changeover between two circuits or connection /
disconnection of a circuit.
MODULES DE CIRCUIT SIMPLES, PCB MOUNTED 1809
1100520/6
Reed Switch : A heavy duty ON/OFF reed switch protected by series resistor against short-circuit loads. A magnet brought closer to the reed
causes it to switch.
SIMPLE CIRCUIT MODULES, PCB MOUNTED 1812
Electromagnet : Powerful electromagnet coil, operates on 5-6V.
1100520/7
SIMPLE CIRCUIT MODULES, PCB MOUNTED 1815
Heater: A 47ohms resistor, which warns when a voltage of 5-6V is applied, maximum rating 7V.
1100520/8
SIMPLE CIRCUIT MODULES, PCB MOUNTED 1818
Lamp : Type MES, bulb of 4.5 V, 0.3 A mounted on board.
1100520//9
SIMPLE CIRCUIT MODULES, PCB MOUNTED 1821
1100520/10
Reed Relay: Current flowing through the coil produces magnetism to cause the reed to switch another circuit; the reed contacts being
protected from short circuit damage by a low value series resistor.
SIMPLE CIRCUIT MODULES, PCB MOUNTED 1824
Buzzer : A low current, low voltage DC, piezo-electric buzzer.
1100520/11
RELAY DEMONSTRATION 1828
The Relay Demonstration Unit allows the investigation and study of how a relay functions, in a clear and practical manner. A useful property of
this unit is that the circuit powering the coil is easily seen to be completely separate from the circuit switched on by the relay. This is one of the
reasons relays are used where a safe low voltage circuit can be used to control a high voltage circuit. When a current flows through the coil an
electro-magnetic field is produced. This field attracts the iron armature whose end makes the contact, completing the circuit and illuminating
the lamp. When the current is switched off, the contact will open again, switching the circuit off. Specifications: Control input voltage: 2 Volts
d.c. Switched supply voltage: 12 Volts Max.
SHADOW EFFECT TUBE, ELECTROMAGNET 1848
1130140
Demonstrates that cathode rays travel in straight line and cast shadows. An object obstructing cathode rays casts its shadow on the
fluorescent wall facing it, and if the running cathode rays are subjected to magnetic effects, per an electromagnet, the shadow is affected by
its slight rotation change. Complete with electromagnet.
MECHANICAL EFFECT TUBE 1851
1130160
To show the particle nature of cathode rays. Cathode Rays exert a pushing effect on object it falls on, is shown by the rotating of vanes caused
by the impact of cathode rays striking the vanes.
RECTILINEAR PROPAGATION 1854
V Shaped tube. To show cathode rays travel along a straight line path irrespective of the position of anode points.
www.aldeline.com
1130100
sales@aldeline.com
REPULSION TUBE, GOLD STEIN'S 1857
Vertical tube with two parallel wire cathodes at two ends of tubes with third electrode to serve as anode. On base.
1130120
HEATING EFFECT TUBE, WAX COATED 1860
1130200
When cathode rays are focused on wax coated on the outside of the upper round head of cathode ray tube, the wax melts quickly showing
heat generated by cathode rays.
SHADOW EFFECT MALTESE CROSS TUBE OR CROSS & SHADOW 1863
1130220
A star shaped object obstructing the path of cathode rays casts its shadow on the fluorescent painted wall facing cathode rays.
HEATING EFFECT PLATINUM FOIL 1866
1130240
To show that cathode rays produce heat when they fall on matter. Upon focusing the rays at a point, cathode rays generate intense heat
shown by the red heating of platinum foil.
SPECTRUM TUBES 1869
1130080/1
Evacuated glass tubes, about 20cm long, straight form, filled with different types of gases or vapours to study their respective discharge. The
glass tubes has metal cap electrodes at both the ends for connecting to high voltage supply and about 50mm long fine capillary in the middle
for showing the concentrated effect of discharge
Air
Alcohol Vapours
Ammonia Vapours
Argon
Carbon di oxide
Chlorine
Helium
Hydrogen
Iodine Vapours
Mercury vapours
Neon
Nitrogen
Oxygen
Water Vapours
Variable Power Supply for Spectrum Tubes
ELECTROSTATICS
NYLON ROD 2005
1080020
Nylon rods useful in the study of electrostatics by charging through rubbing by a suitable material. Length of rod about 30cm with diameter
about 12-13mm.
EBONITE ROD 2008
1080060
Ebonite rods useful in the study of electrostatics by charging through rubbing by a suitable material. Length of rod about 30cm with diameter
about 12-13mm.
POLYTHENE ROD 2011
1080040
Polythene rods useful in the study of electrostatics by charging through rubbing by a suitable material. Length of rod about 30cm with
diameter about 12-13mm.
GLASS ROD 2014
1080080
Glass rods useful in the study of electrostatics by charging through rubbing by a suitable material. Length of rod about 30cm with diameter
about 12-13mm.
PERSPEX ROD 2017
1080100
Perspex rods useful in the study of electrostatics by charging through rubbing by a suitable material. Length of rod about 30cm with diameter
about 12-13mm.
COMPOUND ROD – GLASS & BRASS 2020
1080120
Compound rods half glass and half brass; useful in the study of electrostatics by charging through rubbing by a suitable material. Length of rod
about 30cm with diameter about 12-13mm.
COMPOUND ROD – EBONITE & BRASS 2023
1080120
Compound rods half ebonite and half brass; useful in the study of electrostatics by charging through rubbing by a suitable material. Length of
rod about 30cm with diameter about 12-13mm.
WOOLEN CLOTH 2032
1080160
Used for rubbing the suitable friction rod for electrostatically charging them. Available in square pieces of size about 30×30cms.
RUBBER SILK 2035
1080180
Used for rubbing the suitable friction rod for electrostatically charging them. Available in square pieces of size about 30×30cms.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
SILK CLOTH 2038
1080200
Used for rubbing the suitable friction rod for electrostatically charging them. Available in square pieces of size about 30×30cms.
RAISED FLANNEL CLOTH 2041
1080210
Used for rubbing the suitable friction rod for electrostatically charging them. Available in square pieces of size about 30×30cms.
PROOF PLANE 2050
1080220/1
For transferring charges from a charged object to another object in electrostatics experiments. Comprising of a circular metal disc mounted on
top of an insulating handle.
25mm diameter
50mm diameter
ELECTROPHOROUS 2053
1080240
For producing static charge in small quantities. Comprises an insulating bakelite disc in wooden sole, along with a brass disc mounted on
insulating handle. The brass disc also has a small conducting sphere attached to it for earthing the disc while use.
DISCHARGER 2056
1080260/1
For discharging the charged object in electrostatics experiments. Small plated brass spheres mounted on curved arms, joined together and
mounted on insulating handle, overall length about 30cm. Can also be used for transferring charges from a charged object.
DISCHARGER 2059
1080260/2
For discharging the charged object in electrostatics experiments. Small plated brass spheres mounted on curved arms joined together and with
two handles, in scissors shaped pattern, overall length about 20cm. Can also be used for transferring charges from a charged object.
PARALLEL PLATE CAPACITOR 2062
1080300/1
A simple device for exploring the principle of capacitance, its relationship between charge and voltage, and its dependence on surface area of
conductors, separation and dielectric medium between the two plates. Comprises two circular metal discs, each fixed on an insulated handle
and mounted on vertical pillars parallel to each other. The metal plates have a terminal at their back for electrical connection. The discs can be
adjusted for altering distance between them. Complete assembly mounted on non skid base.
CONDUCTORS SPHERICAL 2068
1080320/1
For exploring the charge distribution and charge holding capacity of the different shaped conductors and demonstrate the Gauss' Law relating
to distribution of charge and dependence of field strength near a conductor on its radius of curvature. Comprises a hollow brass conductor of
sphere shape with diameter of 5cm; mounted on top of insulated pillar on a base. The conductors are interchangeable on pillars.
CONDUCTORS CYLINDRICAL 2071
1080320/2
For exploring the charge distribution and charge holding capacity of the different shaped conductors and demonstrate the Gauss' Law relating
to distribution of charge and dependence of field strength near a conductor on its radius of curvature. Comprises a hollow brass conductor of
cylindrical shape of size 12.5x5cm (length x diameter) mounted on top of insulated pillar on a base. The conductors are interchangeable on
pillars.
CONDUCTORS CONICAL 2074
1080320/3
For exploring the charge distribution and charge holding capacity of the different shaped conductors and demonstrate the Gauss' Law relating
to distribution of charge and dependence of field strength near a conductor on its radius of curvature. Comprises a hollow brass conductor of
conical shape with size 10 x 5cm (length x diameter) mounted on top of insulated pillar on a base. The conductors are interchangeable on
pillars.
CONDUCTORS SET 2077
1080320/4
For exploring the charge distribution and charge holding capacity of the different shaped conductors and demonstrate the Gauss' Law relating
to distribution of charge and dependence of field strength near a conductor on its radius of curvature. Comprises a hollow brass conductors of
different shapes mounted on top of insulated pillar on a base. The conductors are interchangeable on pillars.
CONICAL CONDUCTOR 2080
1080340
For Demonstration of the point effect of electrically charged objects. Mounted on a insulated pillar on sturdy base. Approximate dimensions
are
Cylinder Diameter : 100mm
Length :
225mm
Overall Height :
250mm
BIOT'S CONDUCTOR 2083
1080360
To demonstrate that charge resides only on outside surfaces of a hollow conductor. Consists of a hollow metal sphere of diameter 5cm
mounted on insulated pillar on a stand. Complete with hollow hemispherical cups having insulated handles.
AEPINUS CONDENSER 2089
1080280
Useful for exploring the principle of working of capacitance, and the relationship between charge, voltage and capacitance. Comprises a pair of
adjustable circular metal discs of diameter 100mm attached to the insulated handles and is supported on insulated pillars mounted vertically
on a base. Another pillar has a clamp for holding glass dielectric plate between the metal discs. The glass plate may be replaced by plates of
other material to study the effect of dielectric. End of insulating handles of metals discs carry a 4mm socket for electrical connection.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
GOLD LEAF ELECTROSCOPE 2104
1080440
Rectangular sheet metal case mounted in insulated base and provided with removable front and back sliding glass panels, one clear and other
ground, respectively. Removable disc electrode mounted at the top through a moulded plastic bush insulating the disc electrode from the
metal body to prevent charge leakage. The plastic bush has a plated metal blade on the underside for fixing the gold leaf. Case fitted with
terminal at the side for earthing. Removable clear front slides up to allow insertion of ionizing material in chamber and fixing of leaves, when
needed. A clear acrylic circular scale inside the chamber, graduated 0-90º, facilitates the comparison of charge by means of deflection.
Supplied complete with one pair of leaves.
GOLD LEAF ELECTROSCOPE BIG SIZE 2107
1080440
A bigger sized electroscope similar to Cat No. 2104 in appearance and construction. It has an insulating bush carrying a metal blade
underneath it and inside the chamber to which a single metal leaf may be pivoted which deflects, when charged. The case provided with a
terminal for earthing. The front window is clear and the rear window is of ground glass. An internal transparent scale graduated 0 to 90º is
provided for measuring the deflection of the leaf. Includes two interchangeable electrodes that can be fitted on top of insulating bush – a disc
electrode of diameter 50mm, mounted on a peg and a metal ball of 25mm diameter to study the charge capacities of both the electrodes.
Overall dimensions 112×63×143mm (width × thickness × height).
ELECTROSCOPE CIRCULAR SHAPE 2108
1080440
An annular metal ring frame of diameter about 125mm, carries an insulating bush at the top, which has circular metal disc electrode about it
and a conducting metal strip on the underside. The smaller, lightweight metal strip is pivoted at the center of bigger strip to provide deflection
with the charging of electrode. The metal frame also has an earthing terminal at one side. Complete assembly mounted on base.
GOLD LEAF ELECTROSCOPE - FLASK TYPE 2110
1080460
Comprises a glass conical flask, sealed at the top with holed rubber stopper. A metal rod supports a disc terminal at the top of rubber stopper
and a pair of foil leaves suspended inside.
GOLD LEAVES 2113
For use with electroscopes, available as spare, pack of 6.
1080520
PITH BALL ELECTROSCOPE - BAKELITE BASE 2122
1080380/1
A simple device for detecting the presence of electrostatic charges. A plated brass pillar mounted on base supporting two pith balls in un-spun
silk.
PITH BALL ELECTROSCOPE - PLASTIC BASE 2125
1080380/2
A simple device for detecting the presence of electrostatic charges. A plated brass pillar mounted on base supporting two pith balls in un-spun
silk.
PITH BALL ELECTROSCOPE - METAL BASE 2128
1080380/3
A simple device for detecting the presence of electrostatic charges. A plated brass pillar mounted on base supporting two pith balls in un-spun
silk.
PITH BALL ELECTROSCOPE - WOODEN BASE 2130
1080380/3
A simple device for detecting the presence of electrostatic charges. A plated brass pillar mounted on base supporting two pith balls in un-spun
silk.
PITH BALLS SPARE 2134
Available as spare for Pith Ball Electroscopes, in Pack of 10.
1080400
FARADAY’S BUTTERFLY NET 2137
1080420
To show that electrical charge resides on external surfaces of a conductor. Fabric net with cord on insulating pillar with metal base.
FARADAY'S PAILS 2140
1080560
Demonstrates that charge only resides on the outer surface of a hollow conductor with no charge on inner surface. Set consists of 4 nesting
aluminium cylindrical containers each fitted with insulating feet. Sizes for each vessel (diameter × height) 150×120mm, 120×110mm,
90×90mm, 75×75mm.
ELECTROSTATIC KIT 2149
1080540
A comprehensive kit, ideal for a group of students to investigate the concepts of electrostatics. Designed around dual-purpose electroscope,
which enables comparative measurements of the weak electrostatic fields apart from the qualitative aspect of electrostatic charges. The
complete kit comprises

Electroscope with disc electrode and hook electrode – 1 set

Metalized Polystyrene Spheres - 4 Nos.

Nylon Thread – 1 Reel

Electrophorus – 1 No.

Proof Plane – 1 No.

Wire Stirrup, for suspending strips – 1 No.

Aluminium Cans, 50×25mm (height × diameter) – 2 Nos.

Polythene Tiles 75mm square – 2 Nos.

Polythene Strip, 150×25mm – 1 No.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com



Woolen Cloth, 250mm square – 1 No.
Silk Cloth, 250mm square – 1 No.
Glass Rod, 10” – 1 No.
ELECTRICAL WHIRL 2155
1080580
For demonstrating the effect of electric discharge from pointed conductor also called corona discharge. Comprises a series of L-shaped metal
spokes with arms bent in same direction, arranged radially in circular fashion and free to rotate on an insulated stand. When brought near a
charged object, the pointed end of spokes ionizes the air due to high charge density resulting in its rotation.
LEYDEN JAR 2158
1080600
For demonstration of the basic principle of capacitance and its use in storage of charge. Comprises an insulated plastic can along with a two
metal conducting cans one inside the plastic vessel and the other outside, the dielectric plastic can providing complete insulation between the
two metal cans. The inner can has a hook shaped metal rod terminating in a metal sphere at the top for charging / discharging the Leyden jar.
The apparatus can be easily disassembled and once charged in assembled condition, retains its charge even after assembly and disassembly.
WIMSHURST ELECTROSTATIC GENERATOR 2164
1080620
A traditional device capable of generating high electrostatic potentials that can produce spark of length up to 3” under favourable weather
conditions. Equipped with two clear acrylic plates, each of diameter about 12” and having aluminium sectors permanently pasted radically
along the rim. Both the plates mounted parallel to each other and rotate in opposite direction through a belt-pulley arrangement. Pulley on
one wheel has handle for manual rotation. A set of charge collecting combs is mounted towards either end of a horizontal insulating beam,
together with the adjustable spark gap arms, the latter equipped with small metallic sphere discharger at one end and long insulating handle
adjustment at the other end. The charge can be stored in a pair of high capacity Leyden jar capacitors that can be connected or disconnected
as desired. When connected to the Leyden jars through a pair of levers, the spherical dischargers starts accumulating the charge and transfer
of charge from one discharger to other takes place in the form electric spark jumping from one sphere to other as a consequence of build-up
of sufficiently high potential difference across the two spheres. The spark produced intermittently by the continuously rotating plates.
Complete apparatus is mounted on a well insulated base that also carries a pair of earthing terminals for the Leyden jars.
VAN DE GRAAFF GENERATOR - HAND DRIVEN 2170
1080640
Hand operated, mounted on base. For the generation of electric charge, useful in electrostatics and for studying various phenomena
associated with electric charge. Comprises a near spherical dome supported on top of an insulated, clear Perspex pillar on the base. A
removable flat rubber belt rotates through rollers mounted at both the ends of Perspex pillar. Lower roller shaft has a pulley driven by a hand
operated crank through rubber belt. The continuous rotation of the flat rubber belt results in the accumulation of charge on the dome, until
electrical breakdown of air surrounding the sphere occurs. With sufficient charge build up on the dome, bringing the earthed discharge sphere
sufficiently close to it results in the transfer of charge from dome to ground in the form of electric spark. Earthing terminal provided on the
base. Supplied with discharge sphere, mounted on a long insulated handle.
VAN DE GRAAFF GENERATOR - MOTOR DRIVEN, SMALL 2176
1080660
Useful for electrostatics experiments, where continuous source of high voltage is needed. A motor driven assembly encased in a sturdy metal
box. The motor driven lower roller rotates the upper roller assembly located on top of the insulated Perspex pipe through a removable flat
rubber belt. The continuous rotation of rubber belt results in accumulation of charge on the one piece near spherical metallic dome, charge
being transferred continuously from rubber belt through charge collecting combs. Specially designed dome, with smooth and polished surface
free of any surface imperfections, and without any sharp corner or edge to minimize charge leakage. The motor operates on AC mains 220240V, 50/60Hz, fused input through a 3-Core mains cable. Provided with indicator type ON/OFF switch. On bringing earthed discharge sphere,
sufficiently close to the charged dome, transfer of charge from dome to the ground takes place in the form of electric spark jumping from
dome to the discharge sphere. Under favourable conditions, it can develop electric potential upto 200kV, with a spark of upto 70mm length.
4mm socket terminal provided at the bottom for earthing and another 4mm insert on top of the dome for charge transfer or attaching
accessories. Provides for necessary adjustment in all the critical components. Supplied complete with discharge sphere, mounted on a long
insulated handle.
VAN DE GRAAFF GENERATOR - MOTOR DRIVEN, LARGE 2179
1080680
Similar to Cat No. 2176 in functioning and design. Comprises a two piece bigger, spherical dome of diameter about 275mm, fixed on top of a
bigger Perspex pipe, with complete assembly mounted on a sturdy sheet metal casing. Additionally, the base also incorporates an electronic
variable speed control for driving the heavy duty motor of the generator. The bigger sized dome increases the charge capacity of the apparatus
resulting in higher build up of electric potential, this process accelerated by bigger heavy duty motor and other design changes incorporated in
the instrument. Provides for necessary adjustment in all the critical components. Comes with a discharger mounted on a long insulated handle,
one side of the discharger being hemispherical, while other pointed to allow an effective demonstration of lighting conductor.
DISCHARGE ELECTRODE ON STAND 2185
1080700/1
A highly polished aluminium sphere, in two parts, fixed on an insulated pillar, mounted on a stable base. Provided with a 4mm socket and a
lead with 4mm banana plugs at both ends to connect it to the generator. When connected to the generator, it increases the intensity, length
and spark of the generator because of increase in the effective capacitance due to both of them connected together. Can also be used
separately as a charged sphere for transferring electrostatic charges.
HEAD OF HAIR 2188
1080700/3
When mounted on top of the dome through 4mm insert, operating the generator causes the hair to stand on end due to electrostatic
repulsion of similar charge contained in the strands.
ELECTRIC PLUME 2191
www.aldeline.com
1080700/4
sales@aldeline.com
Comprises narrow stripes of colored ribbons mounted in a small stand with 4mm plug for inserting it on top of the dome. Operating the
generator makes the ribbons acquire similar charge repelling each other resulting in spreading out and away from the dome, finally standing
straight up.
ELECTRIC WHIRL 2194
1080700/5
Comprises a series of L-shaped metal spokes with arms bent in same direction, arranged radically in circular fashion and free to rotate on an
insulated stand. When connected to the charged dome or brought near the latter bringing near charged dome, it spins rapidly.
PITH BALLS ON RODS 2197
1080700/6
A pair of pith balls mounted on an insulated rod. Demonstrates presence or absence of electrostatic charges. The pillar can also be mounted
inside Faraday's pail.
FARADAY'S ICE PAIL 2200
1080700/7
For showing that the electrical charge resides only on outer surface of a hollow conductor, with no charge on inner surface. Comprises a metal
can with a 4mm plug at its bottom for attaching on top of the dome. Pith balls on rod, Cat No. 2197, can be mounted inside for demonstration.
LIGHTENING PLATE 2203
1080700/8
Comprises small, conductive leaves fixed on top of an insulating plate to form a zigzag path with small spacing between adjacent leaves, with
provision for electrical connections at either end. Demonstrates that the electrical discharge follows the path of least resistance. When
connected, high electrostatic potential from the generator, results in the flow of electricity through the leaves in the form of spark jumping
across the gaps between the leaves.
POINT DISCHARGER 2206
1080700/9
Comprises a metal pointed spike for demonstrating the property of pointed conductors to collect and discharge electrical charge much the
same way as by lightening conductors. Also demonstrates the phenomena of electric wind or corona discharge.
NEON BULB 2209
080700/11
A small neon bulb carried on insulated handle, when brought near charged dome of the generator; it glows showing the ionization of the air
surrounding the dome.
FLYING BALL 2212
1080700/12
Comprises a lightweight metalized ball suspended through the thread, mounted on insulated handle. The ball is attracted by the charged dome
due to electrostatic induction until it touches the dome, it is then violently repelled.
SILVER SNAKE 2215
1080700/13
It consists of a metalized ribbon attached to an insulated handle. The ribbon is cut to a point so that when it repelled by the dome, it quickly
loses its charge and repeatedly strikes back at the dome.
RACING BALL 2218
1080700/14
Comprises a lightweight, insulated ball sandwiched between two circular metallic discs. The rim of lower disc bent upward to prevent ball from
escaping. The underside of the lower disc has provision for mounting on dome. On operating the generator after connecting the racing ball
accessory, the ball gradually starts racing along the bent rim of lower disc.
VOLTA'S HAILSTORM 2221
1080700/15
An insulated cylindrical container with provision for mounting on dome of the generator, and has pith balls or small Styrofoam balls inside.
When charged through the generator, the balls contained inside start jumping and dancing rapidly in a random fashion giving an appearance of
hailstorm. It can also be used for the demonstration of precipitation of smoke.
RUBBER BELT 2224
For Van De Graff Generator supplied as spare.
1080700/16
DISCHARGE WAND 2227
1080700/17
Comprises a near spherical polished aluminium dome mounted on a long insulating handle. A 4mm socket is provided on the dome to connect
it to the ground terminal through a connecting lead for discharging the charged dome of Van De Graaff generator, when brought in contact
with the latter.
LIGHTENING CONDUCTOR 2239
1080720
For demonstration of the principle of lightening conductor, charge stored in spherical balls capacitors and its conduction to the earth.
Comprises a plated metal sphere mounted on cast metal tripod base and another adjustable sphere supported above the first one on a metal
strip on the vertical pillar attached to one of the legs of tripod base. The upper sphere has bent metal rod terminating in pointed shape with
provision for adjusting the distance between the two spheres.
HEAT
RING & BALL 2450
1060020/1
A simple and economical device for demonstrating the thermal expansion of solids. Comprises an annular brass ring mounted on an insulated
handle and a captive brass ball secured to the ring handle through a chain and having diameter just smaller than the ID of the ring. When cold,
the ball easily passes through the ring but does not pass on heating. When heated to the same extent, the ball still passes through the ring
showing the “expansion of a hole” effect.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Ball diameter 13mm
Ball diameter 18mm
Ball diameter 25mm
RING & BALL 2453
Same as per Cat. No. 2450 but the ring and ball mounted on separate handles.
Ball diameter 13mm
Ball diameter 18mm
Ball diameter 25mm
RING AND BALL, GRAVESAND'S ON STAND 2459
1060060/1
Both ball and ring mounted on tripod stand through a vertically adjustable collar, with ball suspended above the ring through a chain. Ball
diameter 25mm.
RING AND BALL, GRAVESAND'S ON STAND 2462
Same as per Cat. No. 2459 but on rectangular retort stand.
1060060/2
BAR BREAKING APPARATUS 2468
1060120/1
To demonstrating the enormous forces which can be exerted during thermal expansion or contraction and are capable of breaking even the CI
bars. Comprising a heavy cast metal frame with U-shaped slotted end pillar to carry a stout iron bar. The iron bar is threaded at one end for a
large tensioning knob and has holes at the other end to accommodate the cast iron breaking bars. Supplied complete with ten breaking bars.
BREAKING BARS SPARE 2471
Spare bars for Bar Breaking Apparatus as per Cat. No. 2468. Supplied in pack of 10 pcs.
1060120/2
BAR AND GAUGE APPARATUS 2474
1060080/1
For demonstrating expansion of solids by heating and contraction by cooling. Comprising a metal bar mounted on rod with insulated handle,
and U-shaped metal gauge also mounted on insulated handle, with GO/NO GO hole. The space between both the arms precisely adjusted to
just admit the bar length wise, and the bar cross-section will just pass through the hole, when cold or when both heated to the same extent.
On heating the bar, neither its length nor cross-section will be admitted in the gauge at respective points.
Bar size 110×10mm (length × diameter)
Bar size 90×10mm (length × diameter)
EXPANSION APPARATUS 2477
1060140
Demonstrates the linear expansion of solids. Comprising two cast metal uprights linked by a pair of parallel plated metal support rods and
supporting an expansion bar at the top. The expansion bar is fixed to one upright and rests beneath a friction pointer on the other upright. The
pointer moves along a scale reading 0 to 90°. Expansion of the bar on heating causes the pointer to move along the scale. Supplied complete
with expansion bars, one each of aluminium, brass and iron.
LINEAR EXPANSION APPARATUS 2479
1060140
Demonstrates the linear expansion of solids and allows comparison of expansion rods of different materials. Comprises cast metal end
supports mounted at each end of a horizontal metal reservoir, open at the top, that can take any liquid fuel such as Alcohol. One of the end
supports has a scale with pointer needle on the outside to indicate the expansion in the rod. Expansion rods supports in the holes near top of
both the end supports and can be clamped at the end opposite to that of scale pointer. Burning of fuel in the reservoir causes rod at the top
to expand, which in turn pushes the pointer needle showing deflection in the scale. Includes three expansion rods, 1 each of brass, copper and
aluminium.
LINEAR EXPANSION APPARATUS, MICROMETER TYPE 2480
1060180
Two cast metal legs joined together by a pair of plated metal rods; with each leg having provision for horizontally supporting the ends of plated
brass tube about 50cm long. The tube has a riffled nozzle near each end, facing opposite each other for use as inlet and outlet of steam, and
another outlet at the center with holed rubber bung for inserting thermometer to measure the inside temperature. The test rod is inserted in
the brass tube supported in rubber bungs at its each end. At one end is fitted a micrometer screw head reading to 0.01mm. A 4mm terminals
provided on each leg for connecting an electric bell or galvanometer to indicate make/break of contacts. Supplied complete with 3 metal test
rods, one each of copper, brass and steel.
LINEAR EXPANSION APPARATUS, GUNTHER 2486
1060200/1
Comprising two cast metal end pieces joined together by three nickel plated rods and carrying two sliding V-supports for a glass jacket with
inlet and outlet tubes. One end piece fitted with spherometer reading 0.01mm, and other with contact screw. The glass jacket encloses both a
brass and a copper rod each of about 50cm length, fitted through corks, a half turn of the jacket changing rod in contact the spherometer. A
thermometer can be attached to either of the rods by rubber bands. A binding post is fitted to each end piece for connecting an electric bell or
galvanometer to indicate make/break of contacts.
GLASS TUBE FOR LINEAR EXPANSION APPARATUS 2489
Spare glass tube for use with Linear Expansion Apparatus Gunther type.
1060200/2
COMPOUND METAL STRIP 2495
1060260/1
To show the unequal or differential expansion of two different metals in a bimetallic strips. Comprising two strips, each of different metal but
in same size, riveted together end to end and fitted on an insulated handle. On heating, the compound strip bends into curvature with metal
having more coefficient of expansion on concave side and other one on convex side. Returns back to its original shape on cooling. The
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
thickness of the two metal strips selectable carefully so as to obtain sufficient curving on applying little heat. The strip is only 1.5mm thick so
that very little heat is required to produce considerable bending.
Brass and Invar; size 150×20 (length × width),
Brass and Steel; size about 200×25mm (length × width)
Copper and Iron; size about 200×25mm (length × width),
SIMPLE THERMOCOUPLE - COPPER CONSTANTAN 2498
1061180
Comprises of two wires about 300mm long, one each of copper and constantan joined together properly by twisting them and brazing the
joint.
THERMOCOUPLE - COPPER-IRON 2501
1061200
Copper and iron wires, four each joined alternately in V-shape by twisting and brazing together to form a total of seven junctions, four on the
outer side and three on the inner side. With brass connectors for electrical connection.
WOOD & METAL CYLINDER 2510
1060280/1
Comprising a cylinder one half of which is polished wood and the other half the other metal. If paper is wrapped tightly around the cylinder
and the rod is held above the flame, the portion in contact with the wood will be quickly scorched while the portion in contact with the metal
will remain uncharred, showing the differences in their respective thermal conductivities.
Small Size
Large Size
THERMOSTAT MODEL 2516
1060300
Demonstrates how the bending due to differential expansion of two different metal strips can be used for operating the thermostat for
temperature control. A vertically mounted bimetallic strip bends with the rise in temperature causing it to open the electrical contact and
closing the same on cooling, thus controlling the switching ON/OFF of the circuit. Consists of binding posts for connection to low current
circuits and adjustable contacts. Mounted on base.
CONDUCTIVITY APPARATUS, EDSER 2522
1060320/1
To demonstrate different thermal conductivities of different metals. The apparatus also facilitates the studying of observations at later stage
also through the use of index. Apparatus consists of metal rods mounted vertically on the outer side at the base of a cylindrical copper vessel.
The vessel has thick rim at the top for supporting it by ring fitted to a retort stand. Supplied complete with indices.
With 3 metal rods – one each of brass, copper and aluminium, and 3 indices
With 4 metal rods – one each of brass, copper, aluminium & mild steel, & 4 indices
With 5 metal rods – one each of brass, copper, aluminium, mild steel and stainless steel, and with 5 indices
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY APPARATUS CIRCULAR 2528
1060340/1
Comprising strips of four metals, one each of copper, iron, aluminium and brass fixed in symmetrical fashion, perpendicular to each other, on a
circular wooden frame, with the strips meeting at the center. Outer ends of the strips has small recesses for holding paraffin wax.
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY APPARATUS SQUARE 2531
1060340/2
Comprising strips of four metals, one each of copper, iron, aluminium and brass fixed in symmetrical fashion, perpendicular to each other, on a
square wooden frame, with the strips meeting at the center. Outer ends of the strips has small recesses for holding paraffin wax.
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY APPARATUS, STAR SHAPED 2534
1060360
For demonstration of differences in the thermal conductivity of five different metal – brass, copper, aluminium, mild steel and stainless steel.
These 5 metal rods spread radically outward, equally spaced on each side of hexagonal brass hub, and have a small recess at the other end for
holding paraffin wax. The sixth side of brass hub has a metal rod terminating in an insulating handle. On heating the central hub, the wax
contained in the cavities of different metals melts at different times, implying their different thermal conductivities.
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF METALS 2540
1060380
Comprising three metal rods of different types, one each of copper, brass and iron, fixed on a metal frame and converging at its centre. For
comparing the thermal conductivities of different materials. The metal frame can be clamped on a suitable retort stand for safe and
convenient working.
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF COPPER, SEARLE'S APPARATUS 2543
1060400
The apparatus consists of a copper rod of size about 300 × 25mm (length × diameter), one end having a steam chamber connected to a steam
boiler through inlet and outlet tubes, and a copper water cooled spiral at the other end. Support tubes provided at two points along the length
of the bar for positioning thermometers and another two thermometer supports at the ends of the spiral copper tube. Fitted in polished
wooden case, packed with felt for thermal insulation and with removable front. Supplied without thermometers.
RODS FOR THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY 2549
1060420/1
Metal rods of size about 300 × 3mm (length × diameter). Available in six different metals in pack of 10 as detailed below.
Aluminum
Iron
Copper
Lead
Brass
Zinc
SET OF RODS FOR THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY 2552
www.aldeline.com
1060420/7
sales@aldeline.com
Set of 6 rods, one each of aluminium, iron, copper, lead, brass and zinc of size about 300 × 3mm (length × diameter).
EXPANSION OF LIQUID APPARATUS 2558
1060440
Demonstrates the different thermal expansion of various liquids thus simultaneous comparison of the volumetric expansion of up to five
different liquids. The apparatus= consists of five glass bulbs with integrated long tube shaped neck ending in small funnel at the top to
facilitate pouring in of liquids, the neck of the bulbs having scale graduated in millimeters. The neck of bulbs supported in a metal frame
mounted on a sheet metal trough with the bulbs located inside the trough. Heating the trough with water contained in it provides uniform
heating to all the five bulbs through the heated water, and the level of liquids in each bulb can be read along the scale on the neck to indicate
its expansion.
EXPANSION OF LIQUID APPARATUS 2561
1060460/1
Similar to Cat No. 2558, but with bulbs supported on a vertical positioned back-panel in place of the frame through the clips. This back panel
provides the easy reading of liquid level along the scale, while simultaneously facilitating easy removal and mounting of bulbs in the water
trough for their convenient filling, care and cleaning. The water trough has channel shaped slots on the inner side for vertically sliding the back
panel into position.
GLASS BULBS SPARE 2564
Pack of 5 Glass bulbs as spare for use with Expansion of Liquid Apparatus.
1060460/2
HYPSOMETER, REGNAULT'S 2570
1060480/1
For determining the upper fixed point of thermometers and boiling points at Barometric pressures other than the atmospheric pressure.
Comprising a double walled upper cylindrical boiling vessel with a steam jacketed inner tube, mounted on a stem boiler. A lid with a tubule is
provided at the top, which holds thermometer under test through a holed rubber bung mounted in the tubule. Fitted with a side outlet
draining tube and a glass manometric tube
All sheet metal components of copper
All sheet metal components of GI sheet, finished in hammer
HOPE'S APPARATUS – SMALL 2576
1060500/1
To demonstrate that the maximum density of water is a t 4ºC. Comprises o f cylindrical vessel of sheet metal mounted on a base and has an
annular trough encircling about midway along its length, which is used for placing ice and salt mixture. Fitted with tubulures to carry
thermometers and rubber stoppers.
HOPE'S APPARATUS- LARGE 2579
1060500/2
To demonstrate that the maximum density of water is a t 4ºC. Comprises o f cylindrical vessel of sheet metal mounted on a base and has an
annular trough encircling about midway along its length, which is used for placing ice and salt mixture. Fitted with tubulures to carry
thermometers and rubber stoppers
CONDUCTIVITY APPARATUS, INGEN HAUSZ'S 2585
1060520/1
For the comparison of conductivity of different metal rods. The apparatus consists of six metal rods, one each of copper, iron, lead, aluminium,
steel and zinc of size about 150 × 3mm (length × diameter) fixed horizontally through holed rubber bungs inside a sheet metal trough of size
about 150×90×100mm. (length × width × height) having six holes on one side. All metal rods have their one end deep inside the trough while
other end projecting outside. In use, the rods are lightly coated with paraffin wax and water in the trough is heated. The rates of melting of
respective rods can be compared to know their relative conductivities. With an insulated plastic handle on each side for holding.
CONDUCTIVITY APPARATUS, INGEN HAUSZ'S 2588
1060520/2
For the comparison of conductivity of different metal rods. The apparatus consists of six metal rods, one each of copper, iron, lead, aluminium,
steel and zinc of size about 150 × 3mm (length × diameter) fixed horizontally through holed rubber bungs inside a sheet metal trough of size
about 150×90×100mm. (length × width × height) having six holes on one side. All metal rods have their one end deep inside the trough while
other end projecting outside. In use, the rods are lightly coated with paraffin wax and water in the trough is heated. The rates of melting of
respective rods can be compared to know their relative conductivities. With an insulated wooden handle for holding the apparatus.
CONDUCTIVITY APPARATUS 2591
1060540
Comprises a sheet metal trough having seven holes at the top (six in one row and one at a side) and mounted on four detachable metal legs.
Six holes facilitate vertical mounting of six metal rods, one each of copper, iron, lead, aluminium, steel and zinc through holed rubber bungs,
while the seventh one provides for filling the trough with water or mounting of thermometer, if needed. All metal rods have their one end
deep inside the through while other end projecting outside. The trough and stand painted with scratch-resistant epoxy coating.
DRINKING BIRD 2597
1060560
A classic toy that is really a heat engine. A simple, inexpensive device that demonstrates the cooling effect caused due to evaporation. Simply
duck the bird's head into a container filled of water to begin the bobbing motion. Subsequently, the thirsty bird will continue to drink so long
as there is water in the container.
CONVECTION TUBE 2600
1060580/1
To show the convection currents in a heated liquid. Comprises a rectangular borosilicate glass tube of about 20mm outer diameter with funnel
shaped outlet at its one side for filling it with water or any other liquid. It may be mounted vertically on a stand by means of a suitable retort
clamp and gentle heating of either of its lower corner produces convection current which can be clearly observed by inserting small amount of
dye or any other indicator in it.
380 × 300mm
200 × 150mm
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
THERMOSCOPE ETHER 2609
1060600/1
For detecting thermal radiation. Two glass bulbs about 33mm diameter, attached to the ends of a U shaped glass tube having one limb smaller
than the other. Glass bulb attached to the smaller limb painted matt black. Apparatus partially evacuated. Mounted on a nicely polished
wooden stand.
Spare glass parts
MELTING POINT APPARATUS – SIMPLE 2618
1060620
A very simple device for determination of melting point of amorphous solids. Comprises an aluminium cylinder with an obliquely drilled hole at
its top for accommodating thermometers. When a very thin layer of the substance, whose melting point is to be determined, is sprinkled on
top of the block and is gently heated, the temperature at which substance melts can be directly read from the thermometer.
ICE MELTING KIT 2621
1060640
Demonstrates the difference in conductivity of two different substances. Comprises two identical looking square blocks but of different
materials, one of thermal conducting material and other of thermal insulating material. On placing ice on both of them, ice melts faster on one
of them showing the difference in their conductivities.
METAL BLOCK CALORIMETER 2624
1060660/1
A simple calorimeter facilitating quick experimental determination of the specific heat capacity of different metals. Comprises cylindrical metal
blocks, each of equal mass adjusted to 1kg ±2%. Each metal block is drilled with two holes, a large central hole, about 12.5mm diameter to
accept special immersion heater and a smaller hole about 7.5mm diameter, to accept thermometer or temperature sensor.
Metal
Aluminium
Mild steel
Copper
Brass
Diameter (mm)
76
44
44
44
Heigth (mm)
84
89
79
85
Calorie Specific (J/kg/K)
878
480
381
368
IMMERSION HEATER 2627
1060680
A special heater designed for use with metal block calorimeters. This fully sheathed miniature heater has a heating element enclosed in a
stainless steel tube with two flying leads, having heat resistant insulation, coming out of the sealed tube body for electrical connections.
Operates on 12 volts and rated 50 watts.
CALORIMETER SIMPLE – Copper 2657
Copper, single piece calorimeter, spun into cylindrical shaped vessel, seamless, with rolled rims at the top.
height × diameter
A
50×25mm
B
75×50mm
C
100×75mm
1060700
CALORIMETER SIMPLE – Aluminium 2660
Aluminium, single piece calorimeter, spun into cylindrical shaped vessel, seamless, with rolled rims at the top.
height × diameter
A
50×25mm
B
75×50mm
C
100×75mm
1060720/1
CALORIMETER DOUBLE WALL – COPPER 2663
1060760
Double vessel calorimeter with inner smaller vessel of size 75×50mm (height × diameter) positioned inside another copper vessel of size
100×75mm (height × diameter) and is surrounded completely with felt except on top to provide adequate thermal insulation. The vessels have
a bakelite lid for thermal insulation at the top and a hole with slot for thermometer and stirrer respectively. Outer vessel fitted with
detachable clip type thermometer support at its side. Supplied complete with stirrer but without thermometer.
CALORIMETER, WITH LID - Copper 2669
1060780/1
Copper calorimeter similar to Cat No. 2657, but with bakelite lid at the top fitted with rubber stopper for thermometer and metal stirrer.
(height × diameter) 75×50mm
(height × diameter) 100×75mm
CALORIMETER, WITH LID - Aluminium 2672
1060800/1
Aluminium calorimeter similar to Cat No. 2660, but with bakelite lid at the top fitted with rubber stopper for thermometer and metal stirrer.
(height × diameter) 75×50mm
(height × diameter) 100×75mm
CALORIMETER SET 2675
1060820
The set comprises one smaller inner copper vessel of size 75×50mm (height × diameter) and one outer copper vessel of size 100×75mm (height
× diameter). Inner vessel has each of its three legs supported on solid rubber stopper, which thermally insulates its base from the outer vessel.
A copper lid for the outer vessel has a small tubule at the center for mounting thermometer through holed stopper and slit for stirrer. With the
smaller vessel placed inside the bigger one, the air gap between their respective walls provides insulation to minimize heat loss. Supplied
complete with stirrer but without thermometer.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
CALORIMETER STIRRER 2678
1060840/1
Used for stirring the contents of the calorimeter to ensure uniform mixing for proper heat exchange. Made of metal wire of 1.5mm diameter;
with insulated plastic handle at upper end and circular loop at bottom. Available in different metals.
Copper
Aluminium
STEAM GENERATOR 2684
1060860
Useful for experiments involving heating by means of steam or where continuous source of steam is needed. Made of heavy gauge aluminium
sheet to provide sturdiness and durability for withstanding high boiling pressures, with riffled nozzle for steam outlet. Consists of boiler
assembly, two rubber stoppers – one solid and one with a hole for thermometer, one sample cup with handle and tripod stand assembly.
STEAM BOILER – COPPER 2690
1060880/1
Used as a source of steam, wherever needed in the experiments. Comprises a cylindrical copper body with a conical top having short neck for
sealing the mouth at the top using rubber bung, and is fitted with a nozzle for steam outlet and loop handle. A transparent plastic tube
connected vertically to the reservoir through small L-shaped tubules near top and bottom indicates water level to prevent dry heating of the
boiler. Capacity – 2 liters.
STEAM BOILER - DELUXE 2693
1060880/2
Same as per Cat. No. 2690 but superior design in thicker gauge copper sheet, more durable and sturdy construction.
STEAM BOILER – GI SHEET 2696
Same as per Cat. No. 2690 but made from GI Sheet.
1060880/3
STEAM BOILER 2699
1060880/4
Special design made from thick copper sheet, having filling tube, ebonite collar, steam vent, and vertical tube terminating in chute passing
through the side of vessel. A brass tube sliding fits in the central tube to carry thermometer. Lower end cut at an angle to seal the chute.
Used as a source of steam, wherever needed in the experiments. Comprises a cylindrical copper body with a conical top having short neck for
sealing the mouth at the top using rubber bung, and is fitted with a nozzle for steam outlet and loop handle. A transparent plastic tube
connected vertically to the reservoir through small L-shaped tubules near top and bottom indicates water level to prevent dry heating of the
boiler. Capacity – 2 liters.
STEAM TRAP GLASS 2705
1060900
Designed for use with steam generator or boiler to trap condensed steam. Cylindrical shaped glass tube, with riffled connection tube of smaller
diameter at both ends. Improved form, overall length about 160mm. Made from borosilicate glass.
CALORIMETER JOULE'S IN WOODEN BOX 2711
1060940/1
Calorimeter vessel comprising of a nickel-plated copper calorimeter, placed inside a polished wooden box surrounded with felt to minimize the
heat loss. The vessel is covered at the top with a bakelite cover which has a resistance coil mounted at the underside that terminates in
binding posts on the upper side for electrical connections. The bakelite cover also has a slit for stirrer and a hole for suspending thermometer
through a rod clamp arrangement on the wooden box. Supplied complete with stirrer but without thermometer.
(height × diameter) 75×50mm
(height × diameter) 100×75mm
CALORIMETER JOULE'S DOUBLE WALL COPPER 2714
1060960
Provides more accurate results. Comprises a smaller inner nickel plated copper calorimeter vessel 75×50mm (height × diameter), enclosed in
an outer vessel 100×75mm (height × diameter) with felt lagging in between them for minimizing heat loss. A close fitting bakelite lid is
provided with a resistance coil mounted at the underside so as to be positioned sufficiently inside inner vessel and a pair of 4mm terminals at
the top for electrical connections. The lid has provision for thermometer and stirrer. The resistance coil has recommended working current of
0.5A with a maximum of 1A to minimize the local boiling of liquid. Supplied complete with stirrer but without thermometer.
CALORIMETER JOULE'S DOUBLE WALL ALUMINIUM 2717
1060980
Similar to Cat No. 2714 in construction and use, but with inner vessel of about 300ml and outer vessel of about 900 ml, both of aluminium
instead of copper. Supplied complete with stirrer but without thermometer.
METAL RIVETS 2720
For specific heat Capacity experiments. Supplied in pack of 500g.
Aluminum
Brass
Copper
Iron
Lead Shots
1061000/1
SPECIFIC HEAT CYLINDERS - Equal in Mass 2753
1061020
Comprising six cylinders of diameter about 16mm, with weight of each cylinder adjusted to 100g. Includes one cylinder each of copper, lead,
brass, zinc, iron and aluminium. Cylinders vary in length from 5cm to 19cm to get the same mass and are drilled across cross-section near one
end for suspension. Metal cylinders rest in the cylindrical recesses drilled in a wooden block. Metal identification stamped on each cylinder.
Can also be used in specific gravity / density experiments to compare their relative densities.
SPECIFIC HEAT CYLINDERS - Equal in size 2756
www.aldeline.com
1061040
sales@aldeline.com
Comprising six cylinders of same size but of different mass and specific heats, one each of copper, lead, brass, zinc, iron, and aluminium. Size of
each cylinder about 38 × 9.5mm (height × diameter). Useful for comparing the specific heats of their materials. Metal cylinders rest in the
cylindrical recesses drilled in a wooden block. Metal identification stamped on each cylinder. Can also be used in specific gravity/density
experiments to compare their relative densities.
VENTILATION APPARATUS 2759
1061060
Demonstrates the convection currents in air. Comprises a sheet metal box with open sliding glass front and two circular openings at the top for
mounting glass chimneys. On the inner side, below each chimney, a candle holder is mounted. Air heated by a candle placed beneath one of
the chimneys with glass door closed, causes the flow of convection currents, which can be observed by bringing a smoldering string near the
top of other unheated chimney. Supplied without candles.
LESLIE'S CUBE - Tin plate 2765
1061080/1
Useful for qualitative experiments in thermal radiation. The results can also be quantified using a suitable radiation sensor facilitating
investigation of radiation from different surfaces at a single temperature or radiation from a single surface at different temperatures (StefanBoltzman's Law). Comprises a sheet metal cube of sides about 130mm with opening at the top, for pouring in water and inserting a
thermometer through a holed rubber stopper. One each of the four vertical faces is finished black, varnished, roughened and polished.
LESLIE'S CUBE – Copper 2768
1061080/2
Useful for qualitative experiments in thermal radiation. The results can also be quantified using a suitable radiation sensor facilitating
investigation of radiation from different surfaces at a single temperature or radiation from a single surface at different temperatures (StefanBoltzman's Law). Comprises a sheet metal cube of sides about 130mm with opening at the top, for pouring in water and inserting a
thermometer through a holed rubber stopper. One each of the four vertical faces is finished black, varnished, roughened and polished.
RADIANT HEAT SOURCE, LOW VOLTAGE 2777
1061100
Provides a low voltage heat radiation source operating on 12V with a current rating of about 8A. Heating coil wound on an insulated former
and suspended in a U shaped aluminium enclosure through pillars and is connected to 4mm sockets for electrical connection. The enclosure
has lining of heat resistance material on the outside and an aperture of about 28mm. The complete assembly is mounted on a metal rod
150×8mm for supporting the apparatus on a suitable retort stand.
JOULE METER MOUNTED 2780
1061120
A modified single phase 2 wire watt-hour meter adapted for low voltage working and directly calibrated in Joules (J). Mounted on a wooden
bench stand with non-skid base, which also has 2 pairs of 4mm socket terminals, clearly marked for supply and load. The aluminium disc
rotates once every 100J consumed, total consumption indicated on rotating digits display with 1st, 2nd and 3rd readings from the left
representing 100, 1000 and 10000J respectively to a total of 99,900J. The inter-digit spacing in the left most reading is further subdivided in 10
divisions to approximate the reading to 10J. Designed for use on 12V, 50Hz AC supply with a maximum current of 8.33A. Meter enclosed in
transparent casing to facilitate the observation of actual movement of the meter.
PLATINUM RESISTANCE THERMOMETER 2786
1061140
Demonstrates the principle of platinum resistance thermometry and its application in precise temperature measurements using a bridge
method such as 'Cary-Foster' bridge. It comprises a length of fine platinum wire wound noninductively on a mica frame and soldered to copper
leads. Also provided with a pair of compensating leads, with all the four wires terminating in 4mm terminals at the top. Complete assembly
enclosed in a borosilicate tube sealed at the top. Since the connections are soft soldered, the resistance thermometer is suitable for low
temperature work up to 150ºC.
THERMOPILE 2792
1061160/1
Demonstrates the generation of thermo emf in accordance to the Seebeck effect. Comprises a number of Bismuth (Bi) and Antimony (Sb)
couples joined together in series and mounted in an annular metal ring with insulation between them. The Bi-Sb junctions in the metal ring are
arranged in the rectangular fashion forming the sensitive area that comprises only of hot junctions, the cold junctions being the thick walled
metal body. Terminals provided for electrical connection. A sheet metal conical funnel has a polished inner surface to facilitate the focusing of
radiant heat on to the pile junctions and is fitted over the sensitive end of the metal ring to increase the directional sensitivity and to minimize
cooling of the pile junctions by extraneous air currents. The complete apparatus mounted on a stable cast metal base through a plated metal
rod.
A
12 pairs
B
24 pairs
C
48 pairs
TORSION APPARATUS – VERTICAL 2813
1040200
Specially designed apparatus for study and investigation into the stress and strain accompanying the torsion i.e., torsion modulus of rigidity of
the substance. The apparatus consists of a two long metal mounting rods located vertically on a T-shaped assembly and are jointed at the top
through another square metal rod. Three adjustable angle measure attachments, graduated in degrees, are located vertically along the lengths
of the rods for measuring degree of rotation of experimental rod under torsion at the desired positions. The bottom T-shaped assembly has a
circular drum on to which is connected the weight pan on its either side through lightweight cord. The cord wound on the drum, with the
weight pan suitably loaded, provides the necessary torque to the experimental rod. Chuck is provided at the top as well as bottom with
tightening screws to firmly hold the experimental rod. Complete assembly mounted on a heavy cast metal tripod base with leveling screws.
Includes two experimental rods – one each of brass and steel.
RADIOMETER CROOKE'S SINGLE 2825
1050060
For demonstrating the conversion of radiant energy into mechanical energy. Comprising a partly evacuated glass bulb of about 70mm
diameter with a fine pivot on which a rotor having a set of four mica vane arms is delicately balanced. Each mica vane has one side painted
matt black with other side bright. On exposing to sunlight or sufficiently bright incandescent light source, the absorption of radiant energy by
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
the blackened side of vanes sets up a temperature differential with respect to the bright sides, which causes net force to be exerted by the air
molecules on the blackened side making the vanes rotate with their bright faces leading. Mounted on base.
RADIOMETER CROOKE'S DOUBLE 2828
1050080
Similar to Cat No. 2825 but with one additional bulb mounted vertically above the first one giving a total of two bulbs with two independent
sets of mica vanes. Both the vanes have black painted and bright sides configured opposite, so that their exposure to sunlight or sufficiently
bright incandescent light source causes them to rotate in opposite directions.
ENERGY TRANSFER KIT, MALVERN 2840
FLY-WHEEL UNIT 2841
1050100/1
Demonstrates the conversion of electrical energy to kinetic energy and vice-versa. For use with a large motor/generator and a lamp unit
comprising a cast iron flywheel of about 115mm diameter, mounted in brackets with bearings. The shaft has a pulley for being driven by large
motor/generator through the belt.
LAMP UNIT, TRIPLE 2843
1050100/2
Comprises three MES lamp sockets connected in parallel with a pair of 4mm socket terminals. For use with motor/generators to give an
indication of their output when used as dynamos. The lamp-holders are connected in parallel. Supplied with three lamps 3.5V, 0.25A.
LAMP UNIT TRIPLE, DELUXE 2845
1050100/3
Similar to Cat No. 1050100/2, but better quality. All the three lamp holders enclosed in insulated cover with only their mouths visible for fixing
lamps. Complete assembly mounted on sturdier base with non-skid feet.
LARGE MOTOR/GENERATOR 2847
1050100/4
For use as a driving unit or dynamo. Comprises a low voltage, permanent magnet, DC motor, provided with a pulley. Supplied with driving belt.
SMALL MOTOR/GENERATOR 2849
1050100/5
For use with the larger motor/generator in comparing power input and output by driving each in turn with the other and metering the voltages
and currents. Can also drive Large Motor/Generator as dynamo to generate electricity.
LINE SHAFT UNIT 2851
1050100/6
For showing the conversion from electrical energy, via mechanical, to potential energy by winding up a
mass on a cord. One end of the shaft carries pulley, and the other shaft end overhangs the base and is fitted with a cord anchoring collar to
enable mass to be wound up. Supplied complete with driving belt.
TURBINE/PUMP UNIT 2853
1050100/7
For use as a water turbine to drive a generator producing electricity or for use as a pump driven by a motor and raising a head of water to
produce potential energy. The rotor encased in a cast metal housing with a clear Perspex front, has eight bucket blades. Two inlet tubules (for
turbine and pump operation respectively) and one outlet tubule are provided, all inlet/outlet tubes riffled, and the impeller shaft carries a
pulley towards outside. With driving belt.
SPRING UNIT 2855
1050100/8
For showing potential energy stored in a wound-up steel spring and its conversion to electrical energy by driving a dynamo and lighting a lamp.
May also be used to wind up a mass on a cord showing the change from potential energy to kinetic and back to potential in the raised mass.
The steel shaft carries a wound steel spring strip with a free wheel device and winding ratchet also a pulley. One end of the shaft overhangs
the base for use as a line shaft when winding up a mass. Supplied complete with driving belt.
HEAD OF WATER UNIT 2857
1050100/9
For use with turbine pump unit to provide an open or closed system in demonstrating the conversion from electrical to kinetic energy in the
pump and potential energy in the head of water. Supplied complete with two glass basins and shaped glass tubes. The upper platform has a
hole to its allow use as a simple re-circulation system with a single reservoir.
HAND WHEEL DRIVING UNIT 2859
1050100/10
Converts human muscular energy to other forms of energy. For use in driving dynamos, line shafts, flywheels, pumps etc. the driving and
output pulleys are both of 75mm diameter and the intermediate pulley is 20mm diameter giving a step-up ratio of 3.75.
MOUNTED LAMP, 12V 24W 2861
1050100/11
For use with the mounted solar cell and motor. A 12V 24W SBC bulb in a metal socket mounted on a folded metal base 100 × 63mm with a pair
of 4mm sockets. The power rating of the bulb has been chosen so that when it is placed in front of the solar cell, sufficient power is produced
to run the motor effectively whilst avoiding the risk of damage to cell by excess light and/or heat.
MOUNTED SOLAR CELL 2863
1050100/12
For use with the motor to demonstrate the production of electrical energy directly from light energy, which is then transformed to kinetic
energy of the motor fan. The apparatus comprises a photovoltaic cell mounted on a metal frame.
MOUNTED MOTOR FOR SOLAR CELL 2865
1050100/13
This is a small, low consumption electric motor on a base specially designed to run directly from the output of the solar cell and to illustrate
the direct conversion of light energy to electrical and thence to mechanical.
STEAM ENGINE FACTORY MODEL 2877
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Capable of running a small Dynamo to light the lamp with the help of its flywheel and driving gear. Complete with pressure gauge, whistle and
safety valve. The model is mounted on thick metal sheet base synthetic hammer finish. Overall dimensions: 410x325x370mm (length x width x
height) approx.
STEAM ENGINE SECTIONAL 2880
1050120
Made of cast-metal. Model showing longitudinal section of cylinder covered with a transparent plate, clearly showing the piston and position
of valves. Complete with working parts like piston, slide valve, crank, flywheel, connecting rods etc., and demonstrates the conversion of linear
motion of piston rod to the rotatory motion of the crank shaft. Can be made to operate using a simple air pump or even by blowing with
mouth.
STEAM ENGINE MODEL WITH BOILER 2883
1050220
Operation of a commercial steam engine is well illustrated with this working model. The extra large size unit is provided with a horizontal
boiler with a whistle, safety valve, steam gauge. Mounted on a metal base. Heating caused due to burning of fuel cause water in the boiler to
boil and the resulting steam makes the flywheel mounted on the crank to rotate. A pulley mounted at the free end of flywheel shaft can be
used to drive dynamo etc., to demonstrate the conversion of chemical energy to heat, mechanical and electrical energies respectively.
Supplied complete with fuel, fuel burner and screw driver for opening the boiler to fill it with water.
PETROL ENGINE, FOUR STROKE 2886
1050160/1
Represents a typical air cooled, side-valve, four stroke petrol engine with the operation of the valves clearly evident. Cam operated inlet and
exhaust valves being driven by a gear train from rear of the main crank. As with the two-stroke model, spark plug simulated through a small
lamp to indicate the firing point. Cross-section of carburettor is shown.
MOUNTED ON METAL BASE WITH PRINTED DIAGRAM AND KEY
MOUNTED ON PLASTIC BASE
DIESEL ENGINE, FOUR STROKE 2889
1050200/1
A model of four-stroke water-cooled diesel engine. Clearly demonstrates the functioning of all critical components such as fuel injection
system , camshaft, rocker arms, tappets etc. Cam operated inlet and exhaust valves being driven by a gear train from rear of the main crank.
Ignition simulated by means of a miniature bulb.
MOUNTED ON METAL BASE WITH PRINTED DIAGRAM AND KEY
MOUNTED ON PLASTIC BASE
PETROL ENGINE, TWO STROKE 2892
1050140/1A
Represents internal structure and operating principles of a simple piston-ported, air-cooled two-stroke engine. All parts in cast alloy metal.
Ignition simulated by means of a miniature bulb. Carburettor attachment and fuel supply also sectioned.
MOUNTED ON METAL BASE WITH PRINTED DIAGRAM AND KEY
MOUNTED ON PLASTIC BASE
DIESEL ENGINE, TWO-STROKE 2895
1050180/1
A model of two-stroke water cooled diesel engine made in cast alloy metal. Ignition simulated by means of a miniature bulb. Fuel supply is also
sectioned. With hand crank proved for manual operation depicting cam operated inlet and exhaust valves.
MOUNTED ON METAL BASE WITH PRINTED DIAGRAM AND KEY
MOUNTED ON PLASTIC BASE
TURBOJET ENGINE 2897
The section cut model is constructed of light and strong metal showing air intake, axial flow, double stage compressor, fuel supply, combustion
chamber, turbine rotor, jet thrust exhaust etc. Complete on base, with printed diagram showing working.
WANKEL ENGINE 2900
The model demonstrates the principle operation. It is cutway to show the internal constructional details. Unlike other engines the rotary
piston engine avoids reciprocating parts. The power piston is an arch like triangular rotor, which on rotating generates an epitrechoid.
Mounted on base, with printed diagram showing working.
LIGHT & OPTICS
LENSES DOUBLE CONCAVE 3050
1110040/1
Unmounted spherical lenses suitable for use with optical benches and for other studies in the optics. Spherical optically worked glass, with
polished faces and ground edges. Diameter 38mm approx.
LENSES DOUBLE CONCAVE 3053
1110040/1
Unmounted spherical lenses suitable for use with optical benches and for other studies in the optics. Spherical optically worked glass, with
polished faces and ground edges. Diameter 50mm approx.
LENSES DOUBLE CONCAVE 3056
1110040/1
Unmounted spherical lenses suitable for use with optical benches and for other studies in the optics. Spherical optically worked glass, with
polished faces and ground edges. Diameter 75mm approx.
LENSES DOUBLE CONCAVE 3059
1110040/1
Unmounted spherical lenses suitable for use with optical benches and for other studies in the optics. Spherical optically worked glass, with
polished faces and ground edges. Diameter 100mm approx.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
LENSES DOUBLE CONVEX 3065
1110040/1
Unmounted spherical lenses suitable for use with optical benches and for other studies in the optics. Spherical optically worked glass, with
polished faces and ground edges. Diameter 38mm approx.
LENSES DOUBLE CONVEX 3068
1110040/1
Unmounted spherical lenses suitable for use with optical benches and for other studies in the optics. Spherical optically worked glass, with
polished faces and ground edges. Diameter 50mm approx.
LENSES DOUBLE CONVEX 3071
1110040/1
Unmounted spherical lenses suitable for use with optical benches and for other studies in the optics. Spherical optically worked glass, with
polished faces and ground edges. Diameter 75mm approx.
LENSES DOUBLE CONVEX 3074
1110040/1
Unmounted spherical lenses suitable for use with optical benches and for other studies in the optics. Spherical optically worked glass, with
polished faces and ground edges. Diameter 100mm approx.
LENSES, CYLINDRICAL - Plano-Convex 3086
Optically worked faces, ground edges, white glass, well polished, size 50 × 45mm.
Focal Length : 6 cm
Focal Length : 7.5 cm
Focal Length : 10 cm
Focal Length : 15 cm
1110080/1
LENSES, CYLINDRICAL - Plano-Concave 3089
Optically worked faces, ground edges, white glass, well polished, size 50 × 45mm.
Focal Length : 7.5 cm
Focal Length : 10 cm
Focal Length : 20 cm
1110080/1
LENSES, CYLINDRICAL – Bi-Convex 3092
Optically worked faces, ground edges, white glass, well polished, size 50 × 45mm.
Focal Length : 7.5 cm
Focal Length : 10 cm
Focal Length : 20 cm
1110080/1
LENSES, CYLINDRICAL – Bi-Concave 3095
Optically worked faces, ground edges, white glass, well polished, size 50 × 45mm.
Focal Length : 7 cm
Focal Length : 10 cm
Focal Length : 20 cm
1110080/1
LENS, SET OF SIX 3104
1110060/1
Set of 6 unmounted spherical lenses to explore the properties of different lenses, how they interact and affect light, concepts of reflection and
refraction and combination of lenses. Made of optically worked plate glass with polished faces and ground edges. Includes one each of the
following typical shapes - double convex, plano-convex, converging concave-convex (convexo-concave), diverging concave-convex (concavoconvex), double concave and Plano-concave. Supplied in a velvet-lined box.
diameter : 38mm
diameter : 50mm
diameter : 75mm
CONCAVE MIRRORS 3110
Unmounted spherical mirrors, optically worked, silvered back with protective coating. Diameter 50mm approx.
Focal Length : 100mm
Focal Length : 150mm
Focal Length : 200mm
Focal Length : 300mm
1110100/1
CONCAVE MIRRORS 3113
Unmounted spherical mirrors, optically worked, silvered back with protective coating. Diameter 60mm approx.
Diameter 60mm (Focal Length : 100mm
Diameter 60mm (Focal Length : 150mm
Diameter 60mm (Focal Length : 200mm
Diameter 60mm (Focal Length : 300mm
1110100/1
CONCAVE MIRRORS 3116
Unmounted spherical mirrors, optically worked, silvered back with protective coating. Diameter 75mm approx.
Focal Length : 100mm
Focal Length : 150mm
Focal Length : 200mm
1110100/1
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Focal Length : 300mm
CONVEX MIRRORS 3125
Unmounted spherical mirrors, optically worked, silvered back with protective coating. Diameter 50mm approx.
Focal Length : 100mm
Focal Length : 150mm
Focal Length : 200mm
Focal Length : 300mm
110100/1
CONVEX MIRRORS 3128
Unmounted spherical mirrors, optically worked, silvered back with protective coating. Diameter 60mm approx.
Focal Length : 100mm
Focal Length : 150mm
Focal Length : 200mm
Focal Length : 300mm
110100/1
CONVEX MIRRORS 3131
Unmounted spherical mirrors, optically worked, silvered back with protective coating. Diameter 75mm approx.
Focal Length : 100mm
Focal Length : 150mm
Focal Length : 200mm
Focal Length : 300mm
110100/1
CYLINDRICAL MIRROR, GLASS – Concave 3146
1110160/1
Unmounted, optically worked, glass cylindrical mirrors, Semi-circular, 75×25mm (diameter × height). Silvered back with protective coating.
CYLINDRICAL MIRROR, GLASS – Convex 3149
1110160/2
Unmounted, optically worked, glass cylindrical mirrors, Semi-circular, 75×25mm (diameter × height). Silvered back with protective coating.
CYLINDRICAL MIRROR, STAINLESS STEEL – Concave 3155
1110180/1
Unmounted, Semi-circular mirror, 150×75mm (diameter × height). Made of Stainless Steel and respective surface highly polished.
CYLINDRICAL MIRROR, STAINLESS STEEL – Convex 3158
1110180/2
Unmounted, Semi-circular mirror, 150×75mm (diameter × height). Made of Stainless Steel and respective surface highly polished.
CONVEX / CONCAVE MIRROR 3167
1110200/1
Spherical convex/concave mirror, mounted in metal frame with base. Any focal length from 100mm to 300mm available.
Diameter : 75mm
Diameter : 100mm
Diameter : 150mm
PLANE MIRRORS, GLASS, UNMOUNTED 3170
1110220/1
Unmounted rectangular plain glass mirrors with ground edges. Back silvered, with protective coating. Other sizes also available on specific
request.
(length × height) 75×25mm,
75×50mm
100×75mm
150×25mm
150×50mm
LENS HOLDER 3176
1110260/1
Wooden, suitable for lenses or mirrors up to 75mm diameter. Comprising a wooden black, with a V-shaped groove to hold lenses or mirrors,
mounted on a rectangular wooden base. With index mark engraved on either side of the base. Useful tool in optical benches or other optical
experiments for securely holding different sizes and types of lenses and mirrors.
LENS HOLDER 3179
1110260/2
Useful tool in optical benches or other optical experiments for securely holding different sizes and types of lenses and mirrors.
LENS HOLDER 3182
1110260/3
Spring pattern, to hold lens or mirror of 50mm diameter. V-groove in centre of a U-shaped holder, mounted on metal rod attached vertically to
a base that can be placed onto standard optical benches. Useful tool in optical benches or other optical experiments for securely holding
different sizes and types of lenses and mirrors.
LENS HOLDER 3185
1110260/4
V-shaped sheet metal arms with groves to locate lenses and mirrors from 25mm to 63mm diameter. The V-arms mounted vertically on a metal
upright and can be fitted on optical bench mounts and stands. Useful tool in optical benches or other optical experiments for securely holding
different sizes and types of lenses and mirrors.
PRISMS, GLASS, RIGHT ANGLED 3194
www.aldeline.com
1110280/1
sales@aldeline.com
For studying diffraction, dispersion, deviation, refraction, total internal refraction, spectrum formation and other related optical phenomena.
Right angled. Non-optically worked with polished faces, edges slightly beveled. Nominal angles of the face are 90°×45°×45°.
Size 25mm - Regular quality,
Size 25mm - Superior quality
Size 25mm - Extra White Glass
Size 38mm - Regular quality
Size 38mm - Superior quality
Size 38mm - Extra White Glass
Size 50mm - Regular quality
Size 50mm - Superior quality
Size 50mm - Extra White Glass
PRISMS, GLASS, EQUILATERAL 3197
Non-optically worked, with polished faces, edges slightly beveled. Nominal angles 60°×60°×60°.
Size 25mm - Regular quality
Size 25mm - Superior quality
Size 25mm - Extra White Glass
Size 38mm - Regular quality
Size 38mm - Superior quality
Size 38mm - Extra White Glass
Size 50mm - Regular quality
Size 50mm Superior quality
Size 50mm Extra White Glass
1110300/1
PRISMS, ACRYLIC, EQUILATERAL 3206
60°×60°×60°. Clear acrylic polished surfaces. Other sizes also available on specific request.
38mm
50mm
1110320/1
PRISMS, ACRYLIC, RIGHT ANGLED 3209
90°×45°×45°, all faces fully polished. Other sizes also available on specific request.
38mm
50mm
1110340/1
GLASS BLOCK, RECTANGULAR, ECONOMICAL 3215
1110360/1
Made from moulded glass with polished surfaces. All angles accurately worked. For refraction experiments. Other sizes also available on
specific request.
length × width × thickness) 75×50×18mm
length × width × thickness) 100×60×25mm
length × width × thickness) 110×65×18mm
GLASS BLOCK, RECTANGULAR, DELUXE 3218
1110380/1
Made from high optical quality white glass with polished surfaces free from any defect. All angles accurately worked with edges slightly
beveled and glass totally free from bubbles. Other sizes also available on specific request.
75×50×12mm
75×50×18mm
100×60×18mm
115×65×18mm
125×65×18mm
100×85×18mm
100×60×20mm
115×65×20mm
100×60×25mm
ACRYLIC BLOCK, RECTANGULAR 3224
1110400/1
Made from clear acrylic, all faces fully polished and free from any defect. Other sizes also available on specific request.
75×50×12mm
75×50×18mm
100×60×18mm
115×65×18mm
125×65×18mm
100×85×18mm
100×60×20mm
115×65×20mm
100×60×25mm
GLASS BLOCK SEMICIRCULAR 3227
Clear, all faces polished. Other sizes also available on specific request.
diameter × thickness) 75×10mm
www.aldeline.com
1110420/1
sales@aldeline.com
90×12mm
90×16mm
100×12mm
100×18mm
100×25mm
ACRYLIC BLOCK SEMICIRCULAR 3230
Clear, all faces polished. Other sizes also available on specific request.
(diameter × thickness) 75×10mm,
90×12mm
90×16mm
100×12mm
100×18mm
100×25mm
1110420/7
OPTICAL BLOCKS, ACRYLIC 3236
1110440/1
Clear acrylic plastic blocks about 20mm thick with all surfaces polished. All components available as separate parts as well as collection of all
components in set form. Other combinations of accessories in different sizes also available on specific request.
Rectangular Block, 75×50mm
Right Angled Prism, 90°×45°×45°, 75mm hypotenuse
Equilateral Prism, 60°×60°×60°, 57mm side
Semi-circular Block, 75mm diameter
Bi-convex Block, 75mm long. Curved face of about 115mm radius
Bi-convex Block, 75mm long. Curved face of about 145mm radius
Bi-concave Block, 75mm long curved face of about 115mm radius
Set of Seven Blocks, one each of the above components, nicely packed in velvet lined wooden case
HOLLOW OPTICAL SHAPES, GLASS 3242
1110460/1
For studying the optical properties of liquids and determination of their refractive index by filling them in the hollow optical shapes. Made
from ordinary plate glass, properly cemented with optical cement. All shapes have opening at the top for pouring in liquid. Other sizes also
available on specific request.
38×38mm, Hollow Prism
50×50mm, Hollow Prism
60×60mm, Hollow Trough
75×75mm, Hollow Trough
PINS FOR OPTICS EXPERIMENTS 3245
1110480/1
Plated metal, heavy gauge. Useful as an object in optical bench for studying images and in ray tracing for marking the path of rays. Supplied in
packs of 100g each. Other sizes also available on specific request.
Brass (length : 50mm)
Brass (length : 75mm)
Iron (length : 50mm)
Iron (length : 75mm)
NEWTON'S RINGS APPARATUS 3251
1110500
An economical and simple apparatus for the study of Newton's Rings. Comprises a pair of glass plate, optically polished, about 60mm
diameter, one plane the other slightly plano-convex mounted together in ring shaped frame. Pressure between the two glass plates adjustable
by three spring-loaded screws.
MICROSCOPE COMPACT NEWTON RINGS 3257
1110520
Specially designed microscope for use in Newton's rings experiment. It is very compact in size and economically priced. It houses an inbuilt
light reflecting unit for the experiment and the lightweight cast aluminum body has provision for positioning the Newton's rings setup. The
vertical motion of the microscope through a focusing knob. Horizontal motion along a cast metal carriage with a micrometer at one end for
fine adjustment and reading the horizontal position of the microscope with a LC of 0.01mm. The microscope has 75mm working distance and
comes with 8× eye piece, Ramsden type with cross line graticule.
PHOTOMETER, BUNSEN'S GREASE SPOT 3260
1110540
For comparison of the intensity of two different light sources by comparison. Comprises a grease spot of about 45mm diameter with central
un-greased spot of 5mm diameter, mounted vertically between two screens each with a square mirror about 90mm in size. Both the mirrors
mounted at an angle with respect to each other.
PHOTOMETER, JOLLY'S 3263
1110560
Block comprising two pieces of polythene approx. 25mm square and 10mm thick, separated by a tin foil, mounted on stand behind aperture of
12mm diameter.
NEWTON'S COLOUR DISC 3269
1110580/1
For demonstrating that white light is composed of all the spectral colours through the additive mixing of the colours. Comprising a multicoloured circular disc having sectors of various spectral color in proper proportions. On rotating the disc at sufficient speed, all the colours will
be observed to disappear by merging into a single white colour. The disc has a friction pulley at the back touching the driving wheel with a
handle. Complete assembly mounted on a stable base
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Disc dia. 150mm
Disc dia. 200mm
NEWTON'S COLOUR DISC ON BENCH CLAMP 3272
Same as per Cat No. 3269, but 200mm Newton's colour disc assembly mounted on a bench clamp stand.
1110600
KALEIDOSCOPE - PLASTIC TUBE 3278
1110620/1
A simple optical toy in a tube that produces beautiful symmetrical patterns due to reflection/refraction of light from numerous small colored
glass pieces.
KALEIDOSCOPE - METAL TUBE 3281
1110620/2
A simple optical toy in a tube that produces beautiful symmetrical patterns due to reflection/refraction of light from numerous small colored
glass pieces.
PERISCOPE – PLASTIC 3287
1110640/1
An optical instrument that permits the view of an otherwise obstructed field above or below the level of viewer. Comprising a Z-shaped square
tube with both the projecting arms having plane mirrors mounted at 45º facing each other.
PERISCOPE - WOODEN 3290
1110640/2
An optical instrument that permits the view of an otherwise obstructed field above or below the level of viewer. Comprising a Z-shaped square
tube with both the projecting arms having plane mirrors mounted at 45º facing each other.
PIN HOLE CAMERA 3296
1110660
To illustrate the principle of image formation due to light rays passing through small apertures. Comprising a polished wooden box with a
ground glass screen at the rear end and an adjustable sliding front with a hole.
PINHOLE CAMERA KIT 3299
1110680/1
Ideal for student experimentation in simple optics involving the basic pinhole camera. Other optical effects such as image inversion, effect of
aperture size on depth of field and quality of image etc, can also be explored. The standard pack is sufficient for 8 students and consists of the
following items.

8 cardboard boxes 150 × 100 × 100mm with hole, screen and lid.

50 sheets of black paper 200 × 250mm

One 200W lamp

One mounted lamp holder with flex

One packet of pins.
OPTICAL DISC MAGNETIC 3306
500mm diameter, steel disc is faced with matt white, marked every 5º, with extended lines every 10º & 30º; cross lines mark the centre. The
disc is mounted on a 25mm diameter steel tube 390mm long, which fits into a stable base with leveling feet. The disc rotates about its centre
& can be locked in any desired position. The lamp house holds a 12V, 24W axial filament lamp. This lamp house is covered by a rotatable outer
shield that has various slots. By rotating the shield, light beams of varying width as well as narrow single, double & triple beams can be
provided. Attached to the lamp house is an adjustable lens carrier with lens to provide diverging, parallel or converging light beams. The lamp
house is mounted on a rotatable arm that can be locked in any position. A sliding weight on the arm acts as a counterpoise. All optical
elements are supplied with magnets attached so that they can be attached at any place on the disc. The disc is supplied complete with
accessories.
REFRACTIVE INDEX OF A LIQUID BY CRITICAL ANGLE METHOD 3309
The apparatus consists of a metal bridge 130x90x80mm, fitted with anti-slip rubber edging strips. The air cell holder is attached to a large knob
& scale. Graduated from 0° to 360°. The air cell takes the form of two flat glass plates, 50x50mm; arranged parallel & at a small distance apart
in a sealed masking frame. Liquid under investigation is contained in a transparent -Perspex tank. Supplied with tank.
RAY OPTICS BOX 3315
Black finish metal box, with 12V 24W straight filament lamp. The lamp holder, with 1m of twin flex, is mounted in sliding metal bridge piece
which provides sufficient adjustment to covering, parallel or diverging rays. The enameled steel body has slots to support a cylindrical lens & a
triple slit screen. Extra slots are provided for filters. Dimensions 182x61x115mm approx. The box is supplied complete with lamp & triple slit
but without lenses or filters.
RAY OPTICS KIT 3321
Kit consists of two lamp holders, each in metal shade with two axial slots & mounted on metal support rod. Holder complete with approx. 1.2
meter wire P.V.C. covered cable & 12V 24W axial filament lamp. One each right & left hand cylindrical lamp shields, in matt black ‘combs’; with
17 equal spaced parallel slots, Two black plastic plates, each with single & triple slits, two comb & plate holders, a spring loaded clip mounted
on metal support bracket, 4 metal light barriers, 4 each plano-convex cylindrical lenses, 50x50mm, +7D, two each cylindrical lenses 50x50mm
respectively, plano convex +10D, +17D, plano concave -17D.
LIGHT BOX WITH OPTICS KIT 3324
For reflection, refraction, and color mixing experiments. The light box consists of a light source 12 V, 24 W lamp, producing convergent,
divergent or parallel beam. On one end, an adjustable cylindrical convex lens (for parallel beam)
On the other end, a triple aperture system for color mixing experiments (lateral aperture are provided with adjustable hinged mirror). All
apertures in the box are provided with vertical channels to hold slit plates and color filters. The optical set includes Acrylic Blocks, set of three
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
mirrors, 2 slit black plates, one with three narrow slits at one end and one narrow slit at the other end. Another black plate with four narrow
slits at one end, one wide slit at the other end & set of seven mounted color.
RAY TRACK APPARATUS 3327
A compact visual teaching aid which is robust in construction wood board 400x280x13mm with matt white surface, mounted on rubber feet
carries a circular scale with four quadrants 0 - 90º graduated every 2º, with two lines at right angles. The ray box is provided with slots to
accommodate metal slits, colour filters, lenses etc., & is fitted with a 12V 24W line filament.
ASTRONOMICAL TELESCOPE 3342
Reflecting type, fitted with about 45mm dia. achromatic objective having focal length of about 450mm. Focusing is provided by rack & pinion.
Complete with carrying case with the metallic three legged folding type tripod stand.
READING TELESCOPE 3345
Designed for general laboratory work. The telescope is mounted on rod 18mm diameter and 450mm long fitted on a heavy tripod base. The
telescope can be rotated both in vertical as well as horizontal plane. It is fitted with 180mm focus achromatic object with 25mm clear
aperture, 10x Ramsden eye piece with cross wire. The telescope is focused by rack & pinion & has a range from one meter to infinity; with
Perspex scale & its attachment.
REFLECTING TELESCOPE 3348
A high quality instrument with a resolving power of 1.5 seconds. The 100mm diameter, 100cm focal length mirror gives relatively more light &
less chromatic aberration than an equivalent refractor. Magnifications of upto 250x are obtainable. The telescope has an equatorial mount
with hour and declination circle & micro adjustments with flexible connections to avoid vibrations. The whole is mounted on a heavy 1.52 m
tripod with an accessory tray. Supplied complete with two interchangeable eye lenses 6mm & 20mm, a 2x Barlow lens, sun filter, moon filter, a
5x24 star finder telescope (with mount on main telescope body), a solar aperture cap & an instruction booklet with space & moon maps.
ASTRONOMICAL TELESCOPE 3357
Studying model, complete with lenses, mounted on metal foot with diagram of rays shown for demonstration.
GALILEON TELESCOPE 3360
Complete model with lenses, mounted on metal foot with diagram of rays shown for demonstration.
TERRESTRIAL TELESCOPE 3363
Complete model with lenses, mounted on metal foot with diagram of rays shown for demonstration.
HARTLE’S OPTICAL DISC, ROTATABLE 3375
500mm diameter, steel disc is faced with matt white, marked every 5º, with extended lines every 10º & 30º; cross lines mark the centre. The
disc is mounted on a 25mm diameter steel tube 390mm long, which fits into a stable base with leveling feet. The disc rotates about its centre
& can be locked in any desired position. The lamp house holds a 12V, 24W axial filament lamp. This lamp house is covered by a rotatable outer
shield that has various slots. By rotating the shield, light beams of varying width as well as narrow single, double & triple beams can be
provided. Attached to the lamp house is an adjustable lens carrier with lens to provide diverging, parallel or converging light beams. The lamp
house is mounted on a rotatable arm that can be locked in any position. A sliding weight on the arm acts as a counterpoise. All optical
elements are supplied with magnets attached so that they can be attached at any place on the disc. The disc is supplied complete with
accessories.
OPTICAL BENCH 1 METER 3378
Comprising a wooden base board 1100x115mm with one meter scale divided in mm & figured at every cm fixed along the front edge &
complete with following accessories: Two white faced object & receiving screen, one plane mirror 150x100mm, 2 lens holder V shaped, one
needle mounted vertically in a short wooden rod in the centre of a wooden base. The optical centre height of all the components is 100mm
above the base board.
OPTICAL BENCH 1.5 METERS 3384
Comprising a wooden base board 1600x140mm with a 1.5 meter scale divided in mm plus six sliding moulded metallic bases 100x50mm each
with engraved line, brass pillar with screw for locking. Accessories : one 240V white lamp with lamp house; 1 metal object white screen 75mm
diameter with gauze; 1 metal object white receiving screen 100x75mm; 1 needle mounted in rod 6mm; 1 plane mirror 100x75mm. All the
accessories mounted on a 6mm brass rod, which fits in a stand giving an optical height of approx. 125mm above the base board.
OPTICAL BENCH 1 METER 3390
One meter long, for advanced research work; consists of two rods, one stainless steel & one chrome plated steel. The stainless rod is divided in
millimeters. These are supported on heavy cast iron feet with levelling screws. Four specially designed metal sliders having a fine index mark
enables reading to be taken on scale with ease & accuracy. The sliders are machined metal so they slide accurately & smoothly on the bed.
Two of the sliders have transverse slow motion adjustment. Complete with 6 accessories (2 lens holders, 2 optical pins, 1 candle holder & 1
screen ground glass).
OPTICAL BENCH 1.5 METERS 3393
Same as per Cat. No. 3390 but 1.5 meters long.
PRISM TABLE 3408
A brass disc 75mm diameter mounted on a 62mm rod giving an overall height of 62mm.
CROSS WIRES 3411
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
A circular blacked metal screen 75mm dia. with a 10mm diameter aperture & cross wire of 26 swg wire. Mounted on a 6mm brass rod giving a
centre height of 80mm approx.
OBJECT NEEDLE 3414
A pointed needle, mounted on a 6mm brass rod, giving an overall height of 80mm approx.
OBJECT SCREEN 3417
A circular metal screen 75mm diameter with 10mm central aperture covered with 1.5mm mesh wire gauze. Mounted on a 6mm brass rod thus
giving an optical centre height of 80mm approx.
IRIS DIAPHRAGM 3420
A metal screen 75mm diameter, with an adjustable iris diaphragm mounted in the centre, giving a maximum aperture of 6mm. The disc is
mounted on a 6mm brass rod & the optical centre height is 80mm approx.
ADJUSTABLE SLIT 3423
Metal screen, with 12.5mm central aperture. A screw controlled, spring loaded precision slit is mounted on one side of the disc, the
adjustment drive being arranged so that the slit cannot be over tightened. The slit has levelled jaws with brass, dovetail section slides, &
provides a maximum slit opening of 4mm approx. with a useful length of 10 to 12mm. Mounted on a standard 6mm diameter brass rod, the
optical centre height is 80mm approx.
MICROMETER SLIT 3426
The micrometer slit is as per Cat. No. 3423 but has a heavier screw thread, 0.5mm pitch x 6mm diameter, carrying a drum, which is divided
into 50 divisions giving a reading of 0.01mm. An index is provided with a 5mm scale divided in 0.5mm divisions.
CANDLE HOLDER 3429
A cylindrical 20mm internal diameter x 22mm deep painted matt black is mounted coaxially upon a polished brass rod 35x6mm diameter.
GROUND GLASS SCREEN 3432
In metal frame 100x75mm with a central aperture 63mm dia. Mounted on a 6mm brass rod giving an optical centre height of 80mm approx.
Overall 130mm height.
LAMP 3435
A 240V 15W white B.C. Pygmy lamp in a conical lamp house 70mm long x 65mm diameter. Mounted on a 6mm brass rod giving an optical
centre height of 80mm approx. Supplied complete with 1.5 meter of twin flex.
LENS HOLDER 3438
Consisting of metal pillar with clamping screw, supported on a black base 100x50mm with an engraved index line at one end to accept rods of
6mm diameter as used on standard optical bench fittings.
UNIVERSAL LENS HOLDER 3441
Metallic, for lenses from 25mm to 63mm diameter, mounted on stem 6mm diameter.
UNIVERSAL LENS HOLDER 3444
Spring type, mounted on stem 9mm diameter to accommodate lenses & mirrors upto 75mm diameter.
PHOTOMETER GREASE SPOT 3447
A waxed paper screen with a wax free centre spot 16mm wide mounted in a black metal frame 100x75mm with central aperture of 51mm. The
frame is mounted on a 6mm rod giving an optical centre height of 80mm.
PHOTOMETER GREASE SPOT 3450
Grease spot disc held between two wooden screens with 45mm dia. aperture, mounted with 2 inclined plane mirrors approx. 90mm square.
PHOTOMETER JOLLY’S 3456
Block comprising of two pieces of polythene approx. 25mm square, 100mm thick, separated by tin foil, on wood stand behind aperture 12mm
diameter.
NEWTON’S RING APPARATUS 3462
Consists of a plano convex lens, 63mm dia. & 2000mm focal length, on a flat glass plate of equal diameter. Both enclosed in a metal ring frame
with compression adjusting screws equispaced to ensure correct contact between the two elements.
DIFFRACTION GRATINGS 3465
Photographic replica gratings mounted on a plate glass & suitable for visual. Grading size 25x25mm, on glass plate 50x38mm.
Lines/mm
300
600
2400
7500
15000
SPECTROSCOPE 3471
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
A simple & convenient spectroscope for taking direct wavelength readings, five prism system. The instrument gives a dispersion of 10 legs. The
slit is adjustable & a focusing adjustment provided. When the spectroscope is in operation, an illuminated screen is seen in the field of view.
The divisions of this scale represent 100A & are numbered. Scale ruling 400-700mu.
HAND SPECTROSCOPE 3474
Direct vision spectroscope with a fixed slit. This is useful in qualitative work, with both emission & absorption spectra where a wavelength
scale is not required; with adjustable slit.
SPECTROMETER STANDARD 3477
The base, integral with the collimator tube support, carries the swinging telescope arm pivoted on a bearing with spring loaded end thrust
plates. This type of bearing eliminates any slack which would otherwise develop with wear. The collimator & telescope tubes are one piece
precision casting in light alloy, concealed helical action focusing devices are provided. The collimator slit with spring loaded jaws is of a new &
robust design which ensures retention of the initial accuracy. The graduated prism table support, 180mm diameter, is divided in degrees; the
vernier, reading to 0.1 is fixed to the telescope arm. This arrangement permits easy estimation to 0.05 from the conveniently positioned
vernier scale. The fully adjustable prism table 75mm dia. is engraved with concentric rings, which facilitates correct location of a prism & has
two screwed holes for the attachment of the prism & grating holder, to accommodate a prism upto 25mm high. Large diameter clamping
knobs are fitted for movement control & fine adjustment is provided for the telescope. All bright parts are chromium plated with the base &
tube in synthetic hammer finish.
INTERMEDIATE SPECTROMETER 3480
Telescope vernier reads to 1 min. of arc. A model for student use, with an optical system equivalent to that on more advanced models, thus
permitting many quantitative experiments. Graduated disc 127mm diameter, fixed to table, double ended vernier, to read to one min. of arc,
attached to telescope. Both telescope & table have fine adjustment screws & release of clamping screw enables coarse adjustments to be
made by hand. Telescope & collimator are fitted with 178mm focal length, 32mm clear aperture achromatic objectives & have rack & pinion
focusing telescope fitted with 15x Ramsden eye piece & cross line graticule, collimator with adjustable slit, length 6mm, mounting on
telescope & collimator permits accurate leveling of axis & squaring of axis of rotation. The spectrometer table, marked with lines to assist
positioning of prism & diffraction grating. Complete in hard wood case with following accessories: One prism clamp, one diffraction grating
holder, one watchmakers’ eyeglass, one Tommy bar for adjusting optical axis.
MERCURY VAPOUR LAMP 3489
With holder & choke, 80W.
SODIUM VAPOUR LAMP 3495
Complete with vacuum jacket 35 watts. For producing monochromatic light at a high intensity. Each lamp has a glass envelope with an inner
discharge tube containing the gas or vapour and two electrodes. The envelope is mounted on an E.S. cap, providing an arc centre height of
110mm approx. Each lamp is fully interchangeable, no adjustment being required.
LAMPHOUSE & TRANSFORMER 3498
Comprising a lamphouse & transformer. The lamp gives a steady light for high intensity. Special design of transformer ensures that the lamp
starts immediately as it is switched on. When mounted on the integral stand, the lamp is enclosed by a cylindrical lamp house with a circular
aperture & the light centre height is adjustable from 200mm onwards. The lamp house is open at the top to allow for ventilation & may be
removed for operation on a separate stand, as required. The transformer is housed in a two part sheet steel case with ventilation louvers &
has a lamp house supplying rod mounted directly onto the transformer case provided a convenient self contained assembly. A 3 core captive
flying lead is provided for mains connection.
LIGHT FILTERS 3507
Coloured, gelatine film, 50mm square card mounted.
Colours
Blue Green
Compound Yellow
Deep Blue
Deep Red
Magenta
Orange Red
Peacock Blue
Pure Green
Red
Green
Yellow Green
COLOUR FILTER SET 3510
Un-mounted acetate sheet, size 50x50 mm, comprising three primaries and three secondary’s. Set of 6.
MAGNETISM & ELECTRO-MAGNETISM
BAR MAGNETS, CHROME STEEL 3951
1070020/1
Chrome Steel, supplied in pairs, red and blue painted with keepers. Optional, Wooden case for bar magnets. Other sizes also available on
specific request.
37×12×5mm
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
50×12×5mm
75×12×5mm
100×12×5mm
150×12×5mm
BAR MAGNETS, ALNICO 3954
1070040/1
ALNICO magnets supplied in pairs, with keepers. Strong lasting power. North Pole clearly marked. In cardboard boxes.
37×13×10mm
50×13×10mm
75×13×10mm
100×13×10mm
150×13×10mm
37×15×10mm
50×15×10mm
75×15×10mm
100×15×10mm
150×15×10mm
50×12×8mm
75×12×8mm
100×12×8mm
150×12×8mm
50×15×5mm
75×15×5mm
100×15×5mm
100×20×10mm
150×25x15mm
150×12×8mm
CYLINDRICAL BAR MAGNETS, CHROME STEEL 3960
1070060/1
Chrome Steel magnets supplied in pair with keepers, painted red / blue, diameter about 12mm. Other sizes also available on specific request.
Length : 50mm
Length : 75mm
Length : 100mm
Length : 150mm
CYLINDRICAL MAGNETS, ALNICO 3963
1070080/1
ALNICO, round edges, in pairs, with keepers. Strong lasting power. Supplied in cardboard boxes. Other sizes also available on specific request.
length×dia.
37×10mm
50×10mm
75×10mm
37×12mm
50×12mm
75×12mm
100×12mm
BOXES FOR BAR MAGNETS 3969
Spare boxes for bar magnets, wooden.
Length : 50mm
Length : 75mm
Length : 100mm
Length : 150mm
1070100/1
HORSESHOE MAGNETS, CHROME STEEL 3978
Chrome steel, with keepers, painted red. Other sizes also available on specific request.
50×12×5mm
75×12×5mm
100×12×5mm
150×12×5mm
1070120/1
HORSESHOE MAGNETS, ALNICO 3981
1070140/1
ALNICO, with keepers, painted red. Strong lasting power. Supplied in cardboard boxes. Other sizes also available on specific request.
50×12×15mm
75×12×15mm
100×12×15mm
U-SHAPED MAGNET, CHROME STEEL 3990
1070160/1
Chrome Steel magnets, good lifting power, N-pole marked, with keeper. Supplied in cardboard boxes. Other sizes also available on specific
request.
15×6×75mm
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
15×6×100mm
15×6×150mm
15×8×75mm
15×8×100mm
15×8×150mm
U-SHAPED MAGNETS, ALNICO 3993
ALNICO, strong lasting power, with keepers. Supplied in cardboard boxes.
Size
Centre Gap
Lifting Power
37×13×10mm
18mm
350g
50×13×10mm
18mm
500g
75×13×10mm
18mm
500g
1070180/1
RING MAGNETS, CERAMIC 3999
1070200/1
Annular shaped, strong magnets of ceramic, polarized along cylindrical axis, i.e., north / south poles along the flat surfaces. Other sizes also
available on specific request.
32×16×8mm
36×18×6mm
36×18×8mm
45×22×8mm
45×22×11mm
53×24×10mm
72×32×10mm
FLOATING RING MAGNETS 4005
1070220/1
Demonstrates the repulsion between like poles of magnets. Comprises annular ceramic ring magnets of size 38×5mm (outer diameter ×
height), painted in different colours and supported on a vertical non-magnetic rod mounted on base. The magnets are axially polarized, i.e.,
north/south poles along the flat surfaces of the magnet. The repulsion between the magnets simulates floating effect.
WITH 3 MAGNETS
WITH 5 MAGNETS
MAGNET KIT 4011
1070240
A comprehensive kit of magnets and accessories enabling students to explore various concepts associated with magnetism. All components
comes nicely packed in a compartmented storage tray. Kit consists of
Horseshoe Magnet, 100mm, with Keeper : 1 No.
Ceramic Bar Magnets : 2 Nos.
Iron Filing Bubble : 1 No.
Bar Magnets, Alnico, with Keepers : 2 Nos.
Bar Magnets, Chrome Steel, with Keepers : 2 Nos.
Ceramic Magnets, Face Polarized : 2 Nos.
Plotting Compasses, 15mm diameter : 4 Nos.
Flexible Magnetic Squares, 50mm : 4 Nos.
Alcomax Bar Magnets : 2 Nos.
Alnico Button Magnets, with Keepers, 3 different diameters : 1 No. each
Alnico Horseshoe Magnet with Keeper : 1 No.
Alcomax Cylindrical Magnets : 2 Nos.
Ceramic Ring Magnets, 13mm diameter, Face Polarized : 5 Nos.
Ceramic Ring Magnets, 25mm diameter, Face Polarized : 5 Nos.
Metal Discs, 25mm diameter, with name of metal stamped : 8 Nos.
METAL DISCS SET OF 8 – MARKED 4017
1070260/1
For demonstrating the ferromagnetic, di-magnetic and paramagnetic behavior of various metals. Also useful for general 'metal identification'
exercises. Comprises circular discs, each of 25mm diameter of 8 metals - mild steel, stainless steel, brass, zinc, nickel silver, bronze, aluminum
and copper. 1 each of 8 metals, with identification marked on each disc
METAL DISCS SET OF 8 – UNMARKED 4020
1070260/2
For demonstrating the ferromagnetic, di-magnetic and paramagnetic behavior of various metals. Also useful for general 'metal identification'
exercises. Comprises circular discs, each of 25mm diameter of 8 metals - mild steel, stainless steel, brass, zinc, nickel silver, bronze, aluminum
and copper. 1 each of 8 metals, without identification mark on the disc
METAL DISCS SET OF 16 4023
1070260/3
For demonstrating the ferromagnetic, di-magnetic and paramagnetic behavior of various metals. Also useful for general 'metal identification'
exercises. Comprises circular discs, 2 each of 25mm diameter of 8 metals - mild steel, stainless steel, brass, zinc, nickel silver, bronze,
aluminum and copper with identification marked on each disc.
SET OF METAL STRIPS 4029
A set of twelve metal pieces for magnetism work. Each stamped with identification.
1070280
METAL STRIPS, SEPARATE 4032
Metal pieces individually available for magnetism work. Each piece stamped with identification.
1070300/1
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Aluminium Hard
Aluminium Soft
Brass
Bronze
Copper
Galvanized Steel
Magnetic (SS)
Mild Steel
Nickel Silver
Non-Magnetic (SS)
Zinc
Zinc plated
METAL STRIPS 4035
Metal strips of size about 200×12mm (Length × width), of different metals, each supplied in pack of 10.
Copper
Brass
Aluminium
Mild Steel
Stainless Steel
Tin
1070320/1
IRON FILLING 4041
In 500g bottle packing. Useful for the study of magnetic fields.
Coarse
Fine
1070340/1
MAGNETIC FIELD DEMONSTRATION - Long Solenoid 4050
1070360/1
A solenoid coil about 52×125mm (diameter × length) of 16 SWG enameled copper wire. Each turn is sufficiently apart and well insulated from
the adjacent ones.
For the study and demonstration of magnetic fields associated with different shapes of current carrying coils/conductors. Mounted on clear,
transparent acrylic permits its use on OHP for classroom demonstration. Each accompanied with a pair of 4mm socket terminals for electrical
supply. The magnetic effects in each can be visualized through the use of iron filings or plotting compasses. Comprises of following coils /
conductors.
MAGNETIC FIELD DEMONSTRATION - Vertical Wire 4053
1070360/2
Vertical Wire : Copper wire 16 SWG, mounted in U shape, vertically on the base. Maximum current is 8A. For the study and demonstration of
magnetic fields associated with different shapes of current carrying coils/conductors. Mounted on clear, transparent acrylic permits its use on
OHP for classroom demonstration. Each accompanied with a pair of 4mm socket terminals for electrical supply. The magnetic effects in each
can be visualized through the use of iron filings or plotting compasses. Comprises of following coils / conductors.
MAGNETIC FIELD DEMONSTRATION - Vertical Coils 4056
1070360/3
Vertical Coils : A set of 1 turn and 5 turn coils mounted side-by side on the base, each with separate pair of socket terminals for electrical
connections. Maximum current for 1 turn coil is 8A and for 5 turn coil is 5A. By making the current flow through both of them, the cumulative
effect of magnetic field of each can also be investigated.
For the study and demonstration of magnetic fields associated with different shapes of current carrying coils/conductors. Mounted on clear,
transparent acrylic permits its use on OHP for classroom demonstration. Each accompanied with a pair of 4mm socket terminals for electrical
supply. The magnetic effects in each can be visualized through the use of iron filings or plotting compasses. Comprises of following coils /
conductors.
MAGNETIC FIELD DEMONSTRATION - Single, Circular Coil 4059
1070360/4
Single, Circular Coil : Single turn circular coil of copper wire of 16 SWG mounted vertically on base. Coil diameter about 55mm. Maximum
current is 8A. For the study and demonstration of magnetic fields associated with different shapes of current carrying coils/conductors.
Mounted on clear, transparent acrylic permits its use on OHP for classroom demonstration. Each accompanied with a pair of 4mm socket
terminals for electrical supply. The magnetic effects in each can be visualized through the use of iron filings or plotting compasses. Comprises
of following coils / conductors
MAGNETIC FIELD DEMONSTRATION - Set of 4 Coils 4062
1070360/5
Set of 4 Coils : Comprising one of the Cat. No. 4050, 4053, 4056 & 4059. For the study and demonstration of magnetic fields associated with
different shapes of current carrying coils/conductors. Mounted on clear, transparent acrylic permits its use on OHP for classroom
demonstration. Each accompanied with a pair of 4mm socket terminals for electrical supply. The magnetic effects in each can be visualized
through the use of iron filings or plotting compasses. Comprises of following coils / conductors.
MAGNETIC FIELD CHAMBER 4071
1070380/1
Demonstrates three dimensional nature of magnetic field associated with bar magnets. Comprises a hollow chamber of clear acrylic with a
tunnel at its center to hold cylindrical bar magnets. The chamber has high quality iron filings, which aligns itself as per the magnetic field
geometry of a magnet. Also allows magnets of other shapes to be investigated by simple positioning their poles adjacent to any side of the
chamber.
MAGNETIC FIELD CHAMBER 4074
www.aldeline.com
1070380/2
sales@aldeline.com
Same as per Cat. No. 4071 but deluxe version, having chamber filled with oil to obtain better symmetry of filing distribution
MAGNETIC FIELD DEMONSTRATION PLATE 4080
1070400
Comprises a rectangular chamber made of clear acrylic plates and filled with oil and has high quality, iron filings freely suspended inside.
Bringing a magnet in its vicinity makes the filings to align along the magnetic field.
MAGNETIC NEEDLES - BRASS CUP BEARING 4086
Made of Carbon steel with brass cup bearing for pivoting.
length : 50mm
length : 75mm
length : 100mm
1070420/1
MAGNETIC NEEDLES - JEWELED BEARING 4089
Made of Carbon steel with jeweled bearing for pivoting.
length : 50mm
length : 75mm
length : 100mm
1070440/1
MAGNETIC NEEDLE STAND 4095
1070460/1
Non-magnetic pillar with carbon steels pivoting point, on stable circular base of bakelite, overall height about 110mm.
MAGNETIC NEEDLE STAND 4098
1070460/2)
Non-magnetic pillar with carbon steels pivoting point, on stable rectangular base of bakelite, overall height about 110mm.
MAGNETIC NEEDLE STAND 4101
Non-magnetic pillar with carbon steels pivoting point, on stable circular base of plastic.
1070460/3
MAGNETIC NEEDLE STAND 4104
Carbon Steel pivoting point mounted on pillar and stand, both of aluminium.
1070460/4)
MAGNETIC COMPASS 4119
With dial marked with principal points of the compass, top glass face, only in plastic / aluminium case.
12mm
16mm
20mm
25mm
38mm
50mm
75mm
1070480/1
PLOTTING COMPASS 4122
With both the faces of clear glass having two orthogonal cross-lines, in aluminium frame. About 20mm diameter.
1070500
MAGNETIC COMPASS 4128
Magnetic with metal dial body marked, aluminium body, jeweled needle upper plate of glass.
30mm
45mm
1070520/1
MAGNETIC COMPASS, WITH LOCK 4131
1070540/1
Magnetic needle with metal dial having compass points marked, aluminium body, jewelled needle. Supplied with locking arrangement to
prevent damage while transportation. With good quality, well finished cover.
30mm
45mm
MAGNETIC COMPASS - PLASTIC BODY 4134
1070560/1
Diameter 30mm approx.; magnetic needle with metal dial having compass points marked, jeweled needle. Mounted in good quality plastic
body.
MARINER'S COMPASS 4143
With aluminium bowl positioned in gimbals and floating dial on aluminium stand. All compass points marked.
1070580
MAGNETIC COMPASS – LARGE 4149
1070600
A large 14cm magnetic needle mounted on a hardened steel pivot and encased in a cast metal body with clear glass top. A printed scale fixed
beneath the magnetic needle is graduated 0-360º×1º, and with all compass points marked.
DEFLECTION MAGNETOMETER 4155
1070620
Comprising a circular bakelite box with aluminium dial of about 100mm diameter, having circular scale graduated 90°-0- 90°-0-90°, divided in
four quadrants. Magnetic needle is mounted on hardened steel pivot for smooth movement. With anti-parallax mirror slot.
DEFLECTION MAGNETOMETER ON WOODEN BASE 4158
www.aldeline.com
1070640/1
sales@aldeline.com
For studying earth's magnetic field. Comprises a deflection magnetometer mounted at the center of a long base board with a 0-50cm scale on
either side of compass box.
DIP NEEDLE – SIMPLE 4167
1070660
Comprising a quadrant-shaped scale graduated 0-90º with cobalt steel magnetic needle about 10cm long, supported on a circular base marked
every 45° about which it can fully rotate. All parts except needle of nonmagnetic material.
DIP CIRCLE 4170
1070680
For determination of angle of dip at a location on earth's surface. An accurately balanced magnetic needle having strong magnetic field is fitted
along horizontal axis with hardened steel pivot marking in jewels cup bearings, and is free to rotate in vertical plane along a circular scale
divided in four quadrants, graduated 90º-0-90º-0-90º for reading the inclination of needle. The needle can be easily removed for reversal.
Needle and scale housed in a nonmagnetic metal casing with a glass window, both of which capable of rotating about vertical axis on a cast
metal base. The vertical rotation can be read directly from a circular scale fitted on base, graduated 0-360º. Fitted with leveling screw and
spirit level.
SIMPLE GALVANOSCOPE 4179
1070700
Comprising plastic former with terminals and circle marked 0º-180º-0º, divided and figured every 45°, with magnet pivot, wound with 30 turns
enameled copper wire and complete with 75mm magnetic needle with brass bearing, operates on 4-6 volts.
ELECTROMAGNET U-SHAPED - Economical 4188
1070720/1
Comprising iron U-shaped core of circular section with armature and carrying hook. Armatures on both the arms wound with enameled copper
wire and are joined in series. Provided with terminals for connections. For use on 4-6 volts DC
ELECTROMAGNET U-SHAPED - Deluxe 4191
Similar to Cat. No. 4188 but with thicker soft iron U-Core.
1070720/2
MAGNETIZING AND DEMAGNETIZING COIL 4200
1070760
Low voltage, suitable for magnetizing and demagnetizing ordinary magnets, iron bars, strips etc. Comprises a solenoid wound with insulated
copper wire and mounted on a base, complete with switch and 4mm terminals.
Solenoid – 250mm long × 35mm internal diameter
Operating Voltage – 12V AC or DC at 6A
Magnetizing by AC or DC
Demagnetizing by AC only
FORCE ON A CONDUCTOR BALANCE 4215
1070780
For demonstrating the dependence of force experienced by a current carrying conductor, when placed in magnetic field, on magnetic field
strength and magnitude of current flowing through the conductor. Comprises a metal wire arms formed into rectangular L-loop with its both
ends supported in an insulated balance beam. The beam in turn is supported on top of a pair of metal pillars through conical bearings
functioning as fulcrum. Balance beam has two screwed masses – one horizontal for adjusting equilibrium position of suspension arms, other
vertical for adjusting sensitivity. One arm has a rider sliding along a scale graduated 0 to 75 × 1mm for adjusting equilibrium with the current
flowing. The L-shaped bend at the end of arms oscillates vertically in magnetic field provided by permanent magnets that can slide to adjust
the length of arm in magnetic field. Each pillar provided with a hole for accommodating 4mm plugs for electrical connections. Complete
assembly mounted on a base.
OERSTED'S LAW APPARATUS 4224
1070800
To show the effect of electric current on a magnet. Comprises a cobalt steel magnetic needle, about 75mm long, with agate bearing supported
on pivot mounted on insulated pillar on base and surrounded by a rectangular frame of non-magnetic metal strip. Frame fitted with terminals
for electrical connections. Passing the current through non magnetic frame causes magnetic needle to deflect as per Oersted's Law.
TANGENT GALVANOMETER 4230
1070820
Comprises a circular coil wound on non-magnetic bobbin of Bakelite/Plastic about 160mm in diameter mounted vertically on a non-magnetic,
cast metal base, with the coil width very small as compared to its diameter. A compass box (magnetometer) is located at the center of the coil
to make its needle experience uniform magnetic field due to current in the coil. The coil consists of three windings of enameled copper wire of
different thicknesses – one each of 2, 50 and 500 turns. A circular platform on base carries a set of four socket terminal for connection to the
coils and are marked for each coil.
TANGENT GALVANOMETER SIMPLE 4233
Comprises a coil, with tappings at 5 and 10 turns, wound from enameled copper wire on insulated plastic ring and supported vertically in a
plastic stand. The stand has a set of three terminals at one side for electrical connection and a rectangular horizontal platform on top for
supporting a magnetic compass.
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY COILS 4239
1070860
For exploring the concept of electromagnetic induction. Comprises two coils – primary coil wound from thicker gauge enameled copper wire
with lesser number of turns; and secondary coil wound from thinner gauge, fine enameled copper wire with more number of turns. Both coils
wound on a insulated plastic former and fitted with 4mm sockets. Primary slides into secondary for electromagnetic coupling. Includes soft
iron cylindrical core that slides into primary.
INDUCED CURRENT APPARATUS 4245
1070880
Consisting of primary coil of thicker enameled copper wire wound on insulated former with terminals, which slides inside secondary coil of
thinner gauge copper wire mounted on a base with 4mm terminals. A soft iron core fits inside the primary.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
BARLOW'S WHEEL 4248
1070900
For demonstrating the conversion of electric energy into mechanical energy. Comprises a toothed copper disc about 9cm diameter, capable of
rotating vertically on pair of adjustable bearings at its each side. The disc dips into mercury trough positioned between the two arms of a small
horseshoe magnet. Disc holding clamp is adjustable vertically on metal support rod, which is connected to a terminal for electrical
connections. Other terminal provided for connecting to the mercury trough. With the height of disc properly adjusted, the pointed teeth of
disc dips just enough to make electrical contact with the mercury and experiences a force when current flows through it. The apparatus
operates on 4-6volts. Supplied without battery.
APPARATUS TO SHOW FORCE ON A CONDUCTOR IN MAGNETIC FIELD 4252
1070920
Demonstrates the force experienced by a current carrying conductor when placed in magnetic field. Comprises a pair of brass rails mounted
parallel to each other on a metal base, each rail having 4mm socket terminal at their one end for electrical connection. A strong U-shaped
magnet fixed on the base such that its one pole is vertically above the rails and other below it and is positioned between the two rails. A brass
axle with plastic discs at its both ends is free to roll along the rails and completes the electrical connection between them. When the current is
made to flow through the rails with the axle placed on the rails between the poles of the magnet, the axle is repelled and rolls along the rails
away from the center of the magnetic field.
WESTMINSTER ELECTROMAGNETIC KIT 4255
1070940
A comprehensive kit designed to contain all the necessary components for exploring concepts of electromagnetism, such as various types of
magnets and their different arrangements and properties, working of motors, dynamos, vibrators and meters, principle of transformers, eddy
current Latex Rubber Tubing 1 length and damping etc. standard pack sufficient for 8 students. The complete kit includes :
Anisotropic Alloy Magnets
8 Nos.
Anisotropic Ceramic Ferrite Magnets
8 Nos.
Steel Magnet Yokes
4 Nos.
Plotting Compasses
6 Nos.
Hardboard Formers for Compasses
4 Nos.
Iron Filing
1 Bottle
Iron Filing Dispensers
4 Nos.
Pair of C-Cores
4 Nos.
C-Cores Clips
4 Nos.
Aluminium Rings
4 Nos.
Aluminium Rings, Split
4 Nos.
Support Bases
4 Nos.
Armature with Axle Tubes
4 Nos.
Split Pins
8 Nos.
Rivets
16 Nos.
Axle Shafts
4 Nos.
Latex Rubber Tubing
1 length
Wooden Former for Coils
4 Nos.
Cello Tape Roles
4 Nos.
PVC Insulated Wire, 26SWG
4 Reels
PVC Paste Board Sheets
4 Nos.
Plain Postcard Sheets
4 Nos.
White Cotton Thread
1 Reel
Carbon Resistances, 100Ù and 10Ù, 0.5W each
4 Nos. each
MES Bulbs
10 Nos.
Neon Bulbs
5 Nos.
MES Lamp Holder
8 Nos
MECHANICS
PULLEYS METAL - 38MM 4906
1030020/1
Aluminium pulleys, 38mm diameter, machine turned, having wide grooves for whip cord. Mounted in cast metal frame and accurately centred.
Single with 1 hook
Single with 2 hooks
Double sheave (parallel)
Triple sheave (parallel)
Quadruple sheave (parallel)
PULLEYS METAL - 50MM 4909
1030040/1
Aluminium pulleys, 50mm diameter, machine turned, having wide grooves for whip cord. Mounted in cast metal frame and accurately centred.
Single with 1 hook
Single with 2 hooks
Double sheave (parallel)
Triple sheave (parallel)
Quadruple sheave (parallel)
Double long
Triple long
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
PULLEYS PLASTIC 4912
1030080/1
Plastic pulleys, 50mm diameter pulley mounted in a frame, accurately centred. With grooves for whip cord. Provided with hooks on both sides
for suspension and loading.
Single with 1 hook
Single with 2 hooks
Double sheave (parallel)
Triple sheave (parallel)
Quadruple sheave (parallel)
Double long
Triple long
PULLEYS PLASTIC IN OPEN FRAME 4915
1030100/1
Pulleys in plastic with bearing to minimize friction, mounted in tandem on sheet metal strip with hooks on either side for suspension and
loading. Open sheet metal frame painted with scratch-resistant epoxy coating.
Single – one pulley of diameter 50mm.
Double Tandem (Long) – one pulley each of diameter 50 and 38mm mounted in line.
Triple Tandem (Long) – one pulley each of diameter 50, 38 & 25mm mounted in line.
PULLEYS METAL IN OPEN FRAME 4918
1030120/1
Brass pulleys with bearing to minimize friction, mounted in tandem on sheet metal open frame with hooks on either side for suspension and
loading. Open sheet metal frame painted with scratch-resistant epoxy coating. Accurately centered.
Single Pulley, 50mm diameter.
Double Tandem (Long) – one pulley each of diameter 50 and 38mm mounted in line.
Triple Tandem (Long) – one pulley each of diameter 50, 38 & 25mm mounted in line.
PULLEY BLOCKS 4924
1030160/1
Plastic pulleys with wide groove for whip cord mounted in tough, unbreakable plastic frames having hooks at both ends for suspension and
loading. The frames are available in single, double sheave and triple sheave. Specially designed central axle pin can be easily inserted and
locked or removed for quick assembly / disassembly of the pulley block. A simple locking system prevents the axle pin from accidentally
coming out. Overall length of frames about 70mm.
Single pulley block, with 25mm pulley
Single pulley block, with 38mm pulley
Single pulley block, with 50mm pulley
Double pulley block, with both pulleys of 50mm diameter
Double pulley block, with 38 and 50mm pulleys
Double pulley block, with 25 and 38mm pulleys
Triple pulley block, with all pulleys of 50mm diameter
Triple pulley block, with 25, 38 and 50mm pulleys
PULLEY BLOCK ASSEMBLY SET 4927
1030180
A set of components from which pulley blocks of different configurations may be constructed. Except for plastic pulleys of diameters 25 and
38mm, all components used are similar to Cat No. 4924 Set contains : 15 plastic pulley frames – 5 each of single double and triple sheave,
each provided with removable central axle pins and a pair of hooks 30 plastic pulleys – 10 each of diameters 25, 38 and 50mm.
PULLEY DIFFERENTIAL TRIPLE 4936
1030200/1
Mounted in U-shaped metal frame with hook for suspension. Single piece cast aluminium pulley with 3 different diameters, 38, 50 and 62mm
respectively.
PULLEY DIFFERENTIAL TRIPLE 4939
1030200/2
Mounted in metal frame with a transverse rod for attaching it to any right angle clamp. Single piece cast aluminium pulley with 3 different
diameters, 38, 50 and 62mm respectively.
PULLEY DIFFERENTIAL DOUBLE 4948
1030220
Single piece cast aluminum pulley with 2 different diameters, 50 and 62mm respectively, mounted in U-shaped metal frame with hook for
suspension.
PULLEY BENCH CLAMP FITTING 4954
1030240/1
Comprising a 50mm diameter aluminium pulley mounted in a cast metal frame, meant primarily for clamping to the edge of a workbench,
table etc., with the pulley overhanging the edge and in a vertical plane. Overall length of frame (pulley bar) about 110mm. Maximum clamp
opening 25mm.
PULLEY, MOUNTED ON ROD 4960
1030260/1
Aluminium Pulley mounted in U-bracket having a metal rod 150×10mm (length × diameter) along the length of pulley for attaching it to a
suitable clamp.
Diameter 38mm
Diameter 50mm
PULLEY, MOUNTED ON ROD 4963
1030260/3
Plastic Pulley mounted in U-bracket having a metal rod 150×10mm (length × diameter) along the length of pulley for attaching it to a suitable
clamp.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
38mm
50mm
PULLEY BENCH CLAMP FITTING - SMALL 4969
1030280/1
50mm diameter pulley mounted on a single piece bracket with one bigger clamping screw for anchoring the bracket to the edge of bench or
force-board etc., and on slot with transverse clamping screw for mounting the assembly to a metal support rod up to 13mm in diameter along
the length of rod.
PULLEY BENCH CLAMP FITTING - LARGE 4972
1030280/2
70mm diameter pulley mounted on a single piece bracket with one bigger clamping screw for anchoring the bracket to the edge of bench or
force-board etc., and on slot with transverse clamping screw for mounting the assembly to a metal support rod up to 13mm in diameter along
the length of rod.
PULLEY, BENCH CLAMP FITTING WITH ADJUSTABLE FRAME 4975
Comprising a plastic pulley of 70mm diameter mounted on a cast metal frame through metal strip pivoted to the frame. The frame allows
mounting of the assembly to a work bench or force board with pulley in vertical position and provides adjustment in the pulley position. The
clamp frame is detached from the rest of the assembly for using it elsewhere. All metal parts with scratch resistant expoxy coating.
PULLEY BOARD MOUNTING 4978
1030320/1
Pulley fixed in U-shaped bracket for mounting it to benches or boards about 28mm thick or more, with the help of wooden screws.
Diameter 38mm
Diameter 50mm
PULLEY VERTICAL MOUNTING - E TYPE FRAME 4981
1030340/1
A 50mm diameter aluminium pulley with a wide groove for whipcord mounted in cast metal frame and centered. For mounting on
workbenches or boards up to 28mm thick. Particularly suitable for mounting on vertical boards.
PULLEY VERTICAL MOUNTING - Z TYPE FRAME 4984
1030340/2
A 50mm diameter aluminium pulley with a wide groove for whipcord mounted in cast metal frame and centered. For mounting on
workbenches or boards up to 28mm thick. Particularly suitable for mounting on vertical boards.
PULLEY VERTICAL MOUNTING - CLAMP AND OVERHANGING THE EDGE 4987
1030340/3
A 50mm diameter aluminium pulley with a wide groove for whipcord mounted in cast metal frame and centered. For mounting on
workbenches or boards up to 28mm thick. Particularly suitable for mounting on vertical boards.
PULLEY ROD MOUNTING 4990
1030360
Comprising a pulley of 50mm diameter mounted on a square aluminum boss of size about 20×20×110mm (W × H × L) provided with a hole and
clamping screw to accommodate rods up to 13mm diameter. Provision for mounting the pulley on the boss frame with its axis of rotation in
any one of the three planes.
PULLEY DEMONSTRATION SET ADVANCED 4996
1030380
A highly versatile apparatus designed to complement demonstrations of simple machines, force, mechanical equilibrium and almost every
physical concept associated with pulleys and their configurations. Right from the wheel of bicycle to the gears in car, it helps explain how
things work. It also makes the students understand the concepts such as how an increase in the number of pulleys decreases the force
required to lift an object but increases the amount of string that must be pulled, yet the amount of done being independent of the number of
pulleys. Complete set includes:
Stable Base: Rectangular wooden base with non-skid feet has a socket near its each end for vertically mounting two threaded metal rods about
81cm long. Also includes an eye hook and capstan for an entire pulley system.
Comprehensive: Contains almost everything needed to effectively display almost every conceivable pulley demonstration and their usefulness,
including the slotted masses and mass hangers required for the purpose. Also includes two right angle clamps for supporting horizontal rod at
the top of vertical rods, collars with hooks for use on horizontal rod for suspending pulleys. Comes neatly packed in a suitable cardboard box.
Several Pulley Types: Explore the benefits of single pulleys, sheave pulleys and those of tandem pulleys, quadruple pulleys and even 4-step
pulley (wheel & axle); or form different combinations of several of them for an efficient pulley system.
Complete Set includes:
Wooden Base of size about 81×20cm (length × width), with eye hook, capstan and two sockets for mounting rods.
Metal Rods, 81×12.5cm (length × diameter) – 3 Nos. (two rods threaded on one side and one having both ends plain)
Square Boss Heads – 2 Nos.
Right angled Clamp – 1 No.
Single Pulleys – 7 Nos.
Triple Tandem Pulleys – 2 Nos.
Quadruple Sheave Pulleys – 2 Nos.
Wheel & Axle – 1 No.
Light weight cord – 1 Roll
Collar with hook – 8 Nos.
Mass Hangers, Brass – 7 Nos. (50g – 5 Nos., 20g and 10g – 1 No. each)
Masses Slotted, Brass – 15 Nos. (2×10g, 2×20g, 2×50g, 4×100g, 4×200g, 1×500g)
Tightening rod for tightening vertical support rods.
PULLEY DEMONSTRATION SET, STUDENT'S 4999
www.aldeline.com
1030400
sales@aldeline.com
A simpler form of Cat No. 4996, with fewer components. Complete set includes:
Wooden Base of size about 20×15cm (length × width), with eye hook, capstan and one socket for mounting rods.
Metal Rods. Vertical rod 61×12.5cm (length × diameter) threaded on one side – 1 No.; Horizontal rod 20×9.5cm (length × diameter)
having both ends plain – 1 No.
Square Boss Heads – 1 No.
Right angled Clamp – 1 No.
Single Pulleys – 8 Nos.
Double Sheave Pulleys – 2 Nos.
Wheel & Axle – 1 No.
Light weight cord – 1 Roll
Collar with hook – 6 Nos.
Masses, Hooked, Brass – 9 Nos. (1×10g, 2×20g, 1×50g, 1×100g, 2×200g, 1×500g, 1×1000g)
Tightening rod for tightening vertical support rod
WHEEL AND AXLE, SIMPLE FORM 5014
1030420
Comprises an integrated wooden double wheel of diameters 150 and 50mm, with their centers on same axis and having with flat-bottomed
grooves for winding of cord. The wheel is pivoted axially on a spindle diameter about 10mm for mounting the apparatus to a suitable retort
stand using a clamp. Includes two hooks for suspending masses and about 6m length of whipcord. Supplied without masses.
WHEEL & AXLE, MOUNTED ON BASE 5017
1030440
Consisting of a wooden wheel of diameter about 150mm and the axle having diameters 75 and 38mm respectively, mounted in a wooden base
on adjustable cone bearings (for minimizing friction) through a metal shaft passing through its center. Complete with hooks for suspending
masses and whipcord. Supplied without masses.
WHEEL & AXLE, SIMPLE FORM, WALL MOUNTING 5020
1030460
Similar to Cat. No. 5017, but mounted on a wooden baseboard through cast metal brackets. The diameters of wheel and axle are 150 and
50mm, respectively. The base has provision for wall mounting. Supplied complete with two hooks and 6m of whipcord but without masses.
'WHITLEY BAY' SMOKE CELL 5029
1021400
Demonstrates the 'Brownian Motion' or random motion of smoke particles. A specially designed plastic box has a sliding lid at the top and
contains a glass smoke cell, a cylindrical condensing lens and a low voltage festoon bulb. All components pre adjusted so as to focus the light of
festoon bulb to the smoke cell at the correct height to obtained good contrast in the observation. The plastic box has flanges on either side to
facilitate its mounting on the stage of microscope platform using clips. A hole in the lid is aligned with the smoke cell to enable focusing of
microscope in the smoke cell. Provided with a pair of 4mm sockets for electrical connections. Also includes a squeeze type plastic bottle for
use as smoke generator.
BROMINE DIFFUSION KIT 5032
1021420
For demonstrating the kinetic theory of gases by means of bromine vapours. Bromine molecules, initially moving at very high velocities with
their unrestrained movement within a vacuum, immediately gets stalled when diffusing into air due to their elastic collisions with the air
molecules. Designed with safety of the user in mind due to the toxicity of bromine. Comprises two sturdy, thick walled glass diffusion tubes
about 430×50mm (height × diameter) with a small side tube near one end, two large bore 8mm stop-cocks with rubber bungs, six glass cap
tubes, six bored rubber stoppers, twelve pieces of rubber tubing 125×12mm (length × inner diameter), two plastic adapters to adapt tubes to
8mm, one small brush for cleaning tap and one pack of Vaseline. Supplied without bromine.
ROMAN ARCH 5041
1030480
Demonstrates the typical concept behind the architecture of roman arch structures, which are famous for their strength in compressive
loading. Comprises a pre-assembled 3-part buttress and a set of 23 wooden blocks and comes with a complete instruction plan for the
assembly of the blocks to assemble the arch. Fully assembled arch can easily support the weight of a child.
CENTER OF GRAVITY APPARATUS 5044
1030500
A simple and economical apparatus for demonstration of geometrical center of gravity of two dimensional objects. Center of gravity of a freely
suspended two-dimensional object always lies along the line drawn vertically downward from its point of suspension. Comprises a clear
perspex rod mounted on a base with a suspension screw at the top and four laminas of clear acrylic – 1 each of circular, triangular, square and
trapezoidal. Each lamina has suspension holes along their periphery. The point of intersection of lines drawn from point of suspension of 2 or
more holes of a lamina gives center of gravity of that 2- dimensional lamina.
INERTIA APPARATUS 5050
1030520
A simple device to demonstrate the concept of inertia of a body at rest. Polished wooden stand has a receptacle at the top to contain a
wooden sphere along with a spring sheet-metal striker mounted vertically on base. Also included are a wooden ball and a square piece of
sheet metal. When the striker is pulled back and released, it strikes the square piece impulsively making it to slide out from under the sphere
and dropping the sphere in receptacle on account of inertia of sphere at rest.
LEVER APPARATUS WOODEN 5055
1030560
A wooden meter rule, graduated in millimeters and reading every centimeter used as lever with its fulcrum at it center. Fulcrum pivoted on a
stand with the meter rule having holes 25mm apart all along its length. Two hangers included with mounting pins that can be suspended from
any of the holes on either side of fulcrum and are used for hanging the masses. Supplied with two mass hangers of 100g each.
LEVER KIT WOODEN 5059
1030580
For investigation into the concept of moments, principle of lever and balances by a group of upto 8 students using the items included in the kit.
Comprises five wooden beams of size about 600×44×3mm marked every 38mm and a groove on the opposite surface across its center that
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
acts as a fulcrum point. The wooden beam is accurately balanced when its fulcrum point is located on any of the 4 fulcrums included. Supplied
complete with 40 metal blanks of about 25mm square.
PARALLELOGRAM OF FORCES APPARATUS 5062
1030620
For demonstrating the concept Parallelogram and polygon law of forces, and Lami's theorem. Also shows the static equilibrium under the
effect of various forces. Comprises board of size about 65 × 50cm, with two aluminium pulleys, 50mm diameter, on clamp, for mounting on
board in any desired position. Complete with three mass hangers and 12 slotted masses, each of 50g each.
FORCE TABLE 5065
1030640
Used for verifying the laws of composition and resolution of forces utilizing vector diagrams of several concurrent forces. Comprising a thick
wooden circular table, about 30cm in diameter and finished with scratch resistant black epoxy coating. Raised outer rim of the table has
circular scale graduated 0 to 360º×1º, and marked every 10º. Table mounted on a heavy, stable cast metal tripod base through a metal pipe,
with base having three leveling screws. Also included are four pulleys in clamp that can be attached anywhere along the rim. A detachable pin,
positioned at the center of the table indicates the balancing for forces through the centering of ring, tied to the strings carrying masses and
suspended through the pulleys, around it. Supplied complete with set of strings tied to the rings, center pin and 4 sets of slotted masses with
hanger, each set having one hanger 100g and masses 1 each of 10, 20, 50 and 100g.
PENDULUM BOBS - BRASS 5071
Spherical balls of different materials, with hook for suspension. Meant for use in pendulum experiments.
Diameter (mm)
A
B
C
13
19
25
1030660/1
PENDULUM BOBS - COPPER 5074
Spherical balls of different materials, with hook for suspension. Meant for use in pendulum experiments.
Diameter (mm)
A
B
C
13
19
25
1030660/2)
PENDULUM BOBS - IRON 5077
Spherical balls of different materials, with hook for suspension. Meant for use in pendulum experiments.
Diameter (mm)
A
B
C
13
19
25
1030660/3)
PENDULUM BOBS - LEAD 5080
Spherical balls of different materials, with hook for suspension. Meant for use in pendulum experiments.
Diameter (mm)
A
B
C
13
19
25
1030660/4)
PENDULUM BOBS - ALUMINUM 5083
Spherical balls of different materials, with hook for suspension. Meant for use in pendulum experiments.
Diameter (mm)
A
B
C
13
19
25
1030660/5)
SET OF SPHERES 5092
1030680/2
Ideal for collision experiments and pendulum demonstrations and can also be used to meet a variety of laboratory needs. Solid spheres are
also suitable for density/volume experiments. The set includes 6 balls of 25mm diameter each of different materials - one each of wood,
aluminum, steel, copper, brass & lead. The set comes packed in a plastic box.
WITHOUT HOLE
WITH 3MM DIAMETER HOLE
MARBLES 5098
Solid glass spheres, in different colours.
DIAMETER : 17MM
DIAMETER : 25MM
1030700/1
STEEL SPHERES 5101
Solid steel spheres, hardened and chrome plated. Available in pack of 100.
DIAMETER : 3MM
DIAMETER : 6MM
DIAMETER : 12MM
DIAMETER : 16MM
DIAMETER : 19MM
DIAMETER : 25MM
1030720/1
PENDULUM ON STAND 5110
1030740
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Designed for performing a number of pendulum related experiments quickly and accurately. Comprises a meter rule with zero at the bottom,
graduated in millimeters and reading every centimeter attached vertically on a support rod. Towards the upper end of the rod a hanger is
fixed, from which 3 pendulum bobs, each of 25mm diameter and of different material – wood, steel and aluminium, are suspended. A sliding
index mounted on the meter rule can be adjusted for vertical position and has a projection through which first pendulum cord passes thus
controlling the effective length of suspension of first pendulum. Complete assembly mounted on a stable metal stand. The hanger has
provision for controlling the length of suspension of each pendulum.
PENDULUM CLAMP 5113
1030760
Connects to any vertical or horizontal rod support up to 18mm. L shaped plated metal strip has three knobs along its length with respective
holes for mounting up to 3 pendulums on the same horizontal line and adjusting their height. The smaller arm of the metal strip has a boss
attached to it for clamping securely on a rod support.
COMPOUND PENDULUM REVERSIBLE 5119
1030780
Steel bar of length about 1m in length drilled every 5cm, with removable knife edges to adjust the length of suspension. Includes metal bracket
supports for wall mounting.
COMPOUND PENDULUM, KATER'S, REVERSIBLE 5122
1030800
Consists of plated metal rod about 120cm long, with one pair each of small and large brass and wooden masses, that can be adjusted along the
length of the rod and two steel knife edges set in adjustable metal holders. Includes metal bracket supports for wall mounting.
NEWTONIAN DEMONSTRATOR - METAL FRAME 5128
1030820/1
Dramatically illustrates Newton's third law of motion and works well on an overhead projector. Its graphical demonstration of elastic collisions
qualitatively, is far superior to any other device on account of its size and total absence of friction. The unit is completely assembled and
consists of a frame with six plated steel balls of 19 mm diameter, suspended on the frame through lightweight cord. By pulling and releasing
the different number of balls, collision results among the balls can be observed to draw many interpretations.
NEWTONIAN DEMONSTRATOR - WOODEN FRAME 5131
1030820/2
Dramatically illustrates Newton's third law of motion and works well on an overhead projector. Its graphical demonstration of elastic collisions
qualitatively, is far superior to any other device on account of its size and total absence of friction. The unit is completely assembled and
consists of a frame with six plated steel balls of 19/25mm diameter, suspended on the frame through lightweight cord. By pulling and releasing
the different number of balls, collision results among the balls can be observed to draw many interpretations.
FALLING BODIES APPARATUS (PROJECTILE APPARATUS) 5137
1030840
For demonstrating the independence of horizontal and vertical velocities of bodies falling freely under the effect of gravity. The apparatus
consists of a wooden block on top of which is pivoted a spring loaded L-section metal launching bar having a trigger catch. A small recess near
either end of the metal bar serves to locate 19mm steel balls. Releasing the catch makes one ball drop simply vertically, while the other one is
projected horizontally. Both the balls simultaneously hitting the floor substantiate the fact that the vertical velocities of both the balls are
same at any instant. Supplied complete with a pair of steel balls, which may be stored in a covered recess in the wooden body.
NEWTON'S SECOND LAW OF MOTION APPARATUS 5143
1030860
A complete piece of instrument demonstrating the Newton's Second Law of Motion. Comprises a spring loaded steel rod mounted in two
brackets on a metal base. Also includes one solid steel sphere and one steel sphere with a hole to slide it into the rod. Complete with a rod
mounted on the base for fixing the apparatus on a suitable retort stand. Spring compressed by the handle which can be locked into two
different positions corresponding to two potential energy levels. Once spring is compressed, the sphere with the hole slides onto one end of
the rod, while other is placed in a small recess on the opposite side of the base. On releasing the handle, the potential energy of the
compressed spring imparts horizontal velocity to the solid sphere while the other sphere simply falls vertically. Falling of both the spheres on
the ground implies that vertical and horizontal velocities are independent.
ATWOOD'S MACHINE 5146
1030880
For studying the motion under the effect of gravity of two mass systems connected through a lightweight cord, one on either side of a simple
pulley. The apparatus comprises two long metals rods, one rod having a well-balanced 10cm pulley mounted at its one end on near-frictionless
bearings and threads at other end for attaching it to the second rod to get a total effective working length of 245cm. A scale 0- 245×1cm
continues from the top of rod with pulley to the bottom of the second rod. Includes electromagnetic release arrangement, set of 2 pairs of
masses, Loading Masses – 1×1g, 2×2g, 1×4g, table/ring brackets, wall mounting clamps and lightweight cord.
'G' BY FREE FALL APPARATUS 5155
1030900
For determination of acceleration due to gravity 'g' by measuring the time of fall of a steel spherical ball through a known distance. This
apparatus consists of an electromagnet driven by a solenoid (for prompt release of the steel sphere on being disconnected) and gate switch
unit mounted on a base. Both, electromagnet and the bottom unit provided with 4mm sockets for electrical connection. When the steel
sphere strikes the plate of the gate switch unit near the bottom, the same is communicated to the timer by make/break of continuity to trigger
the stopping of timer.
CENTI SECOND TIMER 5164
1030960
Particularly suitable for 'g' by Free Fall Apparatus with magnetic release. Housed in a sturdy, well painted, sheet metal box, features 3-digit LED
display on the top along with mains ON/OFF switch and timer reset switch. Another switch provides for activating solenoid of electromagnet,
which also triggers the START of timing. Two pair of 4mm sockets provided, clearly indicating their function – one pair marked “COIL” for
connecting to electromagnet and other pair marked “GATE” for connection to lower platform that Stops the timing process. Operates on 220240V AC, 50/60Hz.
INCLINED PLANE 5179
www.aldeline.com
1030980/1
sales@aldeline.com
A simple inclined plane made of polished hardwood board hinged at one end to wooden base board. A 38mm plastic pulley in U-bracket is
mounted on the other end of inclined plane supports masses suspended from the thread with other end tied to the object under observation.
The index pointer fixed to the inclined surface moves along the arc scale attached to the baseboard and gives its angle of inclination. Includes
two wooden block sliders for friction experiments, one metal roller in bracket with hook, and one weight pan with lightweight cord for
suspension.
SIZE ABOUT 600 × 100MM (LENGTH × WIDTH)
SIZE ABOUT 600 × 75MM (LENGTH × WIDTH)
INCLINED PLANE, WOOD & METAL 5182
1031000
Useful for study and demonstration of the concept of motion on an inclined surface and its relation to the friction. A pair of polished wooden
boards attached together at each end are hinged at one end to a metal baseboard below it so that the wooden boards can be moved to form
an inclined surface. One side of the board has a linear scale graduated every 5cm to measure linear distance along its length, while an
adjustable and removable angle measurer or arc scale, attached to the metal base board on the same side and graduated 0-45º×1º measures
the angle of inclination. The angle measurer also has linear scale graduated in centimeters to measure the vertical height of inclined surface at
a point. A plastic pulley attached to the end of inclined boards supports masses suspended from thread, the other end of thread being
connected to the objects moving on inclined surface.
INCLINED PLANE, WOOD & METAL 5185
1031020
Similar to Cat No. 5182 in construction. Comprises a two-piece wooden inclined board hinged at one end to a heavy cast metal base at one end
and has a pulley in U-bracket mounted at other end. The inclined board has a glass surface mounted at its top with its one side plane and other
ground to provide two different surfaces for friction experiments. The index pointer fixed to the inclined surface moves along the arc scale
attached to the baseboard and gives its angle of inclination. Includes one metal roller in bracket with hook, one weight pan with lightweight
cord for suspension.
INCLINED PLANE ONE METER 5191
1031040
Made of hard wood. Comprising a plane board size of length 1m and has a graduated scale. A pulley is attached to the other end, which can be
adjusted to any desired angle. With metal roller and metal scale pan of 90mm diameter with cord and ring but without masses. A sliding block
& sliding metal trolley also included.
INCLINED PLANE & FRICTION BOARD 5197
1031080
A wooden plane board 600×75mm hinged at one end to another wooden base board and provided with a pulley at the other. A movable block
present between baseboard and inclined plane enables the inclination of the plane to be varied. Includes reversible friction slider 100 × 65mm,
with its one size cut to have half the contact area to facilitate the observation of results in different situations. Complete with metal roller and
weight pan.
FRICTION BOARD APPARATUS 5206
1031100
For experiments in friction and its dependence on various factors. Comprises a wooden friction board about 490×75×18mm in size, a long
aluminium friction board that fits over the wooden friction board, a wooden slider about 140×70×18mm with hook, a plain aluminium slider
that fits over wooden slider and an aluminium slider with rubber sheet pasted on one side to provide various combinations of surfaces for
friction experiments.
SLOTTED MASSES IN WOODEN BLOCK 5209
1031120
Consists of three slotted brass masses of 50g each, contained in cylindrical wells drilled in a wooden block. The wooden block has a hook at its
one end to enable its use as a slider block of varying mass in various motion/friction experiments. Slotted masses can also be used for loading
by suspending from a suitable hanger, as and when needed.
WEIGHT PAN – PLASTIC 5212
1031140/1
For use with apparatus where loading of weights is required such as inclined plane etc. Comprises a pan with a raised collar to prevent the
falling of loaded weights. With three strings tied around the perimeter for suspension.
WEIGHT PAN – SS 5215
1031140/2
For use with apparatus where loading of weights is required such as inclined plane etc. Comprises a pan with a raised collar to prevent the
falling of loaded weights. With three strings tied around the perimeter for suspension.
FLECTCHER'S TROLLEY 5227
1031160
For experiments on acceleration. Comprises a lightweight aluminum track about 1720mm long and 150mm wide with leveling screws and
cushioned stops at either end, 50mm diameter pulley fixed towards one end, clamp for vibrator and automatic pen release. A metal trolley 690
× 80 × 65mm, with ball bearing mounted wheels to minimize friction, has five holes for accommodating cylindrical masses. Also included is a
vibrator and pen holder with one each wooden blocks of size 150×75×13mm, 150×75×50mm. supplied without pen and paper
LINEAR AIR TRACK APPARATUS 5235
1031180/1
For exploring the concepts of mechanics involving linear motion on a near frictionless surface, such as acceleration, collisions (elastic /
inelastic), explosions, conservation of momentum and simple harmonic motion etc. Air track, the principal component of the apparatus,
comprises of specially designed, rugged, anodized, aluminium alloy extrusion providing a straight working length of 2m, is mounted on four
cast metal feet with leveling screws, two on each side positioned along the length. Two rows of fine holes provided on each side all along the
length of the track through which jets of the air emanate to form air cushion on which the vehicles float under virtually frictionless conditions.
One end of the track has an air inlet tube connection for compressed air supply. The track also has a 0-200cm scale graduated in millimeters
for measuring distances and recording positions. The kit includes various gliders, which float to and fro on the air cushion, together with a
large number of attachments to permit a comprehensive range of experiments. The complete apparatus including Air Track and attachments
(accessories as per Cat No. 5238) are packed in kit form.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Linear Air Track is supplied complete with following accessories :
2 large vehicles (mass 400g, length 215mm)
1 small vehicle (mass 200g, length 100mm)
2 magnetic buffers (25mm diameter)
2 Plasticine holders (20mm diameter) with central hole
4 catapults (45mm wide) with slot for elastic band
3 steel buffers with central hole
4 elastic cords (220mm long) with plastic rings
1 reel of nylon thread
2 white plastic rods (4mm diameter 150mm long) for stroboscope photography
24 needles for use with steel buffer
20 white plain cards for interrupting light beams
1 reel rubber stand
1 pack of Plasticine
20 elastic bands
LINEAR AIR TRACK ACCESSORIES 5238
Linear Air Track is supplied complete with following accessories :
2 large vehicles (mass 400g, length 215mm)
1 small vehicle (mass 200g, length 100mm)
2 magnetic buffers (25mm diameter)
2 Plasticine holders (20mm diameter) with central hole
4 catapults (45mm wide) with slot for elastic band
3 steel buffers with central hole
4 elastic cords (220mm long) with plastic rings
1 reel of nylon thread
2 white plastic rods (4mm diameter 150mm long) for stroboscope photography
24 needles for use with steel buffer
20 white plain cards for interrupting light beams
1 reel rubber stand
1 pack of Plasticine
20 elastic bands
1031180/2
AIR BLOWER 5241
1031180/3
Air Blower is designed specifically to be used with the Air Track, but can also be used as a source of compressed air for other Air Tracks or any
other similar requirement of air. Supplied complete with hose, adaptor and mains lead. Operates on 220-240V AC mains, 50/60Hz.
DYNAMICS TROLLEY – WOODEN 5250
1031220
For exploring the Newton's laws of motion, the concept of conservation of momentum, and elastic-inelastic collision of objects in onedimension. Comprises a pair of wooden trolleys, each carried upon three wheels with ball bearings to minimize friction and a spring loaded
exploder plunger with 2 levels of spring compression, which is activated by a trigger knob on top of the trolley. A tough laminated surface
mounted on each trolley enables placing of additional masses for increasing the effective weight of the trolley. Velcro pasted at the back end
of each trolley enable the study of inelastic collisions.
DYNAMICS CART SET, METAL 5265
1031340
Comprises a pair of carts made of heavy gauge aluminium, with scratch-resistant epoxy coating, each incorporating 4 low-friction ball bearing
wheels. Both the carts are equipped with rubber bumpers with provision for attaching the spring steel bumpers to permit various momentum
experiments in elastic and inelastic collisions. Supplied complete with one pair each of spring steel bumpers in two different thicknesses and
one large thin spring steel bumper.
TRACK FOR DYNAMICS TROLLEYS 5274
1031340
A polished wooden track, about 2m long, with smooth, flat surface for motion experiments using trolleys or carts. The track is easily inclinable
and incorporates raised side rails along the length to prevent the accidental falling of carts/trolleys.
BALLISTICS CAR 5276
1031200
Demonstrates that the horizontal component of the velocity of a body thrown vertically upward from another body moving horizontally is the
same as that of the body moving horizontally and independent of the vertical component of velocity. Thus, a ball ejected from the vertical
barrel of the Ballistic Car moving with uniform velocity return back to its original position into the barrel. The apparatus consists of a heavy ,
metallic barrel mounted vertically on an aluminium car. The car has plastic wheels with ball bearings to minimize friction. Spring - loaded
piston arrangement with two compressions settings of spring for ejecting the ball to two different heights. Complete with steel ball and a lock pin with cord. With instructions.
TICKER TAPE TIMER 12V AC 5280
1031360
For timing motion in one dimension on a piece of paper in the form of dots spaced at equal interval of time. An electromagnet enclosed in a
box operates on 12V AC through a pair of 4mm sockets. The screw shaped hammer on the armature mounted at the top of enclosure moves
up/down with the changing polarity of electromagnet and leaves well defined dot on paper strip moving beneath carbon paper disc. Guides on
top of enclosure assure smooth and straight movement of paper strip. Amplitude of vibration of hammer can be varied to get sharp dot and
relative position of carbon discs with respect to paper tape adjustable for their optimum use. Includes a stand for mounting paper tape roll.
Complete assembly mounted on a stable, non-skid base. Supplied complete with paper tape and carbon paper discs.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
TICKER TAPE TIMER 12V DC 5286
1031380
Similar to Cat No. 5280 in construction and operation, but operates on 12V DC Produces dots at 1/50 seconds intervals only. It has an
electromagnet with spring-loaded armature, which vibrates above a support table.
PAPER TAPE ROLL 5298
Consumables regularly used with ticker tape timers. Length 100m and width 9.5mm approx.
1031440/1
PAPER TAPE ROLL 5301
Consumables regularly used with ticker tape timers. Length 35m and width 9.5mm approx.
1031440/2
CARBON PAPER DISCS 5307
Consumables regularly used with ticker tape timers. Diameter 40mm approx. in packs of 100 pieces.
1031440/3
GYROSCOPE 5319
1031480
A simple apparatus comprising of a dynamically balanced metal rotor shaft mounted on a gimbal ring, which in turn, is mounted on a cradle
carried to a stable cast metal base. All three pairs of mounting points or pivots are adjustable.
INERTIAL BALANCE 5325
1040020
An oscillating platform for studying inertial mass of various objects and the independence of that mass to gravity. All metal construction,
completely assembled with weight (mass), cord.
HOOKE'S LAW APPARATUS 5331
1040060/2
For the demonstration of Hooke's Law that the elongation produced in a spring within elastic limits is proportional to the load applied to it.
Also useful for investigating potential energy and investigating masses.
Comprises of a metal rod carrying vertically a polished stainless steel scale 0 to 15cm, with provision for its height adjustment. An integrated
mass hanger/pointer is connected to the lower end of the spring with the eye-shaped upper end for suspension through an adjustable collar
with cross bar, which is positioned above the scale. Complete apparatus mounted on a stable base.
HOOKE'S LAW APPARATUS 5333
1040080
Same as per Cat No. 5331, but with glass mirror scale instead of SS scale. Consists of a mirror with 12cm long scale printed on it, graduated in
millimeters, fixed on a vertical metal support rod.
YOUNG'S MODULUS APPARATUS, SEARLE'S TYPE (Aluminium Frame) 5342
1040120/1
A specially designed apparatus capable of greater degree of sensitivity and accuracy. Two cast metal rectangular frames hinged together
parallel to each other to allow only vertical relative motion, with a spirit level fixed on a cross-bar pivoted across the frames for noting the
reference point. One frame has vertical scale 10-0-10mm with a micrometer head along it reading to 0.01mm for adjusting the spirit level.
Each frame has a self centring chuck at its top for holding wires and load hooks at the bottom. Also included are ceiling bracket carrying a pair
of chucks, a counterpoise weight and a set of two wires, one each of brass and steel. The relative displacement between the two frames can
be known from the micrometer reading after adjusting the bubble of spirit level.
YOUNG'S MODULUS APPARATUS, SEARLE'S TYPE (Brass Frame) 5345
1040120/2
A specially designed apparatus capable of greater degree of sensitivity and accuracy. Two cast metal rectangular frames hinged together
parallel to each other to allow only vertical relative motion, with a spirit level fixed on a cross-bar pivoted across the frames for noting the
reference point. One frame has vertical scale 10-0-10mm with a micrometer head along it reading to 0.01mm for adjusting the spirit level.
Each frame has a self centring chuck at its top for holding wires and load hooks at the bottom. Also included are ceiling bracket carrying a pair
of chucks, a counterpoise weight and a set of two wires, one each of brass and steel. The relative displacement between the two frames can
be known from the micrometer reading after adjusting the bubble of spirit level.
YOUNG'S MODULUS APPARATUS 5351
1040100
Vernier pattern, for the experimental determination relationship between a load applied to a wire and the resulting extension. The apparatus
consists of an engraved brass scale 100mm long and Vernier reading 0.1mm. Complete with tension weight but without load masses.
FLY WHEEL – SIMPLE 5372
1050020
For demonstration of principle concept of a flywheel and how mechanical energy stored in it can be employed for various useful purposes. A
simple and economical model, diameter of flywheel about 100mm, mounted on a base.
FLY WHEEL – DELUXE 5375
1050040
Bigger flywheel of about 20cm diameter and 44mm wide, accurately turned and dynamically balanced, fixed on a horizontal shaft, which in
turn is held in metal frame with the help of low-friction ball bearings. The wheel has an index mark and pointer is fixed to the frame for use as
a reference point. The metal frame also has provision for fixing it to the wall.
METEOROLOGY & EARTH SCIENCE
BAROMETER ANEROID 5805
1140100
Barometer having sensitive and accurate movement with 100mm circular dial graduated 28 to 31 inch of mercury and 960 to 1060 × 1hPa. The
scale designed for maximum clarity and ease of reading. Protected by transparent cover in a plated bezel. Includes resettable index pointer
and provision for wall mounting.
BAROMETER ANEROID - DEMONSTRATION TYPE 5808
www.aldeline.com
1140120
sales@aldeline.com
Instrument similar to Cat No. 5805 in construction, but completely enclosed in a transparent plastic case with movements clearly visible for the
demonstration of its working. With resettable index pointer. Actual effect of increasing or decreasing pressure can be observed as air pressure
is changed by squeezing and releasing the attached pressure air bulb.
FORTIN'S BAROMETER 5811
1140020
A glass tube of about 6mm bore is encased in an enameled and lacquered brass tube, mounted on a polished wooden board with provision for
wall mounting. With chemically engraved, silvered scales, graduated in both mm and 1/10” accompanied with a Vernier having a least count of
0.1mm or 1/200 inch of mercury that moves with rack and pinion arrangement and is mounted between the two scales, complete
arrangement enclosed in a glass cylinder. A white reflecting surface behind the scales facilitates its easier reading. A glass cylinder towards the
lower end of the barometer has an ivory pointer with adjustment screw that provides fiducially setting point to which the level of the mercury
in the cistern is adjusted before noting the reading. A ring support and three locking screws at base of instrument provide a mean of securing
the barometer in vertical position. Fitted with a thermometer to read ambient temperature. Supplied without mercury. Includes instructions
for filling the Barometer.
FORTIN'S BAROMETER CASE 5813
1140040
A well finished, polished, hardwood case with transparent front and side panels. Back of the case has provision for securely hanging the
Fortin's Barometer.
FORTIN’S BAROMETER TUBE 5815
A straight tube of clear glass, about 90cm long and 3 to 4mm bore, having one end open.
1140060/1
SIPHON BAROMETER 5817
1020600
A low cost, simple barometer yet having sufficient accuracy. The whole column of mercury is clearly visible in the glass tube. Barometer scale is
graduated in both English and Metric systems. Vertical sliding zero point adjustment is carried by a screw clamp attached to the glass tube.
Complete apparatus mounted on a polished wooden board. Supplied without mercury.
SIPHON BAROMETER TUBE 5820
For use with Cat. No. 5817; made of glass 90mm long with bulb on shorter limb.
1140020
BAROMETER FUNNEL 5825
For filling mercury in barometer tubes.
borosilicate glass
neutral glass
1140080/1
THERMOMETER WALL - DUAL SCALE 5837
1140140/1
A red spirit filled thermometer made of specially designed capillary facilitates the reading by magnifying the inside column against well
contrasted engraving or printing of markings and figures in bold. Range: - 20 to 50 × 1°C, -10 to 122 × 2°F. With provision for wall mounting.
Mounted on wooden frame
Mounted on yellow plastic sheet
Mounted on milky white plastic sheet
THERMOMETER WALL - BIG 5840
Same as per Cat No. 5837 but in bigger size. Overall dimensions about 500×90mm (Height × Width)
Mounted on polished wooden base
Mounted on milky white plastic base
1140160/1
THERMOMETER, MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM, SIX'S 5846
1140180
Spirit and mercury filled, dual scale thermometer, reading in both Celsius and Fahrenheit. Comprises U-shaped specially designed capillary for
easy reading of mercury level or steel index pins in the column. Scale, graduated - 20 to 50 × 1°C and 0 to 120 × 2°F. Movement of mercury in
the U bend, as a result of expansion or contraction of spirit in both the limbs, forces the respective steel indices to move up along the column.
Readings are taken at lower end of indices, whose position can be reset by magnet supplied. Complete weather-proof construction with shade
at the top.
THERMOMETER WALL 5852
1140220/1
Spirit filled thermometer with bulb guard and clear black markings. Double scale, graduated -20 to 50 × 1°C and 0° to 120 × 2°F, length approx.
380mm.
Mounted on polished wooden base
Mounted on milky white plastic sheet
Mounted on Acrylic sheet
WHIRLING HYGROMETER 5864
1140280
The ventilated type of hygrometer gives greater accuracy for humidity demonstrations and is particularly useful for measuring local differences
in humidity. There are two thermometers mounted inside a case, fully enclosed to prevent breakage, one dry and other having a wick dipping
into a water reservoir at the end of the frame to keep it wet during long periods of non-use. The thermometers are stem engraved with lens
fronts for easy reading, range -5 to 50 × 0.5°C. Includes humidity and temperature conversion chart.
HAIR HYGROMETER 5867
Circular dial type hygrometer with scale 0 to 100 × 1% RH (Relative Humidity). In metal case.
1140300
HYGROMETER WET & DRY BULB - MASON'S 5870
1140240/1
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Comprising two thermometers tubes with double scale graduation, mounted on a weather-proof case with shade. Scales graduated -10 to 50 ×
1°C and 20 to 120 × 2°F. One thermometer kept dry and other has bulb covered with muslin or wick, dipped into a water reservoir, which
keeps it wet during long periods of non-use. Comparing the reading of wet and dry thermometer from the humidity and temperature
conversion chart included, relative humidity can be worked out.
Mounted on wooden base
Mounted on plastic base
RAIN GAUGE, BRITISH ASSOCIATION PATTERN 5881
1140320/1
It consists of a sheet metal funnel about 250×125mm (overall length × diameter), with an inner receiving cylinder 200×70mm (height ×
diameter), a cylindrical outer body 300×125mm (height × diameter) and a glass measuring jar graduated 0 to 10mm x 0.1mm (100 divisions)
RAIN GAUGE, BRITISH ASSOCIATION PATTERN 5884
Same as per Cat. No. 5881 but with plastic measuring jar.
1140320/2
RAIN GAUGE, BRITISH ASSOCIATION PATTERN 5890
1140340
All sheet metal construction of copper provided added durability to the apparatus. Similar to Cat No. 5881 comprises a 125mm funnel, an
inner receiving vessel and outer body, all of copper, along with a glass measuring cylinder graduated 0-10mm × 0.1mm (100 divisions).
RAIN GAUGE, SYMON'S 5896
1140360/1
It consists of a cylinder made from galvanized iron sheet with a funnel made from metal sheet with brass collar, which fits and drains into an
inner cylinder. When the inner cylinder fills, the vessel collects the overflow.
With Glass Measure
With Plastic Measure
RAIN GAUGE SYMON'S COPPER 5899
Same as Cat. No. 5896 but all sheet metal components made of copper, instead of GI sheet, duly polished.
With Glass Measure
With Plastic Measure
1140380/1
WIND VANE, BALANCED 5908
1140400/1
A simple device for determining the direction of flow of wind. Comprises a large arrow mounted on a metal rod with bearing and mounted on
top of steel pivot that aligns itself along the wind. Complete assembly mounted on a metal pillar that carries four arms terminating in the
compass cardinal point symbols marked NEWS.
WIND VANE, ECONOMICAL 5911
Same as per Cat No. 5908, but simpler and economical version mounted on stand.
1140420
ANEMOMETER HAND HELD 5920
1140440
A portable, hand held, cup anemometer which gives direct readings of wind speed in either km/hr, Beaufort scale, m/s or knots. The vertical
spindle carries three plastic hemispherical cups, which rotate on ball bearing and cause the deflection of two pointers across the paired scales.
The anemometer has a handle and two coned feet to prevent damage to cup when it is laid down. With scale 0 to 120 km/hr, 0 to 12 Beaufort,
0 to 35m/s and 0 to 60 knots
ANEMOMETER, ROBINSON CUP TYPE 5926
1140460
Useful for determination of wind speeds. Comprises three light-weight hemispherical plastic cups attached to a central hub through
lightweight spokes. Speed of rotation of these cups calibrated on an analog moving coil meter directly to give the wind speed.
ANEMOMETER SIMPLE 5932
1140480
Useful for determination of low wind speeds. This Robinson's cup anemometer comprises 4 lightweight, plastic, hemispherical cups mounted
at the end of lightweight metal spokes and attached to a central hub. The hub pivoted on metal shaft on top of a vertical support rod on a
stable base and is capable of rotating freely about vertical axis. Three cups are black and one red to facilitate counting of rotations per unit
time
ROCKS COLLECTION SET – 50 SPECIMENS 5956
1140500/1)
Set of 50 specimens properly labeled in a partitioned wooden tray with a glass front. A comprehensive collection of a range of igneous,
metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. Each specimen properly named and numbered.
ROCKS COLLECTION SET – 20 SPECIMENS 5959
1140500/2)
Set of 20 specimens, in a wooden tray with glass front, properly labeled. A comprehensive collection of a range of igneous, metamorphic and
sedimentary rocks. Each specimen properly named and numbered.
ROCKS COLLECTION SET – 50 SPECIMENS 5965
1140500/3)
Set of 50 specimens, packed in transparent plastic envelops and contained in a partitioned wooden showcase with lid. Specimens may be
taken out for close physical examination. A comprehensive collection of a range of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. Each
specimen properly named and numbered.
ROCKS COLLECTION SET -20 SPECIMENS 5968
1140500/4)
Set of 20 specimens, packed in transparent plastic envelops and contained in a partitioned wooden showcase with lid. Specimens may be
taken out for close physical examination. A comprehensive collection of a range of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. Each
specimen properly named and numbered.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
ROCKS AND MINERAL COLLECTION SET 5977
1140520/1)
Set of 50 specimens, packed in transparent plastic envelops and contained in a partitioned wooden showcase with lid. Specimens may be
taken out for close physical examination. A quality collection of various rocks and mineral, nicely packed. Each specimen properly labeled and
numbered.
ROCKS AND MINERAL COLLECTION SET 5980
1140520/2)
Set of 50 specimens properly labeled in a partitioned wooden tray with a glass front. A quality collection of various rocks and mineral, nicely
packed. Each specimen properly labeled and numbered.
METALS COLLECTION SET 5986
1140540
A collection of 12 different types of metals mounted in a tray with glass front. All specimens properly labeled and numbered.
FOSSILS COLLECTION SET 5992
1140560
A collection of fossils and fossil casts selected for schools students. Each specimen properly labeled and numbered. Supplied in a partitioned
plastic box. The set contains
A. Plantae, Pteridosperm, Carboniferous
B. Mollusca, Lamellibranch, Recent
C. Mollusca, Gastropod, Tertiary
D. Mollusca, Ammonite, Jurassic
E. Mollusca, Belemnite, Jurassic
F. Brachipoda,Brachiopod, Jurassic
G. Coelenterata, Coral, Carboniferous
H. Coelenterata, Graptolite, Ordovician
I. Echinodermata, Crinoid, Carboniferous
J. Echinodermata, Echinoid, Jurassic
K. Arthropoda, Trilobite, Silurian
L. Vertebrata, Shark's Tooth, Miocene
SOLAR SYSTEM MODEL (The Orbit Orrery) 6006
1140580
For demonstrating the overall shape of solar system, and the main movements of the planets. The apparatus has all the nine planets of Solar
System from Mercury to Pluto on revolving arms with the biggest sphere representing sun positioned at the center. The planets are relative to
their size as they appear in the solar system, but not to scale.
SOLAR SYSTEM MODEL – SIMPLE 6009
1140720
A simple and economical model for demonstrating the overall solar system, and the movement of the planets. Same as per Cat No. 6006, but
smaller in size and mounted on wooden base. The central globe depicting sun has a small bulb inside with wires coming out from the base and
terminating in a cell-holder to power the bulb. The apparatus has all the nine planets of Solar System from Mercury to Pluto on revolving arms
made of metal wire, with the biggest sphere representing sun positioned at the center. The planets are relative to their position as they appear
in the solar system, but their sizes not to scale.
ELEMENTARY PLANETARIUM 6012
1140620
A durable, economical, simplified, hand-operated model that demonstrates the orbital relationship of movement of Sun, Earth and Moon
throughout the year and shows solar, lunar and annular eclipses, moon phases, and seasons etc. The sun sphere is lighted with the beam
always pointed towards the Earth to show moon shadow and display twilight zones on the earth sphere. A chain drive keeps the North-pole
pointed towards the Polaris.
TELLURIUM 6015
1140640
Tellurium of high-quality conceived to show on large scales the relative movements of the Sun, Earth and the Moon, and to explain a certain
number of phenomena, such as the day and the night, the variation in the length and the orientation of the shades, seasons of the year, lunar
phases, as well as the solar and lunar eclipses. Manually ordered device with the help of a belt drive.
PHYSICAL RELIEF GLOBE 6030
1140660
A twelve inches raised relief globe combined with political features, makes it useful for showing the effects vis-a-vis natural geographical
boundaries. Contains realistic portrayal of the Earth's surface with colouring depicting natural vegetation, including areas, where the natural
environment has given way to man's cultivation and urbanization. The physical relief details are clearly printed. Mounted on pivots in halfmeridian frame on a stable base.
PHYSICAL AND POLITICAL GLOBE 6036
1140680
The physical details of the world are clearly visible, but on switching ON the light, the political details become visible. The bulb is easily
replaceable. Mounted on pivots in half-meridian frame on a stable base.
PROPERTIES OF MATTER
ABACUS 6510
1010400/1
A simple device useful for counting and among the first calculating devices ever used. Consists of a wooden board mounted on a wooden base,
over which 'U' shaped brass wires are mounted so that the arms of wires are on each side of board. Each wire has 20 beads (10 each of two
colours), which assists in counting and calculations. Available in different configurations (number of rows of brass wires).
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
2 Rows
3 Rows
4 Rows
5 Rows
6 Rows
ARCHIMEDES' PRINCIPLE KIT 6514
1020060
A complete self contained kit for exploring the concepts related to buoyancy and Archimedes' principle, both qualitatively and quantitatively.
Comprises a regular shaped metallic solid (whose volume can be computed from its external dimensions), Irregular shaped solid, beaker to
collect displacement liquid, Newton meter and displacement vessel.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY ACTIVITY SET 6519
1020020
For exploring the concepts of specific gravity and demonstration of the Archimedes' principle. The Set contains Hydrostatic Balance, a Spring
Balance, weight box with masses from 1mg to 100mg, Bucket and cylinder, overflow can, catch bucket and 3 metal cubes of different densities,
one each of brass, aluminium, steel.
BUCKET AND CYLINDER 6525
1020040/1
Suitable for the classroom demonstration of Archimedes' principle or individual use. Comprising a chrome-plated solid brass cylinder with a
suspension hook at its one end in close fitting brass bucket having a handle at its top and hook at its bottom. The volume of cylinder is exactly
same as that of inner volume of the bucket.
Small, chrome plated bucket
Small, painted bucket
Big, painted bucket
DISPLACEMENT VESSEL - COPPER 6534
1020080/1
For experiments in density, specific gravity and Archimedes’s principle etc., where volumetric displacement of liquids is involved. Seamless
fabrication with flared top edge, complete nickel plated body and angled spout for convenient overflow and collection of liquids.
100 × 50mm
115 × 90mm
DISPLACEMENT VESSEL - TIN SHEET 6538
Same as per Cat No. 6534, but made of tin sheet, well painted, seamless.
100 × 50mm
115 × 90mm
225 × 125mm
1020100/1
DISPLACEMENT VESSEL – ALUMINIUM 6541
Same as per Cat No. 6534, but vessel spun from aluminium sheet.
100 × 50mm
115 × 90mm
225 × 125mm
1020120/1
DISPLACEMENT VESSEL - GLASS 6544
Similar to Cat No. 6534, but made of borosilicate glass with angled spout.
250ml graduated
500ml graduated
250ml without graduation
500ml without graduation
1020140/1
SPOUTING CYLINDER - Blue Painted 6550
1020260/1
For demonstrating the increase in pressure of liquid with the increase in depth or liquid column. Made of stout tin sheet, well painted, having
three orifices of the same size but at different heights down one.
SPOUTING CYLINDER - Painted Hammer-tone 6553
1020260/2
For demonstrating the increase in pressure of liquid with the increase in depth or liquid column. Made of stout tin sheet, well painted, having
three orifices of the same size but at different heights down one side.
SPOUTING CYLINDER 6556
1020280
Similar to Cat No. 6550 but with better quality. Sturdy sheet metal construction with heavy base having scratch-resistant epoxy coating. All
orifices made of brass pipe fitted in the cylinder with leak-proof joints.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLE - BOROSILICATE GLASS 6562
Made of borosilicate glass, spherical pattern, flat bottom with perforated stopper.
10ml
25ml
50ml
1020160
SPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLE - NEUTRAL GLASS 6565
Same as per Cat No. 6562 but made of neutral glass. Capacities available are:
1020200
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
10ml
25ml
50ml
DENSITY SPHERE 6571
1020240
Demonstrates the dependence of density of a liquid on the temperature. Comprises a hollow sphere, with a sealed mouth, carefully adjusted
to float in cold water and sink in the hot water.
COMMUNICATING VESSEL ON WOODEN STAND 6577
1020300/1
Glass tube of 4 different shapes and size, mounted vertically above a horizontal communicating tube for liquids level demonstrations.
Mounted on a Bakelite stand.
Spare glass parts available.
LIQUID LEVEL APPARATUS 6580
1020320/1
To show that the level liquid in communicating vessels in constants irrespective of the size of shape of the vessels. Comprising four glass tubes
of differing shaped and cross sectional area projecting vertically from a common horizontal tube. Mounted on a base 230x100x22mm approx.,
overall height 160mm.
Spare glass parts available.
EQUALITY OF PRESSURE IN LIQUID (PASCAL'S LAW SYRINGE) 6586
1020340
To demonstrate that the liquid transmits equal pressure in all directions. The apparatus comprising a glass cylinder provided with a piston
plunger on one end and terminating in a spherical glass bulb on the other end. The bulb has small holes around its surface. Pushing the plunger
inside with the apparatus filled with water, water is ejected with equal force from all the holes.
EQUALITY OF PRESSURE IN LIQUIDS (PASCAL'S LAW SYRINGE) 6589
1020360
All metal construction provides rigidity, sturdiness and durability to the apparatus. Comprises a removable spherical metal bulb mounted at
one end of the cylindrical barrel with piston plunger at the other end. The spherical bulb has a number of holes on its surface with small brass
nozzles projecting out. All metal parts either well painted or plated. When filled with water, pushing in the plunger makes water to eject from
all the nozzles with equal force.
PASCAL'S LAW APPARATUS - WEINHOLD'S 6598
1020380
Demonstrates that the pressure of liquids varies with the depth of liquid column and is independent of the shape or size of the vessel.
Comprising a base with aperture on the underside and on top of which may be attached any one of the set of 4 glass vases having different
shapes / sizes but identical bottom openings. A lever arm pivoted to the vertical support rod has a pressure disc on one end to close the
aperture and a counterpoise pan. A vertically adjustable index pointer provided for adjusting liquid level in the vases. Complete apparatus
mounted on a stable base.
BERNOULLI'S TUBES APPARATUS 6610
1020400
To demonstrate the effect of Bernoulli's theorem by studying variation in the pressure and speed of flow of an incompressible fluid through a
tube with respect to the tube bore or cross section. Comprises a Bernoulli's tube, with central constricted portion, a constant bore gradient
tube, 6 lengths glass tubing, 2 swan necked outlets tubes and 8 small pieces of rubber connecting tubing for joining various glass tubings as
and when needed. The two flow tubes, each 500×13mm (L×OD) have three sealed-in short side tubes of length 25mm each with interspacing
of about 150mm for connection to glass tubing lengths for use as manometers. The middle short side tube in Bernoulli's tube stem out from
the central constricted portion for studying the effect of constriction.
VENTURI TUBE DEMONSTRATOR 6614
1020420
A simple device for the demonstration of Bernoulli's Law. Similar devices fine extensive application in everything from carburettors of IC
engines to aircraft airspeed indicators. Comprising of a horizontal glass tube having three cross sections along its length – wide, narrow and
wide respectively, with wide cross-sections having same size. One short, side tube projects from each of the three cross-sections for
connecting to the manometric tubes. Also included is a three-legged manometric tube joined to a common horizontal tube. When gas is
flowing through the venturi tube with manometer filled with colored water, the relative pressure at the three points of the tube is evident
from the water level in manometers.
MANOMETER TUBE 6621
1020440
For use at moderate pressures, made from glass tubing of about 6mm bore, bend in the form of U. It is open at both ends and is supplied
unfilled. Dimensions (approx): 250mm long, 32mm wide (75mm wide including side arm).
MANOMETER GLASS WOODEN STAND 6624
1020460/1
Glass manometer tube, U-shaped, with stopcock near the end of one arm, mounted on a stand with back plate. Scale having graduations 80-080 with 2mm subdivisions. Size of back plate about 40×8cm (Height × Width).
MANOMETER GLASS ACRYLIC STAND 6627
1020460/2
Glass manometer tube, U-shaped, with stopcock near the end of one arm, mounted on a stand with back plate. Scale having graduations 80-080 with 2mm subdivisions. Size of back plate about 40×8cm (Height × Width).
MANOMETER LARGE GLASS 6630
1020480
Large sized U-shaped glass manometer, mounted on a back-plate with provision for hanging on wall. Scale having graduations 260-0-260 with
2mm subdivisions. Size of back plate about 67×8cm (Height × Width).
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
U-TUBE MANOMETER 6636
1020500/1
U-shaped glass tube mounted on wooden stand for use as a manometer, with a scale 0- 50cm fixed between the two arms of tube for reading
the level difference between both the arms.
Spare glass tube only
CAPILLARY TUBE APPARATUS 6642
1020580
For demonstrating the effect of capillary action, i.e., relationship between capillary pressure or level of liquid in capillary and the bore
diameter of the capillary tube. The apparatus comprises a rectangular sheet-metal frame, the base of which takes the form of a trough for
holding water. The upper part of the frame supports six capillary tubes, each of a different bore, in the holed rubber bung with their lower
ends resting in the trough underneath. The difference in heights of the resulting columns of water in each capillary tube is readily apparent.
Length of capillary tubes about 150mm.
HARE'S APPARATUS 6648
1020520/1
A simple apparatus for comparing the densities of two different liquids employing manometric techniques. Comprising a three limbed glass
tube mounted on a wooden stand with a scale graduated 0-50cm × 1mm. Rubber tubing attached to the third short central limb is used to
apply suction to the two longer tubes. The height of liquids in both the longer columns relates to their respective densities, the comparison of
which directly implies the ratio of their densities. To facilitate the column height readings both the longer tubes are equipped with a vertical
sliding index pointer.
Spare glass tube only.
U-TUBE AND HARE'S APPARATUS COMBINED 6654
1020540
The two apparatus in Cat Nos. 6636 and 6648 combined in one. Comprising a glass U-tube and three limbed Hare's tube with rubber tube on
short central limb, mounted on opposite sides of a wooden stand. Both sides have a scale graduated 0-50cm × 1mm.
LIFT PUMP 6661
1020640/1
Working Model made of glass, to show the concepts involved in a lift pump. Both cylinder and piston provided with non-return float valves and
a side tube for outlet. Mounted on wooden stand with trough for water. Provides convenient demonstration to a group of students.
Spare glass part made of borosilicate Glass
Spare glass part made of neutral Glass
FORCE PUMP 6664
1020680/1
Working model made of glass. Demonstrates the working principle of the force pump, concept of double valve action of the pump and its
ability to eject water at high pressure. Comprises a glass cylinder with a non-return float valve at its lower end, which also has an outlet side
tube at its lower end, that in turn communicates the lower end of a secondary cylinder also equipped with a non-return float valve. The outlet
tube from a secondary cylinder is drawn out into a jet. Mounted on wooden stand with trough for water. Provides convenient demonstration
to a group of students.
Spare glass part made of borosilicate Glass
Spare glass part made of neutral Glass
HYDRAULIC PRESS, BRAMAH 6667
1020720/1
Working model made of glass. To show the concepts involved in its functioning. Mounted on wooden stand with trough for water. Provides
convenient demonstration to a group of students.
Spare glass part made of borosilicate Glass
Spare glass part made of neutral Glass
HYDRAULIC PRESS ON WOODEN BASE 6673
1020760
For demonstrating the transmissibility of fluid pressure and to show how mechanical advantage may be obtained by using interconnected
cylinder of different diameters. Two heavy walled glass cylinders having inner diameter 40 and 15mm respectively, both fitted with non-return
valves and pistons, with piston of smaller tube connected to a hand lever for applying effort. Safety value provided in the large piston so that
pressure in excess of that which can safely be applied to the glass cylinder enables the liquid to rise above the piston and escape through the
overflow pipe at the top. Includes stopcock at the base of small cylinder for replenishing cylinders with water by means of rubber tubing from
water source. Removable loading platform on top of large piston. Strongly constructed and mounted on wooden base board.
FLUID PRESSURE APPARATUS 6680
1020800
Demonstrates the phenomenon of transmissibility of fluid pressure. For the same force exerted, pressure is inversely proportional to the
surface area. The apparatus comprises of the plated brass cylindrical tubes of different diameters, each fitted with piston and connected to
each other through a brass tube at their bottom. Pistons have circular disc at the top for loading masses (masses not included). Complete
apparatus mounted on a wooden base.
FLUID PRESSURE APPARATUS 6682
Same as per Cat. No. 6680 but new design and look.
1020800
HYDRAULIC BRAKE 6684
1020820
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
For demonstration of the principle of hydraulic breaking system that operates on fluid pressure. It consists of a wheel with a handle for
rotating it and hydraulically actuated breaking mechanism which is connected to cylindrical metal reservoir through flexible pressure tubing.
The plunger of the reservoir has a lever handle pivoted at its top for pushing it downward to apply pressure on the fluid inside, which is then
forced through the connected tubing to actuate the braking mechanism. Complete apparatus mounted on a wooden base.
OIL FILM KIT 6689
1020840
For demonstration of the principle of hydraulic breaking system that operates on fluid pressure. It consists of a wheel with a handle for
rotating it and hydraulically actuated breaking mechanism which is connected to cylindrical metal reservoir through a flexible pressure tubing.
The plunger of the reservoir has a lever handle pivoted at its top for pushing it downward to apply pressure on the fluid inside, which is then
forced through the connected tubing to actuate the braking mechanism. Complete apparatus mounted on a wooden base. 1020820 Hydraulic
Brake For investigation of surface tension phenomena and other related concepts further enabling the estimation of molecular sizes of oil to
close approximation using an oil film of water so as to make an investigation into the order of atomic size. The kit has been designed to provide
essentially for the needs of two students working together. It comprises of following components.
Plastic Trays with raised edges and drainage hole – 2 Nos.
Rubber bungs for sealing drainage hole of trays – 2 Nos.
Surface wiping metal booms for levelling surface of paraffin wax in tray - 4 Nos.
Leveling Wedges for adjusting the tray level - 8 Nos.
Mounted Wire Loops - 16 Nos.
Plastic Graticules, calibrated along one edge at the center for mounting in special holder when preparing oil drops - 8 Nos.
Special holder to facilitate preparation, selection and measurement of oil drop, comprising wooden block fitted with clips to accommodate to
mounted wire loop, graticule and hand lens – 8 Nos.
Olive Oil – 25ml
Beakers - 8 Nos.
Lycopodium Powder – 25g
Dispensers for Lycopodium powder - 2 Nos.
Camphor - 2 Nos.
Paint Brush – 1 No.
Vessel for melting Paraffin Wax - 1 No.
Paraffin Wax – 500g
Sponge to deal with the spillages – 2 Nos.
SURFACE TENSION BALANCE, SEARLE'S 6692
1020860
For determination of surface tension of liquids. Comprises a metal bridge attached to a vertical rod, which in turn is mounted on pillar of a
heavy cast metal stand adjustable for height and has levelling screws. Across the two arms of U shaped bridge, a steel torsion wire is fixed with
provision for adjusting its torsion. A pan is hung from a notch in the pointer and has a hook at its underside from which can be suspended a
light weight rectangular frame or a metal clip to hold a micro slide edge. The tip of the pointer moves over a graduated scale mounted
vertically on the end of arm fitted to the bridge. With rectangular wire frame, slide clip, six micro slides and spare length of torsion wire. The
sensitivity of the balance depends on the modulus of elasticity of the torsion wire. Wire of different diameter will provide different
sensitivities.
BOYLE'S LAW, SIMPLE FORM 6698
1020880
A simple and economical apparatus for demonstration of Boyle's law to a fair degree of approximation. It consists of a graduated plastic
syringe mounted on wooden block and a lubricated piston of the syringe mounted to another wooden platform that is capable of holding
various weights. When loaded with different masses, piston compresses the air inside syringe increasing the pressure and corresponding
volume can be read directly from syringe graduation.
BOYLE'S LAW APPARATUS, LOW PRESSURE 6704
1020900
Demonstrates the relationship between pressure and volume of a given mass of gas at a fixed temperature, i.e., Boyle's Law. Consists of two
glass tubes – one having both ends open and the other having one end closed. Both the tubes are mounted on vertical support rods with the
help of sliding brackets that can be positioned anywhere along the length of the rod and are connected to each other through a flexible
pressure rubber tubing. A meter rule graduated 0-100cm × 1mm, reading in both directions present between the two support-rods on a
wooden back plate and facilitates level reading in both the tubes. Complete apparatus mounted on a stable cast-metal base with levelling
screws. Requires mercury for use, not included (available optionally).
BOYLE'S LAW GLASS TUBES 6710
1020940/1
Spare set of 2 tubes, one having both ends open and the other having one end closed, made from borosilicate glass.
BOYLE'S LAW GLASS TUBES 6713
1020940/2
Spare set of 2 tubes, one having both ends open and the other having stopcock in place of closed end, made from borosilicate glass.
BOYLE'S LAW BURETTE 6716
1020960
Graduated tube, with stopcock on one end and other end open for attaching rubber tubing. Made from borosilicate glass.
BOYLE'S LAW APPARATUS, ADVANCED 6722
1020980/1
Designed for Boyle's Law demonstration in wide pressure ranges to a group of students, results can be observed even from a distance. The
apparatus comprises a thick walled, wide-bore glass tube mounted vertically in front of a scale graduated 0 to 65cm³, with closed end of the
tube at the top and open bottom end secured tightly on the thick-walled metal tube with O-ring to get leak-proof joint. Other end of metal
tube connected to a cylindrical oil chamber filled with colored oil and capable of withstanding high pressures. Zero of the scale corresponds to
the inside of the closed (top) end of the tube with the scale reading directly indicating volume of the air enclosed in the tube. Oil chamber
fitted with Bourdon gauge at the top, 5 -2 calibrated 0-3.4 × 10 Nm and has a valve on one side for connection to air compression pump. As the
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
pressure in the oil chamber is increased, oil is forced into the glass tube compressing the air contained therein and the volume of the
contained air and its actual (total) pressure is directly indicated. The glass tube has thick walls of high strength having a very large safety
overload margin. A transparent safety screen is mounted securely in front of glass tube as an added safety measure. Supplied without pump
and oil.
Red Coloured Oil
Glass Tube spare
BOYLE’S LAW APPARATUS, NEW DESIGN 6724
1021000
Device for experiment-based determinations of the dependence between the volume and pressure of a gas at constant temperature (Boyle's
law). Consists of a plexi-glass cylinder with graduations for volume measurement, piston, manometer and air inlet/outlet valves.
Turning the handle moves the piston via a thread in the plexi-glass cylinder. This allows a generation of overpressures and under pressures.
BOURDON GAUGE 6728
1021000
For the measurement of actual gas pressure, and not gauge pressure. Comprises of a circular gauge about 50mm diameter. The dial has dual
scale reading 0 to 30 psi / in² and 0 to 2 kg / cm² pressure. A riffled tubule present at its one side provides gauge connection through rubber
tubing. A thick black pointer needle against white dial provides easy reading of scale directly giving the actual pressure. Mounted on heavy
cast-metal base for stability.
JOLLY'S AIR BULB 6734
1021020/1
A glass capillary bent at right angles to form 3 sides of a rectangle with spherical bulb blown at its one end and other end open for attaching
the flexible rubber tubing.
Borosilicate Glass
Neutral Glass
BOYLE'S LAW / CHARLE'S LAW APPARATUS 6737
1021040
Also called Jolly's Apparatus. It demonstrates the relationship between pressure and temperature of a given mass of gas at fixed volume, i.e.,
Charle's Law. Comprising Jolly's Air bulb connected to a glass mercury reservoir through flexible rubber tubing. The complete apparatus
mounted on a polished wooden stand with heavy cast metal base having levelling screws. A meter rule graduated 0-100cm × 1mm; reading in
both directions is fixed on the stand for reading the levels directly. Mercury reservoir tube mounted on vertical support rod with the help of
sliding bracket that can be positioned anywhere along the length of the rod. Can also be used as Boyle's law apparatus by using a glass tube
with one closed mounted on a slider that slides vertically in slot provided alongside meter rule. Complete with pressure rubber tubing and set
of 2 glass tubes. Supplied without mercury.
CHARLE'S LAW APPARATUS 6740
1021060
Comprising glass U-shaped tube of about 15mm diameter, with one plain limb 220mm long and one graduated limb of overall length 120mm
with graduations from 25 to 35 × 0.2ml terminating in a bulb 37mm diameter with third limb about 185 × 6mm (length × bore) attached at
right angles to the plain of the other two limbs. A short length of the rubber tubing with two pinch clips of on short length of glass tubing
mounted in end of wide-bore plain limb with rubber bung. Completely contained in a tall form beaker of 2000ml capacity and stirrer. All glass
parts of Borosilicate glass except beaker.
AIR THERMOMETER, CONSTANT VOLUME 6749
1021080
The apparatus consists of detachable air thermometer bulb of about 40mm diameter, connected to mercury tube with zero index through a
three-way stopcock. Reservoir tube sliding on vertical support rod with clamp along side scale graduated 0 to 500 × 1mm. A copper vessel,
about 100×75mm in size, surrounds the bulb and is supported on top of a detachable shelf with thermally insulating screen towards the stand.
Complete assembly mounted on a polished wooden stand with base in the form of a small tray for mercury. All glass parts of Borosilicate glass.
Complete with pressure rubber tubing and copper vessel.
FOOT PUMP 6755
1021100
For use with Boyle's Law apparatus, or any other application needing manual compressed air source or blowing of air. A metal cylinder has an
outlet tube with pressure gauge present at its one end and piston with foot pedal attached at the other end. Pressing the pedal down and
releasing it moves the piston in and out of the cylinder, pushing the air through the flexible hose pipe, which has a standard automobile tyre
valve connector at its free end. A set of adaptor is included to facilitate the connection of flexible hose pipe to various inlets.
VACUUM PUMP, HAND OPERATED 6759
1021120/1
Bench Mounting, high quality vacuum pump connected to an accurately machined pump plate. The arrangement is fitted with a needle valve
to release vacuum and supplied with silicon rubber to use the pump bell jar without applying grease.
VACUUM PUMP, HAND OPERATED 6761
1021120/1
Fixed to a metal base with stopcock. Pump plate made of Aluminium metal and available in different diameters. Brass plates are also available
on specific request.
VACUUM PUMP PLATE ON BASE 6764
1021120/1
Comprises a circular aluminium disc fixed securely on top of a pillar. A nozzle at the center of the plate provides route to the flow of air
through the pillar. Pillar has stop-cock for air regulation and riffled nozzle for connection to vacuum pump through suitable rubber tubing.
Complete assembly mounted on a heavy cast-metal tripod base. Used for placing bell-jar at its top for vacuum-based experiments.
175mm
200mm
250mm
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
VACUUM PUMP PLATE ON BASE 6766
1021120/1
Made of aluminium metal, with tube for connection to pump and stopcock for air regulation on central pillar. Mounted on heavy painted
tripod base. Diameter of plate available 175mm, 200mm, 250mm.
BELL IN VACUUM 6770
1021200/1
Demonstrates that sound waves need material medium for propagation and cannot travel through vacuum. For use on pump plates with
diameter at least 15cm. It consists of an electric Bell operating on 4-6 volts AC / DC, suspended inside bell jar through a pair of thick metal
wires from a rubber bung that seals the jar from the top. The wires terminating in 4mm socket terminals on the upper side of rubber bung for
electrical connection to the bell.
Bell jar size
9x6 inches
8x4 inches
BELL IN VACUUM 6773
Same as per Cat No. 6770, but with bell fitted in clear acrylic bell jar instead of glass bell jar.
1021240/1
GUINEA AND FEATHER APPARATUS 6785
1021260/1
Guinea & Feather Apparatus, Glass Tube Size about 500×16mm (Length × Diameter), with pinch Clip. Demonstrates that the objects fall at the
same rate of acceleration in vacuum under the effect of gravity irrespective of their relative weights and sizes. Consists of a thick-walled glass
tube fitted with rubber bungs at each end to seal the tube. One of the rubber bungs has a glass tube of about 8mm diameter fixed through
hole in it that has rubber tubing with clip for connecting it to vacuum pump.
GUINEA AND FEATHER APPARATUS 6788
1021260/2
Guinea & Feather Apparatus, Glass Tube Size about 600×50mm (Length × Diameter), with Hoffman Clip. Demonstrates that the objects fall at
the same rate of acceleration in vacuum under the effect of gravity irrespective of their relative weights and sizes. Consists of a thick-walled
glass tube fitted with rubber bungs at each end to seal the tube. One of the rubber bungs has a glass tube of about 8mm diameter fixed
through hole in it that has rubber tubing with clip for connecting it to vacuum pump.
MAGDEBURG HEMISPHERES, BRASS 6794
1021280/1
For demonstrating the huge forces that atmospheric pressure is capable of exerting. Comprises two brass hemispherical cups, each fitted with
a handle. One of the cups has stop-cock with nozzle for connection to vacuum pump and for releasing vacuum.
diameter : 62mm
diameter : 75mm
MAGDEBURG HEMISPHERES, CAST IRON 6797
Same as per Cat No. 6794 but made of cast iron and finished in scratch resistant epoxy coating.
diameter : 62mm
diameter : 75mm
1021300/1
MAGDEBURG HEMISPHERES, PLASTIC 6799
Same as per Cat No. 6794 but made of plastic in very good finish.
1021300/1
KINETIC THEORY MODEL 6830
1021380
For demonstration of the kinetic theory of gases explaining the molecular motion of the gases, thinning of air with increasing altitude, increase
in pressure / volume with temperature etc. Comprises clear Perspex cylindrical tube mounted on a plastic enclosure with a rubber diaphragm
at its lower end and a loose fitting metal cap at its upper end. Just underneath the diaphragm, a piston connected to a low voltage DC motor
through eccentric cam, is provided for producing oscillatory motion or vibration of the diaphragm. A pair of colour-coded 4mm socket
terminals provided for electrical connection. Includes metal spheres 1/8” and free-sliding cardboard discs for loading at the top.
'WHITLEY BAY' SMOKE CELL 6839
1021400a
Demonstrates the 'Brownian Motion' or random motion of smoke particles. A specially designed plastic box has a sliding lid at the top and
contains a glass smoke cell, a cylindrical condensing lens and a low voltage festoon bulb. All components pre adjusted so as to focus the light of
festoon bulb to the smoke cell at the correct height to obtained good contrast in the observation. The plastic box has flanges on either side to
facilitate its mounting on the stage of microscope platform using clips. A hole in the lid is aligned with the smoke cell to enable focusing of
microscope in the smoke cell. Provided with a pair of 4mm sockets for electrical connections. Also includes a squeeze type plastic bottle for
use as smoke generator.
BROMINE DIFFUSION KIT 6845
1021420
For demonstrating the kinetic theory of gases by means of bromine vapours. Bromine molecules, initially moving at very high velocities with
their unrestrained movement within a vacuum, immediately gets stalled when diffusing into air due to their elastic collisions with the air
molecules. Designed with safety of the user in mind due to the toxicity of bromine. Comprises two sturdy, thick walled glass diffusion tubes
about 430×50mm (height × diameter) with a small side tube near one end, two large bore 8mm stop-cocks with rubber bungs, six glass cap
tubes, six bored rubber stoppers, twelve pieces of rubber tubing 125×12mm (length × inner diameter), two plastic adapters to adapt tubes to
8mm, one small brush for cleaning tap and one pack of Vaseline. Supplied without bromine.
MOLECULAR MOTION DEMONSTRATION TUBE 6851
1021440
A smashing demonstration of kinetic theory of matter. Straight tube filled with small glass beads and mercury under highly evacuated
condition. When heated on spirit lamp, the mercury boils quickly due to low pressure, agitating violently, imparting bombarding motion to
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
glass beads simulating the Brownian motion with glass beads as gas molecules contained in an enclosed vessel, easily observable to naked
eyes.
MATERIALS BLOCKS SET 6860
1010020/1
Material blocks for density investigations. Set of cube shaped blocks in variety of assorted materials with masses varying from approx. 12 to
25gm.
Set of 12: comprising two cubes each of brass, iron, aluminum, copper, zinc and lead
Set of 16: comprising two cubes each of brass, iron, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, wood and plastic
CUBES METAL 6863
Set of 6 cubes comprising 1 each of brass, lead, iron, copper, aluminium & zinc. Supplied in plastic case.
Size 10mm
Size 20mm
1010100/1
CUBES WOODEN 6875
Wooden cubes made of hard wood precisely cut and finished.
10mm
20mm
50mm
100mm
1010200/1
DECIMETER CUBE 6878
1010220
Wooden cube of size 10cm, made of hard wood, precisely cut and finished, having a total volume of 1dm³ or 1000cm³ or 1 liter. Each face of
the cube has a square grid of 10×10, total 100 squares of 1cm each. 1st row and 1st column of grid on each face marked 1 to 10.
CUBES METAL WITH HOOKS 6887
1010120/1
For mass-density investigations. Cubes of size 20mm available in different materials. With hook to facilitate suspension.
BRASS
LEAD
COPPER
IRON
ALUMINIUM
ZINC
TIN
SET OF 7 CUBES
METAL PLATES SET 6890
Set of four plates of size 75 × 35mm of different materials – one each of brass, iron, aluminium & copper. Supplied in box. Other sizes also
available as per requirement.
SET OF 4 SPRINGS 6896
Suitable for experiments / demonstrations related to the study of elastic properties, mechanics, oscillations etc. Collection of springs of
different diameters 6mm, 9mm, 12mm & 20mm but having same length of about 100mm. Hooks provided on both sides for suspension.
SET OF 6 SPRINGS 6899
Suitable for experiments / demonstrations related to the study of elastic properties, mechanics, oscillations etc. Collection of springs of
different diameters 6mm, 9mm, 12mm, 15mm, 18mm & 20mm, but having same length of about 100mm. Hooks provided on both sides for
suspension.
SET OF 12 SPRINGS 6902
Suitable for experiments / demonstrations related to the study of elastic properties, mechanics, oscillations etc. Collection of springs of
different diameters 4mm, 6mm, 8mm, 10mm, 12mm, 15mm, 18mm, 20mm, 22mm, 24mm, 26mm & 28mm but having same length of about
100mm. Hooks provided on both sides for suspension.
SPRINGS 6905
Individual springs of diameters ranging from about 1 to 30mm & length from 100 to 300mm approx. Sizes as per the customized requirements
can be supplied.
ELASTIC MATERIALS KIT 6911
For studying the elastic behaviour of different materials. The kit comprising of following components
Expandable steel spring : 25 Nos.
Wide steel springs of about 114mm Length × 75mm diameter : 2 Nos.
Soft latex foam blocks : 2 Nos.
Copper Wire reel 32 SWG, 50g : 1 No.
Copper Wire reel 26 SWG, 50g
: 2 Nos.
Valve latex tube : 1 Length of 50 cm
Cord with ring at both ends : 4 Nos.
Soft erasers for twisting : 4 Nos.
CYLINDERS SET METAL 6914
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Set of six cylinders, comprising one each of brass, lead, iron, copper, aluminium and zinc. Supplied in wooden block with recessed holes for
storing the cylinders.
Size 30x10mm (ht x dia.)
Size 40x10mm (ht x dia.)
MATERIALS KIT SOLID 6920
Useful for study of physical properties such as density etc., of different materials and their inter comparison. Kit consists of 2 blocks each of 17
different types.
Blocks, Size 50×40×30mm: Softwood, Hardwood, Paraffin wax, Aluminium, Iron & Polystyrene.
Blocks, Size 20×20×100mm: Perspex, Glass, Slate, Aluminium, Softwood, Marble.
Blocks, Lead, 50 × 50 × 20mm
Aluminium, 50 × 50 × 80mm
Hardwood, 50 × 50 × 200mm
Brass, 20 × 20 × 50mm
Iron, 40 × 40 × 20mm
DISSECTIBLE CONE 6929
Made of hardwood, nicely painted and dissectible in total 5 parts representing different sections – circle, ellipse, parabola and hyperbola. All
parts are accurately machined for precise fitting and held together by a pin. All parts can be conveniently disassembled and assembled for easy
demonstration. Size approximately 15×25cm (height × base diameter).
GEOMETRICAL MODELS SET 6932
Useful for demonstrating the concept of volumes and surface areas of different 3D shapes. Consists of various 3D geometrical models and
figures, made of hardwood. Comes nicely packed in wooden or plastic case, as required.
SET OF 16
SET OF 19
SOUND & WAVES
WAVE FORM HELIX, LONG 7408
Steel wire close-wound helix of about 19mm diameter and closed length of about 3m extending to approx. 9m. With looped ends. Useful for
demonstrating wave motion.
WAVE FORM, HELIX, SLINKY 7411
For demonstrating wave motion. Helical coil of flat section, tempered steel wire.
Coil diameter 7.5cm, closed length 10cm
Coil diameter 5cm, closed length 7.5cm
WAVE MACHINE, POWELL'S 7426
For demonstrating the movement of progressive transverse waves. Comprises a number of circular discs mounted equidistant from each
others on a horizontal shaft in gradually varying degrees of eccentricity, with each disc having a vertical rod of same length supported on top
and sliding up and down into a pair of guides. Complete assembly mounted on a wooden base.
WAVE MACHINE 7429
For demonstrating the movement of progressive transverse and longitudinal waves. Comprises a number of circular discs mounted equidistant
from each others on a horizontal shaft in gradually varying degrees of eccentricity, with each disc having a vertical rod of same length
supported on top and sliding up and down into a pair of guides. Complete assembly mounted on a wooden base.
WAVE APPARATUS PLASTIC 7433
Completely made of plastic with basic design and functionality similiar to Cat. No. 7430. The plastic highlighted tips provide easy observation
of wave motion. The rotating handle is fitted with a circular scale marked in degrees to indicate the rotation.
RESONANCE APPARATUS - ALUMINIUM TUBES 7435
Useful for determining wavelength and velocity of sound in air by exploring the resonance of air column. Comprises of a pair of telescopically
mounted metal tubes, one sliding inside other for varying the air column. Length of resonating air column helps in computing the velocity of
sound. Mounted on stable base.
RESONANCE APPARATUS - BRASS TUBES 7438
Useful for determining wavelength and velocity of sound in air by exploring the resonance of air column. Comprises of a pair of telescopically
mounted metal tubes, one sliding inside other for varying the air column. Length of resonating air column helps in computing the velocity of
sound. Mounted on stable base.
RESONANCE APPARATUS ON STAND 7441
For determination of wavelength and velocity of sound in air through the study of resonating air columns. Comprises a graduated acrylic tube,
mounted on tripod base with suitable clamp and boss, and is connected to a water reservoir through flexible transparent plastic tubing.
Reservoir also mounted on the support rod through retort clamp and allows the adjustment of water level in the acrylic tube. Complete
apparatus mounted on a base.
RESONANCE APPARATUS ON STAND 7444
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
For determination of wavelength and velocity of sound in air through the study of resonating air columns. Comprises a graduated glass tube,
mounted on retort stand with suitable clamp and boss, and is connected to a water reservoir through flexible rubber tubing. Reservoir also
mounted on the support rod through retort clamp and allows the adjustment of water level in the glass tube.
KUNDT’S TUBE ON WOODEN BASE 7447
Consists of a glass tube heavy walled 1350x32mm with cork bung, short & long ebonite rod, cork pistons, mounted on a polished wooden
board 1520x125x22mm with spring clamps. The long ebonite piston is supported by wood clamp secured with wing nuts.
SONOMETER, SIMPLE PATTERN 7450
Comprising wooden board 690x90mm mounted on four feet, at one end two 5 kg x 100gms spring balances with hooks & at the other end are
two wrest pins with 3 bridges out of which one is large to span both wires & the other two are small for the individual wires. Complete with
steel wires & pins.
SONOMETER, BOX TYPE 7456
Comprising a hollow wooden resonance box about 114cm length, 12.5cm width and 10cm height, with two meter rules graduated in
millimeter, mounted on top on either side along the length. One each of brass and steel wires of different diameter attached to fixed bridge on
one end of the box and tensioned by wrest pins at the other end. A pulley mounted at the end supports third wire over it with masses
suspended to the wire end. Includes two short and two long bridges for adjusting length of vibrating strings, and additional wires one each of
steel and brass of 22SWG, length about 1.5m
SONOMETER, BOX TYPE 7459
Same as per Cat No. 7456, but with spring balance attached to each or the two wires for measuring wire tension and with 0-60cm scale
mounted along each edge, in place of 1m scale.
SONOMETER, THREE WIRE PATTERN 7465
A hollow wooden sounding box, about 1160×120×115mm (length × width × height) provided with 0-100cm scale at its top, with two wires
stretched over fixed bridges, one at each end of the box. One wire passes over a horizontally mounted pulley and has a spring balance for
directly reading the tension applied. The second wire is fixed at one end and attached to wrest pin for tension control and provides complete
length of vibration. The third wire passes over a vertically pulley and for suspending masses through it for tensioning the wire. The wires
supplied are of steel and are carefully selected to possess the exact determined density and radius uniformly throughout the length to avoid
the need of repeated measurements. The wire tension mechanism is based on robust and mechanically sound thumb screw & gear system,
which is accurate, more reliable and makes changing wires quick and easy. Complete with three moveable bridges, wrest-pin key and a set of
four wires, length 1m, diameters 0.70, 0.40 and 0.40mm. Supplied without masses.
SONOMETER, THREE WIRE PATTERN 7468
Same as per Cat. No. 7465 but smaller in size with 0 to 60cm scale.
TUNING FORKS, STEEL 7483
Plain shanks, best quality, chrome plated / blued steel. Packed in thermocol box or wooden case (please specify).
Frequency (Hz)
256, Note : C¹)
288, Note : D)
320, Note : E)
341.3, Note : F)
384, Note : G)
426.6, Note : A)
480, Note : B)
512, Note : C²)
TUNING FORKS, ALUMINIUM 7487
Made of aluminium, anodized, best quality, set of 8 tuning forks with frequencies same as in Cat No. 7483. Packed in nicely polished wooden
case.
TUNING FORKS, ALUMINIUM 7489
Best quality plain shanks, with chromatic scale frequencies from 256Hz to 512Hz. complete set of THIRTEEN Anodized aluminium tuning forks
with frequencies clearly marked, supplied in a polished wooden case.
TUNING FORKS, ALUMINIUM 7492
Made of aluminium, anodized, best quality, set of 8 tuning forks with frequencies same as in Cat No. 7483. Packed in plastic moulded case.
TUNING FORKS, ALUMINIUM 7495
Same as per Cat. No. 7492 but bigger in size.
TUNNING FORK ON RESONANCE BOX 7516
For demonstrating the formation of basic major cord. Comprises four tuning forks mounted on a single wooden box in a line at the top and
having frequencies : 1 (Hz) of C (256), E(320), G(384), 2 C (512). Supplied with hammer.
PAIR OF TUNING FORKS ON RESONANCE BOXES 7522
For exploring the concept of resonance through sympathetic and forced vibrations, and phenomenon of beats. Comprises two matched nickel
plated tuning forks of frequency A(426.6), each mounted on top of hollow wooden box open at one end. One fork is provided with a sliding
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
mass on one prong by means of which its frequency can be varied from the nominal 426.6Hz. When both forks are sounded a clearly audible
'beat' is produced, its rate depending upon the difference in frequency between the forks.
TUNING FORK, ELECTRICALLY MAINTAINED 7534
For producing vibrations in the stretched strings. Comprises a thick sturdy steel tuning fork with its stem held securely in cast metal clamp,
which in turn is mounted on a sturdy, streamlined, heavy cast metal base with provision for horizontal or vertical use. An electromagnet
operating on 6V is positioned between both the prongs and can slide along the prong's length for adjusting the amplitude of vibration of
prongs. End of both the prongs have a stylus for frequency measurement and threaded arrangement for Melde's experiment.
MELDE'S APPARATUS 7546
For showing the effects of vibrations in a stretched cord and investigate the relationship between frequency, tension and density. In addition,
the provision of electrical contacts, opened and closed by the vibrating armature, allow the apparatus to be used as high-speed changeover
switch in. Comprises a thin steel rod armature mounted in a clamp formed by a pair of 4mm socket terminals, so that its free length may be
adjusted as desired. An AC energizing coil surrounds the armature and a permanent magnet provides the necessary magnetic polarization. The
free end of the armature equipped with a small boss and clamping screw for attachment of the cord and also serves as the moving contact
when the apparatus is operating as a changeover switch. The complete apparatus is carried upon a box type base.
STETHOSCOPE 7552
Good quality, with rubber tubing. Highly sensitive. Useful for observing faint sounds and vibrations after due amplification.
ORGAN PIPE, SIMPLE 7567
For demonstrating the relationship between length of air column and frequency of sound produced. A square pipe of polished wood, open,
tuned 1 to C (256), overall length about 760mm.
ORGAN PIPE, WITH GLASS FRONT 7570
Same as per Cat No. 7567, but with varnished wood pipe, having glass front and membrane suspended on cord for loading with sand to show
positions of nodes and antinodes. Overall length about 760mm.
ORGAN PIPE, WITH PISTON 7573
Stoppered, varnished wood with movable piston marked with the chromatic scale from C (512) to (1024). Overall length when fully extended is
about 840mm. Can also be used for investigating the phenomenon of beats in conjunction with a second pipe of the same type.
SAVART'S TOOTHED WHEEL 7579
Four toothed wheel each of diameter 7.5cm and spaced 6mm apart on a shaft with projecting spindle with slight taper at its end. For use with
whirling table Cat. No. 7582.
WHIRLING TABLE 7582
For demonstrating the various effects associated with the rotation of accessories mounted on it. Cast metal body, stands overall height about
43cm and can be used in both vertical as well as horizontal position. A cast metal adjustable driving wheel fitted towards the lower end of the
stand drives a small pulley near the top through a belt. The driven pulley carries a spindle with socket for taking various accessories. Suitable
for use with Savart's Toothed wheel and disc and an adapter to accommodate colour discs.
RIPPLE TANK APPARATUS 7594
A specially designed versatile apparatus for the investigation of the wave properties, such as wave propagation, reflection, refraction,
diffraction and interference. Permits demonstration with an overhead projector or use as a free standing bench model, allowing investigations
to be carried out directly. Comprises a rectangular plastic tank with clear bottom and sloped sides incorporating beach effect to eliminate
unwanted reflections. The tank has four detachable legs mounted at its underside at the corners with a hole in the clear tray for water
drainage. One end of the tank has clamps for supporting lamp holder with a pair of clamps on each side for mounting rippler support rods.
Rippler assembly comprises of a rectangular plastic rod with series of holes suitable for mounting spherical dippers and a low voltage DC motor
having eccentric cam attached to its shaft to produce oscillatory motion. Supplied complete with following accessories:
Illuminant Assembly
Set of 4 barriers – a pair of bigger L-shaped (75×25mm) and a pair of smaller L-shaped barrier (25×25mm)
1 Curved Barrier, 2.5cm high, with uniform radius of curvature
1 Hand Stroboscope
1 Convex Lens
1 Concave Lens
1 Rectangular Block
2 Spherical Dippers
Spare Elastic Cords for suspending rippler assembly
HAND STROBOSCOPE 7597
Simple model, hand driven to show the student stroboscope effects. A circular black disc having radial slots extending to the edge of the disc.
Ball bearing mount at the center minimizes friction. With handle for rotation.
RIPPLE TANK CONTROLLER SIMPLE 7600
This unit provides two fully independent, continuously variable DC outputs, 0 to 5V each through a pair of color coded 4mm sockets, for the
ripple tank motor and stroboscope motor respectively, along with a fixed AC output through a pair of 4mm sockets, rated at 12V, 21W to
operate the illuminant. The motor outputs are short circuit protected and the input to complete unit is fuse protected. Supplied with a
detachable 1.5m mains lead.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
RIPPLE TANK CONTROLLER IMPROVED 7605
This unit provides two fully independent, continuously variable DC outputs, 0 to 5V each through a pair of color coded 4mm sockets, for the
ripple tank motor and stroboscope motor respectively, along with a fixed AC output through a pair of 4mm sockets, rated at 12V, 21W to
operate the illuminant. The motor outputs are short circuit protected and the input to complete unit is fuse protected. Supplied with a
detachable 1.5m mains lead. Overall dimensions of the instrument is 175x155x130mm approx.
MICROSCOPES
STUDENT MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-101, 20301
This microscope is ideal for students use, it is robust in construction, high quality, giving more than adequate resolution with sub-stage mirror
illuminator.
Features:
Magnification : 40×, 100×, 450×, 675×
Eye piece : 10× or 15×
Objectives : 4×, 10×, 45×
Single focus control
Plane mirror with diaphragm
Supplied in styrofoam packing with dust cover and operating manual.
OPTIONAL : Disc diaphragm with 5 apertures, for controlled illumination
STUDENT MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-105, 20303
Having all features of our most popular model DSM-111 except Abbe's Condenser with iris diaphragm. This model consists of disc diaphragm
with five different sized apertures. It has double lens, specially designed condenser fixed in stage.
Optical Combination:
Objectives : 4×, 10×, 40/45× (SL)
Black/Chrome (optional).
Eyepieces : 5×, 10× or 15× (Hug.) any two.
Magnification : 20× to 675×.
Complete with Styrofoam packing. Wooden case also available optionally.
STUDENT STANDARD MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-109, 20306
Good designed, pressure dicasting body, robust in construction, similar to Model DSM-101, but having all features like Model DSM-111, but
with disc diaphragm with 5 apertures, instead of Abbe's Condenser N.A 1.25. Complete with Styrofoam packing.
Optical Combination:
Achromatic Objectives : 4×, 10×, 40/45× (SL) Black/Chrome (Optional)
Eyepieces : 4/5×, 10× or 15× (Hug.) (WF also available)
Magnification : 16× to 675×.
STUDENT STANDARD MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-111, 20310
Versatile designed, inclinable through 90° with all interchangeable pressure die casting parts. Mechanical Tube Length 160mm ± 1mm. Coarse
Motion by rack and pinion and fine motion slip lever type. Square stage 120 × 120mm fitted with two lens Abbe's condenser N.A. 1.25 with
continuously variable Iris diaphragm and swing out filter holder. Locking device to avoid slide damage. Standard Plano concave mirror fitted,
replaceable with sub stage illumination lamp workable on 220V. Hard instrumental chrome plated parts and powder coating paint best finish.
Complete with wooden carrying cabinet/Styrofoam packing (Optional).
Optical Combination:
Achromatic Objectives : 4×, 10×, 40/45× (SL), Black/Chrome (Optional)
Eyepieces : 4/5×, 10× or 15× (Hug.) (WF also available)
Magnification : 16× to 675×.
STUDENT MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-121, 20315
Used for Laboratories Monocular Body of Pressure Die Casting Parts. Mechanical Tube Length 160mm. Coarse and Fine Motion by rack and
pinion. Fixed Square Stage 120 × 120mm.
Without Mechanical Stage (Optional)
Abbe's Condenser N.A. 1.25 movable with rack pinion.
Replaceable with sub stage microscope lamp. Powder coated paint.
Wooden carrying cabinet with lock and key or Styrofoam packing with dust cover and operating manual.
Optional Combination:
Achromatic Objectives : 10×, 40/45× (SL) and 100× Oil immersion (SL) Optional.
Eyepieces : 4/5× or 15× and 10× (Hug.)
Magnification : 25× to 1500×
LABORATORY MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-131, 20318
Used for Pathological Laboratories Monocular Body of Pressure Die Casting Part. Mechanical Tube Length 160mm. Coarse and fine motion by
rack and pinion. Fixed Square Stage 120 × 120mm. With Mechanical Stage. Abbe's Condenser N.A. 1.25 movable with rack and pinion.
Replaceable by sub stage microscope lamp. Powder coated paint. Wooden carrying cabinet with lock and key or Styrofoam packing with dust
cover and operating manual.
Optical Combination:
Objectives : 10×, 40/45× (SL) and 100× Oil immersion (SL), 4/5× optional.
Eyepieces : 5× or 15× and 10×.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Magnification : 25× to 1500×.
Wide Field Eye-pieces also available on specific request.
STUDENT INCLINED MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-151, 20321
Inclined microscope, improved design for all purposes having all features for Laboratory Microscope, Model DSM-131, but without Abbe's
Condenser N.A. 1.25 and without moveable rack and pinion for condenser. This model having disc diaphragm with 5 apertures for controlled
illumination.
Optical Combination:
Objectives : 4×, 10×, 40/45× (SL), 100× Oil immersion (SL) optional.
Eyepieces : 5× or 10× and 15× (Hug.)
Magnification : 20× to 1500×.
OPTIONAL : Mechanical Stage
Wide Field Eye-pieces also available on specific request.
STUDENT INCLINED MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-155, 20324
Senior improved inclined model for all uses. Having all features of Model DSM-131 but with inclined monocular head 45° rotatable through
360°. This model is economical version of an advanced microscope and is very useful for group discussions. Mechanical Stage available
optionally.
Optical Combination:
Objectives : 4×, 10×, 40/45× (SL), 100× Oil immersion (SL) optional.
Eyepieces : 5× or 10× and 15× (Hug.)
Magnification : 20× to 1500×.
Wide Field Eye-pieces also available on specific request
MONOCULAR INCLINED MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-201, 20329
It has new generation illumination system with 6V-20W with built-in transformer, with sub-stage Abbe's type condenser N.A. 1.25 with swing
out filter holder with quadruple nosepiece. Workable on 220-230V, 50 Hz. WF Eye piece 10× optional. Without mechanical stage. Supplied with
cleaning cloth and dust cover. Packed in Styrofoam packing. Wooden box available optionally.
Optical Combination:
Objectives : 4×, 10×, 45× (SL), 100× Oil immersion (SL)
Eyepieces : 5×, 10× or 15× (WF optional)
INCLINED PATHOLOGY MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-255, 20332
This microscope is designed especially for fulfilling the general need in colleges, pathological laboratories, and other biological laboratories.
Modern design with detachable mechanical stage duly graduated built in light arrangement with halogen lamp 6V-20W. Continuously variable
light control is provided with solid state transformer. Supplied with cleaning cloth and dust cover. Packed in Styrofoam packing and then in
wooden box.
Optical Combination:
Objectives : 4×, 10×, 45× (SL) 100× Oil immersion (SL)
Eyepiece : 5×, 10× or 15×
INCLINED PATHOLOGY MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-275, 20335
It has new generation illumination system with 6V - 20V with built in three step transformer for intensity control with sub stage Abbe's type
condenser N.A. 125 with swing out filter holder with quadruple nosepiece. Workable on 220-230V, 50Hz. W.F. Eye piece 10× optional. Supplied
with cleaning cloth and dust cover. Packed in Styrofoam packing or in wooden box or both (Optional)
Optional Combination:
Objectives : 4×, 10×, 40/45× (SL), 100× (SL) oil immersion (Optional)
Eyepiece : WF10× or 15×
Magnification : 16× to 1500×
Stage : Double Layer Mechanical Stage 110 × 125mm
Diaphragm : 2mm - 30mm
Package : Packed in foamed Inner carton/wooden box optional.
BINOCULAR RESEARCH MICROSCOPE, MODEL DRM-555, 20340
All parts pressure die cast to provide modularity long life and uniformity. Colour corrected optics provides a flat, high-resolution image through
par focal and pre-centered achromatic objectives and wide field eyepiece. A low friction parafocal quadruple nosepiece turret and movable
sub-stage N.A. 1.3 with iris diaphragm and filter. Binocular head is rotatable to 360°. All prisms and optical surfaces are antireflection coated.
Coaxial graduated, mechanical stage having precision (x) and (y) movement. Coaxial coarse and fine focusing system.
Optical Combination:
Eye Piece : WF 10×, H 5× or H 15× (Paired)
Objectives : 4×, 10×, 45× (SL) and 100× (SL) oil immersion.
BINOCULAR RESEARCH MICROSCOPE, MODEL DRM-600, 20344
Versatile microscope skill fully engineered to meet the stringent requirements for Biological Laboratory in schools, colleges and universities. An
economical version.
Features
Standard Binocular head inclined at 45° rotatable to 360° fitted with highest quality prisms to ensure accurate collimation for strain free
observation, fitted with inter pupillary and dioptic adjustment.
Colour corrected optics provides a flat, high resolution image through parfocal and achromatic objectives and wide field eye piece.
A low friction parfocal quadruple nose piece with movable sub-stage condenser NA 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter.
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Detachable graduated mechanical stage having X and Y movement. Coarse and fine focusing control by rack and pinion. Built in 6V-20W
halogen bulb provided with variable light control on 220V AC.
Packing in sytrofoam/wooden box.
Coaxial mechanical stage (optional).
Optical Combination:
Eye pieces : WF 10×, Hug. 5× or Hug. 15× (paired)
Objectives : 4×, 10×, 45× (SL) and 100× (SL) Oil immersion.
BINOCULAR LABORATORY MICROSCOPE, MODEL DRM-606, 20348
It is a versatile professional microscope with excellent optical system. Economically priced to meet the requirement of medical, pathological
and other all other biological laboratories. Binocular head inclined at 45° and rotatable with 360° with highest quality prisms to ensure
accurate collimation for strain free observation. Interpupillary and dioptic adjustment provided. Quadruple revolving nose piece with positive
centering and click stop. Coaxial graduated, mechanical stage having precision (x) and (y) movement. Coarse and fine focusing and system 1.25
N.A. Abbe's condenser with iris diaphragm with blue filter holder provided. Adjustable safety stopper prevents damage to slide and objective.
Built-in 20W halogen bulb is provided with solid state transformer with variable light control, with on/off switch. Operates on 220V AC 50 Hz.
Supplied with Vinyl cover, duster, cleaning brush in wooden carrying cabinet.
Optical Combination:
Eye Piece : WF 10×, Hug. 5× or Hug. 15× (Paired)
Objectives : 4×, 10×, 45× (SL) and 100× (SL) oil immersion.
BINOCULAR RESEARCH MICROSCOPE, MODEL DRM-707 20355
This advanced Laboratory microscope is designed specifically to increase operational convenience by combining innovating designed and high
performance optics. It surpasses any other microscope of its class. Millennium series has met the challenges of providing trouble free
functioning. This series of microscopes incorporating superior optics and system flexibility designed to meet the requirement of Pathologists
and Biologists in laboratories and hospitals. The objective and WF eyepieces help you for identifying specimens faster and easier. The
sharpness of optics is enhanced by 20W halogen illumination system with continuous variable intensity control. Standard size, binocular
inclined head rotatable to 360°. High point compensating WF eyepieces.
Features:
Coaxial focusing system with coaxial graduated mechanical stage.
Ball bearing guide ways.
Full size height 43cm.
Binocular inclined head, rotatable through 360°.
Ball bearing quadruple nose piece. Built in illumination 6V, 20W halogen lamp controlled through SMPS.
Abbe's condenser NA 1.25 with iris diaphragm and blue filter.
Complete in wooden carrying nicely polished cabinet.
Optical Combination:
High eye point compensating wide field eye pieces. HKW 10×, HKW 15× or WF 5× (any two pair).
Achromatic objectives duly parfocal. 4×, 10×, 45× (SL), 100× (SL) oil immersion.
Optional:
Trinocular/Monocular Head
CCTV Attachment
Phase contrast attachment
Din standard objectives
Polarizing attachment
Dark field condenser
BINOCULAR RESEARCH MICROSCOPE, MODEL DRM-800, 20359
This microscope Share features such as bearing mounted head, locked in 10×/15× wide field eyepieces with pointer, high quality color coded
objectives and mirror illuminator for field readiness. These advanced model microscopes are loaded with the most popular features, Perfect
for students and instructors; the microscope can be used for teaching demonstration and biological research and is the wise choice both for
price and quality.
Features:
Exceptional performance and value. Teaching demonstration.
Mechanical stage or plain stage.
Revolving multiple ball bearing mounted quadruple nosepiece.
A wide range of optional accessories.
Good radiant and mold proof system.
20W Halogen illuminator.
High transmission optical system.
Optional Combination:
Objectives : Semi-Plan Objectives 4×, 10×, 40×, 100×
Eyepiece : WF 10× Paired
Stage : Double Layers Mechanical Stage 110×125mm. Moving in the range of 30×60mm.
Condenser : Abbe's Condenser N.A. 1.25
Illumination : Built in Lamp 220 Volt
TRINOCULAR LABORATORY MICROSCOPE, MODEL DRM-999, 20363
This advanced Laboratory microscope is designed specifically to increase operational convenience by combining innovating designed and high
performance optics. It surpasses any other microscope of its class. Millennium series has met the challenges of providing trouble free
functioning. This series of Microscope incorporating superior optics and system flexibility design to meet the requirement of Pathologists and
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Biologists in Laboratories and hospitals. The Objectives and WF Eyepieces helps you for identifying specimens faster and easier. The sharpness
of Optics is enhanced by 20 Volt halogen illumination systems with continuous variable intensity control. Standard size, Trinocular Inclined
Head rotatable to 360° for working for 2 persons at a time. High point compensating WF eyepieces.
Features:
Coaxial for focusing system with coaxial graduated mechanical stage.
Ball bearing guide ways.
Full size height 43cm.
Trinocular Inclined head rotatable through 360°
Ball bearing quadruple nose piece. Built in illumination 6V 20W halogen lamp.
Abbe's condenser NA. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and blue filter.
STEREO MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-1000, 20381
Sharp stereo effect image over a wide-field of view. 45º inclined, monocular head with locked-in eye-piece, 360º rotatable body.
Magnification : 20×
Working Distance : 80mm
Packed in Styrofoam packing
STEREO MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-1005, 20385
It is extremely useful model for all students as they learn faster when viewing the three dimensional images of specimens. Eyepiece tubes
adjustable to suit individual interpupillary distance. Working distance of 90mm.
Flat circular glass stage of 100mm dia.
Arm rest with mirror illuminator stand for easy manipulation.
Focusing by rack and pinion mechanism.
Supplied with Styrofoam packing and dust cover.
Magnification : 20× or 30×
Objective : 2× Fixed.
Eyepieces : WF10× or WF15 × paired.
STEREO INCLINED MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-1009, 20388
It has all features of our Model DSM-1005 but it is specially designed for study of giant specimens of rocks, minerals and metals etc. The height
of the head corresponding to the stage plate can be varied by lowering or raising with the help of adjustable pillar and can be locked at any
position. Complete with Styrofoam packing and dust cover.
Magnification : 20× or 30×
Objective : 2× Fixed.
Eyepiece : WF10× or WF15× paired.
STEREO INCLINED MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-1050, 20392
Stereo microscope with straight tube, presenting sharp stereo erect image over a wide field of view.
Upright binocular head with locked in eye-piece. The left ocular tube with diopter adjustment and the interpupillary distance is 55-75mm.
Features dovetailed insert style objectives with locked-in device to ensure quick and easy replacement.
Power supply 220V/50Hz
Illumination through 12V, 10W incandescent lamp
Packed in Styrofoam packing
Objectives Available : 1×, 2×, 3×, 4× and 6× for selection
Eye pieces : WF5×, WF10×, WF15× and WF20× for selection
STEREO INCLINED MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-1100, 20394
Stereo microscope, presenting sharp stereo erect image over a wide field of view. Upright binocular head with 45º inclined head with locked-in
eyepiece. The left ocular tube with diopter adjustment and the interpupillary distance is 55-75mm.
Features dovetailed insert style objectives with locked-in device to ensure quick and easy replacement.
Power supply 220V/50Hz
Illumination through 12V, 10W incandescent lamp
Packed in Styrofoam packing
Objectives Available : 1×, 2×, 3×, 4× and 6× for selection
Eye piece s : WF 5×, WF 10×, WF 15× and WF 20× for selection
STEREO INCLINED MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-1110, 20399
Stereo microscope, presenting sharp stereo erect image over a wide field of view. Upright binocular head with 45º inclined head with locked-in
eye-piece. The left ocular tube with diopter adjustment and the interpupillary distance is 55-75mm. Features dovetailed insert style objectives
with locked-in device to ensure quick and easy replacement. Power supply 220V/50Hz
Double illumination through 12V, 10W incandescent lamp and 12V, 10W halogen lamp, one at the top and other at the bottom.
Packed in Styrofoam packing
Objectives Available: 1×, 2×, 3×, 4× and 6× for selection
Eye pieces :
WF 5×, WF 10×, WF 15× and WF 20× for selection
STEREO INCLINED MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-1150, 20403
Stereo microscope, presenting sharp stereo erect image over a wide field of view.
Upright binocular head with 45º inclined head with locked-in eye-piece.
The left ocular tube with diopter adjustment and the interpupillary distance is 55-75mm.
3 types of rotatable objectives for selection - 1× / 2×, 1× / 3×, 2× / 4×
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
Supplied with pillar style stand
Power supply 220V/50Hz
Double illumination through 12V, 10W incandescent lamp and 12V, 10W halogen lamp, one at the top and other at the bottom
Packed in Styrofoam packing
STEREO INCLINED MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-1200, 20407
It is very useful for study or translucent or opaque objects with dual lighting system. Gives 3 dimensional view over a wide field, flat sharp
erect and universal image. Long working distance and large field of view. Parfocal high to low power quick changing paired objectives rotatable
through 90°. Inclined Binocular Stereo head at 45° with eye tubes for optimum and comfort viewing, rotatable through 360° lockable in any
position. Interpupillary distance adjustable 55 – 75mm. Achromatic objective 2× and 4× giving magnification choice 20× to 60×. Smooth rack
and pinion focusing, slide way tension controlled large knobs. Built in illumination providing both incident light (top) and transmitted light
(bottom). The lamps can be switched on separately or together. Complete with a glass plate having two stage clips. Workable on 220V – 240V
AC, 50 – 60 Hz. Complete with nicely polished wooden cabinet, brush, dustcover and spare plate etc.
STEREO ZOOM BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-2100, 20415
STEREO ZOOM TRINOCULAR MICROSCOPE, MODEL DSM-2105, 20419
Zoom head of high performance with 1:5 Zoom ratio with magnification of 5× to 150× depending on Eye pieces and objectives used. Rigid and
well constructed balanced design with transmitted and incident light it gives sharp, clear wide field and erect 3- Dimensional image large
working distance of 90mm. Compete with box.
PROJECTION MICROSCOPE MODEL DPM-333, 20430
DISSECTING MICROSCOPE, MODEL DDM-51, 20441
An economical model for all general use in school and college laboratories. Packed in thermocol / wooden box with 2 eye piece 10× and 20×.
DISSECTING MICROSCOPE, MODEL DDM-71, 20445
Circular base with 4 point suspension to provide greater stability with sliding spindle of brass, stage size 180 × 100mm. Magnifier holding arm
full swinging, double jointed die casted metal. Stove enamel paint brass parts chrome plated in laminated plywood cabinet or Styrofoam
packing with 2 eyepieces 10× and 20×.
DISSECTING MICROSCOPE (ENTOMOLOGICAL) MODEL DDM-91, 20448
Sensitive focusing by rack and pinion moving in dovetailed guides way. A joint revolving arm is provided for moving magnifying lenses all over
the stage. It is easily replaceable by a special BULL EYE LENSE of 80mm diameter for increasing the field to vision. Sturdy removable hand rests
and with replaceable black and white plate. Eye piece 10× and 20× with a special Bull eye lens 80mm diameter in beautiful carrying case.
OBJECTIVES 20456
Achromatic, interchangeable and parfocal.
Magnification
N.A.
4×/5x
10x
20x
40x/45x
60x
100x
0.10
0.25
0.40
0.65
0.80
1.30
OBJECTIVES 20457
Achromatic, interchangeable and parfocal.
Magnification
4×
10×
45×
100×
N.A.
DIN standard
DIN standard
DIN standard
DIN standard
EYEPIECES HUG. 20463
4x/5x
10x
15x
EYEPIECES WF 20467
10x
15x
EYE PIECES POINTER 20469
With movable pointer for indicating details of a specimen. (Fixed pointer optional)
5x
10x
15x
www.aldeline.com
sales@aldeline.com
INCLINED TUBE 20471
For all our standard microscopes.
INCLINED TUBE 20474
For all our standard microscopes. New Square design.
BINOCULAR HEADS 20478
For all our standard microscopes.
MECHANICAL STAGE 20482
Attachable to any standard microscope by means of 2 clamp jaws set at 90° to each other. Graduated movements are adjusted by rack and
pinion mechanism and have vernier scales. Movement ranges 40 to 115mm × 1.0mm and 0 to 45mm × 1.0mm. Vernier reads to 0.1mm.
MICROSCOPE LAMP 20485
Substage illuminator, which fits in place of mirror. The light passes through a blue filter. With bulb. For 220-240V A.C.
MICROSCOPE LAMP 20489
Same as above but new improved design.
MICROSCOPE LAMP ON STAND 20493
Invaluable for microphotography of dark field work. With removable condenser and Iris diaphragm and filters blue and white light controlled
by continuously variable transformer. On stand.
DOUBLE DEMONSTRATION EYE PIECE 20496
It ensures perfect vision to the teacher and the student. A pointer covers the entire field, being visible to both the viewers, enables easier
demonstration. Supplied in nicely made case.
STAGE CLIPS 20500
Will fit all series of Microscopes.
CONDENSER 20504
An Abbe condenser mounted with adjustable Iris Diaphragm. It is recommended for use with higher magnification objectives having N.A. 1.25.
DIAPHRAGM 20507
Diameter 50mm (Approx)
CAMERA LUCIDA (MIRROR TYPE) 20511
The instrument is simplified version of tracing the image of the microscopic object on plain paper. With a large size mirror swinging near the
extension arm, which reflecting the image of object to appear on the plain surface for tracing the figure at it is. Can be fixed on any
international standard microscope. Supplied in velvet lined case.
www.aldeline.com